Quantcast
Channel: Vindicating Michael
Viewing all 230 articles
Browse latest View live

Jacksons vs. AEG trial. Plaintiffs’ rebuttal closing arguments. THE JURORS START DELIBERATIONS

$
0
0

Today Mr. Panish of the Plaintiffs had a chance to make rebuttal closing arguments. Unfortunately I was on the road and missed almost all of it. Hopefully TeamMichaelJackson will upload it on Youtube and we will be able to exchange our impressions later.

In the meantime let us make do with what we have.

First come the short notes from HLN which give us a very general idea of what Mr. Panish was talking about. The comments on the text there and the accompanying vote (32% are for awarding to MJ’s children $2 billion, and 68% are against ) are so disgusting that make you think that human nature is irreparably harmed by ignorance, primitism, laziness and inability to think.

Since the time the media imprinted in the minds of these people words like ”ped-le”, “junkie”, “greed” they are repeating them again and again occasionally exclaiming as if in some religious ritual: “Who cares? We certainly not!”

It is unclear why they are wasting so much time on all this hate if they really don’t care, but I suspect that asking questions is useless. One of our readers tried to intervene and leave a positive reply there but was rejected – and this creates the impression that HLN is consistently working on manipulating the public opinion this way and directing it in favor of  AEG.

What I am still undecided about is whether the people leaving nasty comments on the HLN blog are naturally nasty and blunt, or are they that way due to the effect of some 30 silvers paid to them for displaying animal hatred towards Jackson and his family.

In short HLN doesn’t look like an adequate source of information and in other circumstances I wouldn’t recommend it, but for lack of anything else at the moment we have to turn to it keeping in mind that it might actually be a fraction of what Mr. Panish really said:

Live blog: Was MJ ‘shopping for doctors’?

By Amanda Sloane
updated 4:42 PM EDT, Thu September 26, 2013

The Jacksons are asking jurors to award them a sum between $1 billion and $2 billion to account for the money the singer would have made touring had he not died, and also to account for the personal suffering the family endured as a result of the loss of a son and father.

HLN is live-blogging closing arguments. Read below for minute-by-minute updates from the trial (best read from the bottom up):

4:41 p.m. ET: The judge is instructing the jurors on how they should deliberate and reach a verdict.

3:07 p.m. ET: “The fate of Prince Michael, Paris, Blanket and Katherine Jackson is in your hands and I know you’ll do the right thing,” said Panish as he concludes his rebuttal closing argument.

The judge has dismissed the court for lunch until 4:30 p.m. ET.

3:05 p.m. ET: Panish puts up a pie chart, showing how much responsibility each side has for Jackson’s death — 20% for Jackson and 80% for AEG Live.

3:03 p.m. ET: Panish says Jackson never had any issues until the burn injuries he suffered while filming a Pepsi commercial. “He didn’t want to take the medication to get high — he took it for pain.”

2:58 p.m. ET: “He was being pressured, he could lose everything he had,” said Panish about Jackson. “He wanted to do this — not only for his children but he had financial issues and he wanted to make money for his children. He was going to give them everything.”

2:55 p.m. ET: Panish is showing e-mails from AEG Live executives over clips from the “This Is It” movie. The e-mails describe Jackson being thrown into a cold shower, slapped and being a mess.

2:51 p.m. ET: Panish is playing another clip from the “This Is It” movie.

2:47 p.m. ET: Any postponement of the tour would cost Murray $150,000/month, according to Panish. The director of the show told Murray to “stay in his lane” and stop keeping Jackson from rehearsals.”Murray was more interested in keeping the show going than keeping his patient alive,” said Panish.

2:43 p.m. ET: In April, before he died, Jackson wanted to try natural remedies for insomnia because he was “desperate to sleep,” according to Panish.

2:40 p.m. ET: Panish says propofol may not be the “best idea” but, if you have a competent doctor, you shouldn’t die.

2:35 p.m. ET: Panish says AEG Live sent Murray a written contract after Jackson stopped showing up to rehearsals. “You think that’s a coincidence?”

2:30 p.m. ET: “The doctor’s duty is to the patient,” said Panish who points out that Murray shut down his practice and stopped seeing all his patients in 10 days for money. “Would a fit and competent doctor dump everybody in 10 days, for money?”

2:25 p.m. ET: “Everyone had a concern” about Murray being Jackson’s doctor, according to Panish. “They all knew something was wrong.”

2:21 p.m. ET: Dr. Murray was “morally unfit,” according to Panish. He says Murray didn’t pay his bills, including child support for the many children he had.

2:19 p.m. ET: ”[The] death of someone doesn’t ever go away. It reverberates throughout your entire life… time does not heal all the wounds. That’s why there’s an enormous loss in this case,” said Panish.

2:17 p.m. ET: Court is back in session.

1:58 p.m. ET: The judge has recessed court for a short break, asking everyone to return at 2:15 p.m. ET.

1:54 p.m. ET: Panish says AEG Live saw the train wreck coming and, instead of stopping the train, they put more coal in it to keep it going.

1:49 p.m. ET: Murray was under the impression he was hired by AEG Live, according to Panish. He also says it’s common for people in this industry to create an oral agreement and then work on a written contract later. If they always waited for the written contract to start working, then Panish says business would never get done.

1:46 p.m. ET: ”They’re trying to tell you the sky’s not blue. They’re trying to sell ice to people in Alaska. If you’re going to fall for that, I think you’re going to disregard all the evidence,” said Panish.

1:43 p.m. ET: Both AEG Live and Jackson could have hired Murray, according to Panish. AEG Live says Jackson was solely responsible for hiring the doctor.

1:41 p.m. ET: Panish says it’s hot and takes a quick water break.

1:38 p.m. ET: Jackson was supposed to go on a world tour after his shows in London, according to Panish. He’s asking for $1 billion to $2 billion to make up for some of the money the family would have received from this tour. He says AEG Live is denying that Jackson was supposed to do this world tour. An investigator says he heard an AEG employee say the London shows were just the beginning and the world tour would last several years, according to Panish.

1:30 p.m. ET: Panish says AEG Live executives wanted singers and band members from the tour to “keep it positive” when speaking of Jackson and not describe him as looking frail and emaciated.

“We control all the footage and it’s locked in a vault at Staples Center,” said an AEG Live executive in an e-mail when someone expressed concerns about Jackson being filmed while looking frail.

1:27 p.m. ET: Parts of the rehearsal footage was edited out of the “This Is It” movie because it showed Jackson looking too thin, according to Panish. He says this proves AEG Live should have known something was wrong with the star.

1:24 p.m. ET: Panish is playing interviews from the “This Is It” movie and comparing them to testimony. He says that before lawyers were involved, AEG Live said Jackson was the world’s best entertainer and that he sold a record-breaking number of tickets for the upcoming tour.

1:19 p.m. ET: Panish plays the video of AEG Live executives testifying again. It is edited together so they say “I don’t know” or “I don’t recall” several times.

“Those are the people they want you to base your verdict on.”

1:16 p.m. ET: Panish says the jurors get to decide whether to believe all, part or none of what a witness has said when testifying — “You decide.”

1:11 p.m. ET: ”This is the only place where there’s a level playing field,” said Panish who also claims that the Jackson family couldn’t compete with the huge company without going to court.

1:09 p.m. ET: “They [AEG Live] think they can hoodwink you. That’s why we’re here – otherwise we wouldn’t be here,” said Panish.

1:07 p.m. ET: Panish asks jurors if they are going to let AEG Live “get away with it.” He says AEG Live has rows and rows of lawyers.

“They want you to not like Michael. Is that what this case is about?” said Panish. “Michael paid the ultimate price — he’s not here anymore.”

1:05 p.m. ET: “That’s all they care about – putting on a concert, making money. They don’t care about Michael Jackson,” said Panish. “They didn’t want to help Michael do a comeback. They wanted Michael so they could make money.”

1:03 p.m. ET: ”How dare them” [AEG Live] not take responsibility and point all the fingers at Michael Jackson, said Panish.

1:00 p.m. ET: Jackson family attorney Brian Panish is now addressing jurors. His rebuttal closing argument is expected to take about two hours. Jurors should begin deliberating the case after that.

http://www.hlntv.com/article/2013/09/26/michael-jackson-aeg-live-trial-rebuttal-closing-arguments

The judge said that after lunch she will give the jury instructions and they will be expected to start deliberations.

In this connection the article published by Alan Duke on September 24, 2013 is very much worth looking into. It summarizes the questions to which the jury should reply, out of which the first five are the most crucial ones. Positively Michael is writing about it:

  • Of the 16 questions that the jury in Jacksons vs. AEG will need to answer, the first 5 questions are the big ones. The jury will have to answer “yes” to all 5 first, for the Jacksons to have a chance of any award at all. They will consider the first 5 in order, and a “no” to any one of them stops the whole trial (so, for example, if they answer “no” to #3, they won’t answer #4 or any of the remaining Qs).

Alan Duke summarized the key questions and some evidence relevant to the questions:

Who’s to blame for Michael Jackson’s death?

By Alan Duke, CNN

September 24, 2013 — Updated 1356 GMT (2156 HKT)

Los Angeles (CNN) – Michael Jackson suddenly awoke at 4:30 a.m. on April 19, 2009, stood on his bed and exclaimed “I told you I cannot sleep all night!”

Jackson’s frustration, just as rehearsals for his comeback concerts were gearing up, marked the beginning of the end for the pop icon, a deterioration documented by e-mails, photographs and testimony presented in the wrongful death trial of concert promoter AEG Live.

Nurse Cherilyn Lee, who had been giving Jackson IV infusions of a cocktail of vitamins for two months to help him sleep, sat at his bedside. “It kind of scared me,” Lee said. “It really startled me when he stared at me with his big brown eyes.”

Jackson asked Lee to help him find an anesthesiologist to infuse him with the surgical anesthetic propofol because he was convinced it was the only cure for his insomnia, she testified.

Jackson had made the same request of Dr. Allan Metzger when the doctor, who had treated him for 26 years, visited his Los Angeles home a day earlier, according to Metzger’s testimony.

Metzger and Lee testified that they refused, warning Jackson that it was unsafe to use the IV anesthetic outside of a hospital or clinic.

Jackson told Lee that doctors had assured him it was safe as long as he was properly monitored. She testified that she told Jackson that any doctor who would give him propofol at home didn’t care about him and was just doing it for the money.

Jackson died 65 days later from an overdose of propofol, a drug that Dr. Conrad Murray told investigators he infused into Jackson almost every night for two months to put him to sleep.

Murray is a month away from being freed from jail after serving two years for an involuntary manslaughter conviction in Jackson’s death.

Closing arguments begin Tuesday in the five-month-long trial to decide if AEG Live shares responsibility in Jackson’s death for the negligent hiring, retention or supervision of Murray.

The 83 days of testimony that ended Friday included startling revelations about the pop icon’s fatal search for sleep.

Burden of proof

Los Angeles Superior Court Judge Yvette Palazuelos instructed jurors Monday that Jackson’s mother and three children have the burden of proving that their case is “more likely to be true than not true.” Unlike in a criminal case, they do not have to prove it “beyond a reasonable doubt,” she said. A verdict requires just nine of the 12 jurors to agree — not a unanimous decision.

The Jacksons’ lawsuit contends AEG Live is liable for damages in the singer’s death because its executives hired Murray to serve as Jackson’s personal physician for his “This Is It” tour and that they were negligent in hiring, retaining or supervising him.

Jurors will have a verdict form with 16 questions to answer during their deliberations. A “no” answer to any of the first five would end their deliberations and the trial immediately. Beyond that, they would decide what damages, if any, AEG Live would pay the Jacksons.

Question No. 1

Did AEG Live hire Murray?

Lawyers for the concert promoter argue that it was Jackson who chose and hired the doctor. Murray had treated Jackson and his children for minor illnesses for about three years while they were in Las Vegas. AEG Live Co-CEO Paul Gongaware began negotiations to hire Murray only at Jackson’s insistence, they say.

A final contract between Murray and AEG Live — with a third-party signature line for Jackson — listed Murray’s starting date as May 1, 2009. But it was not sent to Murray until just days before Jackson’s death. Murray signed and returned it, but no AEG Live executive signed it after Jackson’s death the next day. Neither Jackson, nor any of his representatives, ever saw the contract, according to testimony.

Jurors will have to decide if AEG Live’s negotiations and actions, documented by several e-mails, constituted Murray’s hiring in the absence of a signed contract.

Paul Gongaware, who was the top producer of Jackson’s tour, wrote in an e-mail on May 6, 2009, that it was a “done deal” that Murray was being hired for $150,000 a month to serve as Jackson’s full-time physician.

Murray sent an e-mail to AEG Live on May 15, 2009, saying he was “already fully engaged” in treating Jackson.

Jackson lawyers consider another Gongaware e-mail sent 11 days before Jackson’s death to be a smoking gun to show that AEG Live considered Murray to be under their control, not Jackson’s. “We want to remind (Murray) that it is AEG, not MJ, who is paying his salary. We want to remind him what is expected of him,” the AEG Live co-CEO wrote.

Question No. 2

Was Murray unfit or incompetent to perform the work for which he was hired?

Murray practiced as an interventional cardiologist, which mostly involved placing catheters into the arteries of heart disease patients. Jackson had no known heart issues, which the coroner confirmed in his autopsy report. Jackson’s chief medical problem was his insomnia, for which Murray had no special training.

Murray treated Jackson’s insomnia with nightly infusions of propofol, a drug that is supposed to be administered only by an anesthesiologist or a nurse anesthetist under the supervision of a doctor. It was an approach to sleep medicine that is universally condemned after the singer’s overdose death.

Murray’s competence is also questioned by his decision not to use proper monitoring equipment that is standard when putting a patient into a drug-induced coma.

Jackson lawyers say that Murray’s dire financial condition, combined with the high salary offered by AEG Live, added to his incompetence. He decided to breach his ethical responsibility to do no harm to his patient because he feared losing the job that offered to deliver him from a mountain of debt, they argue.

AEG Live says that Murray was never sued for malpractice and that he was licensed to practice medicine in four states.

Question No. 3

Did AEG Live know or should it have known that Murray was unfit or incompetent and that this unfitness or incompetence created a particular risk to others?

The Jacksons accuse AEG Live of failing to check Murray’s background, which would have revealed he was deep in debt and desperately dependent on the $150,000 a month they agreed to pay him.

Two Los Angeles police detectives testified that they concluded Murray’s financial woes were at the root of his motive in the involuntary manslaughter of Jackson. His Las Vegas home was facing foreclosure, he was $1 million in debt and he was behind on support payments for several children, they said. Their suspicions were raised when they read his contract, which said he could lose the lucrative job if the tour was postponed or canceled, they said.

Jackson lawyers argue that AEG Live should have ordered a credit check for Murray because of the sensitive job he was being given. AEG Live lawyers say their executives could not have anticipated that his financial circumstances were relevant to his competency as a doctor.

A music industry veteran hired as an expert witness by Jackson lawyers testified that AEG Live’s agreement with Murray set up an “egregious” conflict of interest in which the physician was beholden to the company and himself before Jackson’s interests.

It was “not unlike the team doctor for a football team, where the quarterback is injured and the doctor comes to the medical conclusion that the quarterback should be taken out of the game for a period of weeks, but the team doesn’t want him out,” said David Berman, who once headed Capitol Records. “There is an inherent conflict.”

It was the doctor’s responsibility, not the concert promoter’s, to avoid a medical conflict of interest, AEG Live lawyers argue.

They say their executives had no way of knowing about the dangerous propofol treatments Murray was giving Jackson in the privacy of his bedroom. They presented testimony from a parade of former Jackson doctors and Jackson’s youngest brother, Randy, in an effort to show that the pop icon was a drug addict who kept his use of prescription medicines private.

But two doctors called by Jackson lawyers testified they had discussed Jackson’s tendency to abuse painkillers, while on tour, with Paul Gongaware when he worked as Jackson’s tour manager in the 1990s.

Dr. Metzger testified that he had discussed Jackson’s problem with insomnia to Gongaware.

Jackson’s former wife Debbie Rowe testified that Metzger arranged for anesthesiologists in Germany to treat Jackson’s insomnia between concerts in Munich with propofol in a hotel room in 1997. Gongaware was the tour manager then.

Jurors will have to decide if that is enough evidence to prove that it’s more likely true than not true that AEG Live executives should have known that Murray might be using dangerous treatments for Jackson’s insomnia as he prepared for his 2009 tour.

Question No. 4

Did Murray’s unfitness or incompetence harm Michael Jackson and the Jackson plaintiffs?

If jurors get this far down the verdict form, it means they’ve answered “yes” to the previous three questions. Since they would have already decided Murray was unfit or incompetent, this question may not take much of their time.

Jackson died of a propofol overdose while under Murray’s care, according to the autopsy report. It was not disputed at the trial. Evidence that led to Murray’s involuntary manslaughter conviction two years ago was presented to this civil jury.

AEG Live challenged the estimates of economic harm cause by Jackson’s death, but jurors saw plenty of evidence of the harm that the plaintiffs — his mother and three children — suffered by the loss of a son and a father.

Question No. 5

Was AEG Live’s negligence in hiring, supervising or retaining Murray a substantial factor in causing Michael Jackson and the Jackson plaintiffs’ harm?

AEG Live’s negligence allegedly included executives ignoring a series of red flags that Jackson lawyers say should have alerted them that Murray was a danger to Jackson.

Murray was kept on the job despite warning signs that Jackson’s health had deteriorated by the middle of June to the point that he could not remember song lyrics or perform trademark dance moves; he was hearing voices and talking to himself; and he was suffering chills during summertime rehearsals, Jackson lawyers say.

Assistant show director Alif Sankey testified that she screamed at show director Kenny Ortega in a phone call after a June 19 rehearsal, begging that he get help for Jackson. “I kept saying that ‘Michael is dying, he’s dying, he’s leaving us, he needs to be put in a hospital,’ ” Sankey said. ” ‘Please do something. Please, please.’ I kept saying that. I asked him why no one had seen what I had seen. He said he didn’t know.”

Jackson died a few days later.

Karen Faye, the pop singer’s makeup artist, said Jackson seemed “frightened” and was talking to himself, repeating “the same thing over and over again” at that rehearsal.

Tour production manager John “Bugzee” Hougdahl sent an e-mail to AEG Live CEO Randy Phillips the next morning. “I have watched him deteriorate in front of my eyes over the last 8 weeks. He was able to do multiple 360 spins back in April. He’d fall on his ass if he tried now,” Hougdahl wrote. “He was a basket case and Kenny (Ortega) was concerned he would embarrass himself on stage, or worse yet — get hurt. The company is rehearsing right now, but the DOUBT is pervasive.”

Ortega sounded a warning the same day in an e-mail to Phillips describing “strong signs of paranoia, anxiety and obsessive-like behavior” from Jackson. “I think the very best thing we can do is get a top psychiatrist to evaluate him ASAP.”

Ortega testified that with just a dozen days left for rehearsals before the touring company moved to London for the opening, he “felt that we should stop” the production on June 19, but he was “torn because I did not want to break Michael’s heart.”

Instead of stopping the rehearsals, getting a another doctor to check Jackson or replace Murray, Phillips met with Murray and put him in charge of making sure Jackson missed no more rehearsals.

Phillips sent an e-mail to Ortega after the meeting saying he had confidence in Murray, “who I am gaining immense respect for as I get to deal with him more. This doctor is extremely successful (we check everyone out) and does not need this gig, so he (is) totally unbiased and ethical.”

AEG Live says that Jackson appeared much better on June 23 and 24, the rehearsals that are seen in the “This Is It” documentary. Jackson died on the morning of June 25.

Questions No. 6-13

If jurors get to question six, it means they’ve decided AEG Live is liable in Jackson’s death.The next eight questions would decide a dollar figure for the economic and noneconomic damages suffered by his mother and children.

California law allows Jackson’s heirs to sue for the lost earnings capacity — the amount of money he could reasonably be expected to earn had he not died on June 25, 2009. Since Jackson was arguably one of the most successful entertainers in history, the damage amount could be enormous.

Contrary to what many media outlets have reported, the Jacksons never asked for $40 billion. In fact, by law the complaint does not state an amount. It is something that the lawyers may argue in court based on testimony and evidence presented in the trial.

Even though AEG Live sold out Jackson’s 50 London shows in record time and their executives had placed a big bet on Jackson’s earning power, their lawyers worked to convince jurors that Jackson was a has-been with limited future earning potential. One of their experts testified that he believed that Jackson might not have earned another dime in his career.

Eric Briggs based his conclusion on testimony by a Jackson sleep expert that the singer was near death from lack of sleep, even if he had not overdosed on propofol. Harvard sleep expert Dr. Charles Czeisler testified he believed that Murray’s infusions of propofol robbed Jackson of essential REM sleep that would have eventually proved fatal unless stopped. The drug interrupts crucial REM sleep cycles, depriving the brain of real rest and repair, the expert said.

Jackson lawyers scoffed at Briggs’ use of that theory, arguing that AEG Live would still be liable for that eventual death.

Briggs also questioned if Jackson would have been able to complete another world tour because of his health and poor demand for tickets. He testified that “significantly negative headlines, drug abuse and other issues” had ruined Jackson’s ability to earn endorsement and sponsorship money.

A Jackson expert concluded that he was reasonably certain the pop icon would have earned $1.5 billion touring the world over the next several years had he not died. He based his estimates on AEG Live’s own projections developed when its executives were planning to take Jackson on tour in the year before his death.

Jackson lawyers might suggest to jurors that they add additional damages based on what they think the entertainer might have earned if he had begun making films after completing his world tour. His son Prince and nephew Taj Jackson both testified about his plans to conquer the movie world next.

Jurors would also place a dollar value on the noneconomic damages suffered by Jackson’s mother and three children. The jury did hear during the trial that daughter Paris Jackson, 15, tried to kill herself in June. It is not clear if Jackson lawyer Brian Panish will point to Paris’ emotional problems, which the lawyers have blamed on the loss of her father, when he argues for noneconomic damages.

Questions No. 14-16

The amount of damages calculated by the jury could be significantly reduced when they reach the last three questions on their verdict form. These ask them to decide how much, if any, Michael Jackson’s own negligence was a factor in his death.

Panish has stated publicly that Jackson shares some of the liability for his own demise, but he has not suggested a percentage. Jurors will be asked to assign a percentage of blame to Jackson and to AEG Live. The concert promoter would then be ordered to pay the percentage of the damages that equals its share of blame as determined by the jury.

Deliberations are expected to begin Thursday afternoon.

http://edition.cnn.com/2013/09/24/showbiz/michael-jackson-death-trial/?hpt=en_c1

ABC will be soon livesreaming the judge’s instructions to the jury: http://abclocal.go.com/kabc/livenow?id=9259817

Since they have not yet started here is an article found by our Susanne which explains the difference in the opportunies of the two lawyers’ firms – Panish Shea & Boyle and O’Melveny & Myers for which Putnam and his female team are working.

O’Melveny & Myers has 800 lawyers and it explains their almost unlimited opportunities in handling gigantic cases like the AEG one. Panish Shea & Boyle has only 15 lawyers on its staff and its explains why they had to work themselves to a near exhaustion.

You could see the difference in their condition in the closing arguments of both sides – Putnam & girls  were relaxed, arrogant, laughing and easily manipulating their ugly lies, while Mr. Panish did his best to tell the truth but was clearly so tired that sometimes forgot the names of their main witnesses.

And we absolutely cannot blame him for it – this is the fate of all those rare heros who stand up for the truth  and have the courage to challenge the mighty and powerful of this world who also summon to their help all the lies they can.

This situation is actually a mirror reflection of the spiritual balance of forces among humans now and of the fact that very few people are ready to stand up for the truth while a whole lot more are ready to collaborate with lies. Truth-seekers are indeed so few that they have to work themselves into sheer exhaustion….

Lawyers in Michael Jackson wrongful-death suit can’t mask animosity

Tensions between Marvin Putnam, who represents AEG, and Brian Panish, who was hired by the pop star’s family, have flared in and out of court.

By Jeff GottliebSeptember 23, 2013, 10:00 p.m.

Brian Panish was indignant as the two men argued in the judge’s chambers.

“Judge,” the Michael Jackson family attorney snapped, “if I want to give him the finger, I know how to give him the finger.”

“And you did it quite well twice,” replied Marvin Putnam, an attorney for entertainment giant AEG.

Panish denied doing any such thing but added, “If he wants me to give him the finger, I’m happy to do that.”

The trial over whether a division of one of America’s most powerful entertainment conglomerates is liable in the death of a legendary pop star has been filled with testimony about Jackson’s drug use, his physical and mental deterioration and his growing fears as a comeback tour approached.

But the other drama may well be the bruising war of words between the two lead attorneys, one an Ivy League product * who worked in France and the other a Fresno State grad who attended school on a football scholarship.

The two lawyers have snipped, argued, shouted, rolled their eyes, bumped shoulders in the courtroom doorway and once got into such a combative argument in the hallway that the court clerk stepped into the corridor to tell them to cool it; an order they promptly ignored.

For more than four months, the lawyers have taken daily shots at each other as jurors and spectators looked on, often in amusement, a sideshow that can be as riveting as some of the testimony.

The day after the argument in the corridor, L.A. County Superior Court Judge Yvette Palazuelos called the two attorneys into her chambers again and told them they would be sanctioned if their behavior didn’t improve. Putnam called Panish “despicable” and refused to shake his hand. “Where I’m from,” he said, “handshakes mean something.”

With closing arguments in the long-running trial expected to start Tuesday, jurors and court spectators will get a final glimpse of two attorneys who seem to share little except an open disdain for each other.

“I can’t think of a case where there’s been so much animosity,” said Panish, a veteran of more than 100 trials. “When I say good morning to them, they don’t even say good morning back.”

The lawyers for AEG are definitely different - they were laughing even when Mr. Panish was talking about Michael's children being left orphans

The lawyers for AEG are definitely different – they were smirking even when Mr. Panish was talking about Michael’s children left orphans

The stakes in the wrongful-death case are high, with one witness calculating that the pop star could have earned as much as $1.5 billion had he lived. But neither attorney, nor their law firms, is a foreigner when it comes to staggering sums of money.

AEG Live is represented by O’Melveny & Myers, a 128-year-old firm with 800 attorneys in 16 offices worldwide and a client list that includes Time Warner, Citigroup and Lockheed Martin. Its lawyers have served as U.S. secretary of State, secretary of Transportation and White House counsel.

The Jackson legal team is led by Panish, Shea and Boyle, which has one office and 15 lawyers. The firm has won 20 jury verdicts of $10 million or more, and its $4.9-billion judgment against General Motors, which a judge cut to $1.2 billion, was the largest personal injury verdict ever. The firm has done well enough to have an ownership interest in two airplanes.

Both Panish and Putnam are listed in the top 100 lawyers in California by the Daily Journal, but almost everything about their firms is different, from the attorneys they hire to their clients. Even the way they dress is different.

The O’Melveny & Myers attorneys look as though they were issued uniforms in colors ranging from black to dark gray. Jessica Stebbins Bina has worn black pantsuits every day of the nearly five months of trial. Contrast that with Deborah Chang, of the Jackson team, who has questioned witnesses while wearing a lime green coat, dangling earrings and high heels.

The O’Melveny team, nearly all Ivy Leaguers*, is led by Putnam, a trim, balding man who grew up in Maine, attended Phillips Exeter and Harvard before earning his law degree at Georgetown. His wife, another Harvard grad, is executive director of Robert Redford’s Sundance Institute and was president of production for Miramax Films.

Mr. Panish addresses the jury: "The fate of Michael's children is in your hands now"

Mr. Panish addresses the jury: “The fate of Michael’s children is in your hands now”

Panish, the son of a lawyer, is heavyset with a full head of graying black hair. He attended Catholic schools, went to Fresno State on a football scholarship and received his law degree from Southwestern Law School.

Panish was recommended to the Jackson family by Thomas A. Mesereau Jr., who defended the pop star when he was tried on child molestation charges in 2005. “I told the family Brian Panish was the best plaintiff’s civil trial lawyer in L.A. and that no one else comes close,” Mesereau said.

Even the way the firms are paid underscores their differences.

Putnam’s firm usually charges by the hour, and its lawyers get paid whether they win or lose. O’Melveny already has earned millions from the Jackson-AEG case.

Attorneys like Panish are more entrepreneurial. Each case is an investment, which is why his firm agrees to take fewer than 1% of those that come its way. “You have to be a risk taker to be a personal injury attorney,” said Jody Armour, a professor at USC’s Gould School of Law. “More of a swashbuckler by personality.”

They usually are paid a portion of their clients’ winnings, as much as 40%, and shell out the money for experts and other costs. If they lose, not only do they not get paid, they could be out a lot of money for their expenses.

“The big-firm lawyers get paid per hour,” Panish said, “and we get paid perhaps.”

Though corporate lawyers like Putnam seldom take cases to trial, the courtroom is a second home to personal injury attorneys such as Panish. “Since we filed this Jackson case in 2010, Brian Panish by himself has tried more cases to verdict than the entire team of O’Melveny lawyers working on this case have tried in their careers,” said Kevin Boyle, Panish’s partner.

During a recent week-long break in the Jackson trial, Panish was part of the legal team that won a $17-million verdict for an 85-year-old man whose leg was amputated below the knee after he was hit by a bus.

By the time a case like Jackson vs. AEG gets to trial, said John Nockleby, director of the Civil Justice Program at Loyola Law School, the two sides have already spent months squabbling over schedules, depositions, and expert witnesses.

“When the stakes are huge, as they are in this case, there are enormous pressures on lawyers to perform, to win these battles,” he said.

Over the course of the trial, Putnam has directed several pointed accusations at Panish, saying he had “defamed a number of people inside the courtroom and outside the courtroom” and was telling reporters lies.

Putnam declined to be interviewed for this story.

On the other side, Boyle said that O’Melveny has gone out of its way to make things difficult, not even offering the usual professional courtesies, such as the scheduling of depositions or making simple agreements. O’Melveny wouldn’t stipulate that Jackson was dead until after the trial had begun.

Asked if O’Melveny looked down on them, Boyle replied, “They certainly act that way. It seems a very coordinated effort of smugness.”

Panish remains angry that Putnam accused his firm of leaking sealed emails to The Times. “I’m not happy about our integrity being challenged.” Panish said.

Panish said he’s gone against O’Melveny before without any problems.

“I don’t have any issue with the law firm,” he said. “Mr. Putnam doesn’t like us. There’s not much we can do about it. Everybody in the world’s not going to like me.”

http://www.latimes.com/local/la-me-jackson-lawyers-20130924,0,6677894,full.story

*NOTE: The dictionary explains that “Ivy League” does not stand for the Senior staff of one MJJ forum as I initially thought, but has a special meaning of its own:

1. a group of colleges and universities in the northeastern U.S., consisting of Yale, Harvard, Princeton,Columbia, Dartmouth, Cornell, the University of Pennsylvania, and Brown, having a reputation for high scholastic achievement and social prestige
2. of, pertaining to, or characteristic of Ivy League colleges or their students and graduates.
Only several hours have passed and the heroic TeamMichaelJackson is already posting the rebuttal by Mr. Panish  on the third day of the parties’ closing arguments. Here is the full video:

Filed under: AEG THE HORRIBLE, Jacksons vs. AEG Tagged: AEG, Brian Panish, jury, Michael Jackson

DEFENDING JOHN BRANCA

$
0
0

God knows that writing about John Branca was the least of my desires. He is so controversial a subject that no matter what you write you automatically fall into disfavor with large factions of fans. However this sacrifice will have to be made even if it is my last series of posts in this blog.

FOR THE SAKE OF TRUTH ONLY

The reason for addressing this subject is the overwhelming response I’ve got about Branca to the recent article about AEG.

This has become a tradition with us – I write about AEG driving Michael into the ground and the customary answer I get is that John Branca was not re-hired by Michael Jackson on June 17, 2009 and those who assert it are not to be trusted, Branca first and foremost.

How one thing is connected with the other and why almost any post about AEG should end up talking about Branca is beyond my understanding but since people insist that there is a connection let me try to follow their logic and look into everything they have against this person.

The best place to go to is surely Joe Jackson’s objection to appointing John Branca and John McClain the Executors of Michael Jackson’s Estate made on November 9, 2009. This document provides all the arguments we need to know about Branca’s alleged or real faults. Why John McClain is mentioned there is unclear as he is not even mentioned anywhere in the text except the title.

Another source is a December 2010 series of Wrap articlesincredibly pleased with themselves for their investigative journalism and dwelling on the on-and-off business relations between Branca and Michael Jackson under the catchy titles of “How Michael Jackson Nearly Lost His Prized Music Catalog”, “The Secret Probe That Got Branca Fired”, “Michael Jackson and John Branca — a Major Wrap Series”, etc.

The series is far from flattering to Branca, is filled with innuendoes towards him (but lots of admiration for Randy Phillips of AEG) and is accompanied by some documents which are the only reason why this series should be looked up at all.

The third source to go to is the testimony of lawyer David Legrand at the 2005 trial who was actually the one who ordered the so-called Interfor report to investigate John Branca as part of Michael Jackson’s inner circle in 2003. He provides first-hand information about why the report was made, who initiated it and what its outcome was.

Now that I’ve read it all I wonder if the people who refer us to these notable papers for alleged evidence against John Branca ever looked up the attached documents themselves or do they believe what they are told without any double checking?

The reason I am asking is because the attached documents prove exactly the opposite of what is said or implied in the Wrap series and Joe Jackson’s papers presented to court. The daring of both authors is simply incredible – the counted on the readers to never look up and it seems that their readers never did.

THE MYTH

The Interfor report was made on April 15, 2003 and concerned ALL Michael Jackson's business associates.  No incriminating evidence was found but the page on Branca nevertheless goes all over the Internet

The Interfor report was made on April 15, 2003 and concerned ALL Michael Jackson’s business associates. No incriminating evidence was found against Branca, however  the page on him is going all over the Internet

The myth has it that a certain Intefor report was made in April 2003 by investigators hired by Michael Jackson and as a result of that Branca was dismissed in February 2003.

It is exactly in this ridiculous succession that the Wrap series, for example, claims that the events took place:

Jackson lawyer David Legrand, testified at the singer’s 2005 child-molestation trial that Jackson had hired him to look into the people in his inner circle. But, Legrand testified, “I was given no credible evidence to support the charges; I would be doing Mr. Branca a great wrong if I said otherwise.”

Nonetheless, the report achieved its goal:  Branca’s termination.

“This is to confirm that I am terminating the services of you and your firm effective upon delivery of this letter,” Jackson wrote the attorney in February 2003. “You are commanded to immediately cease expending effort of any kind on my behalf…You are specifically instructed to transfer any funds you are holding in trust for me…”

http://www.thewrap.com/media/article/secret-report-got-branca-fired-22850

You are fired. February 2003

You are fired. February 2003 (click to enlarge)

The real events came in a totally different order of course and had a different outcome.

The letter of Branca’s discontinuance of service came in February 2003 while the Interfor report was made several months later, on April 15, 2003 and since no wrongdoing on the part of Branca was found he resumed working for Michael Jackson and continued to do so until the year 2006.

What’s interesting is that both the Wrap series and Joe Jackson’s papers contain documents proving that John Branca continued to render legal services to Michael even after the Interfor report.

Joe Jackson’s court paper lists as one of its attachments an Agreement dated April 2006 where Branca’s firm waives the right to the 5% previously agreed fee and states that the moment the Waiver comes into effect Branca’s firm ceases to represent Michael Jackson in any capacity and shall no longer provide any legal or other services to him.

The above means that until such a declaration was made Branca’s firm was providing legal services to Michael and did represent him. The document was signed in April 2006 in the Kingdom of Bahrain and was notarized by the Vice Consul of the US Consulate there:

.

JJ's objection - April 2006 settlement agreement page 3a

  • “Effective as of the Waiver Effective Date, this is to confirm that the Firm shall no longer be representing you in any capacity or providing any legal or other services to you”
The Agreement was signed in the US Consulate in the Kingdom of Bahrain

The Agreement was signed in the US Consulate in the Kingdom of Bahrain

That was the document from the Joe Jackson file.

As to the Wrap series it also has a document that proves that John Branca worked for Michael Jackson as a lawyer and advisor after the Interfor April 2003 report and all the more so after the discontinuance letter made several months before that.

The document is John Branca’s letter to Mr. Koppelman sent on July 28, 2003. The letter is scrutinizing the deal initiated by Al Malnik and proposed by Goldman and Sachs and Mr. Koppelman as a way to alleviate some of MJ’s debts to the Bank of America.

Branca spotted numerous points in the deal unfavorable to Michael and suggested their further discussion with Mr. Koppelman.

This alone means that he as lawyer was actively involved in the assessment of the proposal made by a third party and was working out the best terms for Michael in the deal.

One of the Wrap articles confirms that the negotiations were carried out in 2003-2004:

From 2003 to 2004, virtually the identical financial crisis — almost $300 million of debt, with the songs at stake — was met with a momentous initiative led not by Branca but by a power cast that included Wall Street-savvy Goldman Sachs, veteran music entrepreneur Charles Koppelman and a Florida entrepreneur dogged by mob suspicions, Alvin Malnik.

…In the documents, Goldman’s master financial alchemists began proposing a venture to position Jackson as “the Bill Gates of the music industry” and described how not only the $300 million debt might be whittled but also detailed how the beleaguered legend could walk away with perhaps $1.3 billion — with the Wall Street firm exiting even richer.

But only if he would sell his interest in Sony/ATV and in Mijac, the catalogue of Jackson’s own hits. According to the secret documents, Goldman was prepared even to “drag” Jackson along into a deal to sell them.

As the proposal evolved during more than a year, its fundamental flaw — that Jackson all but surely would forfeit his songs — remained clearly obvious to Branca. More than anyone, Branca knew that owning the songs was one of his client Jackson’s great passions and that the singer worried intensely about them slipping from his grasp.

http://www.thewrap.com/media/article/michael-jackson-1-can-john-branca-save-jackson-again-22420

Even if you don’t know the details of the Goldman and Sachs/Koppelman deal the letter sent by Branca to Koppelman strikes you by a quiet but firm and consistent advocacy for Michael’s rights in each of its points:

July 28, 2003

PERSONAL & CONFIDENTIAL VIA FEDERAL EXPRESS

Mr. Charles Koppelman

C.A.K.Entertainment, Inc.

37 E. 64th St.

Suite 1607

New York, NY10021

RE: Michael Jackson/Goldman Sachs Agreement

Dear Charles,

In follow up to our conversation about the Goldman Sachs deal memo and your suggestion that its term be extended beyond July 31, certain clarifications need to be made as follows:

1.   It should be clear that Michael does not contribute, assign or relinquish ownership of his publishing interests unless and until Warner/Chappell is acquired and until it is clear what Michael’s equity interest would be in the combined publishing operation. The capital structure and economic interests of the parties in the venture entities (i.e., Music LLC and Newco) need to be elaborated and clarified.

2.   It needs to be clarified that Goldman Sachs and/or the venture will take over responsibility for the Bank of America loans up to $270 million and Michael will have no further responsibility with respect thereto.

3.   We need to confirm whether Goldman Sachs will agree to provide an interim guarantee (i.e., Put) for the Miijac loan and, if so, on what basis.

4.   You stated that Michael will receive the first $320 million of distributions from the venture (after payment of annual fees). If this is the deal, it needs to be clarified. Merely paying off Michael’s loan obligations without allocating significant cash to him is obviously an insufficient valuation of his publishing interests to justify this transaction.

5.  It needs to be clarified that transferring the loans and copyrights into the venture will not be a taxable event for Michael.

6.  It needs to be clarified that, in the event of a liquidity event or exercise of the Put, there will be sufficient cash distributed from the venture to cover Michael’s obligations, including tax obligations, direct payment of this firm’s 5% and any other obligation Michael may have as a result of a liquidity event or exercise of the Put. Similarly an exit strategy needs to be devised for Michael to receive fair market value should he wish to exit the venture.

7.  We should discuss how Goldman Sachs justifies an annual fee of $5,5 million. It seems high.

8.  I’m not sure of the justification for Goldman Sachs to control the Board with five of seven Board seats, giving Michael only two. Whatever the Board membership, Michael should have some control over the management and operation of the venture.

9.  The letter of intent imposes broad exclusivity obligations on Michael and none on Goldman Sachs. We should discuss this.

10. There should probably be confidentiality obligations imposed on Goldman Sachs since Michael is disclosing confidential information.

11. Finally, with all due respect, it does not make sense to Michael to tie you in as manager of Mijac as a condition of the loan. Your valuable contributions should be rewarded without interposing you as a condition to Michael’s relationship with the bank.

Secret letter to Goldman and Sachs 1I am sure there are other issues that need to be address if this goes to long-form.

I look forward to discussing this with you.

Very truly yours,

John G.Branca

 

Branca was scrutinizing the Goldman Sachs proposal to MJ in July 2003 (or well after he was 'fired' by Michael Jackson). Click to enlarge

Branca was scrutinizing the Goldman Sachs proposal to MJ in July 2003 (or well after he was ‘fired’ by Michael Jackson). Click to enlarge

Cc: Alvin Malnik

John McClain

Zia Modabber, Esq.

Rene Ghadimi, Esq.

Karen Langford

The Wrap series also noticed Branca’s zeal in supporting Michael’s interests but attributed it to Branca’s own interest in getting the profit out of the deal:

With his interest linked to Jackson’s, Branca seemed to have little choice but to be a zealous advocate for the entertainer.

In case Michael wanted out of the venture, “an exit strategy needs to devised for him to receive fair market value.” Skeptical of Goldman’s power grab, he insisted that “Michael should have some control over the management and operation of the venture.

http://www.thewrap.com/media/article/inside-secrets-goldman-deal-22479

The other Wrap article already mentioned here implied that he worked so hard because he “stood to collect millions from the Goldman dealings”:

So why then had Branca worked so hard, as the secret files appear to indicate, for an outcome most feared by his client?

According to entrepreneur MalnikBranca stood to collect $17 million from the Goldman dealings for a 5 percent interest that he held in Jackson’s stake in the Beatles’ catalog.

Alas, the Goldman deal, more than a year in the making, got no further than the paper on which it was written. Rather, it was scuttled by Jackson against a backdrop of behind-the-scenes hijinks that seemed to mirror his final sad decade, which roiled with scandals, a criminal trial, epic debt and an ever-rotating inner circle.

(A lawyer for Branca responds: “Branca was asked to review a proposal brought to Michael by others and gave advice to Jackson. The decision not to enter into the agreement was Michael Jackson’s based primarily on this. There were no secret files, and ultimately the Goldman proposal was never accepted.”)

http://www.thewrap.com/media/article/michael-jackson-1-can-john-branca-save-jackson-again-22420

The response sent to the Wrap article by Branca’s lawyer makes it clear that not only did Michael approach John Branca for the evaluation of that deal but Michael also acted on his advice and ultimately refused the Goldman Sachs proposal.

However after the deal fell through Branca was accused of trying to make big profit from it by working for Michael too hard. Utterly twisted logic, but how very typical when you are hell bent on smearing someone!

The Goldman and Sachs proposal was not Branca’s doing and the advantages and disadvantages of the deal may be disputed, but what is essential for today’s discussion is that Branca did continue to work for Michael in July 2003, well after his services were discontinued in February the same year, and this is the best answer to Joe Jackson’s statements about Branca allegedly never working for Michael again, which are made in total disregard of the facts.

THE GOLDMAN SACHS LOAN PROJECT

The reason why Michael didn’t accept the Goldman and Sachs’ project was because it did not cover his full debt to the Bank of America (at least according to its initial variant available to us from the Wrap articles), was giving Michael little liquidity, was reducing his stake in the Sony/ATV catalog to a minimum and was leading to the eventual sale of all his assets including rights to his own songs.

The deal was offered under the attractive cover of Michael Jackson turning into a future “Bill Gates” of the entertainment industry, meaning that he would have a minority stake in a business that would cost many billions.

The January 2004 date of the Wrap article shows us that at that time the project was still under discussion, so Branca must have been still involved in the negotiations over it. This article explains the essence of Goldman Sachs’ proposal:

Inside Secrets of the Goldman Proposal

By Johnnie L. Roberts on December 5, 2010 @ 8:46 pm

…Acting as Jackson’s adviser, Charles Koppelman, the veteran entertainment executive and investor, recruited Goldman Sachs and worked closely with two of its private-equity aces, Gerry Cardinale and Henry Cornell, in crafting the proposal.

Ahead of the proposal, he and Florida businessman Al Malnik also arranged to double — to $70 million — one of Jackson’s two loans with Bank of America, where a Koppelman friend, Jane Heller, happened to handle his and Jackson’s personal accounts.

The confidential Goldman documents detail a proposal with several steps:

>> First, Goldman and Jackson become 50-50 owners in a new company, Music LLC.

>> Next, Music forms a separate company, “Newco,” with new partners — Sony, with its half of the Beatles, and Goldman putting up money.

>> Newco’s assets would be 100 percent of Sony/ATV (the Beatles) and Mijac (Jackson’s hits) and Goldman (more cash).

>> Newco would swallow Warner Music Group’s music publisher, Warner-Chappell, and combine it with Sony-ATV.

A target list also included other publishers — arms of Universal Music Group, BMG or EMI. The goal: industry dominance.

Jackson’s original stake would shrink as more investors entered the Goldman-crafted venture. “Like Bill Gates, Jackson would have a smaller stake in a multibillion-dollar company,” Goldman declared in a talking-point memo dated April 15, 2003.

Within five years, Goldman’s typical time frame for such investments, all would have been monetized in a sale of the venture, most likely to Sony Corp. By Goldman’s projections, Jackson’s share would be $700 million to $1.3 billion.

But backend riches didn’t solve Jackson’s shorter term crisis of repaying the $270 million bank debt. Not to worry. A $135-million Goldman loan would retire the $70-million Bank of America loan and $7-million due Sony. He would catch up on $12 million in overdue monthly bills and have a few million as a cushion.

Goldman planned to repay itself from Jackson’s backend bounty, but it was unclear how he’d repay the remaining $200 million bank loan. This much was clear, however:  If he defaulted, Bank of America could legally force him to sell his share of the venture to Goldman, with the proceeds handed out to the bank.

As Jackson’s putative partner, the Wall Street titan would have hogged much of the power: twice as many shareholder votes as Michael in their jointly-owned Music LLC and eight of 10 board seats — or seven if Jackson’s three picks included Koppelman, whom the secret documents show was as much a partner of Goldman as he was an advisor to Jackson.

A Jan. 7, 2004, term sheet — drafted by Goldman’s lawyers at Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz — also granted the Wall Street bank  “drag-along rights … to require MJ-ATV Trust” (with control over Jackson’s Beatles interest) to participate in the contemplated cash-out deal. Drag-along rights prevent a minority partner from sitting out a sale of the company — something Jackson was apt to try to do.

http://www.thewrap.com/media/article/inside-secrets-goldman-deal-22479

The sums to be lent by Goldman and Sachs to Michael Jackson are detailed in the attached document called “Goldman Sachs’ Proposal”:

  • Cash of $35 million to pay off $35 million Bank of America Loan secured against MIJAC
  • Cash of $68 million to reduce balance on $200 million Bank of America loan ($132 million balance would remain)
  • Cash of $7 million for pre-payment penalty for the Bank of America loans
  • Cash of $16 million to handle other current obligations
  • Cash of $9 million payable on a monthly basis for the first year.

http://ru.scribd.com/doc/43788454/Jackson-s-Goldman-Loan

However according to another document called “Current MJ Status As We Understand It” the then obligations of Michael Jackson amounted to $254 million and when the initial $35 loan secured by Michael’s own songs was increased to $70 million with the help of Mr. Koppelman and Al Malnik his overall liabilities reached the sum of $289 million which was far too big to be covered by the Goldman Sachs’ proposal:

  • $200 million Bank of America loan, secured by MJ’s Sony-ATV interest with the maturity date of December 20, 2005
  • $35 million Bank of America Loan, secured by MIJAC, Neverland Ranch, MJ personal guarantee and other person propery, with the January 31, 2004 maturity date
  • $12 million current obligations/liabilities
  • $7 million advance from Sony, Signature secured by MIJAC (second lien).

http://www.thewrap.com/sites/default/files/secret-rescue-plan_0.jpg

To put it plainly Goldman Sachs was giving Michael a loan of $135 million which was covering less than half of his debts.

The ultimate price to be paid for it was Michael’s loss of control over all his assets and getting a small stake in his own catalogs. In five years or so it was to be sold for an estimated $700 mln to $1,3 billion.

However the future of the remaining unpaid debt was unclear and even if the sale of his stake left him some money, all the assets would be gone including the rights to his own songs. Nothing would be left for Michael’s children.

In terms of cash the proposal meant that Michael was to receive $1million every month for the first year and $3,5 million per year ($300,000 a month) for the  next 5 years. Goldman Sachs was to receive the annual fee of $5,5 million per year which as John Branca pointed out in his letter as too high.

Now that we’ve learned a little about the terms of the proposed deal Branca’s objections to the deal become clearer to us:

  • He wanted Goldman Sachs to take responsibility for MJ’s full $270 mln debt (“It needs to be clarified that Goldman Sachs and/or the venture will take over responsibility for the Bank of America loans up to $270 million and Michael will have no further responsibility with respect thereto”).
  • In addition to paying off all the loans he wanted significant cash for Michael as otherwise the deal was not justified (“Merely paying off Michael’s loan obligations without allocating significant cash to him is obviously an insufficient valuation of his publishing interests to justify this transaction”).
  • He wanted Michael to have some control over the venture and more than two seats in the seven seat board membership, as well as an exit strategy for Michael enabling him to receive a fair market value in case he wanted to exit the venture.

In short Branca was trying hard to work out the best terms for Michael in the deal. However the Wrap series presented his efforts in extremely vague terms:

But some might conclude that Branca is no hero at all. A proposal in 2003 that would have sold Jackson’s interests in the Beatles’ and Mijac catalogues to the investment bank Goldman Sachs would lead some to question Branca’s role in Jackson’s business affairs.

The response sent to the Wrap article by Branca’s lawyer was:

“While the Goldman proposal might have divested Michael Jackson of his interest in the Beatles and MIJAC catalogues in the long run, it would have created a larger entity that increased the value of his interests. If sold, Branca’s fee would have gone to his firm, not directly into his pocket. Branca advised Jackson that he would be giving up too much control based on the proposal and Jackson vetoed the deal.”

But the best of the Wrap story is its ending. The article said that the deal took more than a year in the making and by the time it collapsed Branca was fired. To prove the point the article refers us… to the February 2003 letter discontinuing Branca’s services and to the so-called “Secret Probe that got him fired” dated April 2003:

Alas, the Goldman deal, more than a year in the making, got no further than the paper on which it was written. Rather, it was scuttled by Jackson against a backdrop of behind-the-scenes hijinks that seemed to mirror his final sad decade, which roiled with scandals, a criminal trial, epic debt and an ever-rotating inner circle.

The bank, which wouldn’t comment specifically on its planning to “drag” Jackson into a transaction, concluded: “We ultimately decided not to pursue the acquisition of these assets.”

As for Branca, by the time the deal collapsed, the superlawyer had been fired.

See Jackson’s letter to Branca: You’re fired.

Read: The Secret Probe That Got Branca Fired

http://www.thewrap.com/media/article/michael-jackson-1-can-john-branca-save-jackson-again-22420

The Wrap article wrapped it up very nicely of course, only the negotiations of the Goldman Sachs deal spanned over the whole year of 2003/2004 while the letter firing Branca is dated February 2003 and the so-called “secret probe” was in April the same year, after which Branca was still advising Michael in the Goldman Sachs’ deal and Michael was even listening to him.

So our conclusion is that as a very minimum Michael rehired him back.

GOLDMAN SACHS IS OUT. ENTER FORTRESS INVESTMENT GROUP

Branca’s legal representation was stopped in April 2006 as we now know from the “Bahrain” agreement. We also know that at least a year before that John Branca must have been still involved in the Goldman Sachs deal as the negotiations lasted until April 2005 when the deal was off.

The April 14, 2005 Fox article announced that the deal was to be signed in the next few days and if we are to believe their sources Goldman Sachs was pressed so hard (by Branca) that now they agreed to pay all Michael Jackson’s debts.

This point I am a little doubtful of, but as to the final figures in the deal we lack the respective documents and therefore have to rely on the highly unreliable Roger Friedman:

Published April 14, 2005

FoxNews.com

A deal to extricate Michael Jackson from his perilous financial situation is at hand.

I can tell you exclusively that the deal Jackson is being offered must be signed in the next few days, or he really will have his proverbial head on the chopping block.

I’m told Jackson will likely be presented with a deal sculpted by what I call his “permanent government” of lawyers and advisers, not the many shady characters who’ve come and gone over the years.

This “government” includes music publisher Charles Koppelman (who’s also on the boards of Martha Stewart and Steve Madden’s companies), attorneys John Branca and Al Malnik, Jane Heller of Bank of America and private investors represented by Goldman Sachs.

In return, all his debts will be paid off, including $270 million in loans from Bank of America, all the debt piled up at his Neverland ranch and all loans against his own Mijac Music Publishing, which owns Jackson hits such as “Billie Jean” and “Beat It,” as well as songs by Sly and the Family Stone and others.

Jackson will wind up with somewhere in the neighborhood of $10 million in cash, I am told. He will still reap a $7 million to $8 million annual income as well. He’ll also get some income from Sony/ATV.

Sources point out that Mijac is now worth around $100 million, and will be an even better asset once it’s free from debt.

..Bank of America has, according to sources, lost its patience over his mounting debt. If for some reason he doesn’t accept this latest proposal, I am told that he will really be in a dire situation.

Jackson, mind you, is not likely to sign this deal. Insiders tell me that he’s encouraged his fans to spread the word that he’s the victim of a “conspiracy.”

My sources also say that Jackson considers Branca one of the “conspirators,” since his former attorney would reap a 5 percent commission on this sale — almost three times as much money as Jackson will make.

But push has come to shove, to use a cliché, and Jackson is unlikely to find a better deal.

http://www.foxnews.com/story/2005/04/14/jacko-must-make-beatles-sale/

Friedman says that in that period of time Michael was distrustful of Branca, and either for this reason or because Michael was afraid to lose full control over his assets (as Branca warned him against) or because he didn’t want to ultimately sell his assets as the Goldman Sachs proposal envisaged it, or because a better deal was offered to him, but their project was not accepted and the very next month, in May 2005 the Bank of America loans were sold to Fortress Investment Group.

This was done via Prescient Acquisitions Group who wanted for their services $48 million (eventually their claim had to be settled by Michael Jackson for an undisclosed sum). The ultimate maker of the deal was Dan Stadler, the advisor hired by Randy Jackson.

Now we know that at least since November 2004 the negotiations with Goldman Sachs and Fortress Investment group were running parallel to each other, and something tells me that Randy Jackson did not consult the lawyer John Branca as to the possible outcome of that deal – which I personally consider a big mistake:

The original Jackson-Prescient-Fortress deal went down in May 2005 while Jackson stood trial in Santa Maria, Calif., for child molestation.

But, unbeknownst to anyone, the negotiations had actually begun in  November 2004.

http://www.foxnews.com/story/0,2933,258016,00.html#ixzz24mdWSKzU

So while Branca was working on the Goldman Sachs deal Michael was pressed by his brother and his advisor Don Stabler to look into a different direction.

Eventually it was their advice that he listened too, especially since Branca was warning Michael that the Goldman Sachs deal was not flawless either as he would lose control over his assets there (and would have to finally sell them too).

The NY Daily News article says that pressure to enter into a deal (with Fortress Investment group) was exercised on Michael during the bathroom breaks in the 2005 trial:

SUNDAY, JUNE 17, 2007, 4:00 AM

…But during breaks in the trial, Jackson says he was being pressured to sign off on a multimillion-dollar financing deal by Don Stabler, an associate brought in by brother Randy, his go-to guy on financial matters during much of his career.

Jackson initially took a liking to Stabler after Randy introduced them.

“He reminded me of people that live in mid-America like Indiana,” Jackson testified.

Stabler was persistent, at one point during the trial sending a message through one of Jackson’s Nation of Islam security guards that questioned the singer’s faithfulness to his African-American heritage.

It was a sore point for someone who has denied he purposely lightened his skin.

By then, Jackson had turned to Burkle, the billionaire pal of former President Bill Clinton, for financial help. Burkle brought in Jesse Jackson, who’s known Michael Jackson since his Jackson 5 days, to help with the consultation.

Burkle was calling him on the cell phone during bathroom breaks, warning him not to sign anything, Michael Jackson said. Stabler wasn’t happy, Jackson said.

“[Stabler] said, ‘What’s the problem? You’re not down, you’re with the Jews now. You’re not down with blacks anymore,’” Jackson testified.

“It was unkind,” Jackson added. “It was mean. It was meanspirited. It was nasty. Simply because he couldn’t get me to sign something that he wanted me to sign.“

The next time Jackson saw Stabler “he wanted to take my head off.” And his brother Randy wasn’t too happy, either.

Randy later claimed that Jackson and his staff had run up a $700,000 bill on his American Express card during the trial, which Jackson said he would repay.

It wasn’t the first time that Stabler teamed with Randy in trying to get him to sign off on a deal, Jackson claimed.

…Jackson made his comments when he was grilled by lawyers for the Hackensack, N.J., finance company that is suing the singer in Manhattan Federal Court. The firm, Prescient Acquisition, is owned by businessman Darien Dash, who claims Jackson stiffed his company out of $48 million.

According to Dash’s lawyer Steven Altman, Dash was due the money for helping Jackson refinance a $272 million bank loan and secure $573 million in financing to buy out Sony’s half of the Beatles’ song catalogue that Jackson co-owned.

But Jackson claimed he’s never heard of Dash, a cousin of hip-hop impresario Damon Dash, and doesn’t remember signing any agreement.

http://www.nydailynews.com/entertainment/gossip/world-jax-robbers-article-1.225010

A year later, in April 2006 Fortress was threatening to acquire Michael’s stake in the Sony/ATV catalog if he did not pay back the debt bought from the Bank of America in May 2005 (with their added highway robbery interest on the loan), and it was Sony who came to Michael’s help and refinanced the deal with a $300 million loan from the Barclay’s bank.

To facilitate the refinancing deal in the “Bahrain” agreement mentioned above Branca gave up the right to a 5% fee to which his company was entitled since the time Michael merged his Beatles catalog with Sony, and sold this right back to Michael for $15 million as Joe Jackson’s court documents state it.

From the later developments we know that the refinancing scheme was a temporary one as it satisified Fortress’s hunger for two years only and in May 2008 they came after Michael’s assets again, at least in respect of Neverland. In came Tom Barrack’s Colony Capital who are in the same business as Fortress and who know each other perfectly well. The rest of it is known to you.

THE 5% FEE

Excerpt from Joe Jackson's case against Branca

Excerpt from Joe Jackson’s case against Branca

Joe Jackson claims that “Branca’s 5% Interest in Michael Jackson’s Performances and Sony/ATV Disqualify Him from Being the Executor”. His reasoning is the following one:

“Michael Jackson signed various retainer agreement with Branca and his firm in 1993 through 1998. In those agreements, Branca took 5% of the proceeds of Michael Jackson’s businesses and performances, and then, without further entitlement, a 5% ownership interest in the Sony/ATV catalog royalties, all of which were the subject matter of his representation. Branca took a percentage of Michael Jackson’s business proceeds without regard to the work performed.

Excerpts from Joe Jackson's case against Branca

Excerpts from Joe Jackson’s case against Branca

These contract for representation not only constituted conflicts of interest, but also violated Branca’s duties as a lawyer by taking an interest in the subject matter of the representation. The Sony/ATV catalogue has been valued in excess of $1 billion for Mr. Jackson, and a 5% interest represented an unearned fee of $50 million, plus the distributions attributed to that 5% interest.

…In April, 2006, Michael Jackson paid Branca $15 million to get back his 5% interest in the Sony/ATV catalogue. When Branca filed his Petition to be Executor of Michael Jackson’s Estate, he concealed from the Court this multimillion dollar transaction and material profiting from the 5% interest in Michael Jackson’s business.”

I have several objections to the above.

First of all by the year 2009 the fee of 5% had long been not paid to Branca or his firm in accordance with the “Bahrain” agreement of April 2006.

Second, there is a document attached to Joe Jackson’s papers saying that Branca had waived his right to that fee even earlier, when Michael was obtaining a loan from the Bank of America National Trust & Savings Association and Branca wanted to facilitate that loan transaction. The document dated the year 1998 says that the firm would waive payment of the 5% fee “through September 2005” with respect to future “guaranteed advances” and the “put price”. Under the same document the fee sum of $2, 275,000 payable to them was also to be discounted to $1,864,200.

In 1998 Branca waived the right to his fee "through  September 2005"

In 1998 Branca waived the right to his fee “through September 30, 2005″

For what period the discounted sum was charged and whether the fee was waived fully or partially, for good or for a limited period of time, I have no idea.

But you will still agree that the general impression of Branca’s offer makes a decided difference from everything we’ve ever read about Michael’s other associates.

None of them ever gave up their right to charge Michael for money and none of them gave him any discounts.

Almost all of them sued him at the first opportunity presenting itself and this even despite their big friendship with Michael and their ardent love for him (like Dieter Wiesner, for example).

And Branca is offering to waive the right to his fee for several years and is discounting the money owed to him?

My third objection is that Joe Jackson’s papers make it unclear what he means by the 5 percent. On the one hand he calls it “an interest in the royalties”, and on the other hand he says that Branca’s share was $50mln in comparison with the catalog costing $1 billion which implies that Branca’s firm had a 5% stake in the catalog itself.

But this very statement from Joe Jackson makes me exclaim that even if Branca had a $50 million stake in the catalog, the $15 million price he charged for it means that he sold it at one third of its market price!

He could have surely sold it to the other side (Sony) and they would have gladly paid the required $50 million to have a stake bigger than Michael’s by a full 10 percent and changing it into 55% for themselves and 45% for MJ – however Branca never did it.

The Wrap series also claims that Branca had a 5% stake in the Sony/ATV catalogue, and while both they and Joe Jackson are trying hard to prove that Branca is a profiteer, the facts are testifying exactly to the opposite.

If Branca was charging a fee, we know that he gave it up for a considerable period of time. And if it was his stake in the catalog he sold it back to Michael for a purely nominal sum.

IF 5% WAS A STAKE

The Wrap article tells us how that 5% came about.

After cancelling the Dangerous tour Michael owed the tour promoters a fortune and one of his lawyers suggested selling the Beatles catalog for $75 million. Branca advised him against it and instead arranged a merge with Sony which brought Michael $150million cash from Sony. This is when he asked for a 5% fee on the deal which amounted to $7,5mln (which in my opinion, was a fair price for so big a profit).

The Wrap article says:

…Three years later, Branca got a phone call. “Branca, it’s Michael. You think I should sell half of ATV Music for $75 million?”’

One of several lawyers was proposing just that, to raise cash, which Jackson was in dire need of. The child molestation scandal, which had exploded earlier that year, would ultimately cost him $20 million in a private settlement. He owed promoters a fortune after suspending a world tour. Neverland was draining cash. What’s more, he was addicted to prescription drugs.

Branca realized he had an opening to return to Jackson’s side. He’d come back and fix everything — but this time it would cost Jackson up front: 5 percent of ATV Music (the Beatles), as he had proposed before his firing.

The woeful Jackson assented.

But even though they would reunite, the old relationship was never to be again. Branca would now find himself to be just one more member in the rotating cast of characters in Jackson’s life.

And with Branca now owning the 5 percent stake, Jackson became paranoid that his lawyer would want him to sell his song rights.

On the other hand, Branca did see an ATV transaction with Sony as an answer to Jackson’s cash crisis. But instead of an outright sale, he proposed a merger of Sony’s music publishing operations and ATV.

Thus, in 1995, Branca pulled off another coup: Sony/ATV Music Publishing. Jackson owned half of a much larger company, and pocketed a $150-million check from Sony. If Branca were entitled to 5 percent, his take totaled $7.5 million.

Estimates of its value range from $1.6 to $2 billion, and in recent years it generated operating cash of $100 million to $130 million a year, according to the New York Times.The publishing income alone, which Sony and the Jackson estate divvy up, should acount for tens of millions a year in estate income — as it used to for Jackson.

Yet, amazingly, his financial woes would only worsen. By 2003, he owed $270 million alone to the Bank of America in two massive loans through MJ ATV Publishing Trust, which owned Michael’s Sony-ATV stake, and MJ Publishing Trust, which controlled Mijac, repository of Michael’s songs. If Jackson defaulted on either loan, he could be forced to sell the songs to Sony, with the bank collecting the proceeds.

…Finally, Bank of America threw in the towel, selling the loan (and Beatles collateral) to Fortress investment, which charged Jackson double-digit interest rates. Utter disaster, however, was staved off only by a bailout arranged by Sony, which guaranteed a $300 million Barclay’s loan.

In 2006, Jackson’s and Branca’s on-again, off-again relationship hit a new low. Branca quit Michael this time in what, according to two top music industry executives familiar with the situation, was a broader dispute.

They suggest that Branca, Michael and Sony clashed over the lawyer’s 5 percent when it became a complication in Michael’s bail-out. The settlement: Branca sold it back for millions of dollars.

(A lawyer for Branca responds:

“Branca’s fee was not an issue. Branca settled his equity in those assets in which he had an interest for much less than its fair market value.”)

http://www.thewrap.com/media/article/michael-jackson-4-brancas-fired-rehired-fired-22423

I absolutely agree. If it was really a stake in the catalog he sold it for much less than its fair market value.

IF 5% WAS A FEE

letter of 1993 on fee arrangementBranca’s letter of 1993 about a fee is attached to Joe Jackson’s papers. It was written exactly at the time described by the Wrap article.

This was evidently the moment when the merge with Sony was contemplated and Michael Jackson was rehiring Branca as his General Counsel in music, television and home video businesses as well as real estate acquisitions.

Branca's letter of 1993 on the future fee arrangement

Branca’s letter of 1993 on the future fee arrangement

The letter specifies the fee arrangement with Michael and says that it will be 5% from all his proceeds received by Michael beginning with next year.

If he tours and bears the show costs appropriate deductions will be made.  The fee will not include litigation costs.

In short its text does not have even a suggestion of Branca aspiring to have a stake in the future Sony/ATV catalog:

RE: Fee Arrangement

Dear Michael,

The purpose of this letter is to confirm our fee arrangement with you and your various companies. We shall render services for you as your general counsel in the music business (an, ancillary to music, in the television and home video business). We shall render services in other areas (such as real estate acquisitions) as we shall mutually agree upon. You shall have the right to terminate our services at any time.

During the term of our engagement, we shall receive five percent (5%) of any gross monies actually received by you or any related entity from songwriting and music publishing (including the publishing companies comprising ATV and Mijac), recording, television, home video programs, merchandising, personal appearances, commercial endorsements, sponsorship and from the operation, sale and/or other disposition of any assets owned by you or any such entity; provided, however, that excluded from the foregoing commission shall be personal appearances, engagements and sponsorships performed in 1993. If you tour, we will work out appropriate deductions for any show costs, as that term is contently understood (e.g., sound and light), that you are required to bear.

Notwithstanding the foregoing our commission fee with respect to recording income shall commence in connection and simultaneous with the renegotiation of your Sony Records contract with respect to the delivery of a studio or a “Greatest Hits” album; and our commission with respect to your Mijac publishing income shall also commence simultaneous therewith.

The foregoing compensation does not include out-of-pocket costs; such as travel, telefaxes, messengers, photocopying and long-distance phone calls. These costs will be billed periodically. In addition, the retainer does not include any services which this firm does not customarily provide, such as litigation, tax, securities or trademark representation. We do not typically bill the five percent (5%) fee. Instead, we depend upon clients and their business managers to send us checks as and when income received.

We believe that this fee arrangement is fair and reasonable under California law, including the California Rule of Professional Conduct. We urge you to consult, if you wish, with an independent lawyer of your choice about this fee arrangement. If you or any independent lawyer have any questions about this fee arrangement, please fell free to call me.

If you wish to discuss the foregoing, please feel free to call me. Otherwise, please sign a copy of this letter below and return it to me.

Kindest regards,

John G. Branca

Agreed to and accepted

Michael Jackson

Some of you will say that paying 5% of all proceeds for the work of a General Counsel in music, television, home video businesses and real estate acquisitions is too big a commission.

I will disagree because others around Michael did not do a fraction of what was done by John Branca but still demanded 15% and more for a mere bringing the parties together (Tohme).

Or charged 10% for “promoting” the This is it tour the tickets for which sold within minutes without them moving even their little finger (AEG) and charged the additional 5% as a Producer’s fee (I am talking of the AEG official figures only).

Or asked for $5 million for his part in making a This is it film upon which he had no bearing at all (Dileo).

Repeating the words of LeGrand, a one-time Michael Jackson’s lawyer who testified at the 2005 trial, let me say that I’m not concerned about people making money, but I am concerned when people want excessive amounts in relation to their contribution. Branca’s contribution seems to me quite a substantial one and a justified one at that.

So when I receive comments like the recent one implying that Branca exploited Michael Jackson and just made money off his back:

  • “Whenever anyone wants to consider who made money off of Michael’s back during his lifetime and after, the firm of Ziffren Brittenham must be placed at the top of that list.”

All I want to do in reply is shrug my shoulders and ask:

REALLY?

.


Filed under: REAL FRIENDS To Michael Jackson, The SOCIETY Tagged: John Branca, Michael Jackson

The Gallery of Michael Jackson’s Business Advisors. INVESTIGATIVE REPORT

$
0
0

If you leaf through Dieter Wiesner’s book and Joe Jackson’s “Objections to appointing John Branca and John McClain Executors of MJ’s Estate” you will get one side of the story which will be currently pleasing to the eye of many Michael Jackson’s fans.

But if you want to know the truth about who was who among Michael’s business advisors in the period of 2003-2004 you will have to read the documents attached to Joe Jackson’s objections, the testimonies of LeGrand and Anne Kite at the 2005 trial, a couple of books and a dozen other things –  and read all of it carefully.

In contrast to many others who have made up their minds forever after about a little fraction of truth they have scraped in some corners I prefer the whole truth, and that is why I embarked on a long voyage which took me to completely new and extremely surprising waters.

This post will cover only part of a pile of information collected and it will be about several Michael’s managers some of whom directly contributed to Michael’s huge debt. The puzzle is complex but the key to it is found in LeGrand’s testimony at the 2005 trial, so I will be referring to it throughout several posts that will have to be made about this subject.

As you understand all of it was triggered off by the on-going campaign against Branca which I see as nothing else but a witch-hunt against the person who absolutely doesn’t deserve it. Someone wants to make him out as Villain number 1 while there was actually a hundred other people around Michael Jackson who can be easily nominated for this title.

What makes it even worse is that some of these nominees are big friends of Michael Jackson’s family (at least Joe Jackson) while the person whose honesty I absolutely do not doubt is considered by them their worst enemy.

But let us start with David LeGrand’s testimony first.

LEGRAND’S TESTIMONY

David LeGrand was hired as Michael Jackson’s main lawyer in the last week of January 2003.

Page 8 of the Interfor report. And who are all previous pages about?

Page 8 of the Interfor report on John Branca. And who are the previous pages about?

He dealt with a lot of Michael’s business and legal advisors, investigated their activities and as a result came up with the so-called Interfor report which is known to everyone by page 8 on John Branca circulating in the Internet.

All the other pages are missing and why they are missing – while Branca’s page is all over the web – is one of those questions which anyone interested in the whole truth should ask oneself first and foremost.

However despite all those investigations LeGrand says that the immediate reason for his hiring was the need to do coordination work to stop Bashir’s film from being aired.

Michael wanted his life to be shown as he knew it, but even before the film was shown rumor had it that it was heavily edited, contained innuendoes in the voiceovers and was turned into the opposite of what Michael expected of it.

Michael didn’t ask for money but was promised a big donation to a charity and thought he had the right to approve the film.

When LeGrand took charge of the job he found that though Bashir hoodwinked Michael (Thomas Mesereau’s expression) very little could be done to mend the situation. Michael had been so trustful of Bashir that he had only a one-paragraph contract with him which left Michael’s lawyers no room for action.

The old team of lawyers said that they were unable to stop the film from airing and this must have been a point of great disappointment and frustration for Michael.

LeGrand coordinated the work of several teams of lawyers, approached the British Broadcasting Board and negotiated Take 2 with Fox TV which was to include the outtakes from Bashir’s film, but despite all effort the most he could do was filing a lawsuit against Granada which was put on hold when charges were made against MJ later the same year and having a concession from Granada to blur the faces of Michael’s children as this was one of Michael’s gravest concerns.

LeGrand said about the initial focus of his work:

20 A. The initial focus was to assemble a group of

21 lawyers to respond to the pending presentation of

22 the Martin Bashir video in the UK. I spoke to a

23 number of different lawyers, including partners in

24 my firm, and within, oh, a day or two, we — I had

25 Mr. Jackson on a teleconference with lawyers in the

26 United Kingdom, as well as the United States, to

27 discuss the possibilities of responding to the

28 pending production in the UK by Martin Bashir and                             [9979]

1 Granada.

2 Q. What was the concern about the Bashir

3 documentary, as far as you were concerned?

4 A. That no one, from Mr. Jackson’s perspective,

5 had been given the opportunity to review the final

6 edited production work. That was a concern. We had

7 no idea what was going to be presented in the UK.

8 There were clips that were being broadcast as

9 promotion, but the substance of the program was an

10 unknown.

19 THE WITNESS: The two documents reflecting

20 Mr. Jackson’s agreement with Granada were terrible

21 contracts. They were vague. They lacked, you know,

22 precision, detail. There were numerous provisions

23 that simply were not addressed. They were very

24 simple, you know, one-paragraph documents.

25 Q.  Did you ever determine who

26 had drafted those documents?

27 A. I believe Martin Bashir drafted them.

11 Q. BY MR. MESEREAU: Did he ever indicate that to you, that he

12 perceived that this production was going to portray

13 him in a positive light?

16 … Mr. Bashir was to

17 produce a documentary reflective of Mr. Jackson’s

18 life as Mr. Jackson knew it.

19 Mr. Jackson’s statement to me was that he

20 felt very comfortable with Martin Bashir during the

21 production of the — you know, the various filmings,

22 and that he expected Mr. Bashir to honor Mr.

23 Bashir’s agreement to allow Mr. Jackson to review

24 the final footage and have some input to the final

25 footage.

26 We, the various lawyers, asked Mr. Jackson

27 several times to explain what he meant by, you know,

28 “faithful to his life as he knew it,” and Mr.                                     [10072]

1 Jackson didn’t use the word “positive.” He expected

2 accuracy, sincerity in this documentary.

6 Mr. Jackson did not seek compensation for the

7 production. But he did expect a significant

8 donation to a charity.

9 Q. So basically Mr. Jackson worked with Mr.

10 Bashir for free, right?

11 A. Yes.

12 Q. And Mr. Bashir and his company were standing

13 to make millions on this show, true?

14 A. To the best of my knowledge, yes.

19 Q. And was Mr. Jackson concerned about the

20 fallout in a public relations sense from the Martin

21 Bashir film?

22 A. I don’t recall Mr. Jackson making a specific

23 statement about being concerned about the fallout

24 from the Bashir film. He seemed very concerned

25 about the — blurring the images of his children, of

26 wanting to enforce his agreement with Mr. Bashir to

27 edit — to screen the video and edit the video

28 before it was aired.

24 He was concerned about their visual image

25 being shown worldwide without, you know, blurring or

26 some other technique to obscure their faces.

27 Q. Do you know why?

28 A. Well, he’s concerned about their safety and                           [9993]

1 security.

1 They agreed to veil the

2 faces of the children, to do some blurring in the

3 airing of the video to protect Mr. Jackson’s family.

4 So there were concessions made by Granada. Their

5 basic position was they owned the copyright and they

6 had the unequivocal right to produce the production

7 without any input or editing from Mr. Jackson.

8 Q. And without paying Mr. Jackson a penny,

9 right?

10 A. Correct.

12 He did confirm to me that he did

13 not expect money from — you know, payment for the

14 production; that he had agreed to do that without a

15 fee.

15 Q. The overall thrust of the case was that

16 Bashir had completely hoodwinked Mr. Jackson, right?

17 MR. AUCHINCLOSS: Objection; argumentative.

18 THE COURT: Sustained.

Of course Bashir took advantage of Michael’s trust and completely hoodwinked him. I can’t imagine who will watch Bashir’s programs for information now if they know that all they will get will be inaccuracy, lies and dirty thinking of a complete crook.

THE SECOND TASK

LeGrand says that the second task he was hired for was to terminate Michael Jackson’s old advisors, form a new team and ‘bring fresh blood into his representation’.

When LeGrand stepped into Michael’s business it was taken care of by at least 50 people in his employment. Trudy Green was Michael’s manager and Howard Kaufman a merchandising director. The financial matters were handled by Barry Siegel of Provident Financial Management .The Ziffren firm and Branca were the primary music counsel, and two more law firms – Lavely Singer and Katten Muchin dealt mostly with litigation matters.

Paul Hastings firm and some other British lawyers were the new people employed by LeGrand to try and stop Bashir’s film and Mark Geragos was hired by Mr. Konitzer as Michael’s criminal attorney.  Konitzer and Wiesner were sort of Michael’s business advisors who later directed the new team.

12 Q. BY MR. MESEREAU: To your knowledge, while

13 you were representing Mr. Jackson, how many law

14 firms were involved in his affairs?

15 A. Well, the Katten Muchin firm was providing

16 representation in a couple pieces of litigation.

17 The Ziffren firm, John Branca in particular, was the

18 primary music counsel. Lavely Singer was providing

19 representation on a variety of matters, mostly

20 litigation-related. There was my firm. There was

21 Paul Hastings law firm. There was Mark Geragos.

22 There was the solicitors in the United Kingdom, the

23 barrister in the United Kingdom.

24 I know I’m missing somebody.

25 Oh, and I had another law firm in Las Vegas

26 that was assisting on copyright work as well.

Besides the disaster of Bashir’s film Michael’s lawyers were also handling two primary lawsuits connected with concert promoter Marcel Avram and Michael’s former business advisor Myung Ho Lee. LeGrand said about them:

21 The two primary lawsuits that were

22 pending that I had knowledge of early on were the

23 Avram case and the Myung Ho Lee case.

26 Q. Who is Marcel Avram? You just mentioned

27 that. Who is that?

3 What I’ve read is that he was

4 a promoter who had entered into some agreements

5 with — and I’m not sure who with, but with Mr.

6 Jackson or entities affiliated with Mr. Jackson.

7 I’m not even sure who the parties were in that

8 litigation.

9 Q. BY MR. AUCHINCLOSS: And that was a

10 multimillion-dollar lawsuit?

11 A. Yes.

MARCEL AVRAM and MYUNG HO LEE

Marcel Avram was suing Michael Jackson for the third time. The first was a $40 mln suit after Michael cancelled 19 concerts out of 42 in the Dangerous tour (settled by MJ out of court). The second one for $20 mln was because Michael allegedly broke his promise to have Avram promote his next world tour and shopped around for someone else.

This time Avram filed a $21 million lawsuit after Michael gave two benefit concerts in June 1999 but did not do the millennium concerts scheduled for December 31, 1999. The second of the concerts taking place in Munich on June 1 ended in Michael’s back injury due to a terrible fall of the bridge he was standing on while singing the Earth Song.

The injury was probably the primary reason why he couldn’t perform the two millennium concerts on New Year’s eve scheduled in Sydney and Honolulu for one and the same day. However the articles of the period do not mention the injury and for some reason all talk is about who called whom to cancel the concert.

Avram wanted $21 million for the two missed concerts (out of which $10 million were considered Avram’s lost earnings) however he himself was to pay Michael $15 million, so the difference was $6 million or so:

November 14, 2002

Avram contends that he was stuck with an $11-million debt and about $10 million in potential lost revenues when Jackson did not appear at concerts in Honolulu and Sydney, Australia. Avram said he became involved with Jackson again after he was asked to work out difficulties that had arisen with production of a charity concert Jackson was planning for Seoul.

In exchange for his help, he said, he persuaded Jackson to do a second charity concert in Germany and two millennium spectaculars scheduled for Dec. 31, 1999. For all that, Jackson would be paid $15 million. Although the charity concerts were performed, they lost money.

Called as a hostile witness by Avram’s lawyer, Louis “Skip” Miller, Jackson said it was the promoter who telephoned him to say the concerts were off, although he could not recall the date.

“I don’t think he was prepared,” Jackson said at one point. “He canceled it. I specifically remember the telephone call. He said, ‘We’re not going to do those shows on the millennium. It couldn’t work to fly from one time zone to another.’

Jackson’s lawyer, Zia Modabber, contends that it was Avram who backed out of the millennium concerts.

http://articles.latimes.com/2002/nov/14/local/me-whooo14

On March 14th 2003 the jury awarded Avram $5,3 million in compensation of his potential lost revenues:

March 14, 2003|From Associated Press

A Santa Maria jury decided Thursday that Michael Jackson owes a concert promoter $5.3 million for backing out of two concerts planned to celebrate the millennium on New Year’s Eve 1999.

The verdict came in a $21-million breach-of-contract lawsuit filed against the singer by German concert organizer Marcel Avram. Jackson’s attorneys said it was Avram who canceled the shows over concerns they would not be profitable.

The jury deliberated for nearly two weeks. Jackson testified on his behalf in November.

Avram said Jackson had agreed to perform two concerts on Dec. 31, 1999. He would have performed in Sydney, Australia, then flown across the international dateline to Honolulu for another concert, technically within the same calendar day.

Jackson’s attorney, Steve Cochran, did not immediately return a call.

http://articles.latimes.com/2003/mar/14

Frank Cascio says that he was present when Michael received the call cancelling the concerts. To our surprise we learn that the call was from Myung Ho Lee, Michael’s other business associate. However soon the confusion is clarified as it turns out that besides Avram the concerts were brokered by Michael’s business advisors Myung Ho Lee and Wayne Nagin (previously his chief of security).

Frank Cascio who was Michael’s assistant at that time says:

THE MILLENNIUM HAD AN INAUSPICIOUS START. We were supposed to go to Australia, where Michael would do a New Year’s show, then immediately fly straight to Hawaii to ring in the new year at another show, maximizing the twenty-hour time difference in order to do two shows in one night. The two-show concert was brokered by Marcel Avram, a concert promoter, along with Myung-Ho Lee and Wayne Nagin, Michael’s business advisers.

I was in Michael’s room at Neverland when Myung- Ho Lee called to tell Michael that the shows had been canceled. I never knew whether it was Michael or Avram who called them off—later, in court, each would contend that it was the other—but when Michael took the call, he seemed both happy that he would now be able to spend Christmas with his kids and the family and a bit regretful to be letting down his fans.

…Avram was out of pocket again, and so, not surprisingly, he sued Michael for millions of dollars, blaming him for the millennium concert cancellations, as well as for the resulting damages.

Myung Ho Lee was the second person who was suing Michael in 2003 but his lawsuit was for a different reason – he was claiming $13 million in unpaid fees.

Evidently to bolster his case and persuade Michael to settle, Myung Ho Lee was telling Maureen Orth of the Vanity Fair stories about Michael putting a curse on Steven Spilberg in a voodoo ritual and seducing at least one Japanese boy by treating him to a Cola can filled with wine (the boy, Richard Matsuura was outraged by these lies and said that Jackson had never acted inappropriately around him).

But even despite this hard pressure from Myung Ho Lee, Michael resisted his former advisor’s claims and said that he had never agreed to pay him the multi-million fee, had never signed the agreement Lee submitted and the signature under that document was not his.

Frank Cascio testified to the same:

In his statement, Frank Tyson [Cascio] states: “I have known Mr. Jackson almost my entire life, and I am 21 years old. During just the past five years, I have seen Mr. Jackson sign his name, or seen his signature, no less than 100 times, and perhaps as many as 500 times, or more. The signature … does not appear to be that of Mr. Jackson.”

http://www.foxnews.com/story/2002/07/30/jacko-defense-was-his-signature-forged/

Nevertheless Myung Ho Lee did reach the desired goal. The way to do it were threats to disclose the details of MJ’s then financial situation which is why Michael agreed to settle the case with Lee for an undisclosed sum.

It is at this point that we learn that Myung Ho Lee was actually the one who arranged for Michael several Bank of America loans:

February 19, 2003

Lee and his Union Finance and Investment Corporation sued Jackson last April, alleging that the entertainer had reneged on a September 2001 promise to pay him more than $US13 million in back wages. But Jackson, in court papers filed on December 20, denied he owed the money, claiming that someone had forged his name on an agreement to repay Lee for business advice.

“I did not sign this document,” stated an affidavit from Jackson, currently embroiled in yet another public battle, this time over a television interview in which he revealed that he shared beds with young boys.

According to the suit, Lee began working for Jackson in 1997, giving him business and career advice and arranging loans and setting up investments, after being introduced by another Korean businessman whom Jackson met following a failed charity concert in Seoul. Lee claimed in his suit that Jackson was a “ticking financial time bomb waiting to explode at any moment.”

http://www.theage.com.au/articles/2003/02/19/1045330662547.html

THE LOANS 

The first loan arranged by Myung Ho Lee was for $90 mln and was taken in late 1996. Two years later Michael had to take one more loan – for  $140 in order to be able to repay the first (with around $50 left for him), and a year and a half later one more loan of $200 mln was made to repay the $140mln (so this time approximately $60 mln remained).

All these figures were in the court papers filed by Myung Ho Lee and this is what he was threatening to disclose. The New York Times said about it:

Mr. Jackson came under the sway of an assorted rotation of new advisers who apparently convinced him to make heavy bets on risky investments that never panned out.

In late 1996, according to court papers, he met Myung Ho Lee, a Korean adviser who emerged as a central figure in the performer’s debt binge.

Documents indicate that by late 1998, Mr. Jackson had already taken out and depleted a $90 million bank loan and Mr. Lee arranged a new, $140 million loan from Bank of America that was collateralized by the Beatles catalog and used to pay off earlier debts.

Just several months later, the $140 million had evaporated and Mr. Jackson, fresh off of his divorce settlement with Lisa Marie Presley, obtained another $30 million line of credit from Bank of America. Mr. Lee said in court papers that in late 2000 he raised the original $140 million bank loan to $200 million, using part of that loan to pay down the $30 million credit line, which had been entirely tapped.

The same article says that it is difficult to say how much of the loaned money landed in Michael’s pockets.

A lot of it went into production costs of videos and recordings (an estimated $65 million), but the leading drain on Michael’s resources were the deals called by another Michael’s advisor Al Malnik the “global kinds of computerized Marvel comic-book characters bigger than life” on which at least $50 million were squandered:

WHATEVER portion of those earnings actually ended up in Mr. Jackson’s wallet is also difficult to assess because it would have to account for hefty costs like recording and production expenses, taxes and the like that would have reduced income from his business endeavors.

…MR. JACKSON indulged in other pricey vanity projects, including what one adviser believes to be the most expensive — a 35-minute film called “Ghosts” that he co-wrote with the novelist Stephen King and shot in 1997 with Stan Winston, a special-effects whiz that cost well above $15 million. One person with direct knowledge of Mr. Jackson’s spending said that the star paid a substantial portion of as much as $65 million on video projects in the mid-90′s — outlays that contributed significantly to his financial problems.

The leading drain on Mr. Jackson’s ample resources may have been monumentally unwise investments that apparently produced equally colossal losses.

Mr. Malnik estimates that some of Mr. Jackson’s advisers squandered $50 million on deals that never panned out — what he describes as amusement-park ideas and “bizarre, global kinds of computerized Marvel comic-book characters bigger than life.”

Mr. Malnik said that he had loaned Mr. Jackson $7 million, part of which was used to settle various lawsuits related to deals gone awry.

http://www.nytimes.com/2006/05/14/business/yourmoney/14michael.html?pagewanted=all&_r=0

As Roger Friedman said in a nasty article which I am not even going to give a link to, all these investments were suggested by Michael’s business advisors. Many of them were terrible and ended only in legal fees and more lawsuits:

“Managers came and went with schemes, all of which wound up in lawsuits that cost more legal fees. He made terrible investments. Roll call: Hollywoodticket.com, Dieter Wiesner, Myung Ho Lee, Marcel Avram, Shumley Boteach”.

Frank Cascio’s book also says that Michael’s major problem with advisors was the viper’s nest of entrepreneurs who “talked up the benefits and played down the risks” of various projects they came up with.

The way I understand it these businessmen lured Michael into risky enterprises and when the projects failed, they exposed Michael to lawsuits from the investors involved while they themselves stayed aside keeping in their pockets the huge commissions and other money they made on those deals.

Frank Cascio says:

Though I didn’t have formal business training, I came face-to-face with the infrastructure of Michael’s organization. There were lawyers, managers, accountants, and publicists. And it wasn’t just one lawyer or one manager. It was a team of lawyers and a team of managers. They were all involved in every deal, and at times they had different agendas. For example, if Michael wanted to invest in a company, the managers wanted to make sure the deal wouldn’t take away from his music commitments, the PR people wanted it to serve his public image, and the lawyers wanted to make sure the deal didn’t conflict with his other legal obligations.

…as time passed, I realized not everyone had his best interests in mind. Michael wasn’t always given the complete picture. This was a problem of his own making: he only wanted to hear what he wanted to hear. His accountants and lawyers seemed dedicated. But some of his business associates, eager to profit, talked up the benefits and played down the risks.

.. by the end of 1999, I came to see his lack of trust as an essential survival mechanism. The more time I spent with him, the more I saw that in his world, skepticism was a necessary defense. The problems went far beyond the negligence I’d seen in his Neverland staff. He lived in a world where everyone wanted something from him. They reacted to his fame and success with envy and greed. This was true even among his closest associates. It was a viper’s nest.

There were times when Michael didn’t want to see or hear all of what I had to tell him about the corruption I suspected in members of his organization. He would say, “Frank, you just started here. You don’t know what you’re talking about. This is a different world.”

Getting Michael into some fantastic projects, drain him of his money and then withdraw as if it was none of their doing and even sue him for the services rendered seems to me the modus operandi of all those business advisors.

Dieter Wiesner was no exception – he worked for Michael since approximately 1997 plunging him into various unsuccessful projects and when he was ousted out of Michael’s life by the Nation of Islam leaders he sued Michael for $64million, alleging breach of contract and fraud, though the positive result of his activity for Michael was actually zero.

DIETER WIESNER and RONALD KONITZER

The big chance for Dieter Wiesner and Ronald Konitzer came in January 2003 when Michael, evidently following their advice, fired his old team of his lawyers and accountants and appointed Wiesner and Konitzer as his new managers.

LeGrand was nominated by the new team to the position of Michael’s primary transactional attorney:

13 Q. And at the time you were representing Mr.

14 Jackson and companies associated with Mr. Jackson,

15 did you consider yourself his primary transactional

16 attorney?

17 A. Yes.

18 Q. Why is that?

19 A. At the time I was engaged, part of the

20 conversation and plan was to basically bring in a

21 new team to represent Mr. Jackson. Part of that

22 process involved terminating some of the

23 representation of people that had been providing

24 legal service to him and bringing, you know, fresh

25 blood to the representation.

26 Q. And you mentioned January of 2003. Was that

27 the approximate time this activity was going on?

28 A. Well, that’s when it began. I mean, it —                                        [9978]

1 this process took time.

2 Q. So approximately January of 2003 efforts

3 were made to bring in a new team to represent Mr.

4 Jackson; is that what you’re saying?

5 A. Yes. A new set of lawyers, accountants and

6 professionals.

7 Q. Now, was this your idea?

8 A. No.

9 Q. Whose idea was it?

15 It was communicated to me by

16 both Mr. Konitzer and by Mr. Jackson.

LeGrand was the man of Konitzer’s choice. At the start of his career LeGrand worked as an assistant prosecutor specializing on financially-related crimes. Later he went into private practice, focused on corporate and transactional work and acquired extensive business experience.

At the time LeGrand joined Michael’s team he was with Hale Lane Peek Dennison and Howard law firm. This firm is known to us as the one that ordered the so-called Interfor investigation the results of which were submitted to LeGrand on April 15, 2003 (when he was already dismissed by Konitzer). 

LeGrand’s dismissal came three months after his hiring, but at the moment we are more interested in why did he was hired and not dismissed. The reason for hiring was that LeGrand had previously done some legal work for Konitzer’s company in Canada called “Hi-Tec America”. The company had nothing to do with music or entertainment but was involved in ‘developing a manufacturing building process’ as LeGrand said.

21 Q. BY MR.MESEREAU: What kind of cases were you prosecuting

22 in — when you had that job?

23 A. Securities fraud.

3 Q. You’re talking about prosecuting primarily

4 financial-related crimes, correct?

5 A. Yes.

9 Q. After you were a prosecutor prosecuting

Intefor report was made for LeGrand's firm, was presented to it after he was fired by Konitzer and covered ALL Michael's business associates at that time

Interfor report was made for LeGrand’s firm at the request of his partner Gibson and was presented to them already after LeGrand’s dismissal. It concerned ALL Michael’s business associates including Konitzer and Wiesner

10 financial-related crimes, what did you do next?

11 A. I entered private practice in 1982.

15 Q. When you were representing Michael Jackson,

16 were you associated with any law firm?

17 A. Yes. I was with the firm of Hale Lane Peek

18 Dennison and Howard in Las Vegas, Nevada.

25 Q. All right. And when you were representing

26 Mr. Jackson, was the work you did primarily

27 corporate and transactional work?

28 A. Yes.

1 Q. How did you begin to represent Mr. Jackson?

2 A. I was introduced to Mr. Jackson through a

3 gentleman named Ronald Konitzer.

4 Q. Had you known Mr. Konitzer for some time?

5 A. Yes.

6 Q. When did you meet Mr. Konitzer,

7 approximately?

8 A. I’m not sure. It was sometime in the early

9 to mid-1990s.

10 Q. And had you done any legal work for him?

11 A. Yes. I represented a company he was

12 associated with.

13 Q. And which company was that?

14 A. Hi-Tec America, I think was the name.

24 Q. And what is Hi-TecAmerica?

25 A. I don’t know what it is. A few years ago it

26 was a company Mr. Konitzer had that was involved in

27 developing a manufactured building process.

28 Q. And is that company based in Canada?                        [10062]

1 A. Yeah, Mr. Konitzer lives in Canada, and the

2 manufacturing company was in Canada, but Mr.

3 Konitzer was interested in developing business in

4 the United States when I first met him.

AUCHINCLOSS:

20 Q. Okay. Now, do you know how long Mr.

21 Jackson’s relationship with Dieter Weizner, how far

22 it preexisted your involvement with Michael Jackson?

23 A. No, I don’t. I mean, I don’t know when that

24 relationship began.

25 Q. What about Mr. Konitzer?

26 A. Mr. Konitzer told me that he met Mr. Jackson

27 through Mr. Weizner, and I believe that was in early

28 2002. But it could have been late ‘01, but it was              [10077]

1 that time frame. It was not, you know, back in the

2 1990s.

So Konitzer met Michael in late 2001 or early 2002 through Dieter Wiesner who had worked for Michael in an unknown capacity since approximately 1997. Both produced on me the impression of small-type entrepreneurs who are good for arranging dinners with celebrities or proposing a new perfume at the very most.

Wiesner with Joe Jackson promoting a line of Jackson perfume

Wiesner with Joe Jackson promoting a line of Jackson perfume

I’ve recently found a photo of Wiesner proudly sitting beside Joe Jackson who is evidently speaking about a new line of perfume called Jackson TRIBUTE, and read about him and Joe Jackson arranging somewhere in Asia a Jackson family event featuring a special Neverland dinner for its guests.

When working for Michael Wiesner was also involved in this type of small business activity, however in January 2003 the entrepreneurs like Wiesner and Konitzer were suddenly promoted to the level of Michael’s main business advisors who were allowed to dispose of all Michael’s funds and assets, and decide on the future of his multi-million loans and debts.

This was called by them “cleaning the house” designed to lead Michael into more of these people’s fantasy projects:

AUCHINCLOSS:

3 Q. Do you know why there was a decision to

4 clean house at this particular juncture in Mr.

5 Jackson’s — Mr. Jackson’s business?

6 A. Well, I know what Mr. Jackson told me. And

7 I know what Mr. Konitzer told me.

8 Q. All right. Why don’t you just tell me what

9 Mr. Jackson told you.

10 A. Mr. Jackson told me that he no longer had

11 confidence in John Branca. He was not pleased with

12 Barry Siegel’s handling of funds. And he was very

13 interested and enthusiastic about the Konitzer

14 ten-year MJ universe business plan.

15 Q. The MJ business plan was largely a plan to

16 try and reinvent Mr. Jackson as a superstar, wasn’t

17 it?

18 A. To a degree, yes. I mean, originally the

19 plan was premised upon acquiring a controlling

20 interest in Marvel.

21 Q. I’m sorry? Marvel?

22 A. Marvel. Spiderman.

$50 MILLION FOR MARVEL 

It was Michael's dream to obtain a controlling interest in Marvel

It was Michael’s dream to obtain a controlling interest in Marvel

I’m sorry too, but are they talking about acquiring a controlling interest in Marvel as a premise for this MJ Universe plan?

But the last time we read about Marvel was in the context of “squandering some $50 million on deals that never panned out” which was done in pursue of ideas like “global kinds of computerized Marvel comic-book characters bigger than life” scorned by Al Malnik.

Al Malnik was one of the new people who also entered Michael’s life at approximately the same time as LeGrand, only he did not belong to the Konitzer/Wiesner team.  Surprisingly, Malnik turned out to be one of those few people who did not sue Michael and seemed not to even charge money for his services. He said he didn’t have an official position as Michael’s business advisor and was helping him just as a friend (which I even tend to believe).

This Marvel thing was also mentioned in Frank Cascio’s book.

Over there it was connected with a heart-breaking scene describing the shock Michael experienced when he learned that someone had led him into thinking that he had acquired the controlling interest in Marvel Comics while in reality he had not.

The events described in the book took place in March 2001. If you compare it with the time Wiesner was hovering around Michael with his MJ Universe project you will see that Marvel falls exactly within the time frame of Wiesner’s employment and when Konitzer was already hired or was close to it.

The purchase of Marvel turned out to be a big fraud and the people who found it out were Court and Derek – young but aspiring financial advisors brought in by the 21-year old Frank Cascio who also worked as Michael’s assistant at the time.

The services of Court and Derek would also be discontinued later, and they would also sue Michael, but at that moment the two of them were trying to streamline Michael’s finances as best as they could and when sorting out the papers they learned that Michael was not the owner of a controlling interest in Marvel Comics though he thought he was.

Frank Cascio is writing about it in Chapter 16 called “Hitting bottom”:

“Court and Derek had been continuing their analysis and review of Michael’s organization. In their ongoing study of his financial situation, they had discovered bad news about a deal he thought was nearly complete—the move to purchase Marvel Comics. As with the Beatles catalog, which he had acquired in 1985 in a brilliant business maneuver, Michael predicted the value of Marvel, especially the potential of Spider-Man, before the films based on the comic were made. The Marvel deal had in fact fallen through, but Michael had been led to believe that the company was his.

Michael trusted me with his children, which meant he trusted me to the ends of the earth, but our most challenging moments came when I had the onerous task of being the bearer of bad news. I knew he didn’t want to hear about the Marvel debacle, but I was compelled to tell him the unvarnished truth. Court, Derek, and I met with him and informed him that he did not in fact own Marvel Comics and never had. Michael refused to believe it, and was angry at me—at us—for delivering this news, but finally, he put his hands over his face and started crying.

“Why do I get used and lied to like this?” he kept repeating.

“Why?”

It was a heartbreaking moment and pointed to an even more heartbreaking truth: as ill-placed as his paranoia could be, there were times when it was a legitimate and justified reaction. Time and time again, Michael would insist that there were forces working against him—mercenary people who wanted only to profit from their contact with him and would stop at nothing to exploit his best intentions and instincts for their own ends. Every time something like this Marvel Comics disappointment occurred, it deepened his inability to trust his closest advisers.

More and more, automatic distrust became his only defense mechanism.”

No wonder that Michael was distrustful of each and everyone except his mother. Even we begin to grow sick and tired of this never-ending chain of enterprising people forcing themselves into Michael’s life, of their fraudulent projects and their desire to take any risk at the expense of Michael’s money – and all this with a view to make fabulous profits in case their projects work as a result of some chance miracle.

But the point that attracted my attention most was that the alleged acquisition of Marvel Comics must have involved a good deal of Michael’s money and the words of Al Malnik mentioning Marvel in connection with “squandering some $50 million on deals that never panned out” suddenly began to ring the bell.

The thing is that the period when Michael made his shocking discovery about never owning Marvel Comics (March 2001) coincides very well with the time when he got a number of loans from the Bank of America which mysteriously disappeared within a year or two.

Similarly it coincides with the people mentioned in connection with the MJ Universe project based on acquisition of Marvel, so it is logical to assume that it is where those millions went away.

Let me remind you what LeGrand said about the MJ Universe project:

  • “…he was very interested and enthusiastic about the Konitzer ten-year MJ universe business plan. I mean, originally the plan was premised upon acquiring a controlling interest in Marvel.”

So the essence of it is that acquiring the controlling interest in Marvel was part of the MJ Universe plan and this plan was designed by Konitzer and Wiesner. Michael was very keen to obtain the controlling interest in Marvel and must have directed huge money to acquire it ($50 mln?).

Someone involved in the deal led Michael to believe that the company was his, apparently producing some papers to that effect, but when the papers were checked up by a third party this information turned out to be a lie –  so all that money must have been simply stolen.

And the people around whom all this Marvel was revolving were Konitzer and Wiesner, the designers of Michael’s bright new future, the people who got rid of Michael’s old team and acquired the key positions in January 2003. A marvelous situation, isn’t it?

Well, it is possible that Konitzer and Wiesner were not fully responsible for the fraud as otherwise Michael would have severed his ties with them, so it must have been a third party which took his money and presented the deal as if it was done in Michael’s favor – which seems to be the  usual pattern of all those failed enterprises.

However Wiesner (and probably Konitzer) were for sure involved in that situation one way or another, and the deplorable outcome of the deal does show the capabilities of these people as Michael’s business advisers and designers of his future “well-being”, doesn’t it?

Or it points to something even worse than a mere non-professionalism as Michael could be simply unaware of the true role of these people in this Marvel disaster which evidently cost him tens of millions of loaned money that was to be paid back.

MJ UNIVERSE

This is why Wiesner’s and Konitzer’s project called MJ Universe produces on me so terrible an impression. It is a totally baseless plan designed to take advantage of Michael’s hopes and whip up his dreams into a fantasy based on his advisors’ totally unrealistic promises and projections.

And I’m not the only one who has this impression. LeGrand said that both he and Al Malnik were highly skeptical of the project though Konitzer and Wiesner hoped to make millions on it:

21 Q. If this plan took off, Mr. Konitzer had a

22 very legitimate hope of earning millions and

23 millions of dollars, true?

24 A. Yes. But I’ll also tell you that both Mr.

25 Malnik and I were very skeptical about Mr.

26 Konitzer’s plan.

27 AUCHINCLOSS: I understand that, but that’s not a question

28 I asked you.                                                                                                [10166]

1 But that was the hope. That was the idea

2 between you, Mr. Jackson, Mr. Konitzer, that was the

3 reason for Michael Jackson Universe, correct?

4 A. The reason was to create profit, yes.

The glowing terms in which Dieter Wiesner is describing the MJ Universe project in his recent book must have convinced Michael of its bright future, however for his old team of lawyers people like Wiesner – promising Michael diamonds in the sky but actually draining him of his last money – must have looked like highly shady characters they really are.

Hence the deep and fundamental animosity towards the old team of lawyers and especially Branca which seethes in almost every chapter of Wiesner’s book.

Below is a short piece about MJ Universe described by Wiesner in German, translated into Russian and then English again. You can imagine how accurate it is, however it will give you at least some idea of what Wiesner brainwashed Michael with:

Following much talk and reflection over his situation, it was approximately after 2000 that Michael’s plans began to acquire a concrete form. His artistic career was to move into a different direction. He was dissatisfied with the actual results of his business management. Michael said to me that he was sick and tired of being treated like an idiot. .. He worked hard and the company was grabbing most of the money.

… Michael was tied to his company by an agreement, but he no longer wanted to do as he was told and for the sake of profit too. He and his music were expected to go on making money. He didn’t want it any longer. He wanted to be his own master.

We started to develop a totally new strategy for Michael. My task was to give structure to Michael’s earlier plans, find new business partners and look into the matters of financing the project. Michael wanted us to act in the top secret atmosphere as he was afraid of a sort of a conspiracy on the part of his old business partner and the revenge of the “system”. Michael wanted to get out of control by his partner and began looking for some new ways.

Together with new people we began working on Michael’s rebranding and filling the name of “Michael Jackson” with new content. Michael wanted to have a company of his own, which would be independent of big corporations and that was MJ Universe.”

I presume that by the “old partner” Wiesner means Sony and probably Branca, so the very least we learn from Wiesner’s book is that he and Konitzer were working on the MJ Universe project in the atmosphere of full secrecy behind the back of Michael’s other partners, advisors and lawyers.

The property Michael wanted to buy was put on sale in 2010 for $37,5 mln

In 2010 the estate of Michael’s dream was put on sale for $37,5 mln

The Universe project started around the year 2000. Its initial stage was based on plans to buy real estate property in Las Vegas belonging to the Sultan of Brunei and then turning it into Neverland II.

In his book Wiesner describes in great detail how hard it was for him to arrange for Michael to see the property in November 9, 2003 (even this was a problem for him, not to mention finding investors).

Then he says that they decided to raise (!) the price from the basic $80 million asked for the property, never minding Michael’s accumulating debt and difficult financial situation:

“The owner negotiated with Michael and me the basic price of $80million. In contrast to the California ranch which was Michael’s personal territory Neverland II was to become a theme park opening its gate to the public. With this in view I already made a refinancing plan. .. Michael’s excitement was growing with every minute. .. It was firmly decided to raise the price (!) and acquire this property. There was no way back.”

Wiesner’s idea was to put Neverland II on a commercial basis and launch several projects on its territory that would be fully open to the general public.

The second stage of creating MJ Universe consisted of adding to the Neverland II headquarters a number of organizations called “Galaxies” (MJ Content Galaxy, MJ New Technology Galaxy, MJ Strategic Investments, MJ Developments, MJ Marketing Galaxy).

MJ Universe

One Galaxy of the MJ Universe project was to revolve around a film studio with a Canadian partner. How far the project went and how many of Michael’s funds were already channeled into it only God knows, but it is clear that Michael was not giving up his attempts to acquire a company for making movies:

“On October 6, 2003 we were staying in Neverland with a representative of one investor. The goal of the meeting was sorting out the “Memorandum of Understanding” for creating Michael’s own film studio. The project was carried out under the name of “MJ Studios – the Movie Studio of Tomorrow”.

.. This Memorandum of Understanding laid the basis for MJ Studios. Michael’s share in it was to be 51%, the share of the Canadian company – 49%. Michael put his signature under this document when he was still sitting in his golf cart.”

Another Galaxy was to incorporate the “Schools of America” humanitarian project under which one Canadian company was to deliver small pre-built houses to Africa (Do you remember Mr. Konitzer’s main business in Canada?)

In short Wiesner’s and Konitzer’s project was truly cosmic, however it was absolutely unclear where these people were supposed to get money for the development of so massive a plan – unless they relied on Michael Jackson’s pocket of course.

Wiesner's budget for Michael's Foreverland was expected to bring in $140 mln

Wiesner proposed a budget for Michael’s Foreverland (from Wiesner’s book)

There was some talk about an Internet concert broadcast online which I personally think to be a very good idea sparing Michael’s health and able to bring in a good profit –  however the bulk of those plans needed a lot of investment at the initial stage, and Konitzer and Wiesner don’t produce the impression of people capable to bring in really serious investors.

Vague as Wiesner is as regards the financial backing for MJ Universe, he is crystal clear in pointing a finger at those whom he considers the main trouble-makers in Michael’s life – the old team of MJ’s advisors including Branca and Barry Siegel.

In his zeal to compromise these people Wiesner goes far enough to imply that the old team was guilty of even supporting the idea of Bashir’s film:

“It seemed to me that he was too trustful of Trudy Green, his music manager, and Uri Geller, who approved Bashir’s plan as a good idea. Trudy Green was in close contact with Merchandise manager Howard Kaufman, who in his turn was in close business contact with the then Michael’s attorney John Branca.

What drove these people to recommend Michael making that film? Did they know what would be its outcome? Was it their plain? Would Michael have returned to them on his knees in his utter despair?”

Let me tell you one thing. If Wiesner as Michael’s immediate advisor was constantly pouring this type of poison into Michael’s ear it isn’t surprising that Michael began to grow distrustful of his old, but more distant supporters like Branca. It is no surprise either that reasonable people around Michael began to be exasperated with the influence these shady characters were having on Michael.

Wiesner’s innuendo about Bashir’s film being approved by “these people” is a terrible, nasty and revolting lie.

No lawyer in his right mind could ever agree to a one-paragraph contract with Bashir and the fact that Wiesner sinks so low as to hint at it shows that he is ready to do almost anything to smear Branca and the old team of Michael’s advisors.

These lawyers, advisors and most probably Sony are called by Wiesner ‘the system” aiming at exploiting Michael and driving out of him the maximal profit, and the mere vocabulary of it suggests that it was someone like Wiesner who whispered into Michael’s ear all those stories about ruthless corporations robbing artists of their hard-earned money and people like Wiesner and Konitzer being Michael’s saviors.

As regards Sony I don’t know but AEG, for example, is indeed a totally inhuman machine driven by gain only, however Wiesner with his ways and means was absolutely no alternative to them.

BARRY SIEGEL’S LETTER

Cleaning the house was started by Barry Siegel's letter of January 22, 2003

Cleaning the house was triggered off by Barry Siegel’s letter of January 22, 2003

The convenient moment for gripping the reigns came for Konitzer and Wiesner when Michael’s accountant Barry Siegel of Provident Financial Management sent Michael a letter dated January 22, 2003.

The letter arrived on January 27, 2003 and was breaking to Michael the bad news that the funds remaining out of his last Bank of America loan had been almost exhausted and the cash-flow situation became difficult.

The letter is provided in Wiesner’s book as an example of the way Michael’s old team humiliated him:

PERSONAL & CONFIDENTIAL

January 22, 2003

Michael Jackson

Dear Michael:

I just received a phone call from Evvy indicating that Michael La Perruque needs more petty cash in Florida. The expense of keeping your entourage in Florida is very high. Although we have covered the hotel to date, I understand you are currently planning on moving from a room @ $975 per night to the Presidential suite @ $2500 per night. Please be aware that all of your funds for the month of January have now been depleted. There is no cash available to send to you. Expenses this month have been very high because of legal and other contractual arrangements, as well as packing and shipping of equipment and transportation for personnel to Florida.

I am very concerned that your entire subsistence is based upon drawing down on the Bank of America loans. These loans will soon be exhausted and there will be no funds available to support your lifestyle. It is my understanding that you have now decided not to tour or play the shows in Las Vegas. The television special should not provide any net income to you after expenses. With no additional income being earned, it has now become clear that you will no longer be able to support your lifestyle. We must get together at your convenience and I am willing to meet you anywhere to discuss this situation. I would suggest that Zia Modabber, John Branca, John McClain and if you desire Trudy Green attend this meeting. But in any case, it is extremely important that we get together to discuss the specifics of this and how you will maintain your lifestyle.

I cannot overstate the importance of us getting together or the extent to which this problem has grown. Please call me or have Evvy arrange for us to get together.

Sincerely,

[Barry Siegel]

Wiesner says that the letter reached Michael early in the morning of January 27, 2003 in the Miami Oriental hotel in Florida. Michael cried when he received it and Wiesner said that he comforted him, only it would have been much better if he had not squandered Michael’s funds on all those unrealistic projects and had not brought the situation to where it actually was.

Wiesner’s comment looks to me highly biased and worked up:

 

“Michael cried in deep disappointment and handed me the letter. I marked the time (5.40 am) and started reading. I couldn’t believe my eyes and could only shake my head. .. It was unthinkable. They were finding fault with his lifestyle. The superstar on whom they earned millions. This had never happened before and was something new. It was disrespectful.

Their rebukes made Michael feel financially pressured. They drove him into a state of fear and were now forcing him to tour though they knew perfectly well how much he hated and resisted it. The idea was to sell his talent through TV shows and Las Vegas concerts, to make the money stream to them again and get everything back to order – this is how they imagined it!

Michael was all the more shattered that the letter was written by people with whom he was working very closely. Now they were putting a gun to his head. He was deeply in shock.

The letter symbolized to him the ruthlessness of music industry. The people who wrote it wanted to induce him to behave in a certain way. The letter received by Michael on January 27, 2003 was the beginning of the process which would later force him to agree to do 50 concerts for This is it. Michael was to earn money for the system and bring profit, irrespective of the circumstances. He knew that the desire to make profit was in the first place.“

When someone repeatedly tells you that you have a whole Universe of opportunities open to you and your old team is set only on exploiting and squeesing you for profit while being totally unwilling to come up with any new ideas, you will do what Michael did –  he appointed Dieter Wiesner and Ronald Konitzer his managers and gave both of them the General Power of Attorney to handle all his assets.

Simultaneously he fired the whole team of his old advisors.

The decision was apparently taken on the spur of the moment as the letter arrived on January 27 and four days later, on January 31, 2003 Michael already empowered his friends (as the Power of Attorney said) Wiesner and Konitzer to fully act on his behalf in matters concerning investing, selling, purchasing, leasing, borrowing and encumbering his assets; dealing with financial institutions, handling trusts, disbursing funds, etc.

In short, he entrusted them with handling all his business affairs.

LETTERS OF DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICES

Discontinuance of service of Barry Siegel

Discontinuance of service of Barry Siegel

Four days after making that Power of Attorney, on February 4, 2003 letters of discontinuance of services were sent to John Branca (the Ziffren firm), Barry Siegel (of Provident Financial Management), Brian Wolf (of Lavely Singer firm), Trudy Green, his music manager and Howard Kaufman, his merchandising director.

Barry Siegel hurried to pass over all his documents to Ed Grossman’s firm that replaced him in matters of accounting and even stepped down from the co-trustees of Michael’s Will and Michael Jackson Family Trust.

Branca also cooperated with the new team as LeGrand received from him full access to the Sony/ATV documents, however he did not step down from the co-trustees of Michael’s Trust and Will.

The way I understand it he was not obliged to as matters of wills are separate issues and the lawyers are changed there only at the moment when a new will supersedes the old one and not earlier.

The services of Trudy Green and Howard Kaufman were also discontinued

The services of Trudy Green and Howard Kaufman were also discontinued

The terms of the Trust said that in case all its Trustees were unable to fulfill their duties their place was to be taken by the NationsBank (now Bank of America) which by the way was also the holder of all Michael’s debts.

When the Trust was made (in November 1995) there was no loan yet – the first $90 million loan was taken in late 1996, and by the time of ‘cleaning the house’ the debt was already more than $200 million, so having the Bank of America as the Trustee of the Family Trust instead of Branca and McClain would not have helped.

If anyone thinks that the Bank of America would have allowed Michael Jackson to transfer to his Family Trust millions and millions of dollars and keep them protected from his creditors while his overall debt would be accumulating elsewhere, these people are gravely mistaken.

So all this talk about why there was no money in the Trust and why Branca didn’t step down is a mere thundering of the air which I don’t even want to comment on.

Excerpt from the Michael Jackson Family Trust of November  1, 1995 amended in March 2002.  In case all Co-Trustees stepped down  NATIONSBANK (now Bank of America) was to step in

Excerpt from the Michael Jackson Family Trust of November 1, 1995 amended in March 2002. In case all Co-Trustees stepped down NATIONSBANK (now Bank of America) was to step in

And there can be absolutely no doubt that after that February 2003 stunt with Wiesner and Konitzer discontinuing the services of their long opponent Branca, he still continued working for Michael.

In the summer of 2003 he was carrying out negotiations with Goldman Sachs and Koppelman on Michael’s behalf and writing letters to Koppelman defending Michael’s interests in each of its points (please see the previous post about it).

And it was absolutely not due to any embezzlement that his services were discontinued in February 2003. He, like all others in Michael’s old team, fell one of the casualties of this cleaning the house project and the so-called bringing ‘fresh blood’ into Michael’s representation.

One of those with fresh blood was David LeGrand who, as far as I understand replaced John Branca as the main transactional attorney as he had access to all documentation.

It was LeGrand who drafted all those letters of dismissal, and it was also LeGrand who made the General Power of Attorney for Konitzer and Wiesner the next moment he was hired by the new managers. In his testimony LeGrand did not mention the latter crucial fact and we know it from the testimony of another witness at the 2005 trial – Anne Kite.

ANNE KITE

Anne Kite was a PR person hired by the new team and fired by them a week later. She knew that LeGrand had been friends with Konitzer for about nine years and she felt that LeGrand was hired in order to keep quiet.

This is what she said about LeGrand’s and Konitzer’s casual friendship and what was expected of him in the new job  (Anne Kite’s testimony is quoted by this Sanemjfan’s post):

 Q. You told the sheriffs that it was your understanding that LeGrand and Konitzer had been casual friends for about nine years, right?

A. That’s what David told me, yes.

Q. And you told the sheriffs you thought Konitzer hired LeGrand because he thought LeGrand would be quiet and just do his job, correct?

A. Yes, that’s correct, that’s what I said.

Anne Kite also said that the General power of Attorney was prepared for the two guys as soon as Konitzer hired his old friend. But in addition to that she mentioned one other extremely disturbing thing which acquires importance only when you look at the whole picture – otherwise it would go completely unnoticed.

She said that she had also seen LeGrand getting ready for the new and exciting client for about a year before he actually started on the job:

General power of attorney for Konitzer and Wiesner from Wiesner's book

“I, Michael Jackson appoint my friends, Ronald Konitzer and Dieter Wiesner, as my full and lawful attorneys-in-fact to act for me and in my name” ( General Power of Attorney from Wiesner’s book)

Q. BY MR. MESEREAU: I’m asking you when you learned that Konitzer was going to have a power of attorney over Michael Jackson.

A. At the end of January.

Q. Okay. When you first heard about it, was it your understanding that it had already been signed or was it about to be signed?

A. It was about to be signed.

Q. Okay. And do you remember why — excuse me. Let me rephrase. In what context did Mr. LeGrand discuss that with you, if you know? Why did it come up?

A. David had been telling me for a while that he was preparing to take on a new client, that he had been working on it for a number of months. I think it was probably close to a year. And he was excited about it. He never told me who the client was until he told me about the power of attorney and who the client was.                                        

The General power of attorney was signed on January 31, 2003

The General power of attorney was signed on January 31, 2003

Q. And was it your understanding that David LeGrand prepared that power of attorney?

A. Yes, it was.

Let me repeat it once again. So approximately a year before Michael appointed Konitzer and Wiesner on the spur of the moment (as a result of Barry Siegel’s letter) LeGrand had already been preparing for working in Michael’s team?

But how could Konitzer and Wiesner know a year in advance that they would take over from the old team and their protégé LeGrand would have a chance to join them?

Things like that can’t be known in advance. Well, in fact they can, but only if they are planned  in advance too and implemented according to plan.

Of course it can mean that Michael had been planning to change his whole team of advisors already a year before that, but my first reaction to this news was that Konitzer and Wiesner were consistenly working on Michael to convince him of his old advisors’ greed and ruthlessness, gradually persuading him that the two of them were a much better choice.

Actually the key “old advisor” in Michael’s team was Branca as he had worked with Michael longer than any other person in the team. He was the designer of the Beatles catalog deal and its later merge with Sony. So if these new guys were preparing well in advance to oust the old advisors it was actually Branca who they wanted to oust and replace first.

This conclusion looks amazing but absolutely logical in this situation, and if you have arguments to prove otherwise please state them – if you can, of course.

Let me sum up the main events in January 2003 as follows:

  • After receiving Barry Siegel’s letter Michael appointed Konitzer and Wiesner his main business advisors
  • Konitzer hired LeGrand as a new lawyer for Michael replacing John Branca and the old team of managers and lawyers
  • the first thing LeGrand did upon being hired was making the General Power of Attorney for his friends
  • the next thing he did was drafting a letter discontinuing the services of John Branca, Barry Siegel, Brian Wolf, Trudy Green and Howard Kaufman
  • And the biggest marvel of it all was the LeGrand was preparing for this work a year in advance.

Now that LeGrand’s testimony has been placed in the proper background I hope it will become much easier to decipher it.

PART 2

FIRING AND HIRING

When Barry Siegel as Michael’s accountant stepped down, the firm to replace him was Ed Grossman and Michael Stern of International Business Management. However several weeks later they refused to carry on as they couldn’t handle Michael’s complex business and were replaced by Allan Whitman’s firm.

Allan Whitman was fully aware of the secret MJ Universe project and LeGrand even testified that the sums received from the Take 2 video ultimately went to Allan Whitman.

The way LeGrand is describing the transition from old to new it was the time of a great havoc – especially if you recall that it was accompanied by Bashir’s film which devastated Michael, made him extremely nervous and this naturally led to his huge mistakes in judgment:

AUCHINGLOSS:

23 Q. And in part of this cleaning of house, Mr.

24 Jackson decided to personally fire his attorney who

25 he had been with for more than a decade?

26 A. Yes.

27 Q. And he wrote a letter dismissing that

28 attorney, didn’t he?                                                   [10079]

1 A. Yes.

2 Q. He decided to personally fire his business

3 manager at the time?

4 A. Yes.

11 Q. He personally fired his entertainment

12 manager?

13 A. Yes.

14 Q. Again, part of the cleaning house; part of

15 what he wanted you to do?

16 A. Yes.

17 Q. And then a month after hiring you, he

18 personally fired you?

19 A. Yes. Well, two months, three months. But

20 yes, two months.

21 Q. Okay. And in — sometime in January, or

22 before that time, he decided — Mr. Jackson decided

23 that he wanted to put Ronald Konitzer and Dieter

24 Weizner in charge of his enterprises?

25 A. Yes. That’s what he told me.

26 Q. Yes. That was his decision, correct?

27 A. As far as I know.                                                       [10080]

12 Q. All right. So the month of February comes,

13 and the Michael Jackson/Martin Bashir documentary

14 airs. You said that things became frantic. Is that

15 when things started to get frantic?

16 A. The pace picked up immediately when I

17 returned to Las Vegas from Florida and we began

18 interviewing for the replacement of the money

19 manager.

20 Q. And ultimately you settled on Ed Gross?

21 A. I think it’s Ed Grossman.

22 Q. Ed Grossman?

23 Was that Michael Jackson’s decision, based

24 upon your advice, to choose Ed Grossman?

25 A. It was Ronald Konitzer. We discussed it.

22 Q. BY MR. MESEREAU: And who was ultimately

23 part of the new management team?                                                          

24 A. Well, the cash management — initially a

25 company – and I don’t remember the name, but the

26 principals were Ed Grossman and Michael Sternwere

27 selected to cake over cash management from Barry

28 Siegel. That ultimately was changed in a few weeks.

1 And the firm of — well, it’s Allan Whitman.

2 I’m not sure of the firm name. It’s Fox, Marty Fox,

3 Whitman, and another couple partners.

4 Q. And were you communicating with Mr. Konitzer

5 in this regard?

6 A. Oh, yes.

7 Q. Were you communicating with Mr. Weizner in

8 this regard?

9 A. Less so, but yes.

10 Q. And was it your impression that Mr. Konitzer

11 and Mr. Weizner were trying to take over the

12 management of Mr. Jackson’s business?

13 A. Yes.

14 Q. Was it your impression that they wanted Mr.

15 Jackson kept out of a lot of the day-to-day

16 discussions?

17 MR. AUCHINCLOSS: Objection; foundation.

18 THE COURT: Sustained.

3 Q. BY MR. MESEREAU: Do you remember, when you

4 were brought on board, Konitzer and Weizner telling

5 you they wanted to gain control of anything

6 belonging to Mr. Jackson?

7 MR. AUCHINCLOSS: I’ll make the same

8 objection. And leading.

9 THE COURT: Overruled.

10 THE WITNESS: In general, Mr. Konitzer and

11 Mr. Weizner wanted to take over management, overall

12 management, of Michael Jackson’s business affairs,

13 financial affairs, and implement a new business plan

14 for Mr. Jackson.

15 Q. BY MR. MESEREAU: And they essentially told

16 you in writing they wanted to control everything Mr.

17 Jackson owned, right?

18 A. For the benefit of Mr. Jackson, yes.

25 — ultimately, Ed Grossman and Michael Stern

26 decided they really could not handle the business,

27 and then we transitioned to Mr. Whitman. That was

28 extremely time-consuming. Took a significant part                  [10026]

1 of my time and effort.

4 Also, during the same time, I would have –

5 people like Evvy Tavasci would call and say that

6 Michael needed money for something and would ask me

7 to facilitate that.

8 So I also was in the process of reviewing

9 the various loan documents. I was trying to get a

10 firm grasp of Mr. Jackson’s financial affairs, try

11 to understand, ascertain his assets, his

12 liabilities, and that was all wrapped up in this

13 transitioning of trying to put a new team into

14 place.

15 Q. Do you recall doing any work involving the

16 Sony/ATV music catalog?

17 A. Well, I looked — I got a copy of the

18 Sony/ATV documents.

19 I had one of my commercial associates

20 analyze those documents and generate a report

21 summarizing the content. These are very voluminous,

22 detailed, complex documents, and I had an associate

23 review them and analyze them and I believe produce a

24 report to me.

In the midst of all this havoc we find that Michael never ‘demanded’ that Barry Siegel for example, should pass over all the documents to his successor. It was Barry Siegel himself who asked for a letter from Michael authorizing him to transfer his documents to another accountant and it was following Barry’s request that the respective letter was made.

It is quite probable that all those letters of discontinuance of service were made at the request of other dismissed people – in order to have a formal reason for producing the highly confidential documents to another team.

This puts the events into a different perspective and definitely contradicts the currently popular version that Michael suspected the old team of embezzlement and demanded that they should produce all their documents for some sort of an “investigation”.

6 LEGRAND:  Mr. Jackson had told me, when he was in

7 Florida, that he wanted Barry Siegel to go and

8 someone else to be engaged.

9 Q. So did he –

10 A. And he told us to find somebody, you know,

11 appropriate.

12 Q. Okay. And did he ultimately okay or make

13 the decision to go with Ed Grossman?

14 A. I don’t remember a specific, “Yes, go with

15 Ed Grossman” conversation. I know that Ed Grossman

16 met with Barry Siegel. Barry Siegel requested

17 authority from Mr. Jackson for transferring, and we

18 provided that authority in the form of a document

19 signed by Mr. Jackson to Mr. Siegel instructing him

20 to transfer.

21 Q. Okay. So Mr. Jackson signed a document

22 basically instructing that the transfer of his

23 business management interests were going to Ed

24 Grossman?

25 A. Well, the cash management.

26 Q. Yeah. The cash management.

27 Ed Grossman is International Business

28 Management, correct?                                                   [10082]

1 A. I think so, yes.

2 Q. IBM, right?

3 So that transaction can’t occur without Mr.

4 Jackson’s permission, correct?

5 A. Well, Mr. Konitzer and Dieter Weizner had a

6 limited power of attorney. I’m not sure, as I sit

7 here, whether that was within the scope of power or

8 not, whether they could have done that. But my

9 belief is, my recollection is that Mr. Jackson

10 authorized the transfer to Ed Grossman,

11 International Business Management.

25 A. Actually, I was the one who created

26 limitations, and I specifically consulted with Mr.

27 Jackson about that.

How very interesting. Only a couple of minutes ago we learned that Michael gave the two of them the General power of Attorney (January 31, 2003) however soon after that LeGrand had to create limitations for both guys. Why, I wonder?

LeGrand says that he felt that Konitzer was making “bad decisions” and some things “did not add up”. Konitzer’s old friend became suspicious of these two people’s motives and actions, and when he found the transfer of $965,000 no one could account for he ended up sending a letter to Konitzer asking for explanations.

However approximately two weeks after that LeGrand was fired. Same as the hiring process was initiated by Konitzer, the firing process could be easily initiated by the same person too.

LeGrand testifed about it avoiding to disclose that it was him who drafted the Power of Attorney for the two guys whom he later began to suspect of embezzling almost a million:

15 Q. BY MR. MESEREAU: Did you ever learn whether or not Mr.

16 Jackson had given a power of attorney to either of

17 these two people?

18 A. Yes, I believe he did.

19 Q. Did that concern you?

20 A. Yes.

21 Q. Why?

22 A. I was concerned that they could abuse that

23 power or exceed the authority of the power.

24 Q. Did you do anything about that?

25 A. Yes. I spoke to some of the other lawyers

26 that were representing Mr. Jackson, and we agreed

27 that we would ask Mr. Jackson to revoke the power of

28 attorney.                                                                                  [10015]

1 Q. Was that done?

2 A. Yes.

3 Q. Now, at some point, you learned that

4 Konitzer had arranged to have you terminated, right?

5 MR. AUCHINCLOSS: Objection. Hearsay;

6 leading.

7 THE COURT: Sustained.

15 Q. Now, at some point in time did you become

16 suspicious of Mr. Konitzer and Mr. Weizner?

17 A. Yes.

18 MR. AUCHINCLOSS: Objection. Well, move to

19 strike. Leading.

20 THE COURT: Overruled.

MR. MESEREAU:

25 Q. Why did you become suspicious of Konitzer

26 and Weizner?

27 A. I became concerned that they were in a

28 position to divert funds. I was concerned about                        [10007]

1 the — having appropriate documentation for tax

2 purposes for Mr. Jackson and his companies. And in

3 general, I — I began to disagree with some of Mr.

4 Konitzer’s decisions on matters and felt that he was

5 making bad decisions, I guess is the way to say it.

6 So I — I became suspicious of his motives and

7 actions.

8 Q. Could you please explain what you were

9 suspicious of?

10 A. I was –

11 MR. AUCHINCLOSS: Objection; asked and

12 answered.

13 THE COURT: Sustained.

14 Q. BY MR. MESEREAU: You mentioned you were

15 suspicious of financial matters involving Konitzer,

16 right?

17 A. Yes.

18 Q. Please explain.

19 A. Well, ultimately there was another attorney

20 involved who was serving as the escrow agent for

21 some funds, and I asked him for an accounting in

22 order to get Allan Whitman up to speed on some

23 disbursements, payments, payables, et cetera.

24 And that accounting came from this attorney,

25 and it indicated that there had been about $900,000 –

26 I don’t remember the exact number, but it was many

27 hundreds of thousands of dollars that had been

28 disbursed to Ronald Konitzer or Dieter Weizner. I                      [10008]

1 mean, the combination was in hundreds of thousands

2 of dollars.

3 And I then — I spoke to a couple of the

4 lawyers that, you know, were providing

5 representation, and I ultimately wrote a letter

6 within, you know, a couple of days of learning of

7 this. I wrote a letter to Mr. Konitzer asking him

8 to account for this money.

9 Q. Was the amount you were concerned about

10 approximately $965,000?

11 A. Yeah, without seeing it today. But that

12 sounds like approximately the right number, yes.

13 Q. Would it refresh your recollection if I show

14 you your letter?

15 A. Yes, it would.

20 Q. BY MR. MESEREAU: Mr. LeGrand, have you had

21 a chance to review that document?

22 A. Yes.

23 Q. Does it refresh your recollection about your

24 concerns involving Mr. Konitzer?

25 A. Yes, the amount — the aggregate amount of

26 disbursements that I set forth in that letter was

27 $965,000.

28 Q. And where did that amount come from, if you               [10009]

1 remember?

2 A. I believe the source of that funds was the

3 FOX — some of the FOX payments with regard to the

4 “Take 2” video production.

6 Q. BY MR. MESEREAU: Why did you think Konitzer

7 and Weizner had diverted $965,000 from Mr. Jackson?

8 A. Because the report I got from this other

9 lawyer showed those disbursements.

10 Q. And when you saw the record of those

11 disbursements, what did you do?

12 A. I spoke to several of the other lawyers that

13 were representing Mr. Jackson, and agreed that I

14 should write a letter to Mr. Konitzer asking him to

15 account.

16 Q. Did you ever find out what he had done with

17 the money?

18 A. No, I was terminated by Mr. Jackson as

19 counsel within, I don’t know, two weeks, maybe, of

20 that letter to Mr. Konitzer.

The accountant LeGrand is talking about is a certain Mr. Finkelstein who was hired by the new managers and was responsible for some off-shore accounts. In case you think that the huge sum of $965,000 was paid to Konitzer and Wiesner as money for their services you will be wrong because they received their own legitimate payment as separate wires:

8 And then there’s an $11,000 cash

9 disbursement. Do you know where that went, on 2-13?

10 A. It went in a wire, that’s reflective of the

11 wire to Katrin Konitzer, I believe.

12 Q. Now, there’s funds sent Western Union,

13 $2,000 to Katrin Konitzer.

6 Q. Okay. Next you sent out a wire for Mr.

7 Konitzer, $90,000, correct?

8 A. Yes.

9 Q. Mr. Konitzer’s direction.

15 Q. Okay. Dieter Weizner got $110,000. I’m

16 assuming that was Mr. Konitzer and Mr. Weizner’s

17 directive?

18 A. Yes.

6 Q. Okay. Moving down a little bit, we see,

7 let’s see here, an outgoing wire to Ken H.

8 Finkelstein, $560,000.

9 What was that for?

10 A. That was at the instruction of Mr. Konitzer

11 and Mr. Weizner.

16 And did you talk to Mr. Finkelstein?

17 A. I believe the answer is yes. I don’t

18 remember the specific conversation, but I know I did

19 have a conversation or two with Mr. Finkelstein.

20 Q. Okay. Did you ever meet Mr. Finkelstein?

21 A. No.

22 Q. There’s another outgoing wire here, 3-25,

23 $1,400,000 for Mr. Finkelstein.

24 Do you know what that was for?

25 A. Same as the $560,000.

10 Q. BY MR. AUCHINCLOSS: And we have — moving

11 down, we also have, just as an example, another

12 sizeable incoming wire, $566,000, from Alfred Haber.

13 Mr. Haber is the foreign rights distributor

14 for the “Take 2” video; isn’t that true?

15 A. Yes.

16 Q. So there was $3 million from FOX, plus

17 additional hundreds of thousands of dollars that

18 came in from foreign sources, correct?

19 A. Ultimately, yes. It came from Haber.

20 Q. Marketing the video overseas?

21 A. Yes.

At this point we realize that part of the proceeds from the Fox Take 2 video ($3 million) and running the film oversees (more than $550,000) were channeled to Mr. Finkelstein, and it was Finkenstein who produced the respective documents listing among other sums the transfer of $965,000 that couldn’t be accounted for.

LeGrand says that Konitzer was unhappy that Mr. Finkelstein shared with him this information:

25 THE WITNESS: I believe that Mr. Konitzer

26 was unhappy that Mr. Finkelstein gave me that

27 accounting.

Authorization list for Dieter Wiesener

Authorization list for Dieter Wiesener on the events connected with the MJ Universe project

In addition to that the sum of $150,000 was sent to a certain “Neverland Valley Entertainment” – the company that had nothing to do with Michael Jackson.

Judging by its name it could be easily related to the MJ Universe project (Neverland II) and could be feeding one of those Galaxies where all those funds were disappearing as if in real outer space.

Let me say it directly. Even if Michael endorsed some transfers for some fantasy Universe project Konitzer and Wiesner were still taking advantage of Michael’s trust as none of those projects were ever realized, all the money was squandered and these people were simply hoodwinking Michael in approximately the same manner as it was done by Bashir.

The sum of $965,000 as well as $150,000 for Neverland Valley Entertainment could easily go in the same direction in which all those millions had previously gone for Marvel Comics:

16 So you were involved in sending out $150,000

17 to Neverland Valley Entertainment; is that fair to

18 say?

19 A. Yes.

20 Q. I take it that went to your client, Mr.

21 Jackson?

22 A. It went to Neverland Valley Entertainment.

23 Q. I’m sorry, I’m misspeaking. Neverland

24 Valley Entertainment is not Mr. Jackson, is it?

25 A. I believe that’s a corporation that is — I

26 believe that’s not owned by Mr. Jackson.                                       [10106]

3 Q. Under whose direction did you send that

4 $150,000 out to Neverland Valley Entertainment?

5 A. Mr. Konitzer and Mr. Weizner.

All this activity on the part of Konitzer and Wiesner eventually made LeGrand hire an investigative firm. He consulted his law partner Mr. Gibson, who was also a former assistant prosecutor and together they decided to launch an investigation and do some background checks on Konitzer, Wiesner (and Schaffel):

3 Q. BY MR. MESEREAU: At some point, did you have Schaffel,

4 Konitzer and Weizner investigated?

5 A. I — again, on behalf of Mr. Jackson, I

6 engaged an independent private investigative

7 company, and asked them to investigate the

8 backgrounds of Mr. Konitzer and Mr. Weizner and

9 Mr. Schaffel.

10 Q. Why?

11 MR. AUCHINCLOSS: Objection; improper

12 opinion.

13 THE COURT: Overruled.

14 THE WITNESS: Because I was suspicious of

15 their motives, and some of their statements didn’t

16 quite seem to add up.

17 Q. BY MR. MESEREAU: Was the investigation into

18 Konitzer, Weizner and Schaffel conducted by you and

19 your partner?

20 A. Mr. Gibson, my partner, and I discussed the

21 need for some investigative background material. We

22 agreed it was appropriate, and we engaged the

23 investigative firm on behalf of Mr. Jackson.

22 Q. BY MR. MESEREAU: What did you do to have

23 Schaffel, Konitzer and Weizner investigated?

24 A. Working with one of my partners at Hale Lane

25 who had the — he’s a former U.S. Assistant

26 Prosecutor and had good relationships with a couple

27 of private investigating firms, we selected a firm,

28 got them a retainer and asked them to do background              [10013]

1 checks and let us know what they found.

So this is how the Interfor report actually started!

It was a way to investigate Konitzer and Wiesner who could not explain the $965,000 diverted by them and absolutely not Branca as we were led to believe!

By the way LeGrand was asked to investigate Branca at the request of Konitzer and while Konitzer thought that LeGrand was looking into Branca the primary task of the investigative report was to look into the background of Konitzer and Wiesner.

What is also exceptionally interesting is that now absolutely no attention is paid to those with whom the Interfor report actually began and all attention is focused on Branca, whose name comes third in the report and on page 8 too.

And where are the first two people in the report? Who are they –  Konitzer and Wiesner? And where are the first 6 or 7 pages devoted to these remarkable people? I would absolutely love to read the information about them too. And wait a minute – why has only the page on Branca been released while all the rest of it is hidden from public view? Who has done it that way and why?

LeGrand evidently received several reports from Interfor because he says that the very first one on Konitzer and Wiesner only enhanced his suspicions:

24 Q. BY MR. MESEREAU: You were retained in

25 approximately January of 2003, right?

26 A. End of January, yes.

27 Q. And how long did it take you to grow

28 suspicious of what Konitzer and Weizner were doing                  [10045]

1 to Mr. Jackson?

2 MR. AUCHINCLOSS: Objection. Argumentative;

3 leading; and asked and answered.

4 THE COURT: Overruled.

5 You may answer.

6 THE WITNESS: Weeks. I mean, whether it was

7 four weeks or six weeks, I’m not sure. But

8 certainly by the end of February, early March

9 period, I was very suspicious, and I’m not sure of

10 the time frame. The first investigative report that

11 I got just increased my degree of suspicion.

12 But at the same time that some of this was

13 going on with respect to my concerns about Mr.

14 Konitzer and Mr. Weizner, Mr. Malnik had entered the

15 scene and was asserting –

16 MR. AUCHINCLOSS: Objection; narrative.

17 THE COURT: Sustained.

10 Q. You were concerned that Konitzer was engaged

11 in self-dealing at the expense of Michael Jackson,

12 true?

13 A. Yes.

14 MR. AUCHINCLOSS: Objection. Relevancy;

15 improper opinion.

16 MR. MESEREAU: I think the prosecutor’s gone

17 through all this, Your Honor.

18 THE COURT: The objection is overruled.

19 THE WITNESS: My answer is yes, I was

20 concerned.

21 Q. BY MR. MESEREAU: You were also concerned

22 that Dieter Weizner was engaging in self-dealing at

23 the expense of Michael Jackson, correct?

24 A. Yes.

25 Q. You were — you asked for an investigation

26 into Konitzer’s background in Canada, right?

27 A. Canada and Germany, yes.

28 Q. And you also asked for an investigation into                       [10219]

1 Weizner’s background in Germany, right?

2 A. Yes.

LeGrand’s testimony is far from finished, but I will suspend it for today. In the supplement you will find a couple of articles which will give you some idea of the kind of information LeGrand could obtain as a result of his investigation of Konitzer, Wiesner (and Schaffner).

And though the articles may be dated a time later than the described events, the nature, motives and goals of all these people must have remained the same.

SUPPLEMENT

Jack[son] Loses Logo; Manager Owns Sex Clubs

By Roger Friedman

Published December 02, 2003

FoxNews.com

Michael Jackson‘s got some big problems. And that’s besides being arrested for child molestation. Jackson has no idea that his current manager, Dieter Wiesner, the man who helped hire attorney Mark Geragos and is now calling the shots in the Jackson camp, is known for operating sex clubs and brothels at home in Germany.

Prostitution is legal in Germany, in case you didn’t know. But many other things, which Wiesner’s former partners and employees say he has interests in, are not legal, including fraud — for which he was tried earlier this year in a German court — and selling stolen goods.

As well, because of debts Wiesner incurred on his behalf, Jackson has lost the rights to his MJ trademark in Germany and Europe to a technology company. The result could be that company’s interference with the sales of Jackson CDs on that continent.

This is bad news for a number of reasons. According to my sources, in recent weeks Wiesner and his partner, Ronald Konitzer, have cut Jackson off from his regular group of advisers, isolating him. (Konitzer, a Vancouver businessman who is said to have many enemies, is apparently the one who actually called Geragos last spring.) Together they have been with Jackson since before the search of Neverland Ranch on Nov. 19, staying at the pop star’s side.

Wiesner can be seen lurking in the background on the infamous videotape of Jackson dangling a baby from a German hotel balcony.

It’s no secret that Jackson has been a poor judge of character in the past regarding business partners. But Wiesner seems the oddest choice of all. In 1997, during Jackson’s European tour, Wiesner set up a plan to market a soft drink called the MJ Mystery Drink with Jackson’s endorsement. The project crashed and burned, with Wiesner and his partner Karl Neubacher — a garage mechanic Wiesner is said to have hired off the street — declaring bankruptcy and bringing the ire of his investors.

Wiesner and Neubacher eventually stood trial for fraud but a judge gave them two years probation and a fine of $5000 euros. Nevertheless, Jackson continues to trust Wiesner who still manages Jackson’s MJ Net Entertainment AG, which handles merchandising for the singer.

Even though the court let Wiesner off the hook, the investors in Mystery Drink remain furious with him. One of them, a printing company, lost roughly a million dollars in the deal. Another investor,Thomas Rinnert, who now runs an air cargo company, has nothing but disdain for his former partner.

Rinnert, who said he set up the initial Mystery Drink meetings for Wiesner with Sony’s merchandising office in London, said he lost $120,000 of his own money.

“Dieter will take Michael’s money,” said Rinnert. “He is a snake. He’s very dangerous. He’s an unhuman, greedy, unscrupulous person. He is dangerous. Michael Jackson is his victim.”

Rinnert also said that during the time he knew Wiesner, the latter man invited him several times to sex clubs he owned. Another former associate who worked with Wiesner on the failed Mystery Drink project said over the weekend that Wiesner owns several such clubs. Two of the clubs were identified as the Sauna Relax Club in Limburg, Germany, and the Sex In (formerly called Rosie’s Bar), which is managed by Wiesner’s girlfriend, Roswitha Becker, in Darmstadt, Germany. Becker’s sister is also said to be part of the team, which operates the two clubs plus private apartments where call girls ply their trade.

“He’s the worst thing you can come across,” said Richard Kaser, who worked for Wiesner for three years on Jackson related projects.

Kaser said that Wiesner regularly used the MJ Entertainment company offices to house stolen goods, which Wiesner allegedly purchased in bulk. “We had a load of leather jackets that suddenly arrived at the Mystery company. But there was a tip off of a police raid, and by the time they came, the jackets were gone.”

In August 2000, aDarmstadt police official, Thomas Karolewicz, quipped in a memo that Wiesner was “well known” to his department. Karolewicz told me yesterday he knew Wiesner but was prevented by law from discussing his activities

According to my sources, Jackson does not know the true nature of Wiesner’s business. The two were introduced by Jackson’s former head of security, Wayne Nagin, after Wiesner approached Nagin with a business proposition for Jackson in 1997. Nagin is now rumored to have his own legal troubles.

Apart from Wiesner’s own questionable business, his mishandling of Jackson’s financial dealings is now in question also. This year, he lost control of Jackson’s trademark “MJ” logo to a German businessman, Wolfgang Rath. Rath runs TePax, a German investment company that owns the technology to make flat, wall hanging high-end stereo speakers. Rath said he made a deal with Jackson, via Wiesner, to put Jackson’s (removable) image on the speakers. In turn, Wiesner ordered thousands of speakers for Jackson to give or sell to fans.

“The problem started as MJ Net Entertainment never paid any of our invoices,” Rath wrote to me from his sickbed yesterday. “So we have already delivered several systems, which they never paid for, and in addition we have about 10,000 systems in our warehouse, which were built for them. Our channels are totally filled up, so no one knows what to do with the product.”

Rath said he wrote to Jackson’s representatives and got no response. Eventually, he said, TePax won two cases against Wiesner in court and gained the rights to the Jackson trademark. “But merchandising is not our core business and after another six months time of no reaction from mj net we start now our second step and try to sell our rights on the logo. The only problem is that exactly now MJ has a really bad image in Germany, but of course this can change. So we are now willing to do anything to sell some of the remaining stock and the logo to get a small compensation for our loss.”

One would think that buying back the Jackson logo would be something Sony would be mildly interested in. But Rath said Sony declined to get involved.

“Their only comment was that they don’t deal with MJ any longer.” He adds, “It would be a disaster if we send Sony a letter mentioning they are not allowed to use the logo any longer and they have to take back even all old CDs from the German market. This would cost them millions.”

Wiesner’s German lawyer, Thomas Stein, told me yesterday that he was surprised to hear about his client’s activities, but didn’t know him well. Wiesner, through a spokesman, said that he never owned any businesses involving prostitution, just restaurants with bars. “I’ve never been convicted of fraud. Fraud was alleged, but the case was resolved,” he said.

http://www.foxnews.com/story/2003/12/02/jacko-loses-logo-manager-owns-sex-clubs/

 .

Friday, April 29, 2005 Posted: 4:38 AM EDT (0838 GMT)

SANTA MARIA, California (CNN) — Michael Jackson’s ex-wife told a jury Thursday that she believed the pop star was being manipulated by three business associates she called “opportunistic vultures,” who were trying to profit from his fame and fortune.

Rowe also said Thursday that Schaffel “bragged about how he took advantage of an opportunity” to make millions of dollars from the rebuttal documentary, which was sold to the Fox network. She said Schaffel also falsely told Konitzer and Weizner that she had demanded $100,000 for her interview, but then kept the money for himself.

http://www.cnn.com/2005/LAW/04/28/jackson.trial/index.html?_s=PM:LAW

And here is ANNE KITE about all of them:

Q. And you told them, the police — pardon me, I keep saying “police” — the sheriffs that Konitzer and Weizner have a record of making very bad business deals, right?

A. Yes, that’s correct.

Q. You told the sheriffs that Konitzer and Weizner have scammed people out of millions of dollars, right?

A. Yes, that’s correct.

Q. You told the sheriffs that LeGrand was doing a background check on Konitzer, right?

A. Yes, he did.

Q. Did you encourage him to do that?

A. Yes, I did.

Q. Because you were suspicious of what Konitzer was up to, right?

A. I was suspicious of everything, yes.

Q. On that team?

A. On that team, yes.

Q. Did you tell that to Mr. LeGrand?

A. Yes, I did. Many, many times.

Q. Okay. You told the sheriffs that it was your understanding that LeGrand and Konitzer had been casual friends for about nine years, right?

A. That’s what David told me, yes.

Q. And you told the sheriffs you thought Konitzer hired LeGrand because he thought LeGrand would be quiet and just do his job, correct?

A. Yes, that’s correct, that’s what I said.

Q. But at some point you learned that LeGrand started an investigation of Konitzer, right?

A. At some point I pushed David to go in that direction, yes.

Q. Okay. You told the sheriffs that LeGrand would not have investigated if you had not put these questions in his head, right?

A. I believe that to be true, yes, because he told me in the beginning that I was overreacting.

Q. Okay. And you told the sheriffs that once LeGrand started doing his investigation and background checks on Konitzer, he spoke with accounting people and found out Konitzer had embezzled $980,000 from Mr. Jackson, right?

A. That was the total figure that he told me, yes.

Q. And you told the sheriffs that if you look at Konitzer and Weizner’s track record, they’re not the type of people that should be managing anything for Michael Jackson, right?

A. Yes, sir, that’s what I believed, yes.

Q. Told the sheriffs, “If you look at their track record, they’re not good business people,” right?

A. Yes, sir, that’s correct.

Q. You told the sheriffs that they caused Michael Jackson to lose his logo in the United Kingdom?

A. Yes, sir, that’s correct, I did say that.

Q. How did you know that?

A. I read that through news reports and I believe David confirmed that for me.

Q. And you thought they all were hurting Michael Jackson, right?

A. Yes, sir, I do, absolutely.

Q. And you still believe that, right?

A. Yes, absolutely.

Q. You told the Santa Barbara sheriffs that you think somewhere down the line Konitzer and Weizner were going to get a payoff, right?

A. Yes, I believe I did say that, yes.

Q. So you told them it made sense to you that down the line Konitzer and Weizner were going to get some kind of payoff?

A. Yes, sir, that’s correct. But that payoff could have been from a business interest; it could have been from any number of things.

Q. Did he tell you that he had suspicions that these people were stealing from Michael Jackson at some point?

A. He told me that he had called the accountants and got them to give him some information without Mr. Konitzer’s knowledge, and that’s how he figured out that there was an amount of money missing.

Q. Okay. But at some point did he say to you words to the effect, “I’m hiring a top-flight investigative firm to investigate all of these people, because I think they’re stealing from Michael Jackson”?

A. No.

MR. AUCHINCLOSS: Objection; hearsay.

THE COURT: Overruled.

THE WITNESS: No, he did not. We were on the phone. And he told me to call his managing partner and ask him to begin an investigation into these people.

Q. BY MR. MESEREAU: Okay.

A. And I sent an e-mail to the managing partner and said, “David asked me to e-mail — to contact you and,” you know, “begin an investigation.”

Q. In fact, you were repeatedly complaining, “You’ve got to get these people away from Mr. Jackson”?

A. Absolutely, I was.

Q. BY MR. MESEREAU: And you went to Mr. Jackson’s mother’s home, and you met with Jermaine and his mother to tell them that these people were taking advantage of Mr. Jackson, and Mr. Jackson appears to be nowhere to be seen, right?

A. I went to tell them that I was concerned about the association between these people and Mr. Jackson, yes, I did.


Filed under: BUSINESS and FINANCES Tagged: Anne Kite, David LeGrand, Dieter Wiesner, Frank Cascio, Joe Jackson, John Branca, Marcel Avram, Martin Bashir, Michael Jackson, Myung Ho Lee, Ronald Konitzer

The Truth behind Suspension of TeamMichaelJackson blog

$
0
0

It so happened that I have the privilege, responsibility and controversy of telling you why the TeamMichaelJackson website was shut down (temporarily so as I hope very much indeed).

It is a privilege and responsibility because I was entrusted with information and should be wary not to harm the admin of the site by disclosing some of its details. It is also a controversy because Taaj and I adhere to different and possibly even contrary views as to who might be standing behind the attack against her TeamMJ blog.

It is in these impossible conditions that I will still try to tell the story out of solidarity with a fellow blogger, love of freedom of speech and a great appreciation for the truth irrespective of which direction it is coming from and what shape and form it is taking.

SUSPENSION OF THE BLOG

Right on the day of her major surgery Taaj Malik received news that her blog TeamMichaelJackson.com was suspended.

The information came from the hosting service saying that following their prior notice “the account was suspended for failure to remove the alleged infringing material within the 48 notice hours”.

The subject of the email referred to a mysterious “DMCA for copyright” and implied that the suspension was due to copyright infringement and that someone claimed that he had a copyright to the materials posted in the blog.

Here is a note on what copyright is:

  • Copyright Law in the U.S. is governed by 17 U.S.C. §§ 101-1101, commonly known as the Copyright Act, as well as DMCA standing for Digital Millennium Copyright Act which in 1998 extended the reach of copyright into the sphere of Internet.
  • Neither the Copyright law nor DMCA protect the works created by officials or employees of the U.S. Government in the course of their duties. These documents (for example, court transcripts) are not subject to copyright.  

It was a shock to learn that TeamMichaelJackson was closed due to the alleged copyright infringements as the blog contained a minimum of photos, had practically no music and presented the authors’  own views on the events and people around Michael Jackson during his lifetime and after his death.

The blog also had a lot of precious court documents and materials which are in the public domain anyway as they were generated by the US government employees and officials and cannot infringe anyone’s copyright even in principle.

So whose copyright did TeamMichaelJackson allegedly infringe then?

In the process of analyzing the matters of copyright I learned a lot of things about it which I did not know before. For example, I found that the photos of someone can infringe only the rights of photographers who own them and not of those whose images are shown – and this means that before posting another photo of Michael Jackson now each of us should first carry out an investigation on who made the photo and only then post it naming the photographer.

In case of Michael Jackson it is an almost impossible task, so over here we face the option of either giving up all MJ’s photos and shutting down the blogs full of MJ pictures or leave everything as it is  as getting rid of fan blogs would be a huge blow to Michael’s legacy in the first place.

However TeamMichaelJackson cannot be accused of even that as they used no more than one photo per page which is considered fair use and is an exception from the copyright rule, especially if it is done for the purposes of research, analysis, comment or criticism.

Actually a huge part of the TeamMichaelJackson blog was absolutely not photos, music or whatever, but the documents from the Murray trial in 2011 and court transcripts from Katherine Jackson’s case against AEG in 2013.

These documents were cherished and doted upon by many of us as it was the only source of first-hand information about the last months of Michael Jackson’s life and the only chance to analyze the testimonies of AEG’s bosses in order to learn the deep secrets of AEG’s mistreatment of Michael Jackson which those transcripts are still holding.

Remembering that TeamMichaelJackson was accused of copyright infringement a terrible thought raised my hair at this point – and what if those court transcripts were infringing someone else’s copyright?

However a little study showed that there was no reason to worry. Court transcripts are considered to be in public domain and can be absolutely no property of courts or court reporters.

The courts do charge big fees for the transcripts (no less than $3,5 per page) which is why during the trial we even pressed some money on the TeamMJ website to help them buy the transcripts, however court reporters do not own a copyright to them because they are no authors of the transcripts, do not create them and the raw facts and data they report are no subject for copyright anyway as facts and ideas are considered public property (ideas can also be stolen but this is called plagiarism and is different).

The Administrative offices of the US courts explained the whole thing in 2002 and even went as far as saying that charging money for the transcripts was not quite correct:

 In an October 22, 2002 Memorandum, the Administrative Offices of the United States Courts clarified ownership issues for court transcripts:

Transcripts of court proceedings are not original works of authorship subject to the protection of the Copyright Act (17 U.S.C. 101). Even if the transcript were a proper subject of the Act, official court reporters would not be able to seek a copyright because their transcripts are prepared as part of their official duties and thus come within the “work of the United States Government” exception. .

. . Therefore, certified transcripts filed with the clerk of court may not contain statements or seals which purport to restrict the distribution or copying of the transcript by the clerk’s office or by the public. Because transcripts filed with the clerk are public records, they may be used, reproduced and provided to attorneys, parties, and the general public without additional compensation to the court reporter, contractor, or transcriber. http://www.pwc-sii.com/Research/research/courtreporters.htm

Well, in civil cases courts approach private companies for transcribing the testimonies, so the money still has to be paid but the rule that court reporters do not own a copyright to their work remains unchanged even in civil court. So whatever the case is – criminal or civil – the court transcripts can never be copyrighted material.

A special article published in September 2011 said the same even in its headline “Court Reporter Transcripts Are Not Copyrighted” and closed its long analysis with a statement leaving absolutely no room for doubt:

Thus, the Court Reporter cannot own a court transcript by as defined in the federal copyright laws and regulations.

http://www.aboutforsyth.net/v3/viewtopic.php?f=1&t=6368

Another article said:

…court reporters are not “authors of what they transcribe and therefore cannot be copyright owners of the transcript of court proceedings”.

http://www.techdirt.com/articles/20090827/0231116015.shtml

So court transcripts are actually public property and therefore neither court reporters nor anyone else can claim having a copyright to them.

But what makes me think that the AEG court transcripts were regarded as “copyright infringing materials” for which the TeamMichaelJackson blog had to pay a heavy price of a shutdown?

Well, I hear that there was another paper that the owner of the TeamMJ site received and it referred to something of the kind.

A PAPER FROM AN AGENT

This paper was called a Notification (a takedown notice) and it arrived from a certain organization which claimed that it was acting on behalf of a client. This client was allegedly the one who was the “the rights owner”.

According to the notification the client claimed to be having the rights of ownership, but to what was not quite clear.  This question I won’t be able to answer as the paper is organized in such a way that it is possible only to guess what the client has rights to.

In fact the paper from the organization acting on behalf of their client (let me call it an Agent in the future) did not disclose how, why and even whether the client was claiming any infringements.

The short text simply called its client the “rights owner” in point 1, introduced itself as “the rights agent” in an even shorter point 2 and listed the laws on copyright, consumer protection, invasion of privacy, defamation and libel issues, and terms of services of the Internet Provider as their reference materials in very many other points of the same paper.

A separate point included a list of the infringed rights and these infringements also covered a broad area from copyright to defamation and human rights issues.

And one more point said which “infringing files” were requested to be taken down in connection with all of the above.

The Agent did not specify which file was infringing which law, rule or regulation, and only said that the rules were “as applicable” thus leaving us the full freedom to guess which of the rules applied to which “infringing file”.

The name of the Agent acting on behalf of the client will not be provided here for fear to break his (Agent’s) confidentiality, trademark, privacy, rights and freedoms as well as its privilege to send warning letters and threaten others with litigation. All I can say about the organization is that it is a sort of a Web Online police which is usually hired for the job of stopping music or film piracy and handling matters like defamation of character and online bullying.

In the media they call their methods “gentle” and say that their task depends on who hires them. Some artists do not allow even a single photo or video of themselves to be used without their permission (Prince, for example), while other artists are thrilled that fans are exchanging their music and photos with each other and object only to the leakage of new albums. These leakages make the artists lose the money they hoped to get for their new album, so the primary business of this online police organization is to talk to fans, appeal to their conscience and fight the leaks of the new material, while music released long ago is very often not even a concern.

In addition to fighting the leaks this London-based online police is said to be handling defamation of character cases. No one will doubt that defamation is indeed awful, however bad as it is, defamation does not fall under copyright rules and to be able to shut down the offender one needs something more that a simple takedown notice – and it is a court order.

Only a court order allows the Internet Service Provider to shut down the wrongdoer and this is why we are having so many problems with the media lying about Michael Jackson – you can’t go to court about each of the million lies they tell. I wish this online police organization took care of those defamation cases in the first place,  instead of going after MJ’s fans.

The paper received by TeamMJ had some referrals to defamation too, however it requested the Internet Service Provider to act on the basis of the DMCA and European Union Copyright directives. There was no court order mentioned in connection with defamation issues, so infringing the client’s copyright was the only reason for taking action against the blog.

In short no matter what fictional or real sins of TeamMJ the Agent enumerated in that takedown notice all of it is revolving around the alleged infringement of copyright only.

Digital Millennium Copyright Act does not deal with defamation and therefore mentioning it in a notice connected with a copyright was as a very minimum extremely inaccurate.

This made me think that the authors of the paper were either some amateurs or simply bullies whose whole idea was to intimidate and harass in the hope that we will never go to the Internet and make a couple of enquiries there.

In fact that paper had some other disturbing inaccuracies – there was no date on it and no signature. And a little further study of the subject showed that the absence of a proper signature actually made the whole paper ineffective.

A takedown notice should carry a physical or an electronic signature. [Sample of an electronic signature for delivery acceptance]

A takedown notice should carry a physical or an electronic signature, otherwise it is ineffective [Sample of an electronic signature for delivery acceptance]

Lots of sources say that the takedown notice is valid only in case it has a physical or electronic signature and both the claimant and its online police agent should have known it if they are really professional lawyers.

Here is one of the sources saying that without the proper signature the takedown notice is ineffective:

A notice is only effective if it includes:

  • A physical or electronic signature of a person authorized to act on behalf of the owner of an exclusive right that is allegedly infringed.

http://www.digicert.com/copyright-notice-and-takedown.htm

Upon some reflection over the absence of a proper signature on that paper I began to also suspect that its authors are not only bullies, but may easily turn out to be the impostors who say that they act on behalf of a certain client but are acting on their own behalf or in the interests of a third party.

My imagination may be too vivid but it painted a picture of agent A saying that he acts on behalf of client B while all this time he is following the instructions of client C, while client B may not even know what events are developing behind his back.

What I am trying to say is that I smell here a big provocation and urge you to think twice before jumping to conclusions.

THE FILES REQUESTED FOR REMOVAL

The files requested for removal theoretically could point to the likings and dislikings of the Agent’s client and by their very selection could show who the client actually is.

However I found that the files allegedly infringing the client’s rights covered almost the full content of TeamMichaelJackson blog leaving intact only some odds and ends.

The comparison of “infringing files” with the catched version of the blog content made me even wonder whether there was any logic in selecting the materials for the infringing list. Frankly, there was no logic and no specific principle of selection.

For example, some files on the AEG trial were demanded to be pulled down, while some were not.

Most of the material on the Estate was to be removed though the extensive thread on the Julein Auction where the Estate was heavily criticized was allowed to stay, same as the various anti-Sony and anti-Estate campaigns initiated or supported by TeamMJ.

On the other hand the “Boycott Sony” file was to be removed same as the so-called “the Estate lies videos” though these videos are not even included into the content of the blog as its catched version of October 10, 2013 proves it.

All materials on Murray were to be removed including MJ’s autopsy reports, though these reports are surely considered to be in public domain and can be freely accessed from other sources.

Trying to understand the logic of the complainants I took the catched version of TeamMichaelJackson blog still remaining in the Internet and (with no desire to infringe the Agent’s confidentiality and hurt his sensitive feelings) marked there the files which were requested to be removed:

Content of TeamMichaelJackson site in its 10.10.2013 version with the "infringing files" marked

The “infringing files” are marked orange in the Content of TeamMichaelJackson page in its catched version of  October 10,2013

If you analyze the result you’ll see for yourself that there is no logic in the request to take down one thing but keep the other - unless the authors wanted to use this random list in order to mask the real reason why they wanted the blog to be shut down.

The selection indeed looks like a random one and suggests that the authors of the takedown project counted on the full shutdown of the blog in case the blog owner refused (rightfully so) to remove some of its files.

This is how it actually happened – the owner was taken aback by this incredible request, did not delete anything and the Internet Service took advantage of it and shut down the blog altogether.

In my opinion the only real reason for the takedown notice are the Jackson V AEG Trial court transcripts.

All other materials have been there for a much longer time and all this exposing the Estate done by TeamMJ is nothing new for the MJ fan community. There are several other blogs which are no less vehemently critical of the Estate and surprise-surprise nothing ever happens to them, while TeamMJ has suddenly turned into the main target for attack.

Why?

If you come to think of it TeamMichaelJackson was the only blog that possessed the court transcripts from the AEG trial and in this respect was a totally unique source. So if someone wanted to get rid of TeamMJ it is logical to assume that these court transcripts are actually the only materials they were really after.

In the same way robbers break into someone’s home to get some secret document but take away the money and jewelry too in order to present it as a usual theft.

And now comes the biggest surprise of it all and it is the name of the client who allegedly approached the Agent to make a takedown notice to remove these materials as theirs and who allegedly claimed to be the “right owners” of them.

And the name is ….. Sony/ Epic/the Estate of Michael Jackson.

Well, at least this is what the Agent’s takedown notice actually says. It calls Sony/Epic/MJ Estate “the right owners” and though the notice does not directly say it,  if you put all points of the notice together it will look like the “right owners” claim copyright to the allegedly “infringing files” of TeamMJ -  including its AEG court transcripts.

So Sony/Epic/the Estate are claiming that inter alia they have a copyright to the court transcripts from the AEG trial?

Are these people in their right minds to say a thing like that?

DIFFERENCE OF OPINION

At this point comes a big difference of opinion between Taaj and me in the way we interpret these findings.

She thinks that the Estate indeed hired the web police organization, demanded to remove the AEG materials from her site and this reveals that they are in cahoots with AEG and protect them this way.

And I think that the Estate lawyers should be complete idiots to have hired the web police organization, demand to remove the AEG materials on their behalf and this way openly declare that they are in cahoots with AEG.

I also think that it would be completely illogical for them to claim that they have a copyright to the court transcripts because absolutely no one can have a copyright to them, let alone the Estate lawyers who have not even been to the trial and have nothing to do with those transcripts.

Taaj thinks that this takedown notice is really on behalf of the Estate and gives some other reasons for assuming it. Two years ago, in April 2011 she had a similar experience with the Estate – at that time they wanted to close her blog on the pretext that her domain name sounded similar to their own online MJ team service and her blog was collecting donations for acquiring transcripts from the Murray trial. This was called the commercial use of the blog, however the National Arbitration Forum did not agree with it and the blog was allowed to carry on.

I see her point and agree that theoretically the Estate could apply the same method again and claim that TeamMJ was involved in unauthorized collection of money and their request (if it was theirs) to pull down the AEG transcripts could be just a stupid way of fighting “commercialization” – stupid because of being done at the expense of everyone thinking that they are protecting AEG.

However a counter argument to this idea is that the current Agent’s takedown notice does not specify collection of money as one of TeamMJ’s sins though it finds fault with them in everything else.

All this takedown notice is stating is a crazy claim of ‘copyright’ to the materials which are none of Sony/Estate’s ownership and some defamation issues which can be in no way connected with a copyright infringement claim.

And we do not even know whether this takedown notice was really made on their behalf as it does not carry a physical or electronic signature of the Agent though it absolutely should.

In short things don’t add up, and all of it looks like an intricate provocation arranged by some third party with the idea to bring extreme confusion into people’s minds, turn some against the other, possibly compromise the Estate and do all of it at the expense of TeamMichaelJackson who is indeed a very likely victim due to their long history of feud.

The easiest way to arrange a provocation is to muddy waters in the atmosphere of extreme secrecy sending everyone to make wild guesses about what’s going on, and this is why there was so much focus in the Agent’s paper on confidentiality issues. They warned Taaj not to say anything to anyone under the threat of breaking confidentiality – the confidentiality of the Agent this time.

I’ve been to the Agent’s site and it does not say a single thing about the confidentiality rules under which they are allegedly working. In fact the site is totally empty and provides no information whatsoever.

They also say that their takedown paper is their copyright and cannot be disclosed. However copyright rules do allow relating facts by means of paraphrasing, and this is the loophole I’m using to be able to tell you this incredible story.

In my opinion the most frightening thing for bullies is openness and publicity, and transparency is the only real defense against all these behind-the-scenes games and provocations.

THE DMCA OFFICIAL PROCEDURE

Though the Agent’s paper was unsigned it was evidently regarded by the Internet Service Providers as a valid takedown notice, so following the DMCA standard procedure they suspended the TeamMJ blog together with Taaj’s respective Youtube account.

At this point it will be interesting to learn how the standard DMCA procedure for taking down and putting back a blog or Youtube account works. In very simple terms it has been explained by Wikipedia:

1.     Alice puts a video with copy of Bob’s song on her YouTube.

2.     Bob, searching the Internet, finds Alice’s copy.

3.     Charlie, Bob’s lawyer, sends a letter to YouTube’s designated agent (registered with the Copyright office) including:

1.    contact information

2.    the name of the song that was copied

3.    the address of the copied song

4.    a statement that he has a good faith belief that use of the material in the manner complained of is not authorized by the copyright owner, its agent, or the law.

5.    a statement that the information in the notification is accurate

6.    a statement that, under penalty of perjury, Charlie is authorized to act for the copyright holder

7.    his signature

4.     YouTube takes the video down.

5.     YouTube tells Alice that they have taken the video down.

6.     Alice now has the option of sending a counter-notice to YouTube, if she feels the video was taken down unfairly. The notice includes

1.    contact information

2.    identification of the removed video

3.    a statement under penalty of perjury that Alice has a good faith belief the material was mistakenly taken down

4.    a statement consenting to the jurisdiction of Alice’s local US Federal District Court, or, if outside the US, to a US Federal District Court in any jurisdiction in which YouTube is found.

5.    her signature

7.     If Alice does file a valid counter-notice, YouTube notifies Bob, then waits 10-14 business days for a lawsuit to be filed by Bob.

8.     If Bob does not file a lawsuit, then YouTube may put the material back up.

Let me point out a couple of  things in the described procedure.

The first one we already know of.  When applying to the Agent the claimant (allegedly Sony-Epic-the Estate) was to make a statement under penalty of perjury that they were the copyright holder (of AEG court transcripts!). Their Agent was also to state in the takedown notice that he was authorized to act on behalf of the client as a “copyright holder” of the materials requested for removal. The Agent did state it in his paper, but since his physical or electronic signature was missing on the notice, the validity of his statement is evidently nil.

The second point attracting our attention is that the alleged infringer of someone’s copyright has the option to make a counter-notice to the Internet Service Provider, who in his turn will inform the claimant (the Agent and his client) about it and the claimant has 10-14 business days for filing a lawsuit against the alleged infringer.

Taaj has made such a counter notice despite her post-surgery condition (her courage and willpower are totally amazing) and if the claimant is indeed Sony/Epic/the Estate we will know it as they are supposed to file a lawsuit against the poor her.

Among other things they will also be supposed to prove that they can claim a copyright to the infringing files they wanted to be removed and though I am very sorry that Taaj will have to go through this I would still like to see how Sony/Epic/the Estate (or whoever the claimant is) will prove their rights to the AEG court transcripts.

The last point of the DMCA takedown/putback procedure says that if there is no lawsuit within 10-14 business days the Internet Service Provider is to put the blog back.

In fact Wiki says that it may put the blog back, so there are evidently other circles of inferno which the poor blogger has to go through in order to return to herself the right of freedom of speech declared in her country’s foundation documents…

Numerous sources say that at least 60% takedown notices like the one filed by our Agent are flawed and some even say that though contact information of the claimant or Agent may be real (it is a requirement of DMCA that all information be factually correct, else it invokes perjury), it is still entirely possible for the information to be false, fake or incorrect.

In fact to me the whole procedure looks like a perfect tool for getting rid of competitors and compromising others, because the Internet Service Provider is not obliged to check up the veracity of the copyright infringement claim, is supposed to act upon first notice and it is solely the business of the alleged infringer to prove that he or she did no wrong.

Wikipedia explains the flaws of the system:

There is some evidence that ISPs tend to quickly take down allegedly infringing content on request by copyright holders, in situations where the content is actually non-infringing and should be preserved.[25][26]

Chilling Effects estimates that ISPs remove allegedly offending content even though approximately 60% of all takedown notices are flawed.

Notices can be flawed in several ways. Many fail to follow the requirements of the statute. Others ask for material to be taken down for reasons such as trademark infringement and defamation that are unrelated to copyright infringement.

Note:  Judging by the takedown request by ‘our’ Agent defamation is cited there too though this issue is totally unrelated to copyright infringement, and this is how we know that the notification TeamMJ is dealing with is already flawed.

Wiki continues:

There is evidence of problems with the counter-notice procedure, arising from its complexity and also because ISPs are not required to inform users of its existence. According to Chilling Effects, while Google has taken hundreds of sites out of its index because of DMCA requests, not a single person has filed a counter-notice or received a counter-notice from any other OSP [Online Service Provider].

This may result from the inherent imbalance in prerequisites for the original complaint and the counter-notice. To get content removed, copyright holder Bob need only claim a good-faith belief that neither he nor the law has authorized the use. Bob is not subject to penalties for perjury. In contrast, to get access to content re-enabled, Alice must claim a good faith belief under penalty of perjury that the material was mistakenly taken down. This allows for copyright holders to send out take-down notices without incurring much liability; to get the sites back up, the recipients might need to expend considerably more resources. Section 512(f) makes the sender of an invalid claim liable for the damages resulting from the content’s improper removal, including legal fees, but that remedy is not always practical.

Furthermore, ISP’s tend to remove allegedly offending material immediately, while there is a 10-14 day delay before the ISP re-enables access in response to a counter-notice. For example, if a website advertised an upcoming labor protest outside BlameCo, BlameCo could send a DMCA notice to the site’s ISP alleging copyright infringement of their name or logo a week before the protest. The site would then be disabled; even if the site’s owners immediately filed a counter-notice, access would not be re-enabled until after the protest, too late to be useful.

ISP’s may also disregard counter-notices. Section 512(g) of the DMCA shields an ISP from liability to its customer for a DMCA takedown, if the ISP restores removed content following a counter-notice. In practice, however, an ISP may disregard the counter-notice, and instead rely on its own terms of service to shield itself from liability to its customer. For example, since April 2013, YouTube refuses to restore some counter-noticed content, citing an agreement YouTube made with third-party music content owners.[27][28]

Additionally, there is no public record of takedown requests and counter-notices. This prevents the public from seeing how the process is used. (Chilling Effects has tried to make up for this shortcoming, but, so far, few OSPs besides Google submit their takedown notices.)

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DMCA_takedown_notice#Notice_from_Copyright_Owner

In short we are only at the beginning of the road and there is still much more to do and sort out. However Taaj and I did feel the need to inform everyone of what happened to TeamMichaelJackson in the hope that it will help her case and will enable us to eventually learn the truth.

Both of us want to know who is standing behind the attack against her blog and whether the Estate is indeed protecting AEG or whether it is a huge provocation against the Estate in the first place, and this is why we have joined our efforts.

Please copy this information and take it further because I am absolutely not sure that tomorrow this blog will still be alive and will not be accused of something similar too.


Filed under: Jacksons vs. AEG, The SOCIETY Tagged: AEG, copyright, Digital Millennium Copyright Act, DMCA, Michael Jackson, TeamMichaelJackson, the Estate

Conrad Murray’s crazy lies or HOW HE KILLED MICHAEL JACKSON

$
0
0

Conrad Murray and the media are now busy creating new myths about Michael Jackson. Some of them are bad, some are crazy and some are downright terrible.

A TERRIBLE LIE

In contrast to your expectations the most terrible lie out of everything Murray says is a lie about Michael allegedly self-administering Propofol and killing himself by accident.

In his recent interviews Murray proclaims himself an innocent man and openly shifts the blame onto Michael.

Another terrible thing is that the same lie is being propagated by the media too, and they began to do it even before Murray went on TV and started telling his stories there.

The first time I noticed it was in the episode of Celebrity Crime files dated end of October. If you scroll to the very end of the tape here http://tvone.tv/shows/celebrity-crime-files/video/celebrity-crime-files–michael-jackson-full-episode.html  (31:00 and up to the end of the video at 34:40) you will hear the following text:

This vague scene suggesting that Michael self-administered propofol was repeated several times in the film

This blurred  scene suggesting that Michael self-administered propofol was repeated several times in the film

Voiceover: Toxicology from the autopsy revealed a lethal amount of propofol – total of 15 milligrams in Jackson’s body. But the defense argues that Dr. Murray gave him only half that much and that it was Jackson who made up the difference.

Valerie Wass: “Dr. Murray and the defense believe that while Dr. Murray was outside the room Michael Jackson self-administered a dose of 25 milligrams of propofol through the IV port.

Voiceover: But not all experts agree.

Dr. Shaffer: “…Tell them that he grabbed the next dose in the syringe, drawed it and shoved it into the IV, that’s just .. it’s a crazy scenario”

Another expert: “He would literally have to get up, kind of sit up in bed and lean over, and reach out and push that syringe”.

Wendy Burch, KTLA reporter: “I as a court observer had a hard time believing that” 

Voiceover: Many in the courtroom wanted to hear Dr. Murray’s version of the events. But he opts to remain silent throughout the trial. On November 7th, 2011 the jury reaches a verdict:

  • “We find the defendant Conrad Robert Murray GUILTY of the crime of involuntary manslaughter of alleged victim Michael Joseph Jackson.”

Voiceover: Murray is sentenced to a maximum of four years in prison.

Wendy Burch, KTLA reporter: “The defense of Conrad Murray just wasn’t strong enough ….and the charge of manslaughter seemed appropriate”.

Voiceover: But despite allegations of gross negligence on Dr. Murray’s behalf some remained conflicted about the case.

Dr. Tracy Faye Tolbert, Victimologist, Cal.StateUniversity: “Dr. Murray was going to be a scapegoat because someone had to pay.”

Voiceover: Later that month Dr. Murray’s lawyer files an appeal seeking to overturn the conviction 

Valerie Wass: “He maintained that he is not responsible for Michael Jackson’s death. He stated that he wanted to bestow honor to the Jacksons’ family and to himself…”

“The defense of Conrad Murray just wasn’t strong enough?” What are they talking about here??  Has any of them listened to the testimonies at the trial?

And they dare to call the charges against Murray “allegations” of gross negligence when the trial actually proved that Murray was grossly negligent and this is why he is a convicted felon now and not just an “alleged” criminal!

They are shifting the focus from the fact that all experts agreed that Michael Jackson could not self-administer propofol and are placing it on a lie that “not all experts” agreed about it, thus producing the opposite impression – while only one expert on the part of the defense ventured the self-administration idea while all the rest rejected it altogether!

They show the simulation of a fictional scene of “MJ doing it himself” several times over in the film and repeatedly accompany the scene with words describing how MJ could allegedly do it!

And they close the scene with a hint that Murray opted to keep silence because he wanted to “bestow honor to the Jacksons’ family”! The idea is that he felt sorry for them and this is why the noble he decided to keep silence, you know…

The film was shown sometime at the end of October and at the end of November Conrad Murray came on the stage himself carrying with him a bag of lies one of which is that Michael had “self-administered” the drug.

Here is an excerpt from his interview to 60 Minutes on Australian TV beginning with 5:00:

- If you didn't put it there, who did? - Michael.

– If you didn’t put it there, who did?
- Michael.

- The coroner found that Michael Jackson died of acute intoxication of propofol and that his body had enough propofol in it that would be equivalent to someone having a major surgery. How did that get into his body?

- Well, this takes an education….I did not give it to him.

- If you didn’t put it there, who did?

- Michael.

- I think the depute coroner pointed it out that it is absolutely absurd.

- No, it is not.

- It would be almost impossible for him to come out of a sleep, inject the propofol and be unconscious and indeed no longer breathing  in the two minutes that you said you left the room.

- One of the good things about the properties of propofol is that it is so quick to act and it is so quick for the effect to leave you.

- In two minutes he has come out of his sleep, he has injected himself with propofol that I’m assuming is handy to him  to be   to do, and then he is gone back to sleep and then blow me down he’s died.

- I’m saying that Michael Jackson died unfortunately from an accident based upon his actions.

- You made that up. You don’t believe it.

- What?

- It’s just not true.

- No, that’s not the case.

- If you were his friend…

- Uhuh

- …you would not tell that story.

- I was not present when Michael Jackson took matters in his own hand. Michael Jackson as you have realized now is a drug-addict.

- I have to be honest with you and say: A court didn’t believe you. The jurors didn’t believe you. The judge said this was medical madness, that it was a homicide case, not even malpractice. Michael Jackson died because you killed him.

- I did not kill Michael Jackson. I met Michael Jackson in his state, lifeless or not, I met him in a state, all I was I did my best to help and to revive him.

Murray does not even bother to explain things and simply states that it was Michael’s own doing. This Australian journalist takes care to  remind Murray that Michael received the amount of propofol equivalent to the quantity given to a patient during a major surgery. And what does Murray say to that?

He is completely unperturbed by this fact, says nothing to explain it and simply repeats his  now ever-present mantra that Michael “took the matter in his own hand”.

Okay, if he so much insists on it let’s look into this version and answer the question if Michael could really “take the matter in his own hands”.

Could he?

No, he couldn’t. It is indeed an absolutely crazy scenario and there are very many reasons for it.

One of them is that there were no Michael’s fingerprints either on the syringe, vials or bottles of propofol.   

Dr. Shafer shows that it is very difficult to draw liquid from a vacuum glass vial into a syringe

Dr. Shafer shows how difficult it is to draw liquid from a vacuum glass vial into a syringe. 2,5 ml is just the amount he managed to draw in.  This is the amount Murray claims  to have given to Michael

He would also not be able to draw propofol into a syringe by himself because of a vacuum inside a glass vial.

Dr. Shafer showed it in the experiment he conducted before the jury. To be able to draw propofol through the rubber stopper one needs to know how to do it by pushing some air inside and back – otherwise the barrel stops and would simply not draw any liquid inside the syringe. I once tried it and the process was so hopeless that it sent me almost into a panic.

But even handling the syringe is not the main problem here.

The main problem is that a syringe holds a maximum of 10ml of propofol while Michael died of about 206ml of it.

HE GAVE HIM MORE THAN 200ML OF PROPOFOL 

How do we know that Michael received at least 206 ml?

Easily – with the help of Dr. Shafer, the toxicology report and a precious table of recent scientific findings.

The toxicology report says that the amount of propofol found in Michael’s urine was 0.15 micrograms per ml. Multiplied by the amount of urine recovered from Jackson (approx. 500ml) the residual propofol delivered into his urine came up to the overall amount of  82.5 micrograms. Let us remember this figure.

The toxicology report. Please pay attention to 0.15 micrograms of propofol in the urine

The toxicology report. Please pay attention to 0.15 micrograms of propofol in the urine

The precious table below shows us examples of how much Propofol went into the patients’ urine depending on the quantity they received during their operations.

The table was shown at the trial by Dr. Shafer who is not just another of those experts on propofol – he was actually the one who worked out dosages of propofol for the company producing it, so when he shares with us the latest scientific findings we can believe that we are getting the most accurate of information:

Propofol table - residual 1

The closest example to Michael in the above table is a patient with 70.71 micrograms of propofol in his urine (its amount is approximately the same =530 ml). This quantity of residual propofol in micrograms accumulated in the patient’s bladder after 4 hours of surgery as a result of 200ml of Propofol administered into his blood during the operation.

But if 200ml of Propofol in the blood leaves 70,71mcg in the urine, in order to collect 82.5 mcg Michael was to receive an even bigger volume than that.

Dr. Shaffer said that according to the latest studies only 0, 004% of the Propofol taken goes into the urine (the rest breaks up on the way). In Michael’s case this 0,004% amounted to 82.5mcg (see the figure calculated above).

This gives us all the figures we need to know. Now to be able to find out how much overall Propofol Michael received on the night of his death all we have to do is calculate the 100% following a simple formula:

(82.5mcg x 100%): 0,004   = 2062500 mcg = 2062,5mg =  206ml of propofol.                                

So whatever method we use, judging by the amount of propofol in his urine Michael received no less than 200ml of propofol on the night he died.

MURRAY’S BIG LIE ABOUT THE NIGHT OF JUNE 24

Murray claims that he gave Michael only 2,5ml (or 25 milligrams) of propofol, while all the rest of it Michael took by himself.

And now that we know that the overall quantity was at least 206ml, following Murray’s story we are supposed to assume that the rest of 200ml was self-administered by Michael Jackson and in the two minutes while Murray was away. Really?

These two minutes are by the way another of Murray’s big lies. Judging by the phone calls he made that night  forty minutes of being away from Jackson look much more realistic, so let’s accept the period of 40 minutes as a much more credible working theory and also as the one suiting Murray’s present version better.

This amended Murray’s version will now state that he gave Michael only 2,5 ml of Propofol and the remaining part of it (forget about 2,5 ml, it was 200ml!) was self-administered by MJ during the 40 minutes while Murray was away. Was it possible?

No, it wasn’t.

Why wasn’t it?

A propofol bottle of 100ml = 1000mg. Michael received 2 bottles like this one from Murray on June 25th

A propofol bottle of 1000mg = 100ml. On June 24th Murray gave Michael at least 2 bottles of propofol, 100ml each

Because those 200ml of Propofol came in TWO bottles of 100ml each.

This means that first Michael had to self-administer one 100ml bottle (for example, in the first half hour while Murray was away), and then had to stand up and self-administer one more bottle of 100ml of Propofol which was to drip into his body during the rest of the time while Murray was not by his side.

And the most interesting part of it is that Michael Jackson should have stayed alive during those two procedures.

You wonder why? Because if he had not survived up to the end of the second bottle his urine would not have collected the amount of propofol found during the autopsy (82.5micrograms) as urine is generated only while the body is functioning.

In other words those 82.5 micrograms could be accumulated only while the 206mls of propofol were flowing into his body, his heart was beating and his blood was circulating as a result of which those micrograms of residual propofol finally landed in his urine.

This brings us to a conclusion that though Michael received at least 206 ml of Propofol that night, all the time while propofol was administered to him HE WAS STILL ALIVE.

So as a very minimum the above means that Conrad Murray’s description of the events on the night of June 24 is FALSE through and through.

The amount of Propofol given by Murray was far more than 2,5ml and Michael didn’t inject himself with anything at all because there was no need to. That night Murray gave Michael at least two bottles of 100ml propofol and as a result of that Michael was asleep.

How long did he sleep that night?

As we already know in case of a major surgery 200ml is enough to keep the patient under a deep sedation for approximately 4 hours. Deep sedation means that the patient is most probably not breathing on his own, and his lungs are ventilated by a machine.

This was not Michael’s case as there was no equipment to assist him to breathe, so he was breathing naturally and this means that he was under a light sedation. But if the same amount of 206ml of propofol was given to Michael for a light sedation (with a less dosage) it could keep him sleeping for a much longer time – probably 7 or more hours.

So on the night of June 24th Michael was sleeping, and up till now Murray was telling us a huge pile of lies. The heart-wrenching account of Michael being unable to fall asleep until morning may have been true, only it must be referring to another night in the same period of time when Michael was indeed totally sleepless and was unable to attend those damned AEG rehearsals.

The big lie Murray is telling about the night of Michael’s death proves to us that he is so pathological a liar  that believing him in everything else would be sheer lunacy.

ANOTHER CRAZY LIE

Every journalist must be slightly a lunatic because the Australian interviewer specifically wondered what our big liar Murray has to say about Michael as a human being.  She opened the subject with a leading question:

“What do you make of the man who is sleeping with a doll and an urine bag attached to him? What do you make of that?”

Since Murray will tell you another big lie let me be the first to answer this question. Murray did not have to “make anything” of that urine bag and could simply say everything as it was. The matter was explained to me by a nurse in a hospital where I recently stayed. She said that during anesthesia the muscles relax, “all holes open up” and the body may not be able to hold what it usually holds.

Considering that each night Murray was giving Michael fluids to compensate for his dehydration during rehearsals the condom catheter was a necessity as Michael was receiving an excessive amount of fluids and was getting them during anesthesia that was making his muscles relax.

There were pictures of babies all around. So what?

There were pictures of babies all around. So what?

The doll was part of Michael’s room which among other things also contained pictures of children. These were probably the only reminder for Michael of the beautiful and innocent part of life which he had little opportunity to observe as most of the time he had to associate with the people he had to associate with. So at least during his sleepless nights he could look at some angelic faces and I cannot reprimand him for it.

Murray, a father of 7 kids by 6 different women, who does not give a damn about sustaining them in life, naturally has his own views on the problem. After that question was asked of him and a theatrical scene of “overcoming his feelings” followed, this big connoisseur of human nature and a big drama actor finally declared:

Murray: “Michael…….I’m… I want to be so… I’m fair and I am open!…. and let me just say… that Michael is not a perfect man… By far! Michael has a huge dark shadow. Michael slept with dolls, yeah?” (she nods)

“Is that normal? No, it is not normal. But if you understood the history of Michael as a child and the things that he encountered in life and you are willing to listen you probably wouldn’t judge him. “

Interviewer: “Do you believe he is a pedophile?”

This was followed by a scene of famous Murray’s stare of 15 seconds or so, which resulted in a statement:

"I'm not prepared to answer this question"

“I’m not prepared (pause) to answer this question”

Murray: “I am not prepared … to answer that question”.

Then came a solemn whisper:

“Not now…” (I nearly jumped. And when, dear? When they pay you a 6-digit sum and not the 5-digit peanuts?)

“And I’ll tell you the reason why. Because my interview which is quite candid and honest… I won’t be able to fabricate anything…” (You perfectly will, especially after you sent all these signals to the future publishers. I already see the title and it’s called “The book of revelations”)

Interviewer: As a friend, as someone who was his closest friend (a slow and solemn nod from Murray) I would have expected you to say “Absolutely not”.

Murray: “Well, sometimes expectations are not always satisfied. But one thing I’ll tell you is this. I may have formed an impression of an individual based upon certain things that I’ve seen or encountered…”

Interviewer: ‘The reason I am pressing you is because by saying what you are saying are you deliberately muddying the waters here? Because this is what you are doing. You are leaving it unclear about your thoughts. Is that fair to Michael Jackson? Or do you have something that you know?”

Murray: “I am not here to be unfair to Michael and I am not here to destroy Michael”. (I am here to sell my future book). “You’ve asked a question and I am not prepared to answer” (because I haven’t yet decided what to invent and how to prove it). And then again: “Not now”.

Interviewer: “What responsibility do you take?”

Murray: “For his death? None”.

Interviewer: “None? Absolutely nothing?

Murray: “Nothing.  Nothing that I gave Michael Jackson that should have killed him”

The curtain falls.

Well, I have a couple of suggestions for Conrad Murray’s future book.

Even if Michael had had something to hide (though he had nothing) it is a big mistake to think that Michael would have shared his secrets with Murray to open himself to blackmail, extortion, civil lawsuits and other beautiful things he so heavily enjoyed in life. So in no way can Murray present it as an open revelation on MJ’s part.

This leaves Conrad Murray the only chance that MJ blurted out some “secret” under sedation. However here Murray will encounter another difficulty as Michael had similar experiences in life and stood their test perfectly well.

First of all, he was sedated by Evan Chandler when he was in his house in 1993. However even that masterful extortionist did not manage to extract anything incriminating from Michael – under sedation he giggled and revealed some secrets about gay men in Hollywood but did not say a single thing which would be of interest and instrumental for Evan Chandler’s cause. It was with some disappointment that Ray Chandler wrote about that failed attempt in his book.

Another case of interrogation was Uri Geller hypnotizing Michael and also asking him about “boys”. The answer was “No” again, after which Uri Geller invited him to his wedding and he and Rabbi Schmuley continued to be big friends of Michael Jackson until the moment both of them betrayed Michael – Uri by introducing him to Martin Bashir and Schmuley by fiddling with the funds of the Heal the world foundation.

And the third case of an undercover interrogation was when Murray himself made a recording of Michael which convinced all of us of Michael’s complete innocence.

When Murray was putting Michael under propofol he recorded what Michael was dreaming of, and contrary to what you could expect of a p-le, he was talking of his dream to build a hospital for sick children, how much it hurt him to see them ill and how badly they needed game rooms and movie theatres inside hospitals to help them recover. “They are sick because they are depressed” said Michael and he was right.

Under sedation he also said that he had no more hope in the present generation and spoke about God. Here is the text of Murray’s recording of Michael:

Jackson:  Elvis didn’t do it.  Beatles didn’t do it.  We have to be phenomenal.  When people leave this show, when people leave my show, I am them to say, “I’ve never seen nothing like this in my life.  Go. Go.  I’ve never seen nothing like this.  Go. It’s amazing.  He’s the greatest entertainer in the world.”  I’m taking that money, a million children, children’s hospital, the biggest in the world, Michael Jackson’s Children’s Hospital.  Gonna have a movie theater, game room. Children are depressed. The –in those hospitals, no game room, no movie theater. They’re sick because they’re depressed.  Their mind is depressing them.  I want to give them that.  I care about them, them angels.  God wants me to do it.  God wants me to do it.  I’m gonna do it, Conrad.

Murray I know you would.

Jackson: Don’t have enough hope, no more hope.  That’s the next generation that’s gonna save out planet, starting with-we’ll talk about it.  United States, Europe, Prague, my babies.  They walk around with no mother.  They drop them off, they leave- a psychological degradation of that.  They reach out to me- please take me with you.

Murray: Mmmnh-mmnh

Jackson: I’m gonna do that for them.  That will be remembered more than my performances.  My performances will be up there helping my children and always be my dream.  I love them.  I love them, because I didn’t have a childhood.  I had no childhood.  I feel their pain. I feel their hurt.  I can deal with it.  “Heal the World,” “We are the World,” “Will You be There,” “The Lost Children.”  These are the songs I’ve written because I hurt, you know, I hurt.

Murray: You okay?

Jackson: I am asleep.

There is a saying that “what’s on a sober man’s mind is on the tongue of a drunk one” meaning that when we are sober we are able to control our subconscious, but when we are affected by alcohol (or are in a half-conscious state during anesthesia) the brakes loosen and the man will show his deepest innermost self which may turn out to be anything.

If the above was the worst of Michael Jackson I can give an oath on the Bible that he was the most innocent man I’ve ever seen in life. I’ve never heard any drunk man talking how to heal sick children and I’ve never heard anyone willing to give away his last money to build a hospital for them. And I’ve never heard a man under any sort of sedation to loose his tongue bad enough to speak of God as his guiding spirit…

So God save us please from the revelations of a certain Conrad Murray who is evidently planning to take it upon himself to share his views on the man of Michael Jackson’s caliber.

Those who spend their whole free time in strip-tease clubs, abandon their own children, lie like crazy and kill without any remorse should keep their valuable thoughts to themselves please and not lecture others about those whom they are unable to even minimally come close to.

WHAT MURRAY SAYS ABOUT THE WAY HE KILLED MICHAEL JACKSON

However some of Murray’s revelations are very eye-opening. Let us listen to what he said in another interview given to DayBreakiTV the transcript of which was made by the Boycott Murray campaign group:

Int: Conrad Murray served two years of a four year sentence. He joins us now live from the USA. You do honestly believe Mr. Murray that you did all that you could to save Michael Jackson, he was a very vulnerable and fragile patient, do you think you did all that you could?

CM: Yes I did.

Int: You do, you think… because really he trusted you, didn’t he? He trusted you and why didn’t you call the Emergency Services right away?

CM: I am a clinical specialist, I am clinically trained in medicine of the highest level as a specialist as well as a sub-specialist and therefore that is my forte, reviving patients who are requires (sic) resuscitation is what I do. So if I stumble upon someone in need of that type of resuscitative effort then I will go straight in to that mode to try and help.

Int: So you honestly believe that you took proper care, at the time Michael Jackson was in your care, that you took proper care of him.

CM: Just absolutely.

Int: Do you feel any remorse or feel guilty about what happened to him?

CM: I feel very sorry that Michael is dead, there’s no doubt about it. It is a loss I will never recover from, but as far as having remorse from doing something wrong, I did not do anything wrong. Actually, I am an innocent man who was persecuted to the maximum, sent to jail, and has been demoralized over years as far as, you know, being harshly persecuted in every possible way that I can think, but despite the pain and suffering I have felt I carry no grudges, I’m not in any way looking to avenge what has happened to me. I would like to have my story, hopefully on adversity I’ve encountered be used well so that I can save the lives of many.

Int: You talk about your pain and suffering. What about the suffering of Michael Jackson’s family, especially his children and his fans. I mean his family, they were traumatized by this and as were his fans too. Don’t you… I mean you talk about your suffering but what about theirs?

CM: I am very, very sad about Michael’s children, there is no question about it. You know I remember Michael’s daughter, Paris was telling me that she didn’t want to be an orphan. I was close to those children as a parent can be.

Int: You’re not close to them now though? You’re not close to them now surely? Not in anyway at all, they want you to go away really, I mean they’ve actually said that. They would actually like you to leave the United States and to be quiet.

CM: Well you know I can tell you this. The Jackson’s have caused so much damage to their own son, and if you are a person that is impartial and if you understand Michael – Michael has been devastated through the years by his own family. Michael severed all ties with every member of his relatives before he died. Now you don’t know that because you were not that close to him but clearly I do because I was right in his presence when he made some statements. There was no communication whatsoever.

Int: Well his family aren’t here to actually rebut these allegations they you’re making but clearly what you’re saying… You’re saying you are an innocent man, the jury didn’t agree. You went to jail, you were convicted and you went to jail and yet you sit here still maintaining your innocence.

CM: Absolutely. Have you ever seen innocent men that have been incarcerated and have then found out that an error was made and they finally are released. I’m a man who has been persecuted to the extent. At this time, up until now, I have been blamed by a key witness Dr. Shafer, who states that there was Propofol and in Propofol there was Lidocaine, and although he makes the claim, they have refused my defense team and or myself, despite all of our efforts to test the substance to further show that there is no Propofol that is left in Mr. Jackson, there’s no Lidocaine, there was no infusion. The evidence was very clear. There was no evidence of Propofol in the bag, in the line that should have been attached to the patient, none of that. It was not there. The evidence does not support that.

Int: Well that’s what you are saying, again I say to you the jury did not agree with you and that’s why you went to jail and if you’re saying you had nothing to do with it then why did Michael Jackson die? What happened?

CM: Michael Jackson? I met Michael Jackson in a state of distress. Michael Jackson was basically lifeless. I was not there, you know my arms could only stretch so far, I was not even present in his bedroom…

Int: Why weren’t you present? Why weren’t you there and what were you doing rather than attending your patient?

CM: There was no reason for me to attend to Mr. Jackson any further. Mr. Jackson was given a small dose of Propofol around 10:40 in the morning. I did not leave his bedside until about 11:20 – 11:25. The effects of Propofol are completely gone within 15 minutes of administration. He had no issues, I didn’t even expect Mr. Jackson to be sedated and to fall asleep with such a minuscule dose of Propofol. But in my absence, after leaving his bedside when the effects of Propofol was gone way beyond the 15 minutes, I was not on the phone you can also look at the phone records that they gave me. The last phone call I made ended was at 10:43. At 11:07 there was a one minute call that came in that was a voice mail call and the next time I used my phone was 11:20 – 11:25, I moved from his bedside only so I do not disturb him, but this was a man after nine hours of no sleep umm I wanted him to get some rest if it was possible.

Int: I find it absolutely astonishing that someone is being given a powerful drug like that, a drug that’s used, as I know personally, is actually used to put you out during operations. We’re going to have to leave it there for the moment, we’re going to talk to you lots, lots more about your relationship with Michael Jackson and your plans for the future. Mr. Murray thank you for the moment.

Transcription By: @sgaa_mj

http://boycottcmcampaign.tumblr.com/post/68099455350/transcript-conrad-murray-daybreakitv-interview-part-1

Did anyone pay attention to Conrad Murray saying that he left Michael’s side when he fell asleep and the effects of Propofol was gone way beyond 15 minutes?

I’m afraid that over here Murray is describing the process of how he killed Michael Jackson.

Let me explain.

Dr. Shafer proved to us that Murray gave Michael at least two bottles of Propofol 100ml each. This should have kept Michael under anesthesia for at least several hours if not the whole night.  His body was functioning as traces of propofol kept accumulating in his urine in quantities big enough to later betray to specialists the real amounts Murray gave to Michael that night.

The amount of propofol they found there showed that while Michael was getting those 200ml of propofol he was still alive.

But not until the moment he was to wake up.

The moment of controlled waking up from anesthesia is no less important than the whole period while the patient is under it. Every person who underwent anesthesia knows that the surgery is not over until after the anesthesiologist makes sure that the anesthetic is gone and the patient is conscious, fully awake, is able to talk and sometimes even to get up.

In short they never allow the patient to go on “sleeping” after the operation is over – even if they know that the patient did not sleep the whole previous night due to pain, worry or agitation.

Why do they never allow the patient to go on “sleeping”? Because sedation is a state which cannot gradually slide into a natural sleep on its own. These are different conditions, and the patient is to be first woken up from anesthesia and after the doctor makes sure that he is okay, he can sleep in his bed for as long as he likes. But not until after he comes out of anesthesia first.

All anesthesiologists who testified at Murray’s trial said that “bringing the patient back” is an obligatory part of their job. When Flanagan ventured a question why Murray couldn’t let the patient “go on sleeping if he was so desperate for sleep”, all doctors said that such a consideration was not even an issue – every patient should come to himself after anesthesia and if he does not wake up it is a case of grave emergency, an indication that something went wrong and that immediate resuscitation efforts should be made.

Flanagan insisted – and what if the patient did not sleep before that? Should the doctor wake him up even after only 15 minutes of anesthetic sleep?

The anesthesiologists replied that the period of sedation did not matter. Even if it was 5 minutes only, the wake-up procedure is an absolute must. They were so vehement about it that I remember Flanagan shutting up with his questions in some confusion.

But now I am beginning to recall all those Flanagan’s questions once again.

Conrad Murray was in the courtroom and also heard those answers of professional anesthesiologists like all of us did. So how can he say now that he left Michael’s bedside after the “effects of propofol were gone way beyond 15 minutes”? What does he mean by it?

Propofol works on the patient only while it is dripping into his body. When the propofol is gone its effect is also gone and the patient immediately wakes up. There might be a little lag between the last drop of propofol and the wake-up moment, but it can be 10 or 15 minutes at the most.

So after the last drop of propofol went into his system and the lag period also expired Michael Jackson was supposed to wake up and Conrad Murray was supposed to talk to him. And Murray does say that he waited for the effect of propofol to go for “way beyond 15 minutes” which means that he waited for Michael Jackson to wake up for more than 15 minutes after the last drop of Propofol entered his body.

However Murray does not say that after all that waiting Michael woke up. In fact we know for sure that Michael did not wake up because there is not a single instance suggesting it in any of the stories we have heard by now.

But despite the fact that Michael did not wake up Murray still left his bedside. He explained it by not wanting to disturb him:

  • “I moved from his bedside only so I do not disturb him, but this was a man after nine hours of no sleep umm I wanted him to get some rest if it was possible”.

So what did Murray do if we listen to his story?

He waited for some time for Michael to wake up, decided that Michael progressed from anesthesia to natural sleep, and left his side to let him “get some rest”.

This was the most ignorant, most unprofessional and most tragic thing to do.

Following Murray’s own version the events should have come in the following succession:

  • Murray watched the propofol to stop dripping (from the 100ml bottle) on the IV stand
  • Then he waited for some time for Michael to wake up
  • Michael did not wake up though Murray waited “way beyond” 15 minutes within which time all propofol was to be out of Michael’s system
  • Michael was quiet and Murray decided that Michael proceeded to sleep in a natural way and left his bedside
  • And it never occurred to Conrad Murray that at that very moment Michael actually began dying.

During the trial Dr. Shaffer answered the question how the moment of Michael’s death would look like. He answered that the overall level of Propofol in Michael’s body would gradually accumulate and at some point reach a threshold after which his breathing would stop.

He said that in the absence of equipment monitoring Michael’s breathing this stop could go unnoticed especially if Conrad Murray was at some distance from his patient.

A very specific and totally heart-breaking point is that when Michael’s breathing stopped his heart would go on beating for approximately 10 more minutes. This usually happens due to the amount of oxygen still kept in the lungs.

If Murray had cast a glance at the pulse oxymeter it would have shown him the pulse and the oxygen dropping in the blood. However I recall Alberto Alvarez testifying that he saw Murray clipping the pulse oxymeter to Michael’s finger only when he was already in the room, so before that moment Murray had not been even using that device.

So in the absence of any heart monitor the most Murray could do was just feel Michael’s pulse by the hand.

What he would notice at that point was that the pulse was quicker than usual and Murray indeed spoke about something of the kind in his interview to the police. Dr. Shafer explained that this would be the reaction of the heart to the lack of oxygen in which the heart is forced to function when breathing stops. This agitation is the first signal it sends before it slows down and finally dies.

If Murray felt the pulse and its quickness satisfied him though his patient was already not breathing, in his utter ignorance he assumed that Michael’s anesthesia had progressed into a natural sleep and under that barbarian impression he left the room in order “not to disturb him” and “let him get some rest at last”.

Thus he left his patient to die and attended to his other urgent business – all those emails about the AEG insurance and the need to pacify his other patient who threatened to sue him for abandoning him after the operation.

What makes me think that this plain but utterly horrid scenario was a highly likely one?

Conrad Murray’s own words in his latest interviews.

Over there he lies about a “small dose” given to Michael that couldn’t have killed him, but this lie does not change the fundamental fact that after waiting for that dose to evaporate he did not wake his patient up and allowed him to “sleep”, not realizing that something terrible was already happening, his patient was not breathing and was on the verge of death.

In fact even now Conrad Murray does not understand the very basics of anesthesia which say that every patient should be woken up even after the minimal of doses, and if he doesn’t wake up it means that he is dying. If Murray understood it he would not be speaking about it himself.

However Murray is an arrogant imbecile with a pathological love for himself, which prevented him from learning a little anesthesia at least during the trial when all those professional anesthesiologists were speaking.

Please look at his words again and you will see that what he essentially says is that though Michael did not wake up for 40 minutes from 10:40 to 11:20 (allegedly from a small dose of 2,5ml) Murray left his bedside and simply went away:

CM: There was no reason for me to attend to Mr. Jackson any further. Mr. Jackson was given a small dose of Propofol around 10:40 in the morning. I did not leave his bedside until about 11:20 – 11:25. The effects of Propofol are completely gone within 15 minutes of administration. He had no issues, I didn’t even expect Mr. Jackson to be sedated and to fall asleep with such a minuscule dose of Propofol. But in my absence, after leaving his bedside when the effects of Propofol was gone way beyond the 15 minutes, I was not on the phone you can also look at the phone records that they gave me. The last phone call I made ended was at 10:43. At 11:07 there was a one minute call that came in that was a voice mail call and the next time I used my phone was 11:20 – 11:25, I moved from his bedside only so I do not disturb him, but this was a man after nine hours of no sleep umm I wanted him to get some rest if it was possible.

Someone should tell Murray that the effects of Propofol are completly gone when the patient wakes up and not when the bottle is empty and he waits 15 minutes after that and thinks that the patient “has no issues”.

Murray thought that anesthesia progressed into a natural sleep, while in reality this is when Michael began to die and Murray didn’t notice it.

We also noticed it only four years later because this is when we finally understood it, but the so-called doctor Conrad Murray does not understand what he is saying even now!

The imbecile does not understand that this way he is telling us himself  that this is how he killed Michael Jackson.


Filed under: CONRAD MURRAY'S TRIAL, The MEDIA Tagged: Conrad Murray, Michael Jackson, propofol

Conrad Murray, THE MAN WHO KILLED MICHAEL JACKSON. Part 2 on Dr. Adams as another option

$
0
0

The latest news says that Conrad Murray’s appeal has won a chance to be looked into by the appellate court. Well, if they consider they have reasons to look into Murray’s case again, we have all the more reason to look into the same to make sure that Murray’s guilt for killing Michael Jackson is unforgivable.

Therefore the story about the way he killed Michael and then lied about it will continue and will last as long as it is needed – in parts 2, 3 or more.

By now we have not only Murray’s film of 2011 to talk about, but also his new interviews and what’s even more important – the testimonies of the direct participants in the events at the AEG trial. And the testimony of the second doctor Michael Jackson wanted to go to London with (Dr. Adams) is simply invaluable.

But first we need to go back to the British film about Murray made immediately after his conviction for manslaughter in November 2011.

WHAT MURRAY SAID ABOUT THE NIGHT MICHAEL DIED

Besides telling many things we already know the film will surprise you by some details which are completely novel. Some are not easy to notice – for example, the fact that Murray disposed of part of the urine collected that night and this means that it could contain even more Propofol and its overall amount given to Michael might be even bigger than our minimal estimation of 206 ml.

Another thing never mentioned before is, for example, Murray’s story that during his struggle with insomnia Michael often retreated into his other bedroom. In short when you look back into the past there is always something new to find in search of the truth, and this is the main idea of these posts at all.

Below you will find Murray’s account of Michael’s last night the way he described it in the 2011 film.  Same as with everything else Murray says, we need to be careful and draw a fine line between the thick layer of his lies and a theoretical possibility that even he can say a thin word of truth.

This is the look of Michael Jackson Murray is talking of when he describes him the night he died

This is the look of Michael Jackson Murray is talking of when he describes him the night he died

Michael’s pleading for Propofol and the look of him like a ghost in the Thriller are surely the true parts of Murray’s story as at the time described (end of June 2009) Michael was indeed going through sheer hell.

Now he couldn’t miss a single rehearsal as Ortega could quit, AEG would pull the plug on the show and he would be facing a massive lawsuit and devastating publicity from AEG and the media.

They would stop at nothing to ruin him, portray him as an irresponsible junkie in whose care the children cannot stay and he would probably lose his kids – as they threatened him he would.

So I can easily believe that after Ortega’s statements and the crisis meeting of June 20th Michael lost his sleep altogether. However the rest of Murray’s story describing Michael’s last sleepless night should be taken with a big grain of salt.

Valium, Lorazepam and Midazolam were recorded in the autopsy report and this means that Murray did administer them too, with the only correction that they were most probably given in one package at the beginning of the night or at very close intervals between each other.

Murray says that those benzos were strong enough to put an elephant to sleep and judging by the autopsy report their dosage must have indeed been an elephant one – only none of those medications worked and this is why Murray put Michael on a drip of Propofol lasting for at least several hours after that.

Let us also keep in mind that Murray’s description of Michael’s sufferings must be sort of a generic account and can very well apply to any other sleepless night among the many he had during the period of those damned rehearsals.

Here is the part of the 2011 film about Michael’s final day. 

It starts at 38:00 in this video (please correct my mistakes if any):

38:00 Voiceover: Michael’s final day, June 25th. It had been another good rehearsal. Jackson was excited but needed to sleep. At approximately 2 am Murray said he’d administered some Valium and Lorazepam but refused to give him any Propofol. At 3am the doctor gave him another drug – Midazolam. Jackson still didn’t go to sleep.

38:20 Murray: He was basically hysterical. He really could not sleep. And he begged and pleaded and asked me: “Please, please, Dr. Conrad, I need some milk so that I can sleep. If I don’t get any sleep today I could not perform. I could not do anything. AEG will be upset. Everything will basically go down the drain”.

He looked to me during that morning – should be like the Thriller. If you’d ever seen the Thriller image when he was made up, he looked that. Hysterical. Now, I don’t want to give him the medication, because I’m trying to show him a different path. But here is the pressure he puts on me. He can’t practice. He can’t go to concert. AEG is going to be on him. The tour will fall apart. This is it. It’s over for this man if he does not make this happen.

I fought, I struggled, I rubbed his feet, I felt such a weight. I was so worried about this man who was my friend, thinking where AEG promises future would lie, WOW.

40:19 Voiceover: Dawn… Despite the drugs Murray had given him Jackson still couldn’t sleep. Murray says that the singer retreated to his other, private bed chamber.

40:35 Murray: You know, there were several times he would walk away from me into the other room and to me that was a break. That was a break. The longer he stayed away the less I had to do with the fright that I could not get him to sleep.

After he’d begged and pleaded I said: “You know what?” If I give him a tiny amount of propofol – 25milligrams, slowly infused, I may just tip him into sleep and the other medications would now get a chance to work because of the other … of the medications on board. And the medication he had on board, I even told him before, we got to that point, Michael, that would put an elephant to sleep. You are not… this is not normal. It’s not normal. He fell asleep. I was very pleased.

41:43 Voiceover: It was 10:50 in the morning. Murray says he then watched over Jackson for 25 minutes. The effects of 25 milligrams of propofol were off in about 10 minutes. At 11:15 am Murray began making phone calls.

42:03 Murray: It was no unusual for me to make calls. Or return calls. During the morning hours while he was still asleep. It was not unusual.

42:13 Voiceover: His last call was to Sade, a waitress he had met recently. He never completed that call.

Sade Alding: “I said hello, hello and then I didn’t hear anything. I pressed the phone against my ear and I heard mumbling of voices. It sounded like if his phone was in the pocket or something, and shhhhh.”

Voiceover: Murray discovered Jackson unconscious.

42:38 Murray: “He was not breathing, so my concern was – Have those agents, the Valium, the Alivan (Lorazepam), the Versed (Midazolam) acted in concert, have now overwhelmed him once he went to sleep? Not 25 milligrams of Propofol.”

Voiceover: Instead of calling 911 Murray attempted to revive Jackson. No one heard his shouts for assistance. He called Michael Amir, Jackson’s head of security. No answer. He ran to get help.

Kai Chase: I saw Dr. Murray come down the stairs into the kitchen – in a panic, in a frantic.

Prosecutor: What did he shout?

Kai Chase: Get help. Get security. Get Prince.

43:30 Murray: The first security guy that finally showed up once he realizes this is an emergency, comes to the door. His name is Alvarez, Alberto Alvarez. He’s got to the door and he remains static.

Alvarez: “I was reaching for my phone in my pocket. And as I was doing that Prince and Paris came behind me. Paris screamed up: “Daddy!”

43:53 Murray: And I told security to get the kids away from there because I did not want them to see their father getting CPR and having such a resuscitative event.

Alvarez: Dr. Murray said “Don’t let them see that like that” and I proceeded to turn around to the children, and kind of ushered them out and said: “Kids, don’t worry. We’ll take care of that. Everything is going to be okay”.

44:18 Murray: And he says (in a high voice): “Oh, doctor, doctor. What happened?” (with resentment in voice): “I need help, I’m doing CPR, Mr. Jackson is not breathing. Come in here. Get me up. Call 911. I need you to call 9-1-1”.

44:44 Murray (sounding outraged): “In addition to me doing CPR, chest compressions, trying to resuscitate this patient I’m controlling him on the 911 call. “How old is this patient?” (Murray mimics Alvarez’s stare) “FIFTY!”. I said: “Tell them where we are and get the fuck over here. Get here, I need you. COME ON! Help me!”

45:39 Voiceover: When the paramedics arrived Michael Jackson was dead.

…..

45:55 In May 2010 Murray’s Las Vegas home was repossessed. He hasn’t worked in months. Even before the guilty verdict Dr. Murray started to reevaluate his relationship with Michael Jackson.

45:15 Murray: “I don’t think that he would have had an active intention to do me harm. But I think through his most intense desire to have me there with him it was interwinded with a degree of betrayal.”

I will leave you to form your own opinion about Murray’s irresponsibility that allowed him to make phone calls while his patient was barely breathing, and of his constant desire to shift the blame to others and his inability to understand what a callous swine he is.

The only thing I will comment on is Murray’s peculiar vision of Michael’s sleep problems as a betrayal of him (Murray).  By this “betrayal” he probably means the amount of the work he had to do single-handedly and not a dime paid to him for the job done.

If any of us feel sorry for Murray and his really laborious task of having to deal with Michael’s insomnia on a daily basis let me remind you of some essential facts.

First of all, from the very start of it Michael envisaged Propofol as an option only for the night prior to the show and absolutely not for daily use. To prove it we have Debbie Rowe’s testimony about how and in what circumstances Michael used Propofol on two occasions in Germany and Michael’s words about his special need for sleep only prior to performing related in Murray comments.

Second, Michael never wanted any Propofol for the period of rehearsals. He seldom rehearsed for his tours and the grueling rehearsals imposed on him by Ortega and AEG were a sort of a contingency which unexpectedly required Propofol too.

Add to it the heavy blow of the added 50 shows and the daily need to cope with AEG’s insults and you will realize that the use of Propofol prior to the tour was a forced measure and was never Michael’s initial idea.

And as regards his attitude to Murray Michael was actually a very caring patient. Since he was aware of how exhausting it must be for one person to attend to his sleeplessness he suggested that Murray shared his duties with another doctor, a professional anesthesiologist Dr. Adams – however it was Murray himself who refused his help.

MURRAY’S STORY ABOUT THE SECOND DOCTOR

Below is a rather long excerpt from Murray’s police interview of June 27, 2009 where Murray tells his version of meeting Dr. Adams sometime in between March and April 2009.

It is customary for Murray to throw under the bus every person coming his way, and this time he is doing it to Dr. Adams. He claims that when Michael was in Las Vegas Dr. Adams readily arranged for MJ a 6-hour long Propofol sleep session in Murray’s office.

In his testimony at the recent AEG civil trial Dr. Adams completely ruled out this possibility and said that on that Sunday day in April 2009 Michael had a kind of an interview with him and offered him a job of a second doctor to accompany him to London.

If Dr. Adams is telling the truth, then Murray’s story to the police will serve as proof of his capability to tell very elaborate lies full of most picturesque details.

Here is a rather long excerpt from his police interview on June 27, 2009 which I could not cut any further as it has valuable pieces of information in almost each of its lines.

One of them is that Michael was trying to beat his insomnia by means of more conventional medications, but it seems that for his case the medicine was helpless. No medication worked, so I whole-heartedly understand his need for Propofol:

Dr. Murray:  I never knew Michael Jackson was coming to town. And again not knowing that I didn’t keep a record of his time, but it was sometime between March and April.  And he called me,    and I said,   “Hi, how you doing, Michael? Where are you?” and he says, “Oh, I’m in Vegas.” “Really?  Why here?”

“I  brought my children to see a show.”

I  said, “Wow. Well, that’s nice.”  I can’t remember what show he was seeing. And I said, “When are you leaving?” He says, “I’m leaving tomorrow.” So he was just here for one night. He stayed at the Wynn hotel. And the after speaking with him, I hung up.

Then I got another call from his assistant, Michael Amir. And he said Mr. Jackson wants to speak to me again. So I spoke with him. And then he asked me. He says “I’m having difficulty sleeping. I can’t sleep.” I said, “Are you going out tonight and doing anything?” He said, “No, I’m staying inside. But I just can’t sleep.” he said, “Could you help me to sleep?” I said, “Well, don’t you have any sleeping pill that I gave you in the past that you can use as needed?” Like – like Lorazepam or Restoril, which I had given to him before, pill form. He said, “They don’t work.” I said, “Did you try them?” he said, “Yes, Dr. Conrad.  Nothing works. You know, I’ve had pills from the other doctors in Beverly Hills,  and I’ve had medicine from Dr. Klein, who says he gave me the strongest medication. And I have medicine from Dr. Metzer,  M-E-T-Z-E-R.  They all don’t work.”

Detective Martinez: Dr.  Klein, Dr. Metzer. Was there another one?

Dr.   Murray:     Those are the names that he had mentioned.  I said,   “I don’t have anything I can offer you that would work.” He said,   “Well, what about Diprivan?” which is another name for which is the -

Mr. Chernoff:  Brand name for Propofol.

Dr.   Murray:  So he asked me,   “What about Diprivan?” I said, “Diprivan? Why you ask that?” he said,   “Well, it works. I know it works.” I said, “Well, that’s not a medicine you can just call and readily put your hands on. You know, it’s a medicine that you’ll have to order. And I don’t know anyway how I can get that to you.”

So I said, “Well, I can’t  help you, because I don’t have access  to such products. And those has — those have to be ordered, and this is the weekend, a Sunday.

NOTE: It is interesting that according to Murray’s own story he didn’t say to Michael that Propofol was not to be used for sleep. All he said was that it was Sunday and was impossible for him to find it at so short notice and it should be ordered. Actually Murray makes himself sound as an enthusiastic supporter of the Propofol idea.

Then they talk about MJ giving him the number of Dr. Adams and Murray arranging a meeting with him. According to Murray Dr. Adams said that he knew Michael and agreed to administer Propofol:

Dr. Murray: So I allowed him on a Sunday to use my office,  where I had oxygen, a crash cart, and monitoring devices like the oximeter,  to use my office to treat Mr.Jackson. After Mr. Jackson got there, Mr. Adams, Dr. Adams was waiting. I brought him upstairs.  I introduced myself.  And I left them. I said,   “How long are you going to let him sleep?” He told me he was going to do five or six hours. This was about 1:00 o’clock in the day. So I said, “Okay.  So I’ll come back around 7:00?” and he said,   “Yeah,   7:00 will be good.” And I came back at 7:00 o’clock. When I came back to my office at 7:00 o’clock, he had his Diprivan drip going. There was a pulse oximeter there. I had supplied oxygen for his use during the procedure. I’m not sure if it was used or not. But Dr. Adams did have an I.V. bag that was diluted with the agent. And he was – Mr. Jackson slept.

When Mr.  Jackson woke up, of course, I being his intermittent general physician, I asked him how he felt. And he said he now felt wonderful because he was able to get to sleep. I said, “Are you going to leave for Los Angeles tonight?” he said he wasn’t sure if he was going that night or the following day. He then surprised me that same evening, because by then he had already made the proposal to me joining his team and going to England.

… Dr.   Murray:    But he had already proposed to me joining his team and going to England as his exclusive medical doctor.  He then surprised me and said — his words were “This is divine  guidance.” and I said,   “What  do you mean?”  He said, “Come, come. Come with me. You mind?”    So we left the doctor in one room. He said — I said,   “Excuse me, doctor.” And Mr. Jackson pulled me down the hall, into my office on this Sunday afternoon — Sunday evening. He said, “Conrad,   you know, when I’m on this course, when I am on the tour I have difficulty sleeping. And what most doctors have done for me, they help me to sleep for 15 to 18 hours, because I need  it.” So innocently, I wasn’t thinking that he was sleeping 15 to 18 hours with assistance. I wasn’t thinking that it was a regular everyday basis. But what he saw, as I look retrospect, is that what developed quickly within that evening, his – what he called the divine guidance was to introduce to me,  even before I agreed to go on his team,   “How about if you have another doctor join you?.” and I said,   “Why would you want that?” he said, “because you don’t quite know or understand that these hours are long. You know, when I sleep for 15 to 18 hours, that’s when I feel good enough to get up to perform. And that’s what most of the doctors have done for me. And I think on you, it may be too much.”

I didn’t see it as being too much. But what Mr. Jackson knew is that this is something that he did every date. And by him having that every day, it would certainly be too much for one doctor.  And I was caught sitting there, in the sense that I  said, “You know, I couldn’t make a decision for you,  Mr. Jackson. You will have to know best what you think.” And so I sat there with Dr. Adams, and I — introduced myself better, and I got to know him.

Dr.   Murray: And I was surprised that he was bringing that up only without any warning. So I said, “whatever you want.” But he was familiar working with Dr. Adams before and getting that substance as one of his treating physicians for Diprivan. and that’s what happened.

So I said — I said, “Whatever he wanted.” And so Dr. Adams continued to call me, and he left word for Mr.  Jackson, “Who should I contact in case I want to go to England? Should I go to you, or should I go to Michael?” I said, “It’s up to Michael.” Now, Michael say, “Well, talk to Conrad. Let him know what you want, and then we will work it out.”

Well, at that time, even though I sort of somewhat agreed to go on the team, we were not in contract. We had not locked into numbers. I know I had my practices. I mean how do I close that down to make sense to go on a trip like this with the gentleman? And Dr. Adams did call me back, and then he said that he had spoken to his mother. He had called her. He had spoken to a friend.  And he was single and available and was on board, just call.

So I  said, “What kind of income are you going to look for?”  He  said —

Mr. Chernoff:  is this important to you guys?

Detective Smith:     Yeah,   that’s  fine. Yeah, that’s fine.

Mr. Chernoff:  he’s completely skipped the most important part.

Detective Martinez:  We’ll get back to it.

Mr. Chernoff:  Okay.

 Dr.   Murray:   Mr.  Adams, Dr. Adams said that he had made about $600,000 in his previous year working in Vegas with a minimum staff.  The overhead was small. And he took home about half a million. And – but if he had to make the trip or change and give up his practice, he wanted to have a commitment for maybe three years with Mr. Jackson, and he would like to have about a million two or million three. That was his request. I told that to Michael and there was no subsequent follow-up on that.

Detective Martinez: So he didn’t end up joining the team.

Dr.   Murray: No, but he said was available. He kept asking. He kept texting me, “How are things going?” and I just said, “You know, things are still” —

Detective Smith:  For a million two or a million three.

Dr. Murray:  Uh-huh.

Mr. Chernoff:  Just for the trip?

Detective Smith:    Just for the tour, exactly.

Dr.  Murray: Yeah.

Mr.  Chernoff: How long was the tour for?

Dr.   Murray: The tour in England was going to be a year, but Mr. Jackson had said that following the tour, there were  three or  four movies already programmed with AEG, to develop, for which he wanted me to still be around. He wanted me to be around forever.  That’s what he said.

(telephone interruption.)

Detective Smith:  Excuse me.

Dr. Murray:  He wanted me to be around forever.

Detective Smith: I’m sorry there. Yeah.

Dr.   Murray:     He wanted me to be around —

Dr.  Murray:  Yeah,   he wanted me to be around forever.  And he wanted to open a children’s hospital, where kids from all over the world can come and get treatment.  And he wanted me to be the medical director, not particularly to see them but to help to hire the specialists so I’ll have the different departments running.  And those were people that he had in mind  for down  the road. So that’s — that’s it.

Detective Martinez: Okay

Okay Murray, we did notice it. By repeating the phrase four times Murray made sure that everyone heard that Michael “wanted him to be around forever”. But from the same Murray’s account it also transpires that he himself wanted to be the only and “exclusive” doctor on the tour and absolutely hated the idea of having another doctor beside Michael.

In fact he sounded almost insulted that Michael offered the job to Dr. Adams too without first warning him about it.

In the context of the idea that Michael allegedly betrayed Murray by getting him into a trap of too much work with no payment for it, let me stress it again that Murray himself wanted to be Michael’s sole doctor and even the 15-18 hour long working day did not put him off the job. As to the lack of payment for his services all questions should be please addressed to AEG.

This piece is also telling us how Michael came to the idea of Murray’s salary at $150,000 a month. It most probably started with Dr. Adams who also requested a huge sum of $100,000 ($1,2 mln per year) and both Michael and Murray knew about it.

So when it came to discussing Murray’s salary Michael raised it by half and Murray immediately agreed knowing that it was more than even a professional anesthesiologist like Dr. Adams had asked for. However first he tried his luck with AEG asking them for $5 million but the trick did not work.

Why did Murray refuse Dr. Adams’s help though Michael was eager to have a professional anesthesiologist by his side and Murray could even learn from him the basics of the new trade?

Evidently the prospect of sharing his salary or being second to a professional guy did not appeal to him, and this is why he – acting as an intermediary between Michael and Dr. Adams – eventually brought all negotiations to a stop.

Instead he decided to save up on the costs and asked AEG for a nurse. The nurse was not provided by AEG either, and Murray ended up doing the work single-handedly. The job was indeed exhausting however it was the problem of his own doing, and this makes his present talk about MJ “betraying” him simply insane – he got what he wanted.

If anyone was betrayed here it was Michael Jackson. Instead of a professional anesthesiologist who would have saved his life he got an ignorant and self-conceited ass who poisoned him with excessive propofol on a nightly basis, left him to die and is now complaining about his poor fate.

The story of Murray’s revelations about Dr. Adams did not end there. As soon as the tape of Murray’s police interview was played in court in 2011 Dr. Adams’s lawyer arranged a press-conference and went on a telephone talk with Jane Velez-Mitchell, and from this telephone conversation we again learn some extremely interesting details.

THE LAWYER TELLS DR.ADAMS’S STORY

The first thing we learn from Dr. Adams’s lawyer is that the Sunday meeting where Murray and Michael met Dr. Adams was not “sometime between March and April” as Murray said, but in the first week of April 2009.

Why is it any news at all? Because it helps us to restore the events in their logic and proper timeline.

The Sunday of the first week of April was April 5 and the first shipment of Propofol was ordered and arrived at Conrad Murray’s address on April 6, 2009.  

As a very minimum it means that Murray did not hesitate for a minute and the very next day after the meeting took the matter of Propofol firmly into his hands, leaving not a single chance for Dr. Adams.

And as a maximum it means that considering the arrangements that were to me made for ordering Propofol, Murray knew about it well before that meeting and all his surprise at hearing of it from MJ that Sunday was false, insincere and feigned.

The second thing we learn from Dr. Adams’s lawyer is that his client was absolutely adamant that Murray was telling lies about him and that is why he intended to sue him. When Dr. Adams lawyer Libo Agwara telephoned Jane Velez- Mitchell he publicly called Murray a LIAR and a bad one at that.

The telephone conversation took place when Murray’s trial was in full swing in 2011:

Here is my best effort at transcribing it:

Jane Velez Mitchell: Michael Jackson does know your client, Dr. Davd Adams. Tell me what Dr. David Adams has done with Michael Jackson in terms of Propofol treatment. Has your client ever given Michael Jackson Propofol and if so, how many times?

Agwara: The answer is yes, four times.

Velez-Mitchell: Under what circumstances?

Agwara: When Michael Jackson had his dental surgeries in 2008. And I actually gave a press conference on that particular issue. We have the medical records. Four times in 2008 – and those were for properly documented medical procedures. And those were also at certified medical facilities. My client doesn’t run around giving people Propofol in their homes. He does it in medical settings and for appropriate procedures.

1:59 Velez Mitchell: In these tapes Dr. Conrad Murray kind of takes his hot potato and throws it on your client’s lap and says basically: “I didn’t know about Propofol till Michael Jackson told me he wanted his milk. And the first way I was introduced to Propofol as a sleep aid was when Michael Jackson told me to call Dr. David Adamas and I ended up sort of going over and visiting Dr. David Adams as he put Michael Jackson to sleep using Propofol. What’s your client’s reaction to him pointing the finger at Dr. Adams/

2:37 Agwara: Jane, first of all Dr. Murray is lying. And I think he hasn’t proven himself to be a good liar – actually a bad one at that. Let me explain to you.

My client has only met Dr. Murray once. And he met Dr. Murray the first week of April, 2009. When Murray called him and asked him to come to his house for a meeting with Michael Jackson himself, my client said “No, I don’t know who you are. I am not going to meet you at your house.” So they agreed to meet at Dr. Murray’s office, okay?

Now at that office meeting Mr. Jackson asked my client to join him on the tour in Europe, okay? And my client gave him a list of his requirements from licensing to a possible association with a sleep specialist and told him what he wanted.

3:40 Now a few days after the meeting Dr. Murray called my client back and said, “Well, look, we thing that what you are asking is too much, but we’re going to take care of it. But tell us how much money you want. My client says, “Look, if he has got to be away for a year, I’ll have to close my practice down, okay? Well, I need … this is how much I need. The total is going to be $1,2 million.

4:06 Now Murray says, “I can get someone to do it for $600,000, okay?” Now my client says, “Look. You can get someone to do it for $200,000 but you’re going to give to Michael Jackson a $200,000 dollar funeral”. Now Murray never called my client back.

4:24 Velez-Mitchell: Are you saying that your client turned down the offer to accompany Michael Jackson to Europe for his tour because he thought that what Dr. Conrad Murray was doing was too dangerous?

4:42 Exactly. Because basically he was saying, “For $600,000 he could do whatever it is and hire all the doctors that he needed to hire to do the work”.

4:50 Velez-Mitchell: Let me play what Dr. Murray said….

6:20 Agwara: What happened to Michael Jackson is a result of Dr. Murray’s greed. Not only didn’t he hire another specialist – he decided to hire himself. And he didn’t know what he was doing. And let me tell you something. If Michael Jackson had hired who he wanted to hire, he would still be alive today. Dr. Murray overruled Michael Jackson and hired himself, because if my client had been hired Dr. Murray would not have been given a $200,000 a month [Correction: $150,000 a month] because there will be no need for him.

My client would have hired the necessary sleep specialist to work with him, to do a rapid detox on Michael Jackson. Murray did not want anybody else close to Michael Jackson. He had absolute control over that man, okay?

So I don’t know what he thinks he is doing and why he wants to drag my client into this mess. He killed that man by himself.

Velez-Mitchell: Is your client considering filing a suit of any sort against Dr. Murray?

Agawara: Yes. Today was the first time we hear the tape. We did meet with Detectives Smith and Myers a while back when they were doing the investigation and they did not play that tape to us. So now that we have that we’re going to be looking at the possibility of instituting civil action against Conrad Murray.

Velez-Mitchell: So you are going to sue?

Agawara: My client will sue.

Velez-Mitchell: And how upset is Dr. Adams?

Agawara: Oh, I cannot even begin to tell you how angry he is. … My client met Conrad Murray just once. His words are the words of a desperate man. He wants to take down with him whoever he can. And why he is doing this we don’t understand. My client has put over 6000 people to sleep. They all woke up. That’s what Dr. Murray needs to remember.

Yes, this point is indeed worth remembering – thousands of people were given Propofol by Dr. Adams and all of them woke up.  And Conrad Murray gave it to only one person and this only person did not wake up.

And this is all the difference in the world between the two of them.

Michael Jackson’s death occurred absolutely not due to the drug which is given to millions of people the world over and nothing happens as a result -  in the well-trained hands Propofol is a very safe drug. Michael’s death took place solely because of Murray’s grave irresponsibility and his personal ugly traits and non-professional skills making him totally inadequate for the job of a doctor.

There can be no doubt whatsoever that if Dr. Adams had been giving Michael the same Propofol Michael would be alive now. His testimony at the AEG trial provides us with abundant proof that this would be the case.

DR. ADAMS’S TESTIMONY IN 2013

Dr. David Adams

Dr. David Adams

Dr. Adams’s part of the testimony describing the Sunday meeting in 2009 will be provided here almost in full.

Let me only note that according to Dr. Adams Murray indeed left them for some time during the meeting, but it was for a hour and a half only, and all this time Dr. Adams wasn’t giving Michael any Propofol but was in a sort of a job interview with him.

The offer to join the tour was made only when Murray returned and Michael indeed did take Murray aside for a discussion of it.

When Murray reemerged after some 15 minutes of the conversation with Michael the expression of his face was so distressed that it produced on Dr. Adams the impression that Murray had lost his best friend.

Here is Dr. Adams’s account of the meeting from his testimony on August 21, 2013:

Dr. Adams: I’m trying to figure out, you’re sitting there on a Sunday afternoon in Dr. Murray’s office and Michael Jackson’s explaining why he’s going on tour. 

Mr. Putnam: Did a time come when you were wondering why you were there? 

A. I wondered that from the time the phone rang at my house, I’m still wondering it the whole time I’m  there. Because I’m waiting for him to hold his chest or tell me he’s short of breath or he’s got chest pain.  I’m sitting in a cardiologist’s office with Michael  Jackson on a Sunday afternoon, and I’m just sitting. 

Q. Did a time come when you understood why he asked you to his office? 

A. He asked me to go on tour with him. 

Q. And what did he ask you exactly? 

A. Well, this didn’t happen during — right then. Murray excused his self and left the office.  And then me and Michael talked and it was sort of like I was on an interview. And he was telling me a little bit about him and how he felt, and his family and different entertainers, and this, this and this, and we  sat there and we talked about an hour and a half.

Q. Just you and Mr. Jackson? 

A. Just Michael and myself. 

Q. Did you start to feel like you were on an interview? 

A. I — well, not so much on an interview, but he wanted to know a lot about me. He wanted to know did I have kids, was I married, this, that and the other, and I still wanted to know why. Okay, you’re not holding your chest, you don’t have chest pain, what’s going on. 

Q. Then did a time come in that conversation — do I understand you to say after about an hour and a  half – 

A. And he also wanted to know about my practice.  He told me he wanted to build a hospital, that he wanted to build a children’s hospital. We talked about Steven Spielberg, we talked about Bono, we talked about the tour. He didn’t have good things to say about those people either. He talked about his family, he talked about his kids. He talked about everything. 

Q. And did there come a time during that conversation where he then asked you to go on tour with him? 

A. No. That didn’t happen until about an hour  and a half later, Dr. Murray comes back and Michael says to Murray, we’re sitting in the office, he pulled  him to the back, and they stayed back there for about  fifteen minutes, and I’m getting restless because I  don’t know what’s going on. So I walk to the back and  they’re having a conversation and I says hey, you know,  I’ve got things to do, I’ve got to go. And they said “Hold on a second, just hold on”, so I says okay. 

I go back to the office. Michael and Murray  walk back in and Murray really looked like he had just lost his best friend, and he sits there in the chair  and Michael sits there, and then that’s when Michael  says to me, “I would like for you to go on tour”. And I says, you know basically, on tour? Okay. And do what? You know? I says I don’t sing, I really can’t dance, so to do what? And he says — these are his exact words, I remember like it was yesterday. He says, “I would like for you to help me get my rest”. And I referred to Dr. Murray, and I said what do you mean get your rest? And he says well, you know, I’m entertaining, I’m jumping around, I’m doing this.  Every once in a while I need an IV, and he says I just need you to help me get my rest.  They were pretty vague. In hindsight, I know what they were talking about, but then I says help you get your rest, what do you mean? And I told him that Dr. Murray could do that, you know, he’s a cardiologist, I’m just an anesthesiologist, you know.  And then they just started asking me about my practice.  Well, how much money did I make. You know, if you were to shut down for a year, how much money would you need?  And I just — I just — I didn’t know what to say. You know, I just says I’ll get back — I don’t know. You know, I’m here thinking the guy’s having a  heart attack and they’re asking me about going on tour,  and you know, I couldn’t even begin to fathom what they were talking about. 

Q. Did you have any idea what they meant at the time when they told you that they wanted you to help  Mr. Jackson get his rest? 

A. I had no idea. 

Q. Did they talk to you about insomnia during this visit? 

A. Never. 

Q. Did they mention that Mr. Jackson had any trouble sleeping? 

A. Never. They said they wanted you to be in London with Mr. Jackson? 

A. That is correct. 

Q. Did they say they wanted you to be in Vegas with Mr. Jackson? 

A. No. 

Q. Did they say they wanted you to be in Los Angeles with Mr. Jackson? 

A. No. 

Q. Did they say that they wanted you to help him in his rehearsals for the tour? 

A. No. What I did tell them is that I don’t have a license to practice in England. 

Q. And did you indicate that you would need to get some kind of permission to practice in England? 

A. Well, I was — I still wasn’t under the impression that I was going to be practicing medicine.  You know, help you get your rest. What do you mean?  You want me to sing to you as you go to sleep? I don’t  know, you know, I’m not under that impression that you  need me, because I even asked him, hey, can I help with VIP ticket sales. You know, no we got that under control. I had no idea what they were talking about. 

Q. You said that when Mr. Jackson said this to you, that Conrad Murray looked upset; is that correct? 

A. Oh, he was truly upset 

Q. Were they asking you to join Dr. Conrad Murray with Mr. Jackson on tour in the U.K.? 

A. In this meeting I had no idea what they — it was just sort of mind-boggling that someone would be asking me to go anywhere. 

Q. So how much longer were you there at Dr. Murray’s office? 

A. After they asked me to go on tour, probably fifteen minutes. Michael asked me not to give him an answer right then, to go home and think about it. 

Q. So how long were you there all told?  

A. Two and a half hours, maybe three. 

Q. Did you give him an answer right then? 

A. I didn’t have an answer. 

Q. How did you leave it? 

A. I asked Michael who did he want me to contact, him or Dr. Murray. And I don’t think he answered. I just said I’ll communicate through  Dr. Murray. 

Q. At that time did you have Dr. Murray’s  number? 

A. No, he gave me his — no, his number was either in my cell phone, but he eventually gave me a card.

Q. Did they give you a time frame as to when you should get back to them? 

A. I told him give me a few days. I don’t  really — you know, it was just — I was just — I’m  supposed to be coming for a guy with chest pains, they want me on tour now. 

Q. How did the meeting end? 

A. We all walked out together, Michael, Murray and I. They got in a car, I got in the car and went  home. 

Q. Did you discuss any specific medications during that meeting? 

A. Never. 

Q. And do I understand you to be saying you did not discuss Propofol at all during that meeting? 

A. I have never discussed Propofol with Dr. Murray or Michael Jackson. 

Q. Did Dr. Murray administer any drugs to Mr. Jackson during that visit? 

A. Not that I know of. 

Q. And did you? 

A. No, I did not. 

Q. Did a time come when you again spoke to Dr. Murray? 

A. I talked to him on the phone that week. And I believe there’s a couple of texts between he and I.

Q. How many conversations did you have with him? 

A. I want to say two or three. 

Q. And let’s go to the first one. How long did that last? 

A. I’m not really sure, but it was no longer than five minutes. 

Q. And the second? 

A. The same. 

Q. The third? 

A. If there was one, it was no longer than five minutes.

Q. You said a time came where you had a conversation about how much you would be paid; is that  correct? 

A. That conversation did come up. 

Q. What do you recall of that conversation? 

A. Well, I told — I remember asking them how  long that they were going to need me for, and when they  told me how long, because it was very open-ended, they  says well, we really don’t know because we don’t know  how long this tour is going to go. They thought that after London it might go to other countries after that.  And I says well, I will have to shut my practice down, and I gave them a figure. I told them I needed enough  money to shut my practice down and make it feasible. 

Q. And what was that figure? 

A. I think it was a hundred thousand a month, and I told them that it wouldn’t be feasible for me doing it for a year. I told them it would have to be for a longer period of time because I couldn’t see  shutting my practice down and then coming back and trying to open a practice again. So if I was to sign any contract with them it was going to have to be — I  think I asked for three years. 

Q. That’s what I was going to ask. So you never spoke with him again after that? 

A. Never. 

Q. Did you text with him after that? 

A. I texted him basically, you know, what’s going on, I’m on board. And no response.

Q. Were there any further communications back from Dr. Murray after that point? 

A. No. 

I have to admit that I noticed Dr. Adams not to be telling the whole truth either.

No, I don’t think that he gave Michael any drip that day. It was a highly unlikely scenario simply because no professional caring for his reputation will take the risk of arranging a many-hour drip of Propofol in the office of a man he hardly knows and sees for the first time in his life.

However Dr. Adams is not disclosing to us that he did discuss insomnia with Michael that day. And we know that they discussed it because two years earlier Dr. Adams’s lawyer mentioned the list of the doctor’s requirements for the job and said that it included consultations with a sleep specialist and a possible association with him during the tour.

So Dr. Adams was told about Michael’s problems with sleep and most probably understood what kind of a job he was being hired for, and this is why asked so much knowing that it would be a strenuous task – however now he prefers to keep mum about it.

I don’t know about you, but I don’t care. All it means to me is that Michael was open about his sleeping problem, was seeking advice from various doctors and made no secret about trying to use Propofol as his last hope.

It also means that though anesthesiologists prefer not to talk about it, they themselves do not rule out the possibility of using Propofol for some patients as they routinely do it anyway when putting patients under maintenance in intensive care units.

In fact even the official Protocol for using propofol says that patients can be kept under continuous propofol maintenance for days and the only requirement for it is to continuously monitor them and daily wake them up to check up their vital functions.

THE PROTOCOL FOR ADMINISTERING PROPOFOL ALLOWS IT

Here are only some rules from the official Protocol for administration of Propofol allowing to put patients under a continuous sedation which can last for days, with only some short breaks in between. Please note that this is done with the purpose to control anxiety and stress responses:

PROPOFOL can be used whenever continuous sedation is needed to control anxiety and stress responses.

Patients who require more than 24 hours of continuous PROPOFOL infusion should be awakened daily. This daily evaluation of sedation level should be performed during maintenance to ensure that the patient is receiving the minimum dose of PROPOFOL required for sedation.

During maintenance infusion, you should monitor the patient’s vital signs, including blood pressure, heart rate, and if available, cardiac output and pulmonary capillary wedge pressure. If mild hypotension develops during titration, decrease the infusion rate of PROPOFOL.

Once the patient has achieved an adequate level of sedation and is hemodynamically stable, you can maintain that rate of PROPOFOL infusion, except when titration is required for wake-up physical or neurologic assessment, family visits, or nursing care. You can sedate the patient more deeply during the evening hours or when the patient undergoes unpleasant procedures.

The Protocol says that the longer Propofol is administered the lower the dosage of the continuous infusion should be, because as Propofol keeps accumulating in the blood even half the initial rate will be enough to reach the desired level in the plasma. This is called titration.

Titration Is Important
After very long infusions (at steady state), about half the initial infusion rate will maintain the same plasma levels. Thus titration to clinical response and daily evaluation of sedation level are important during use of PROPOFOL infusion for ED sedation, especially of long duration. Excessively high blood concentrations of the drug may result from failure to reduce the infusion rate in patients receiving PROPOFOL for extended periods. 

Maintenance dosages of PROPOFOL must be individualized and titrated to clinical response.  Patients recovering from the effects of general anesthesia or deep sedation and those who have received large doses of opioids may require lower maintenance dosages of PROPOFOL.

http://sinaiemcc.blogspot.ru/2006/07/ed-protocol-for-administration-of.html

In application to Michael Jackson’s situation it means that the longer Propofol was administered to him the lower maintenance rate of infusion should be. If by any chance he was given Demerol (for example, by Klein during the dermatological procedures) the rate should have been even lower.

Needless to say, Murray hardly understood the proper way to do the titration – according to his own story he thought that it was minimizing the initial infusion rate to 2,5ml and then ….leaving his patient alone in the hope that since he did not wake up he has fallen into a natural sleep.

If professional anesthesiologists see that their patient is not responding and waking up they call it a coma and take emergency resuscitative action. And when guys like Murray see the same they call it a natural sleep.

Anesthesia is a fine art and should be practiced by professionals with proper training, proper experience, proper skills and preferably some brains too.

WHERE MURRAY GAVE 200ML DR. ADAMS GAVE ONLY 20ML

The difference in the way Propofol was administered by an amateur like Murray and Dr. Adams as a professional anesthesiologist is very well seen in Dr. Adams’s testimony at the AEG trial.

We have already heard from Dr. Adams’s lawyer that in 2008 Michael underwent four dental procedures and Dr. Adams was assisting there as the dental surgeons were working on Michael’s two dental implants, root canals and other dental issues.

After reading so much about Murray’s gigantic dosages given to Michael I was absolutely amazed to learn that during each of those 2 hour dental procedures Dr. Adams gave Michael no more than 20ml of Propofol:

Q. What date was that? 

 A. 6/3/08. 

Q. All right. And here there are a number of boxes filled, et cetera, like previously. Can you look  through and see if anything has a different meaning  other than what you’ve already told us here today about  your prior record? 

A. No. Pretty much the same procedure, everything else pretty much the same. 

Q. I was going to say, this one is again two hours? 

A. Yes. 

Q. Again 200 milligrams of Propofol? 

A. Yes. 

Q. Initially a hundred then 50 and 50? 

A. Yes. 

1000mg of propofol is equal to 100ml

1000mg of propofol is equal to 100ml, so if Dr. Adams gave MJ 200mg for the two hours of a dental job it was 20ml only

Make no mistake about it please – 200 mg of Propofol is equivalent to 20 ml. 

And Murray gave to Michael not 20 ml, but 200 ml which is equal to 2000 mg respectively.

The above means that in Dr. Adams’s hands each hour of sedation roughly required just 10ml of Propofol (one syringe).

If we apply the same rate to a theoretical case that Dr. Adams would keep Michael under Propofol maintenance for some 6 hours or so (which was probably the duration of Michael’s sleep on June 25th under Murray’s care), the quantity required would be just 60ml of Propofol. And if some titration technique were applied it would probably be even less.

Compare it with the more than 206ml of Propofol given to Michael by Conrad Murray and you will see all the difference in the world between the ignorant but self-assured ass and a qualified professional who really knows what he is doing.

So irrespective of the medication we can be absolutely sure that if Dr. Adams had been by Michael’s side Michael would have had the minimal sedation and would be alive now.

* * *


Filed under: CONRAD MURRAY'S TRIAL, Murray's Trial, November 2011 Tagged: Conrad Murray, Dr. Adams, Michael Jackson, propofol

Conrad Murray, THE MAN WHO KILLED MICHAEL JACKSON. Part 3 on how NOT to do it

$
0
0

The majority of us are no specialists in medicine and need a standard to look up to in order to get at least some idea of the scope of Murray’s incredible negligence, ignorance and stupidity coupled with his no less incredible arrogance and conceit.

The testimony of Dr. Adams about the way he gave anesthesia to Michael Jackson for some dental procedures in 2008 can serve as a sort of a gold standard on how to do it, so in order to assess Conrad Murray all we need to do is set Murray’s own story against the standards of Dr. Adams and see the difference.

HOW TO DO IT

Dr. David Adams

Dr. David Adams

Below is the rest of Dr. Adams’s answers on the way he did it.

The tape of his deposition was played at the AEG civil trial on August 21, 2013. Questioned by Mr.Putnam, the lawyer for AEG, about Propofol given to Michael in a dental office in 2008 Dr. Adams gave a few details which though being quite intimate are still necessary for our education.

Putnam:  Can you remember anything else about this first procedure that was outside of the ordinary in any  way? 

Dr. Adams: Not out of the ordinary, but when we administered the Propofol, his tongue relaxed. And when I say it relaxed, I mean it obstructed his airway.  So we had to position his head — he’s sitting in a dental chair so we tilted the chair back and we extended his neck and we held his chin, because Dr. Tadrissi is in his mouth so he gave him a jaw thrust which basically lifted the tongue off the back of the pharynx to open the airway, and we had to maintain that position the whole time. If not, he would obstruct. Every time we administered medication he would obstruct. 

Q. And I know we are going to go over the three other times where you gave Propofol. That happened in each of the instances? 

A. Every time. 

Q. Each time that there was this reaction by Mr. Jackson, did you do something to physically intercede to correct it? 

A. I would tell the surgeon or the dentist to pull his chin forward. 

Q. Had you ever seen this reaction before in any other patient?

A. Yes. 

Q. And you did indicate that Mr. Jackson’s tongue was quite large. Did this make it even more of an issue? 

A. It did. 

Q. And if you hadn’t seen it with your own eyes, would you have eventually realized the same because of  the oxygen levels that were being monitored? 

A. Yes. But, you know, with the obstructed airway he would start to have labored breathing, you  may hear a snoring. But with Dr. Tadrissi or the dentist being in the mouth, you know, we would — we noticed it right away. 

Q. You indicated earlier an issue earlier whether one has sleep apnea. Did you ask Mr. Jackson whether he had sleep apnea? 

A. I did. He said he didn’t know.

Q. During the course of the procedure, did you have any other concerns about the administration of Propofol to Mr. Jackson, other than the fact that there was this moment where his airway was obstructed by his tongue? 

A. After the initial induction of the hundred milligrams of Propofol and we pulled the tongue off of the pharynx and we opened the airway, there were no other issues. 

Q. Did he seem to come up okay? 

A. Fine, perfect. 

Q. Is there any procedure that you have with the patient afterwards to make sure they’re okay once they come up, any questions or any procedures that you use? 

A. Outside of just monitoring their vital signs and making sure they can walk out of the clinic, then that’s about it.  

So each time Dr. Adams gave Michael as little as 10ml (100mg) of propofol for the initial induction his tongue would relax and fall back obstructing the airway. This happened on all four occasions, and each time it manifested itself by labored breathing or snoring.

The doctors immediately corrected the situation by giving his jaw a thrust. It took the tongue off the back of his throat and they had to maintain that position the whole time. “If not, he would obstruct”, Dr. Adams says.  Every time he administered Propofol Michael would obstruct, and this means that the same would happen to him in Murray’s hands too. 

The second dental procedure (something to do with dental implants) was a month later, in August 2008:

Mr. Putnam: What date was that? 

Dr. Adams: 6/3/08. 

Q. All right. And here there are a number of boxes filled, et cetera, like previously. Can you look through and see if anything has a different meaning other than what you’ve already told us here today about your prior record? 

A. No. Pretty much the same procedure, everything else pretty much the same. 

Q. I was going to say, this one is again two hours? 

A. Yes. 

Q. Again 200 milligrams of Propofol? 

A. Yes. 

Q. Initially a hundred then 50 and 50? 

A. Yes. 

Q. Again your signature throughout?

A. Yes. 

Q. And you indicated, I just want to ask it again if I may, again there was an incident during this procedure where once you gave Mr. Jackson the Propofol  his tongue went back and started to block his airway? 

A. That is correct. 

Q. And were you expecting it this time? 

A. I was. Always aware that can happen when Propofol or any other induction agent is given. 

Q. How often has it happened to you? 

A. I’ve probably done, including colonoscopies and EGGs, I’ve probably done 5,000 of these cases — that might be high — 4,000. I would say you get an obstruction like that maybe 500 times. So it’s not uncommon. 

So obstruction of the airway is very common under Propofol and takes place once in every ten cases, and Michael was one of them. Obstruction occurs even in light sedation given to patients for some diagnostic procedures.

The biggest challenge for a doctor in these cases is to stay vigilant throughout the whole procedure, correct the situation as soon as obstruction happens and maintain the proper position of the patient until the end of anesthesia.

Is there anyone here thinking that Murray stayed the whole night holding Michael’s head? You say, certainly not? Then we can proceed:

Mr. Putnam: Do you remember the doctor performing a — Dr. Odabashian performing a root canal on Mr. Jackson? 

Dr. Adams: I do. 

Q. Was that on 6/18/08? 

A. It was. 

Q. Was that the third time you administered anesthetic to Mr. Jackson? 

A. It is. 

Q. Can you tell from this record what anesthetic you provided? 

A. Propofol. 

Q. And is that because it’s written here on the page? 

A. That’s correct. 

Q. And there, unlike the last time, here it says 100, 20, 20, 20? 

A. Yes. 

Q. Could you tell me what that means? 

A. That means I gave him a hundred for induction to put him to sleep or put him under, since sleep is a very controversial term in this case, and 20, 20 and 20 was basically to keep him under. 

Q. And in this instance, and here it’s over the course of an hour; is that correct? 

A. It’s about an hour and a half. 

Q. What’s the difference between general anesthesia and sedation, one local anesthesia? 

A. General anesthesia is going to be a deeper sedation, where normally a patient is going to be on a  ventilator, and it’s — he’s not in a twilight sleep,  he’s getting more medication for pain. He’s in a deeper state of sleep. 

Q. For each of these, we were not in that deeper state of sleep, were we? 

A. No, because we didn’t have a ventilator — we didn’t have him on a ventilator.

Usually Dr. Adams gave no more than 200mg (20 ml) of Propofol for a 2 hour procedure, however the root canal was expected to take less time, so Dr. Adams went with it bit by bit – first it was 10ml of Propofol, then 2ml, then 2ml again and then the final 2ml  – all in all 16 ml (if only Murray could be that careful and precise!)

In all the four cases of dental anesthesia it was “twilight sleep” only. In this condition the patient is “out” but is under a much milder sedation than general anesthesia. The only outward visible difference would be that under general anesthesia the patient does not breathe on his own and his lungs have to be ventilated.

In case the level of propofol rises in the blood light sedation may turn into general anesthesia and this moment will be almost invisible to the eye.

Q.   … The third time you performed a procedure on Mr. Jackson, did you provide Mr. Jackson with Propofol on that procedure as well? 

A. I did. 

Q. And that was with Dr. Letilier’s office, correct? 

A. Letilier, that’s correct. 

Q. Now, it was the fourth time? 

A. It was. 

Q. And it was still in 2008? 

A. It was. 

Q. And can you remember what the procedure was? 

A. It was for the actual screwing the implants into his jaw. 

Q. How many implants were there, if you recall? 

A. I believe there were two. 

Q. And did it all seem to be adequate for you? 

A. It did. 

Q. Was there anything out of the ordinary about this procedure? 

A. In the previous three procedures, Michael asked me not to give him any narcotics. I asked him why. He just said he had had a problem with them in the past and he didn’t want to have a problem with them again. So if you look at my records, you won’t see any narcotics. I didn’t give him any, as requested.  During this procedure, after it was over, he asked for something for the pain, and I remember saying are you sure? And we had mentioned Toradol, which is a non narcotic pain reliever, and he requested something stronger. 

Q. What did he request? 

A. He didn’t request anything, but he did say, you know, that Toradol is not going to work. 

Q. Okay. So he asked for something stronger? 

A. And we ended up giving him Versed, which is a benzodiazepine, and also morphine for the pain. 

Q. Now, was that something — did you give him this for the pain in the office or was that something you prescribed him so he could take it home? 

A. No, it was right there. It was through the  IV. 

Q. IV? And so was this after he came up out of the Propofol? 

A. This was after the procedure, um-hum. 

Q. And did you ask him if he wanted anything or did he request something?

A. He requested it. 

Q. And how soon after he came to did he request this? 

A. Immediately. 

Q. And were you surprised by this? 

A. I was surprised. But I also saw the procedure. And they screwed the implant into his jaw, and you know, it wasn’t unusual.

Q. Is there anything unusual about this visit that you can recall? 

A. No. 

Q. Do you recall how long this procedure lasted? 

A. Hour and a half, two hours. 

Q. And I should ask this for this procedure, I know the answer, but since I don’t have the records,  did you administer Propofol during this procedure? 

A. I did. 

Q. Do you remember how much? 

A. Approximately the same that I’ve administered. It was 200 too. 200 milligrams. 

Here again comes 20 ml [200mg] of Propofol for another 2 hours of having dental implants screwed in the jaw.

Putnam and everyone at the AEG trial made a terrible fuss over the fact that Michael asked for a painkiller after that – so what of it? When I briefly worked as administrator of a dental office our doctors always sent patients home with some painkillers and this is how I know that the post-operative period after the dental implants is indeed painful.

For the first three procedures Michael asked Dr. Adams not to give him any narcotics. He openly said he had a problem with them before and did not want to relapse. But after the implants were screwed in he did ask for something for the pain.

The Toradol offered by Dr. Adams Michael was familiar with – it was given to him in 1993 by Evan Chandler (Jordan’s father) when Michael stayed in his house for two days and suffered from a terrible migraine from his scalp surgery. At that time it worked and after interrogating Michael under this sedative (with no result) Evan Chandler carried the half-conscious Michael to bed putting him in no other place but Jordan’s room (evidently hoping to obtain some “evidence” this way).

Now Michael was afraid that Toradol would not work, so Dr. Adams chose to give him an opioid by IV. It is notable that Michael did not ask for it and the drug was of Dr. Adams’s choice.

You cannot imagine what Putnam and his expert witnesses made of this perfectly understandable situation. “See what a drug-addict he was, first asking for one thing and then for another” and so on and so forth all in the same style. I wish they had put all that pretence and hypocrisy aside and admitted that the situation did require a painkiller – propofol had already stopped working but the pain was still there.

Dr. Adams saw nothing unusual about the request for a painkiller after the gums were cut and the implants screwed in:

A. Well, basically you’re taking a tooth, an artificial tooth that has a screw in the bottom of it and you’re screwing it into somebody’s jaw. You’re cutting his gums and screwing it into the jaw. 

Q. Based on your experience, is that a painful procedure? 

A. I’ve never had one, but it looked painful to me. 

Q. You’ve had other patients who have woken up from anesthesia in that circumstance and been under significant pain? 

A. That’s correct. 

Q. Anything unusual about giving somebody painkiller for that kind of surgery? 

A. Not at all. 

Q. Do you have any idea whether he got any additional, other than the one dose there at the time?  I think you said it was morphine and Versed? 

A. Morphine and Versed. I believe he got the Versed. I want to say before the procedure he got the Versed. I would have to look at the record or maybe during the procedure, but Versed is not a medication.  So he either — he came in anxious.  You know, he came in with a different demeanor than he normally came in for the first three times. He came in a little more anxious, so we gave him the Versed I want to say before the procedure started, and gave him the morphine after and the  Propofol in between. Just a little more nervous. 

Q. A little more nervous about the – 

A. About getting ready to get the implant screwed into his jaw. 

Q. As far as you know, was he given any kind of  narcotics other than in Dr. Letilier’s office – 

A. No. 

Q. — for that procedure? 

A. As far as I know, no. Is there anything in your examinations that you determined was inconsistent with what he stated his medical history was? 

A. Nothing at all. 

Q. Did you ever see any needle marks on his arms, for example? 

A. Nothing at all. Very difficult veins to stick to. Very muscular arms, very small veins. 

Q. What does that have to — why do you mention  that? 

A. I just mentioned it because I can remember sticking him twice, three times, every time trying to get an IV. 

Q. So is what you’re saying is that you believe you would have seen needle marks in his arms if there were? 

A. That is correct. 

Q. You never saw any? 

A. Never saw any.    

http://ru.scribd.com/doc/168218770/Transcripts-Dr-D-Adams-Katherine-Jackson-V-AEG-Live-August-21st-2013

No wonder Michael was needle phobic – each IV injection into his veins required sticking a needle three times! And his veins were not those of an “addict” as Conrad Murray will readily tell you – they were simply very small veins and in very muscular arms too. And aside from the marks from Dr. Adams’s injections there were no needle marks in Michael’s arms whatsoever.

The same was said by Dr. Klein who insisted that in the period before Murray came into Michael’s life his arms were absolutely clean.

The autopsy report of course recorded a lot of those marks and all over Michael’s body too. I wonder if those who will comment on that autopsy film will explain that the marks appeared as a result of Murray’s continuous experiments on Jackson and due to the efforts of paramedics and doctors to resuscitate him.

Does anyone doubt that they will not explain it and will continue rubbing in their lies about “what an addict he was?” Nobody doubts it? Then we can proceed again.

As the final note about Dr. Adams let us remember that each time the doctor let Michael home he first checked his vital signs and made sure he was fully awake and had no problem walking out of the clinic.  

Now after a little bit of education from Dr. Adams we can have a look at the way Conrad Murray did it.

HOW NOT TO DO IT

The craziness starts from the very beginning of it the way it was described in the 2011 film. Over there the British journalist Lee Hewlett asked Murray good and pertinent questions.

Here is the same film again, only now we are looking at the very beginning of it:

.

04:04 Hewlett: At this point I turned to the fateful day. Murray told the police that he had administered 25mg of propofol or milk as Jackson called it after a sleepless night at around 10:40 or 10:50 in the morning. He then said he left the room for 2 minutes before returning to find his patient in serious distress. What he didn’t tell the police was that he actually spent 50 minutes on the phone to relatives and girlfriends [and not only them]

04:32 Murray: In my interview I said it was at least 10:40. 10:30 – we are already beyond that. And at that time he pleaded for milk. In consideration of giving him that I had to get the appropriate medication, get the syringes, prepare it, so he really got propofol around 10:50. So here is Mr. Jackson, he gets an injection of propofol which is 25 milligrams, that’s it.

05:14 Hewlett: …You then said you left the room for 2 minutes to visit the lavatory and when you came back Michael was in some form of cardiac distress. That time frame doesn’t make sense because you talked on the phone to various people for 45 or 50 minutes.

05:28 Murray: I would say… this is what I’ll say I’ve done. So he got medicine at about 10:50, he drifted into sleep around 5 minutes. I sat there and waited as long as I felt that it was… that I was comfortable that the effect of the medicine – of propofol – was gone.

Hewlett: And then you left the room?

Murray: How long was that? Normally propofol would last about .. the effect of it would end.. the sleep state would be gone in ten minutes. I sat there for at least 30 minutes. If you look at the calls as they were coming through I made the very first call that came through from my daughter, I did not even pick it up. I’m still at the bedside.

Hewlett: Taking the calls at bedside?

Murray: Let me make it clear for you. After giving him his propofol I sat there long enough with Mr. Jackson looking at him, checking his vital signs, checking his oximeter, making sure his pulse was fine, making sure he was asleep, and he was asleep but not as deep as he would normally sleep because he was not snoring. And then by 11:20-11:25 I decided, well, look, if the calls start coming and he is now comfortable the effect of propofol is more than 20 minutes gone….

Journalist: "you never mentioned the phone calls to the police" Murray: "They never asked me!"

Journalist: “You never mentioned the phone calls to the police”
Murray: “They never asked me!”

Hewlett: But the point is this – you never mentioned the phone calls to the police.

Murray: They never asked me!

Hewlett: You could tell them what happened.

Murray: Listen to me. I sat there. We never interrupted the policemen, we never told them what they could ask, they did not ask me the question.  I didn’t think it was important!

Hewlett: Let me ask you this question. What do you think happened? It has been speculated that Mr. Jackson swallowed lots of propofol, but that was discounted. It is suggested by some people that you hooked him up to a drip and as a result of a longer-term infusion of propofol he ended up with a poisonous concentration in his blood. There was another suggestion that got widely reported that he may have medicated himself. What do you think happened? 

Murray: I cannot answer your questions. Because you asked so many things that require a story of its own.  I think let’s first of all go back to 11:20 when I left his side.  When I left his side the effect of propofol was gone. I went to the adjacent [room]… Mr. Jackson was in the master room, that was separated into five compartments or chambers. I was in the chamber right adjacent to where he was, feeling that if he got up or he called for me, I would hear him. I then conducted phone calls right in the bedroom next door because I didn’t want to disturb his sleep. At the end of my conversations or thereabout when the last inconsequential phone-call I was making rather than going to him right away I go ahead to the farthest, distant chamber to urinate. That I did. And that’s why I talked about 2 minutes. I went to the very, very last chamber to urinate, then came back, but all of the time that I was in the adjacent room I felt that I was close to Mr. Jackson. Does that help you?

Hewlett: It does.

Murray: "I didn't think it was important!"

Murray: “I didn’t think it was important!”

Well, it probably helped Lee Hewlett, but it does not help us.

First of all the police did ask Murray questions “what did you do next?” and Murray simply preferred to keep silence about the phone calls, so all his surprise now is just another of his fakes.

Secondly, Murray says he used a barely visible dose of 2,5ml of propofol for 5 minutes of sleep only and after that he failed to wake Michael up. His assumption that it was the usual “state of sleep” was a huge and tragic mistake we already spoke about.

Third, all the 30 minutes Murray allegedly waited he didn’t hear any sonorous breathing which previously he had always heard.

This worried him but not as it would worry us after all the education we’ve got here – no, he was worried that it was too light a sleep and that Michael would wake up any minute and this is allegedly why he left his bedside (“in order not to disturb”).

However in the language of anesthesiologists the condition when the patient does not wake up is called coma.

This is what they say about it:

There are several possible causes for delayed “emergence” – the technical term for waking up – but no specific, single disorder that would cause a patient not to wake up at all after anesthesia. The failure to wake up would be called coma, and in fact general anesthesia is nothing other than a highly controlled form of chemically-induced coma.

Any severe disruption of the supply of oxygen-carrying blood to the brain can damage it permanently. The oxygen-deprived brain cannot survive intact for more than 5 or 6 minutes. There are a variety of anesthetic and surgical “disasters” that can produce this result, for example major bleeding. Fortunately this outcome is rare.

Delayed emergence can of course be a result of delay in getting rid of anesthetic or sedative drugs. This can happen when large doses are given, in the elderly, and in those with liver or kidney function that is not normal and the drugs cannot be metabolized or excreted. A low body temperature, whether deliberately induced, or occurring accidentally, can slow emergence a lot.

I hope this gives you an idea of the possible causes of a fortunately very rare occurrence. http://netwellness.org/question.cfm/42251.htm

So even if it was the case of “delayed emergence” due to all the medication working in concert with each other this was still no reason for leaving the patient alone and going to make phone calls instead. It was exactly the reason to stay and make sure that nothing disastrous was going to take place.

But the problem here is that not only did Murray happily leave his patient’s side to go about his business but he also gravely misinterpreted the picture of no snoring which he was observing.

Let us make it clear once and for all what snoring or no snoring under Propofol means, especially in the case of MJ whose tongue blocked the airway even in case of a minimal dose of anesthesia.

THE “SNORING” FACTOR

Aesthesiologists say that snoring (apnea) under Propofol occurs even with those who do not generally snore. This happens because under anesthesia all muscles relax and the tongue is no longer controlled by the body. When Michael was under Dr. Adams’s care it happened each time during the four procedures, so there is no reason to believe that with Murray it would have been anything different.

However Dr. Murray thought that this “snoring” was a sign of only deep sedation. From the matter-of-fact manner Murray spoke about it, it’s clear he didn’t think it a big deal and never took any action to stop it.  Murray is not the kind of man to stay by Michael’s side for hours on end maintaining his head in a certain position to avoid the air obstruction.

So when he didn’t hear any “snoring” he assumed that Michael went into a light sedation. However Dr. Adams already showed to us that in Michael’s case obstruction would happen even in case of a minimal dose of Propofol, and if no sonorous breathing was heard it means that it was the opposite of it – it was a coma.

Professional nurse anesthetists discussing Murray at the Trial and Tribulations website noticed it as soon as Murray’s interview with the police was published. Here is a quote from their discussion:

I see no one answered the question regarding whether or not Murray could have heard anything as Jackson lay dying. The answer is yes; MJ’s automatic responses would have been deep, sonorous breaths due to airway constriction, or his brain receiving a signal that the amount of oxygen in his bloodstream was low.

Most RNs who have done time in post-anesthesia recovery have heard those respiratory efforts plenty of times, and they will initiate treatment, by opening the airway by a head tilt, or insertion of an oral airway, or intubating the patient (some nurses can intubate, but the usual procedure is to call a physician in to do it).

Another nurse explains that taking snoring for an effective level of sedation is a common mistake of inexperienced clinicians. She describes the picture of dying that was previously explained to us by Dr. Shafer – first breathing will stop, then the heart will start fluttering, then it will slow down and in some 10 minutes or so it will stop too:

A very common error inexperienced clinicians make when giving sedation for procedures is that they think snoring equals an effective level of sedation, when in fact, snoring indicates an obstructed airway, and impending respiratory arrest. 

A couple of beats are followed by an asystole. “Almost no one recovers once asystole occurs…”

A couple of beats are followed by an asystole. “Almost no one recovers once asystole occurs…”

With an obstructed airway arrest, the chest moves in a paradoxical way, with obvious chest and abdominal muscle use, as the body tries to breathe against the obstruction.

If not corrected, the heart begins to beat faster (tachycardia from hypoxia and catecholamines released), followed by rapid rate abnormal rhythms, which deteriorate into bradycardic (slow rate) rhythms, agonal rhythms, then asystole (flat line).

The treatment here is to intervene early with airway and positioning support, back off on the drugs, support BP and heart rate as needed, and possibly reverse any reversible meds to restore adequate ventilatory efforts. Advanced measures, such as intubation and positive pressure ventilation as needed.

Almost no one recovers once asystole occurs, no matter why it occurred. It is indicative of a very advanced state of cardiac arrest. 

http://sprocket-trials.blogspot.com/2011/01/michael-jacksons-drugs-cast-of.html

She adds that lack of snoring under propofol is an even worse sign because it means that breathing has stopped and the obstruction is now complete:

Snoring type respirations are indicative of partial, or evolving obstruction, but if the obstruction is complete, you would not hear anything unless you were plugged into your patient with a precordial stethoscope.

Then you can hear squeaks that signal attempts at respiratory effort, but those in the room couldn’t hear that. You can also see and feel the obstructed respiratory efforts, if you are looking for it (which CM clearly wasn’t).

I will add that a centrally mediated respiratory arrest would not be audible. Deadly silent, in essence. It happens one of 2 ways: either progressively shorter, shallower respirations that end with apnea (no respiratory effort), or it can happen very suddenly, in 2-4 breaths time from a big dose of meds.

When I induce for general anesthesia with fentanyl, versed, and propofol, followed by a neuromuscular blocker, my GOAL is apnea as soon as possible. From the time I push that dose to complete apnea is usually less than 30 seconds. It happens quickly and silently.

We do a heckuva lot of other stuff before, during, and after that planned, induced respiratory arrest, which I won’t go into, because that is another discussion entirely! But rest assured, we know what we’re doing, and we keep you safe. Every breath, every heartbeat, we are watching and THERE to help you stay alive. Not in another room on our cell phones.

http://sprocket-trials.blogspot.ru/2011/02/dr-conrad-murrays-death-drip-explained.html

Let us sum up. When Michael did snore it was a bad enough sign, because it meant that his tongue fell back, but when he didn’t snore it was a much more dangerous sign as it meant that his breathing stopped.

If at that moment Murray had guessed to put a stethoscope to his chest he would have heard Michael’s lungs making those “squeaking” attempts at breathing. Needless to say that our cardiologist did not even have a stethoscope as none of it was found on the scene of the crime.

So Murray’s interpretation of the events that morning was exactly the opposite of what really happened.

When seeing that Michael didn’t snore Murray thought that his sleep was too light and he could wake up any minute. However Michael was dead silent because the opposite happened – the sedation was so deep that the airway went into complete obstruction and his breathing stopped altogether.

A layperson who doesn’t know that all this snoring (apnea) under propofol is a very specific thing will think exactly like Murray does – if a person snores it means that he is alive, while to an anesthesiologist it is the first sign that the person is dying.

Murray’s ignorance breeds more ignorance, and now we see the media repeating Murray’s story exactly as he is telling it. And the policemen also initially understood it the way he presented it to him in his interview.

For Murray’s ignorance to completely triumpth over science the only thing that remains to be done is for the appellate court to also believe Murray’s version. Hopefully at least there they will listen to experts who will explain to them what’s what…

Here is the respective piece from the police interview on that apnea phenomenon where Murray is lying like crazy that he was using the pulse oximeter and was checking Michael’s vital signs (he was doing none of it as he was probably not even present when the drip of Propofol stopped Michael’s breathing):

Detective Martinez: We’re at about 10:50 hours.

Mr. Chernoff: We got the milligrams, 25.

Detective Martinez: 25 milligrams, half of what you normally give. Now, what happens next?

Dr.  Murray: I am- I’m monitoring him at the house. And he fell asleep.

Detective Smith:  11:00 o’clock now? Later?

Dr.  Murray: He fell asleep fairly quickly, I would say, but he was not snoring.  Normally, if he’s  in deep sleep, he would be snoring.  I was a little bit hesitant that he would probably jump out of sleep, because that is – he does. He just (snaps) gets up like that, and his eyes goes, and he’s wide awake. And whenever he’s up, he reaches for his IV site.

Detective Martinez:  Real quick aside, because I’m not familiar. Is this something that has to be continually introduced into him as a drip, or is this something you just do a small injection and then –

­Dr.  Murray: You do a small injection to help him to sleep, and then you try to drip slowly.

Detective Martinez: okay.

Dr.  Murray: So that he continues to sleep.

Detective Martinez: okay.

Mr.   Chernoff:  It’s like anesthetic. it’s like a general anesthetic. In fact,   it’s used for that,  primarily before  it – before the gas goes down, a lot of times they’ll have that drip. That’s what he’s been sleeping on for years. [wrong - he wasn't!]

Dr.  Murray: But there’s also — used in patients who, you know, are very ill and they need to keep them completely sedated.. You know, it’s being used.

Detective Martinez:  Okay, Sorry. Didn’t mean to interrupt. So he fell asleep quickly, but he wasn’t snoring. So he’s not in a deep sleep.

Dr.  Murray:  I was worried about that. Because when he is not deep, then he could just quickly wake up.     But I was  -  I’m monitoring him. I stayed there and watched.  I monitored, saw his oxygen saturation, it was in the high 90’s, 90 percent. Heart rate was roughly in the 70’s. Everything looked stable.

I monitored him. I sat there and watched him for long enough period that I felt comfortable. Then I needed to go to the bathroom. So I got up, went to the bathroom to release myself of urine and also consider getting rid of some of his urination that he had put in the jugs overnight.

Then I came back to his bedside and was stunned in the sense that he wasn’t breathing.

Besides Murray’s lies on how well he monitored Michael that morning, the above piece introduced us to three more noteworthy factors. First of all Murray admitted that after the initial infusion he usually followed it with a drip (“You do a small injection to help him to sleep, and then you try to drip slowly”).

Then he revealed his knowledge that critically ill patients can be kept under propofol for a long time and this makes me think that he himself encouraged Michael for Propofol and told him that it was absolutely safe (it is indeed safe, only not in Murray’s hands).

And third, he says that part of the urine had been disposed of and this means that not all of it was taken into account during the autopsy examination.

THE URINE FACTOR

The toxicology report showed propofol in all portions of urine collected that night

The toxicology report showed propofol in all portions of urine collected that night

The latter point is extremely important for understanding how much Propofol was given to Michael that night.

The concentration of propofol in the urine was calculated by the coroner per ml so the more urine was collected the more dosage of propofol was given to Michael that night.

The concentration of propofol in the bladder was 0,15 mcg (micrograms), the concentration of propofol in the jug was around 0,10mcg and what concentration of propofol was in the urine Murray disposed of we don’t know.

Based on the volume of the urine found by the coroners in the bladder (550ml) we already calculated no less than 206ml of Propofol given to Michael that night following the formula provided by Dr. Shafer.

Urine 550 ml

Based on Propofol concentration in 550 ml of urine in the bladder we calculated 206 ml of original Propofol given to Michael by IV drip

To this we need to add the Propofol found in the urine in the jug the concentration of which was a little lower (<0,10 mcg) and not included in the above calculation.

And how much more will the overall quantity of Propofol come to if we also add to the above the jug Murray emptied sometime around 11 o’clock?

It is totally mind-boggling to think of the gigantic quantity of Propofol Murray fed Michael! Was it 250ml, 280ml or more?

But Propofol in the urine is not only evidence of the overall quantity given to Michael that night – it is also the evidence of the way it was administered. The urine came in several portions,  each of them containing propofol and this means that propofol was flowing into Michael throughout the night.

If the urine collected after 7:30 am had propofol and the one collected before it also had it, it means that Michael was on a drip which lasted for many hours, and all Murray’s talk about the tiny quantity he gave only in the morning is a big, big lie.

The information Murray provided to the police is proving this fact:

Dr. Murray: He urinated then. I made him stand and had him urinate, and he filled a – he had a bag on him. And that was filled, and I emptied that. Then I filled another portable jug, which he placed another 6-700 cc’s in of urine. So he urinated, yeah. Oh yeah, he doesn’t – because he’s getting the IV fluid, you know, which is also hydrating him.

Detective Smith: Now we’re beyond 7:30. You’ve administered two more milligrams of the Versed.

Dr. Murray: Yeah….

THE DRIP FACTOR

Putting Michael on a drip was Murray’s usual practice. He explained that he would start with a syringe injection of Propofol diluted with lidocaine and when propofol was no longer burning the veins he would proceed with a drip. His initial dose was usually 50mgs (5 ml) but that night he allegedly gave 25mgs (2,5ml).

What he says does not matter because it was a drip anyway. It sounds incredible but in his police interview Murray did give away that Michael was on a drip the night he died:

Detective Smith: The same dose?

Dr. Murray: The dose and the drip.  Not the same dose in this case, because I had given him earlier Versed. I had given him the Ativan (Lorazepam) at different times during the night. And I know that their half-life is not as short as Lorazepam.  So I took a precaution, knowing that there was possible all of the medication still on board. So the 25 milligrams ordinarily would not be a dose I would give him if he did not have those other agents on board. I would give him a higher dose.

Detective Martinez:     Oh, okay. So it’s a lower dose than normal.

Dr. Murray: Yeah.

Detective Smith: What have you – what’s the highest amount of milk you’ve given him in the past?

Dr. Murray: Well, based —

Detective Smith: If these other agents weren’t in him?

Dr. Murray: Based upon his weight, it would be weight based.

Detective Martinez: Uh-huh.

Dr. Murray: And the highest amount I’d given him initially, direct on the IV before starting the drip on him, would be twice that amount, which is about 50 milligrams.

Detective Smith: So it was approximately half of what you’d given him before.

Dr. Murray: Yeah.

Later Murray changed his story and in the 2011 film the drip was vehemently denied. The film shows Flanagan trying to dispute this point at the trial but the prosecution expert witness Dr. Alon Steinberg absolutely disagrees with him.

Murray is outraged by Flanagan and says he should have asked him, but what’s the use of asking if Murray himself said to the police that it was a drip? Here is an excerpt from the film:

34:11 Voiceover: By week 3 of the trial the testimony of the prosecution expert witnesses is devastating.

Dr. Nader Kamangar: Propofol isn’t management for insomnia. It’s inconceivable. 

Flanagan struggles to prove it wasn't a drip

Flanagan struggles to prove it wasn’t a drip

Voiceover: In 2009 Murray gave a statement to the police in which he set out how he used propofol with Jackson. The prosecution’s interpretation of this statement is hotly contested by the defense, but Michael Flanagan is struggling to make any headway.

34:40 Flanagan: He never said he gave a drip

Dr. Alon Steinberg: "It's line 22. He goes: The dose and the drip"

Dr. Alon Steinberg:  It’s line 22. Dr. Murray goes: “The dose and the drip.” He says it.

Dr. Alon Steinberg: I disagree with you. He gave a drip. It says here. Dr. Murray goes: “The dose and the drip”. Line 22. He says it. This is about that night.  Same dose AND DRIP.

Flanagan: Didn’t you understand it to be referring to what he’d handled before?

Dr. Alon Steinberg: No, I don’t see it that way.

35:10 Murray (sounding outraged): Flanagan needs a wake-up…. This is why I said I’m available! Ask me questions, I am the source. Talk to me, spend time with me, get to understand it. I’m available…

I will never tire to repeat that Dr. Shafer proved in still one more way that Michael was on a drip that night. He made a computer simulation and explained that since Propofol breaks up extremely quickly, when the drip is over in some 15 minutes or so would be completely gone from the system.

But in Michael’s system it did stay and it saturated his tissues so much that propofol was found even in his eyes. This drowning in Propofol could happen only if the drug flew into the veins of an already dead man….

THE TUBING IN MURRAY’S POCKET

Some are still disputing the drip factor as the long tubing found on the scene of the crime did not have Propofol inside it. These people think that the lethal level of Propofol was administered by a syringe as Propofol was found only in the short tube, at the very bottom of the IV set-up.

To explain the drip arrangement I’ve made a sort of a diagram which has already been posted in the comments on another post. Here it is once again.

This picture shows that Propofol could be administered via several routes – 1) from the 100ml bottle in the bag, 2) from a syringe on the side port and 3) from both syringe and the bottle.

Hypothesis No.1: Propofol was given by a syringe and there was no second tubing at all.

Possible? Possible but to be able to reach the level of Propofol in MJ’s blood one had to make at least 20 undiluted 10cc syringe injections or 40 injections of Propofol diluted with Lidocaine. This hypothesis is ruled out as absurd.

Hypothesis No.2: Propofol went from the bottle in the bag and the tubing was missing on the scene of crime because Murray hid it.

Possible? Absolutely. This hypothesis explains the high level of Propofol in the blood and urine, and Murray was seen by Alvarez disattaching the tubing from MJ’s knee. This is when he could easily put part of the tubing into his pocket. The bottle in the bag he could not hide in a pocket, so he put it in a bag which he hoped to retrieve later. This is why he wanted to return to Michael’s house after the hospital.

The hypothesis is absolutely valid and was used as the main one at the trial.

Hypothesis No.3: Murray put MJ under a drip and went away. Someone in his absence came up, clapped the tubing to stop the flow from the bottle, pushed a syringe or two into a side port instantaneously raising the level of propofol in the blood to a lethal level, then unclapped the tubing again and it continued to drip.

Another variant of the same is that this someone unclapped the tubing to let Propofol flow freely from the bottle (raising it to a lethal level this way) and then brought it back to the old dripping mode so that Murray did not notice it. Or did not bring it back to the old mode as Murray would not notice it anyway.

This hypothesis will work only in case of a murder scenario, committed by someone else (or Murray?). To prove it we need other evidence testifying to the same.

At the moment this evidence is scarce though there are some clues –  for example, the fact that Murray’s girlfriend Alde Salding heard some mumbling and couphing in the room when she was on the phone with him.

Another unaccounted for fact is that the bag holding an empty bottle had four other fingerprints which could not be matched to any of the people who had been to that room. Similarly the other two saline bags and two more 20ml Propofol carried some unidentified fingerprints on them too.

Hypothesis No.4: MJ himself put the bottle in the bag and unclapped the tubing.

A possible hypothesis? Absolutely not.

Firstly, Michael received not one but more than two 100 ml bottles that night (judging by the quantity of propofol in his urine). After the first he would wake up, relieve himself into a jug and walk with all that tubing and IV stand attached to him into the side-room to get the second bottle? If someone with a vivid fantasy says that it is possible, here comes the second factor.

The second factor is that there were no MJ’s fingerprints anywhere on those bottles, syringes, etc. It is crazy to assume that he would put latex gloves in order to make a slit in the bag, put a bottle there, then unclap the tubing and adjust the drip (difficult job), then lie on the bed and still have time to take the gloves off – and all this though Propofol works almost instantaneously!

The USA Today article says that testing did not show Michael’s fingeprints on any of the evidence:

Fingerprint mystery surfaces in Jackson doctor’s trial
By Martin Kasindorf, Special for USA TODAY
Posted 10/6/2011 1:22 PM ET

LOS ANGELES — Mystery over potentially critical fingerprint evidence descended Thursday on the manslaughter trial of Michael Jackson’s personal doctor.

The mystery surfaced when prosecutor David Walgren announced that his office and defendant Conrad Murray’s lawyers had accepted Los Angeles Police Department fingerprint test results on 23 items of medicine and medical supplies collected at Jackson’s home after he died on June 25, 2009.

Murray is accused of negligently giving Jackson, his only patient at the time, a fatal overdose of the powerful surgical anesthetic propofol while treating the singer for insomnia. Murray’s defense lawyers say Jackson self-administered the drug while the doctor was briefly away from Jackson’s bedside.

A three-page document Walgren read aloud in court said that a print matching Murray’s left index finger was found on a 100-milliliter bottle of propofol. Los Angeles County coroner’s investigator Elissa Fleak testified Wednesday that she had found that bottle four days after Jackson’s death within a saline IV bag. Both items were in a blue Costco Wholesale bag on the shelf of an armoire in the large walk-in closet adjoining the bedroom where Jackson was stricken, Fleak said.

But fingerprint testing of the saline bag did not reveal a Murray fingerprint, the document introduced Thursday said.

On the bag, police criminalists found four identifiable prints but could not match them to any person, the document said.

Testing specifically ruled out Murray, Jackson and 10 others known to have been in Jackson’s mansion at or shortly after his death. Those eliminated included two security guards, Jackson’s personal assistant, his personal chef, Fleak, an emergency paramedic and other investigators.

What use the prosecution or defense makes of this fingerprint evidence remains to be disclosed at the trial, which was in its eighth day Thursday. The evidence does raise questions about who was in Jackson’s bedroom the day he died.

Fleak’s thumb print was found on a syringe she had seized as evidence, the document said. Fingerprints that could not be matched to anyone also were found on two other saline IV bags and on two smaller, 20-milliliter bottles of propofol.

No prints were obtained from 17 other items, including IV tubing, a syringe with needle and vials of propofol, lorazepam, lidocaine, midazolam and Flumazenil.

More about it here:  http://content.usatoday.com/dist/custom/gci/InsidePage.aspx?cId=wzzm13&sParam=50679324.story

The fact that Murray’s fingerprints were not found either (except for one fingerprint on the 100ml bottle) should not surprise anyone – Murray was supposed to work in latex gloves as Propofol requires strict aseptic technique.

So out of these four scenarios hypotheses No.1 and No. 4 are even theoretically impossible, hypothesis No.3 is intriguing and technically possible but needs proof, and it is only hypothesis No.2 which is a totally realistic and a rock solid one.

And this hypothesis says that Murray put Michael on a drip.

THE WEANING OFF THEORY IS FALSE

The fact that on the night of June 25th Michael was on a drip refutes Murray’s story about “weaning him off” propofol in the last three days of his life.

Murray says that he wanted to replace Propofol with Lorazepam (Ativan) and Midazolam (Versed) and even claims that on the two successful rehearsals were due to the exclusive use of those benzos.

The 2011 film says about it:

36:00 Rehearsal footage of Michael Jackson is submitted as evidence of his well-being. It was recorded after the crisis meeting at Michael’s house and according to the doctor after he had started weaning the pop-star off his reliance on propofol. Two nights before Michael’s death, Murray claims, he finally got Jackson to sleep without administering any propofol. Jackson’s performances in those final days were a transformation.

Ortega: He entered into rehearsal full of energy, full of desire to work, full of enthusiasm, and it was a different Michael. We had two very successful days of rehearsals. Michael was feeling great. He looked at me and asked me if I was happy, and I said I was happy, and I asked him if he was happy and he answered that he was very happy. 

The weaning off theory is false and not only because Propofol was delivered at least on one of those three last nights but also because Murray, as we already know it, was planning to use those benzodiazepines from the very start of it.

The invoices of shipments from the Allied Pharmacies where Conrad Murray was ordering medications show that he ordered Lorazepam and Midazolam in one of the first shipments – on April 30, 2009 when Propofol wasn’t even an issue and there was nothing to wean Michael off.

All in all there were three shipments of Lorazepam and Midazolam:

  • On April 30, 2009 Murray received one tray of Lorazepam 10 vials x 10 ml (altogether 10 vials) and two trays of Midazolam 10 vials x 2 ml each (altogether 20 vials of it).
  • 20 more vials of Midazolam were shipped on May 12, 2009
  • And on June 10, 2009 10 vials of Lorazepam and 20 more vials of Midazolam were shipped again.

Altogether the Applied Pharmacies supplied 20 vials of injectable Lorazepam and 60 vials of Midazolam (Versed) amounting to 120ml.

Murray said to the police that he had been giving Michael those substances for a long time, only in lesser quantities than in the last three days.

The amount of Lorazepam in Michael's blood was significant and was a contributing factor to his death

Excerpt from the autopsy report:  The  level of Lorazepam in Michael’s blood was significant and was a contributing factor to his death (click to enlarge)

Both were found in Michael’s body on the night of his death.

And though Murray claimed that he gave only 4ml of Lorazepam that night, many hours after the injection the amount of it in Michael’s blood was still very high  – 169mcg.

Murray’s defence argued that Michael could have taken a handful of Lorazepam pills from the bottle on his bedside table, but the self-administration theory was ruled out at the trial as MJ’s stomach contents contained only 1/43rd of a Lorazepam pill.

The self-administration of Lorazepam pills was ruled out as MJ's stomach contents contained only 1/43th of a pill

The self-administration of Lorazepam was ruled out as MJ’s stomach contents contained only 1/43rd of a tablet

The levels of Versed and Valium were not clinically important but the question here is whether there was any necessity in them at all. Valium was prescribed to MJ by Murray on June 20th (immediately after the crisis meeting?)

From what I’ve read about benzodiazepines the damage from them could be much heavier than that from Propofol and a respiratory arrest is only one of their many complications.

But the worst part of it is that those highly potent and dangerous benzos were given to Michael absolutely despite his will.

Murray admitted to the police that Michael agreed to the two benzos replacing Propofol reluctantly and actually fought him over the use of those medications.

Here is an excerpt from the police interview:

Detective Martinez: And you’re trying to bring down the Propofol and –

Dr. Murray: And get him off.

Detective Martinez: Right. And so you gave him —

Detective Smith: — Lorazepam and —

Dr. Murray: Lorazepam and the Midazolam, which is the Versed and the Ativan. Okay?

Detective Martinez: And he knows — he agreed for you to do this.

Dr. Murray: Reluctantly.

Detective Martinez: Okay.

Dr. Murray: Reluctantly. He fought me on it, and he said, “You know, I mean would it work the same way, because I” – but that was showing me some dependency here. “Would I be able to sleep?”  I said,   “Well, you know, clearly it is not as strong an agent. But if we can help you to sleep more naturally and then eventually you can be on your own, mil and cookes and all the different things that is nice and comforting before you go to bed, that would be better for you, Michael.” And he said, “Well, I really want to – but I really want to sleep. Sleep, but I’d like you to try.”

Mr.   Chernoff:   .. I think, the Detective is asking before those three nights, had he ever used the Versed?

Dr. Murray: Yes. But not where that would be the sole agents.

Detective Martinez: Okay.

Dr. Murray: Trying to —

Detective Martinez: So he’d use them in combination –­

Dr. Murray: Yeah.

Detective Martinez: - And lesser amounts.

Dr. Murray: Lesser amounts.

No autopsy report recording the medications found in the body will ever tell you that Conrad Murray was forcing Michael to take those medications. Michael was fighting Murray over them and at some point of my little study I even found why.

What I learned about Versed, for example, was a complete shock to me.

THE SHOCK OF VERSED 

Midazolam 1mg= 1mgThe first thing I found about Versed [Midazolam] is that it cannot be used for any “weaning off” anesthesia as Versed is actually part of anesthesia too.

Versed is a pre-operative drug given at the induction stage of anesthesia. Dr. Adams also used it just once in order to reduce Michael’s anxiety connected with the dental surgery.

The indications for Versed pre-operative use are anxiety and inducing an amnesia so that the patient does not remember the unpleasant procedure. But besides the ability to wipe a patient’s memory which was absolutely unnecessary and even harmful in Michael’s case, it also has one other specific feature and is is the ability to keep the patient sedated but awake.

Versed was specifically created for the so-called “conscious sedation” when the patient stays awake and conscious in order to cooperate with the doctor during the procedure (for example, during colonoscopy).

Here is the description of Versed given by the anesthesiology website:

The majority of colonoscopies in the United States are performed under conscious sedation.  Conscious sedation is administered by a registered nurse, under specific orders from the gastroenterologist.  The typical drugs are Versed (midazolam) and fentanyl.  Versed is a benzodiazepine, or Valium-like medication, that is superb in reducing anxiety, sleepiness, and producing amnesia.  Fentanyl is a narcotic pain reliever, similar to a short-acting morphine.  The combination of these two types of medications renders a patient sleepy but awake.  Most patients can have minimal or no recollection of the colonoscopy procedure when under the influence of these two drugs.

http://theanesthesiaconsultant.com/2012/05/29/do-you-need-an-anesthesiologist-for-a-colonoscopy-2/

Actually the above recommendation of Versed from a professional anesthesiologist is absolutely superb in its clarity  – it reduces sleepiness and (in combination with another medication) renders a patient sleepy but awake.

Just apply it to Michael Jackson and you will see how inappropriate the use of Versed was for his case.

Also please remember that usually Versed is administered just once, prior to surgery and at the rate of 4-8ml while Michael received Versed each time Murray was giving him Propofol and by June 25th he could easily use the whole lot of 120ml he had.

And on those three final nights Murray claims to have given Michael an even bigger quantity of Versed together with Lorazepam as he wanted him to sleep with that combination

If we are to believe our good old Murray Versed was the medication he wanted to replace Propofol with.

In other words he wanted Michael to SLEEP with a drug that is actually intended to keep patients AWAKE.

Is it possible to think of anything more damaging, ignorant and ridiculous than that?

However this is not all I’ve learned about Versed. There is even a special blog on this drug where the Versed victims are sharing their experience with others and the anesthesiologists who occasionally visit it are extremely surprised to learn of its adverse effect.

From what the Versed victims are saying I even have the impression that most of the symptoms Michael was increasingly displaying were due to his progressive poisoning with Versed and not Propofol.

In short the information from that blog is unique and will require a separate post.

*  *  *

Michael Jackson Autopsy Report:

http://www.autopsyfiles.org/reports/Celebs/jackson,%20michael_report.pdf


Filed under: Conrad Murray, the man who killed Michael Jackson Tagged: Conrad Murray, Dr. Adams, lorazepam, Michael Jackson, Midazolam, police interview, propofol, Versed

Conrad Murray, THE MAN WHO KILLED MICHAEL JACKSON. Part 4. The Shock of Versed

$
0
0

This post took longer than I expected though all it was supposed to do was provide the impressions of patients who were subjected to the administration of Versed [Midazolam] on just one occasion during surgery or some unpleasant diagnostic procedure.

These accounts are important because for the two months of his “treatment” of Michael Jackson Conrad Murray chose to give him Versed not just once, but on a regular basis. In the last three days he said (to the police) that he even increased the dosage of Versed as he was planning to use it and Lorazepam to “wean off” Michael of Propofol.

Prior to those last days Michael was given the same two drugs, only in lesser amounts.

Michael fought them, was reluctant to take them as they did not work and were giving him a hangover (according to Murray), but Murray insisted and Michael complied.

The problem I am facing now is not how to convince you of the adverse effects of Versed – this will become clear to you even from the first accounts of the Versed sufferers. The problem is in deciding whether Murray wanted to do Michael intentional harm or whether he gave him the drug not knowing of its adverse effects.

The conclusion I’m more or less coming to now is that as usual Murray was most probably unaware of what he was doing – except that Michael complained to him about Versed and Lorazepam but Murray totally disregarded it thinking that Michael had a dependence on Propofol and would say anything in his desire to get his “milk”.

The reason why I think that Murray was simply his usual ignorant self is because he openly spoke to the police about using Versed and on a regular basis too. If he had known how nasty the drug is he would probably have refrained from trumpeting about it. About Propofol he did know and kept silence, so the same rule must be applying here too.

The second reason why I think he doesn’t know a thing about Versed is that even professional anesthetists are clueless as to the adverse effects of this drug – so if they don’t know it how can we expect anything different from Conrad Murray?

WHAT COULD BRING ABOUT THOSE SYMPTOMS?

Versed gets an unusually high number of complaints (more than 1000 extremely negative reports are found on the Ask-a-patient and Versed busters websites) and this in spite of the fact that those patients were given Versed on just one or probably two occasions.

Though the drug is extremely addictive and produces awful withdrawal symptoms medical sites provide scarce information about it. This is probably because Versed is never administered on a regular basis and mostly comes in the injection form which is provided in hospital setting only and on the rare occasions when people undergo surgery or some unpleasant diagnostic procedures.

Medical sites don’t even list this drug as an addictive one though its withdrawal symptoms are much more severe than Propofol (which practically has none) or Lorazepam (which forms an addiction very quickly).

Since Versed is administered only occasionally and is regarded as a simple “benzo” few medical care providers trace its long-term effects. If they did they would know that its adverse effects are severe, can last for years and include memory loss, tremor, shaking as if from freezing, unusual fatigue and lethargy, insomnia, loss of coordination, vertigo and many other things that reminded me of the symptoms Michael was increasingly displaying during the two months while he was under Murray’s “care”.

Now everyone shifts all the blame to Propofol, but Propofol is not known to produce any of the above symptoms and Dr. Shafer testified that trembling and freezing which were dogging Michael for weeks prior to his death are absolutely untypical for Propofol:

Question:  During his conversation with Nurse Cherilyn Lee in April 2009, Lee explained these side effects to MJ. On June 19 and 20 when Michael was sick at the rehearsals, he called Cherilyn Lee. He asked her why half of his body was cold and the other half was warm. He wondered what was happening to him.

Dr. Shafer:  That wouldn’t be a side effect of propofol. I don’t know what makes half your body warm, and half cold, but propofol doesn’t do that. It could be that he simply had a virus. There are some symptoms of withdrawal from sedatives. Withdrawal from propofol has not been described, and perhaps some odd problem with temperature regulation is part of propofol withdrawal. That is speculation on my part, because only Michael Jackson received propofol every night for 2 months. However, we certainly see issues with temperature regulation during withdrawal from opioids.

“Side effects” of propofol are things like low blood pressure and decreased breathing. Patients are usually asleep, and thus blissfully ignorant of these side effects. You can be confident that his blood pressure and breathing both decreased when he got propofol previously, because that happens with everybody. Propofol has very few “side effects” that are unpleasant to the awake patient. There is some drowsiness after awakening up from propofol, but that is expected. Other than that, there isn’t much in the way of side effects that the awake patient will experience.

People like Ortega and the AEG bosses tended to explain those strange Michael’s symptoms by the Demerol withdrawal and even Dr. Shafer mentioned it as a possibility. The other possibility was that it could be a withdrawal from sedatives (like Versed).

Murray’s police interview has several exceptionally interesting episodes which say that “the production team” was in constant interaction with Murray complaining to him about Demerol and Michael’s visits to Klein. By the way this alone shows that Frank Dileo, Ortega and the AEG people were constantly interfering with the medical “care” Murray was providing to Michael. 

In fact Murray even discloses to us that due to Michael’s very poor eye-sight (Oh, my God – he had that too) Murray arranged a consultation with an eye specialist and the production team agreed that it should be done which makes us realize that Michael’s doctor was even seeking consent of the producers on what he could and could not do.

How is it possible to talk of any Murray’s independence in these circumstances?

Dr.  Murray: I was not aware of any other medications that he was taking, but I heard that he was seeing a Dr.  Klein three times a week in Beverly Hills. And he never disclosed that to me.

Mr.   Chernoff: You heard from who?

Dr.  Murray: His staff, like Frank Dileo, Kenny Ortega. They would be aware, working on his production team, that he was seeing him three times a week.

His production team had — had said to me recently that his worst days on the set is when he had gone to Dr. Klein’s  office, which  is about three times a week; and when he came back, he was  basically wasted and required at least 24 hours for recovery.

Dr. Murray: His eyesight was very, very bad. So I did figure out he could be legally blind. His eyes was also very red.I encouraged him to have the eye examination. That examination was hopefully scheduled for last Monday [June 22th].

Detective Martinez: So he had agreed to it?

Dr.  Murray: He agreed to do it. But it never happened. I still have e-mail from the doctor asking me to call and reschedule it. And one thing or the other, it led to that being put off. But his team, his production team, agreed that, you know, it’s something that he should have done. So I was trying to find out issues with Mr. Jackson and trying to address them in a gradual way overall to help him. And that was one of the things I discovered. So that medication is a surprise.

Detective martinez: Did you ever – did you ever give him Demerol?

Dr.  Murray: No.

Detective martinez: Okay.

Detective smith: We didn’t find any.

Detective martinez: Yeah, we didn’t find any. I don’t know how that came up.

The policemen don’t know how that came up? See the above please and the people who were arranging in the media all that hue and cry over Michael’s alleged addiction to Demerol while in reality he didn’t have any, at least in the year 2009. No Demerol was found in his home and no trace of it was in his body.

Demerol was not even a player at the time when Michael was trembling and obsessing on June 19th as those symptoms were displayed outside the time frame when one could expect any withdrawal from this drug.

But if Propofol and Demerol were not doing this to Michael then what could produce those strange symptoms when Michael was freezing with cold in the midst of summer?

The explanation was given by Dr. Czeisler, the expert who recently testified at the AEG trial. He said that the freezing effect was due to a huge damage to Michael’s brain done by the lack of biological sleep. Propofol does not produce biological sleep necessary for the brain to recover its functions, so the loss of body temperature resulted from the increasing brain damage brought about by prolonged sleep deprivation. A drop in the body temperature is a typical symptom displayed by sleep-deprived mice just prior to death.

Though being a very sad explanation it satisfied us for a time being, however after the shock of learning about Versed I see that it is absolutely not the only explanation possible.

Versed is a very solid alternative reason for creating exactly the same picture as it will be clear from the accounts of people who were severely damaged by this drug.

Let me remind you that the usual dose of Versed is between 4-8 ml at the most and to be given just once, while Conrad Murray ordered (in April, May and June) 60 vials of Versed altogether making 120ml and used it for Michael in the amounts we can only guess at.

On the night of June 24/25th alone Murray said he injected 4ml of it. But most of Versed sufferers received that much or even less of Versed and still feel they are crippled for life, so what could be expected of a continuous administration of a drug like that?

INTRODUCTION TO VERSED

The information about Versed (Midazolam) knocked me off my feet altogether.

On the face of it things didn’t look that bad as almost every medical care provider said the drug is okay and is the routine part of anesthesia. Even the nurse who commented on Murray’s case on Trials and Tribulations site mentioned Versed as part of her standard procedure for general anesthesia:

  • When I induce for general anesthesia with Fentanyl, Versed, and Propofol….

The first thing I wondered about was why Versed is part of anesthesia, why they need the three of them together and why they can’t limit themselves to Propofol only?

What I’ve found is this:

  • Versed is used as a pre-operative drug that reduces anxiety before surgery and produces total amnesia of the procedure that follows,
  • Propofol sends a person into sleep but does not save from the pain
  • Fentanyl deals with the pain as it is a powerful opiate painkiller.

All three are given in case of a painful surgery according to the existing protocol, so Murray could easily think that all he needed to do was take away the painkiller as an unnecessary component and leave the other two intact. Possible? Possible.

The other common way of using Versed is the so-called “conscious sedation” when Propofol is taken out of the equation as a sleep agent, and the patient gets only Versed and Fentanyl staying awake and conscious throughout the procedure. This is how I learned that Versed is meant not only to beat a patient’s anxiety but to keep him awake too – so it is not meant for treatment of insomnia at all, though it produces some drowsiness and in some countries its milder pill form may be prescribed for this purpose (not in the US). This is when a heavy addiction to it actually forms.

And the third variant is when Versed is used simply on its own. This is when it does not help the pain (it isn’t a painkiller) and doesn’t help to sleep (it makes the patient dizzy and paralyses his will). The only goal it is used for on these occasions is producing amnesia of the procedure, so even if the patient screamed with pain for 20 minutes, he/she will remember none of it when the effect of Versed wears off.

Yes, though it does sound like a torture and though Versed does look like a drug of abuse, this is a typical situation and this makes many Versed sufferers extremely resentful of it. Here is a sample from the Versed Busters website:

  • What got me started on this subject was a few years ago my wife broke her Femur and was in the emergency room waiting to get it operated on. They asked me to wait outside the room because they wanted to set it before the operation. They gave her Versed and the screaming was horrible. I was told she would not remember and she didn’t but I do know how she suffered. I feel that when this drug is used for its amnesia effect it’s abuse. I spoke to the surgeon on a follow up visit and asked him about what had happened, his remark was she does not remember so what.
  • Apparently I screamed for 20 minutes during my endoscopy after receiving Versed for twilight sleep sedation. I agreed to twilight sedation and Versed was given for my endoscopy/colonoscopy 2 days ago. I do not remember any of the procedure which is a blessing. However when mentioning my excruciating sore throat today to my son, who was with me, he said I screamed for 20 mins during the endoscopy – everyone in the surg center including people in the waiting room could hear me. The GI doc said I had a “rare reaction” to the med. He called it a paradoxical reaction to the Versed. I will make sure I am never given Versed again.

However Michael was (hopefully) not in pain so Murray was injecting Versed with a different goal. Initially it was to enhance the effect of Propofol (it enhances it by 40%) and later on he was planning to replace Propofol with Versed and Lorazepam as sole agents to produce “sleep”.

Whether sleep with Versed alone was possible I doubt very much unless Murray was giving Michael gigantic dozes which knocked him off altogether. Generally Versed is not used for sleep though some people do get unconscious after it. Its general idea is to keep people awake as will be clear from this description from an anesthesia site:

MIDAZOLAM (Brand name VERSED).  Midazolam is a short-acting anxiety-reducing drug of the Valium or benzodiazepine class.  Midazolam is commonly injected as the first drug to begin an anesthetic, because it gives patients a sense of calm, and often gives them amnesia for a period of minutes afterward.  Midazolam is a common drug given during sedation for colonoscopy procedures, because most patients have no awareness during the procedure, even though they are usually awake.

http://theanesthesiaconsultant.com/tag/propofol/

If taken in gigantic doses it of course produces sleep – together with no less gigantic addiction to it which is comparable only to that of narcotics. Here are the accounts of the Versed sufferers in this respect:

Anonymous said about his severe insomnia case…

  • Retrograde amnesia is common with this drug, so take with caution if you get an actual prescription for it. They’re rare. I got lucky. I liked Versed a lot, but over time I got a tolerance, and refused to keep upping the dosage, and just tapered off. Again, be careful taking this drug – NEVER drive or operate heavy machinery, or do dangerous things like climbing ladders on this medication. And please DO NOT “stay up through the ‘high’” because you’ll just end up taking more, and more, then before you realize it, you’ve taken 75mg through the course of a night (speaking of recreational benzo users, not myself) . NOT worth it. Also, dependence/tolerance/addiction are a HUGE concern for this particular benzo. Traditional benzos are better for anxiety/panic attacks anyway.

Anonymous said….

  • I want to stress that the ONLY reason I posted the amounts of midazolam that I IV’ed is to emphasize how quickly tolerance can rise and just how dangerous it can be!  I was playing with my life, I certainly would not suggest that others “walk a razor between life and death” as I’m lucky I didn’t end up dead.

So this beautiful drug was administered to Michael by Murray in unknown amounts in combination with Lorazepam though none of them Michael ever wanted.

He was against benzodiazepines as a class as previously he had some problems with Xanax and Ambien (same group) and they did not help him with his insomnia anyway.

MICHAEL’S NO TO BENZOS

When Michael was filling in a form for Nurse Lee he encircled Ativan (Lorazepam) as a medication that was given to him like 12 years before that and he didn’t like it as it did not work. He made it clear to Nurse Lee that he’d rather stay away from it and other benzodiazepines like Ambien and Xanax from which he had moved on.

Here is an excerpt from Nurse Lee’s testimony at the AEG trial on August 28, 2013.

Ms. Cahan for AEG and Nurse Lee are discussing the 200 questions Michael had to answer before she started to give him the Myers’ cocktails of vitamins and other natural ingredients for energy and sleep. She successfully treated Michael from February to April 19th while Murray was already quietly building up his stock of Propofol and other medications.

They discuss Michael’s negative attitude towards benzodiazepines:

Nurse Lee:    ”past history, past history greater than 12 years.”  

Ms. Cahan:    Okay. Does that mean that he was taking it for more than 12 years, or the last time he took it was that – 

A.    It was 12 years ago. 

Q.    And I see below that “Ambien” is circled, as well. 

A.    Yes. 

Q.    And then it says “past history” with a question mark. What does that signify, if you can recall?  

A.    He just said past history, it’s something he didn’t remember, it didn’t work for him. 

Q.    Okay. So he had taken it at some point, but not for any sustained period of time?  

A.    No. 

Q.    And did he tell you about any other prescription medications he had taken in response to this list and series of questions? 

Ms. Chang.    Well, your honor, “Ativan” is circled, also.

Ms. Cahan.    I’m sorry. I see — I see that now, on that same line as xanax. 

Q.    So did he tell you he had also taken — at some point, taken Ativan?  

A.    Yes. 

Q.    Thank you, Ms. Chang. So other than xanax, Ativan and Ambien, did Mr. Jackson disclose to you in response to these questions that he had ever taken any other prescription drugs or the other substances listed here?  

A.    No, not while we were going through the history here, no. 

Q.    Are xanax and Ativan benzodiazepines?  I see there’s a little parentheses there on the line above them being — do you see where it says “agonist modulator of gaba receptor”?  

A.    Yes, I do see that. 

Q.    Does that mean that those are examples — that those drugs are benzodiazepines?  

A.    They would be in that family because they’re under that heading. 

Q.    Okay. And when Mr. Jackson told you that he had taken xanax and Ativan more than 12 years ago, did he tell you why he had been taking them at the time, for what medical concern?  

A.    Stress.

Ms. Chang. Your honor, just misstatement of the record. I’m sure it was unintentional. But the 12 years is actually pointing to the xanax and not the Ativan.

Court.    True.

Ms. Cahan.    I’m sorry. That was my mistake. 

Q.    Did he tell you that he had taken Ativan more recently than in the past 12 years?  

A.    No. 

Q.    Okay. So when he said more than 12 years ago, was he talking about both xanax and Ativan, or Ativan, or one or the other?  

A.    He was talking about both. I know I had the arrow there, but it was under that heading, he meant both. 

Q.    And Mr. Jackson, as of February 1st, 2009, denied taking any medications other than those three at any time?  

A.    Yes. 

Q.    And Mr. Jackson didn’t tell you at that time that he had ever taken demerol or meperidine?  

A.    No.

Ms. Chang.  Well, objection, your honor. She said this form is only for the natural substitute for that, and it’s not listed on this page.

Court.    Did you ask him specifically about demerol? 

A.    Did I — no, it’s not on this form here.   

Demerol was not on the form with 200 questions answered by Michael, so it is no surprise he didn’t encircle it. But Ativan and other benzodiazepines were there and he did encircle them as the medications he was trying to avoid. This is why he was fighting Murray over them and agreed to them only with much reluctance.

We also remember that during the telephone conversation in Las Vegas on April 5, 2009 Murray was pressing on Michael Lorazepam and Restoril but Michael was refusing them. Let me remind you of that episode from the police interview already mentioned in part 2:

Dr. Murray:  I said, “Well, don’t you have any sleeping pill that I gave you in the past that you can use as needed?” Like – like Lorazepam or Restoril, which I had given to him before, pill form.

He said, “They don’t work.” I said, “Did you try them?” he said, “Yes, Dr. Conrad.  Nothing works. You know, I’ve had pills from the other doctors in Beverly Hills,  and I’ve had medicine from Dr. Klein, who says he gave me the strongest medication. And I have medicine from Dr. Metzer,  M-E-T-Z-E-R.  They all don’t work.”

Further on Murray explains to the policemen why and how two of the three benzodiazepines came into play (however he never explains why he began using Versed).

Murray says that Valium (Diazepam) came into the picture as an effort to “get him off the milk”. This is a lie as in reality it was prescribed by him on the day of the crisis meeting (June 20th) and was most probably forced on Michael to make him cope with the mounting pressures from AEG. By the time of his death on June 24/25th Michael had taken only 3 pills of Valium.

Here is an excerpt about these benzos from the police interview:

Detective Martinez: Diazepam?

Dr.   Murray: Yes. I recently prescribed that for him, very first time.

Detective Martinez: Okay.

Mr.  Chernoff:  Valium.

Dr.   Murray:  Valium, which is valium.

Detective Martinez: Right.

Dr.   Murray: And that again was one of the efforts to try to get him off the milk.

Detective Martinez: Lorazepam?

Dr.   Murray:  That’s  IV. That’s the oral form of the IV Ativan, the same thing I’ve given him.

Detective Martinez: Oral form.

Dr.  Murray: If the — if the pill does not work, because when you take a medicine by mouth, about 70 to 80  percent becomes available in the bloodstream because of absorption.

Detective Martinez:   You say it’s the oral form of —

Dr.   Murray: Of the Lorazepam. Remember that? Ativan, and it was given to him.

Detective Martinez:  Oh,   yeah, right. Ativan.

Dr.  Murray: yeah. So the fact that he — it wasn’t working orally, I was wondering whether or not to give it to him IV. He’ll have a better concentration of that, and that help him to sleep. So that’s why that came into play.

So Lorezepam by IV came into play because the pills were not working and Murray hoped that the IV injection would do the job.

As we know later in the interview Murray explained that in the last three days of Michael’s life Murray was trying to make him take only Lorezapam and Versed. This episode is extremely important and is actually the only one we have, so let’s read it carefully though we have read it a hundred times before:

Dr. Murray: I  said,   “Well,  I think we need to try lesser agents that is not as  — as  Propofol — to help you and try to see if we can wean it away.”   So I started three days before.  It was 72 hours before.  I saw him every night.  That’s when I started to use more the Lorazepam and Versed.

Detective martinez: Before that night, had he used them before, or is that was the first time that you introduced  it to him?

Dr.  Murray: No

Detective Martinez: Okay

Dr.   Murray:  I introduced it to him about three nights or so before. Now, what was the –

Mr.   Chernoff:  Well,  I  think the detective is asking before those three nights, had he ever used the Versed.

Dr.  Murray:  Yes. But not where that would be the sole agents.

Detective Martinez: okay.

Dr.  Murray:     Trying to —

Detective Martinez:     so he’d use them in combination – and lesser amounts.

Dr.  Murray:  Lesser amounts.

Detective Martinez:  And you’re trying to bring down the propofol and–­

Dr.  Murray:    And get him off.

Detective Martinez: Right. And so you gave him —

Detective Smith: — Lorazepam and —

Dr.  Murray:   And — Lorazepam and the Midazolam,which is the Versed and the Ativan. Okay?

Detective Martinez:  And he  knows  — he agreed for you to  do this.

Dr.  Murray: Reluctantly.

Detective Martinez: Okay.

Dr.  Murray:  Reluctantly.   He fought me on it,   and he  said,   “you know, I mean would it work the same way,   because I” – but that was showing me some dependency here. “Would I be able to sleep?”

I said, “Well, you know, clearly it is not as strong an agent. But if we can help you to sleep more naturally and then eventually you can be on your own, milk and cookies and all the different things that is nice and comforting before you go to bed, that would be better for you, Michael.” And he said, “Well, I really want to – but I really want to sleep.

Are you sure it’s going to make me sleep?” I said, “I cannot tell you with certainty that it will make you sleep, but I’d like you to try.”

I never identified to him that I believed at that time he may — he was showing dependency or that he may have been drug seeking, because I was trying to form a different  policy with him so he can transfer confidence from that agent to something lesser. So I gave him the Versed the third night. I gave him Versed, and I gave him Ativan, and I gave him a lower dose of the injection of the — of the Propofol milk I – at a slower dip rate.

And except for some interruptions in sleep, I was able to get him to sleep for a reasonable time. But he wanted to go all the way again till about noon, you know, very long hours of sleep, which again was not  ideal, but that’s what he wanted, because the other doctors working with him gave him 15 to 18  hours. So that was night 1. Reduce — reduce propofol, starting more Lorazepam and Versed.

Let us stop for a second and try to sort out what Murray is talking about. Night 1 was the night prior to the June 23rd rehearsal and according to Murray he reduced Propofol that night, and started more Lorazepam and Versed. At one moment Murray even discloses to us that the dip (drip?) rate of Propofol on that night was slower.

So the recipe for night No.1 was a slower drip of Propol + a little more of Lorazepam and Versed.

The quantities we don’t know but we do get a definite impression that Murray gave Michael a drip of Propofol that night.

Let us go on:

Dr. Murray: On the second night, which was the night before he died, no milk was given. I thought we were really onto something then. He got the Lorazepam and the Versed only. He seemed to have responded more physiological to that. He was not groggy when he woke up. If he got up in the middle of the night, he’d wake up very quickly. But he got some sleep.

He only told me that he felt a little bit more of a hangover during the day, but I think that that was subjective. I think that he was his telling me “I tried it your way, but I really  don’t like  it. I want Diprivan.” so I said,   “but you slept pretty well last night, Michael. And this is day number 2. So let’s continue to try the Lorazepam and the Ativan.” (sic) And I  — I started off that night to do the Lorazepam and the Ativan (sic).

Detective martinez: And that’s night number 3.

Dr.   Murray: Yes. 

The story of the second night says there were Lorazepam and Versed only and no Propofol. After that combination Michael “was not groggy when he woke up” which suggests that previously he had woken up groggy, probably even on June 23rd.

But after the second night also Michael felt “more of a hangover during the day”. This way Michael was trying to say to Murray that he didn’t like it and on June 24th he was indeed much more lethargic than before. We can be absolutely sure that Murray didn’t tell us the whole truth about the way Michael felt that day – it was not in Murray’s interests to say that the mix of sedatives hardly worked and only dumbed Michael. This is when he probably administered him ephedrine (to brace him up) the traces of which were later found in Michael’s urine.

The third night (when Michael died) Murray again started with Lorazepam (Ativan) and Midazolam (Versed). This time it did not work and was followed by a drip of Propofol again. The result of it we know.

The story about the third night is absolutely false – and not only because Murray lied about the Propofol drip he gave him that night, but because the amount of Lorazepam found in Michael’s body absolutely didn’tcorrespond to what Murray said about it – it was much higher and by some estimations was no less than 17mg. Dr. Shafer commented on it as follows:

  • He said he gave just 4 milligrams of lorazepam. We know from the blood and urine levels that he gave much more than that. We know quite a bit about what happened that night. Even without the trial Murray’s statement to the police investigators can be rejected outright.

What is really surprising is that the amount of Midazolam (Versed) in the autopsy did not correspond to Murray’s words either – only it was the opposite case and was much lower than Murray said.

Why he said it was 4 mg though it must have been much less still begs understanding, but for us the only important thing is that Murray thinks that 4mg of Versed is okay, otherwise he would not be so boldly speaking about it.

Let us listen now to those who were given the same 4mg (or even less) of Versed and are eager to share their impressions of the experience.

THE SHOCK OF VERSED

These personal accounts were taken from the Versed Busters and Ask-a-patient websites:

Anonymous said…

My 18-year-old daughter was given Versed yesterday, along with Decadron and Valium, to manage the extraction of her 4 wisdom teeth.
30 mins. after the procedure, she awoke completely hysterical — uncontrollable crying and screaming/yelling. This continued for four hours. She then became suicidal — she scratched her wrists completely raw and went stumbling out of the house with scissors in her hands (which we fortunately were able to remove). She stumbled around the neighbourhood for an hour trying to run in front of moving cars (with us following on foot and by car) and returned home to collapse. She then became exceptionally angry and would not allow anyone near her or touching her. She refused to allow us to take her to hospital emergency.
The recommendation of our family doctor was that we either monitor her “day and night” for 24 hours or call the police to come with a straighjacket and admit her to a psychiatric facility. We chose to monitor her due to the potential trauma of option B. Following all of the above, she fell asleep for an hour.
On awaking, she had no memory of what had taken place for the entire day. No memory of having clawed herself, no memory of being at the dentist, etc. While the hysteria had subsided, she was exceptionally emotional and continues to be this way 24 hours later.
I spent considerable time today researching the adverse reactions of this incredibly nasty drug. I personally think it should be banned. It is close to being criminal that it would be administered to a child with no warnings to the parents or patient about the potential adverse reaction. I am appalled but want to thank you and others who have taken time to share their stories and to shed light on such a vile drug.

Anonymous said….

I was given this drug during foot surgery in an ambulatory surgical suite. Surgery was at 2:00 p.m., but I was unable to leave until 9:00 p.m. I woke up screaming, fighting, trying to jump off the gurney. I was going in and out–sometimes aware–sometimes not. I remember trying to punch out a nurse, trying to bite someone, etc. When I finally became somewhat rational, I had been tied to a chair; my elbow was skinned, etc. The effects continued for about 10 days, headaches, dizziness, disorientation. This is absolutely the worst drug I have ever encountered. If the goal was a speedy recovery, it had the opposite effect—I needed their attention for hours!

Jackie said…

I am a strong woman and Versed reduced me to a paranoid maniac as well. I can tell you this. The first 2 months were the absolute worst. I was so freaked out I could barely hold a coherent thought, couldn’t perform my job, couldn’t sleep and wanted to kill myself and others. The mania has slowly subsided. It is almost a year now and while I am still FURIOUS, I don’t feel so out of control. I still have problems sleeping and concentrating, but not ANYTHING like before.

Tim’s account:
I am an electrical engineer. In the weeks after my return to work, I found that I had no recall of certain details of my job. We are very procedure and detail oriented. I found that certain blocks of information seemed to have simply disappeared from my long term memory. What else have I forgotten? 

For three years post-op I experienced flashbacks of anxiety that occurred randomly – while at work, while driving, while teaching. These were accompanied by an odd sensation of trying to recall a memory but it refused to come into focus. Very strange, very unsettling – and I never experienced anything like this before exposure to Versed.

Mary’s account:

When I awoke, I was very agitated and upset. I remember wondering what had happened to me, with the sense that something very bad had happened but I couldn’t remember what. Weeks later, I went to use my instant cash card, put it into the machine, and went to enter the PIN number, when I realized, much to my shock, that I had absolutely no idea of what the number was. I had used the same PIN for years. It never did come back. No doubt there are other ‘lost’ things, but I haven’t recognized what they are.

John said…

On March 14, 2006, my wife under went an EGD procedure. The Doctor used a powerful sedative, VERSED. She was released to me still under the effect of this drug. VERSED causes a dense amnesia which blocks all memory of the procedure. During the first 2 – 3 weeks following she had trouble finding new locations from typical directions. If she had been there previously then she could find it again. Not so with a new address. The VERSED caused total amnesia lasted for several hours after reaching home. She did not know her husband’s name, for example. 

Karen awoke not expecting such a total loss of recall. I have never seen her so anxious. When she found out VERSED was also a Date-Rape drug she was really worried.

Ron Kelly said..

Several years ago I suffered temporary amnesia from a blow to the head. I lost memory of events occuring in the hospital for a couple of weeks, but I DID regain that memory. With the Versed memory loss, I never did regain the memory, and that was 4 years ago.
My wife just had one and was in a haze all day long.  As for me? NO THANKS! NO VERSED FOR ME! I have enough memory problems without adding to it.

I have to admit that nearly everyone I talk to, even nurses, absolutely love having Versed. They look at it like a joy ride. That’s fine. I don’t like having blank spots in my memory and don’t want anymore of anything that promotes it.

Erica said…

I never wanted to know what occurred during my surgeries. My medical condition was less than pleasant, and I only cared that the problem was rectified. However, the lasting effects of Versed have caused me to reevaluate my thoughts. What are left of them, that is.
In 1999-2000, I was an award winning Sr. site manager for the world’s largest management company. Then, I had 10 surgeries, 8 of which were done using Versed. Suddenly, I was extremely anxious and even asked to be demoted because I could no longer manage two sites. I had no idea why the work that had once been so easy was suddenly impossible for me to complete. I could not focus on routine tasks and became easily irritated and excessively distracted. Over time it became apparent that certain memories were simply gone. 
In 2003, I left my employment to move with my husband. I thought that being a stay at home mother would be easier, and it was for a time. Yet, over the last four years, the problems have gotten worse, not better. It may be because I have time to try to reflect on my life and some fairly large pieces are missing. I agree that these missing memories cause anxiety. Sadly, it’s not just memories from the time of the surgeries that have been erased. I do not remember the first year of my daughter’s life. My husband finds it hilarious when I think that one of our children has done something for the first time and it turns out it is the third or fourth time. I simply don’t remember. I don’t remember large parts of high school and college. I don’t remember much of my childhood.

I can handle that fairly well. What I cannot handle is my distractablilty and irritablility. I seem to get into a rage at times and then become extremely sad and withdrawn afterwards. I live in fear that I will hurt one of my precious children. In researching these issues, I have found that I have all of the symptoms of temporal lobe ADD, and I have an appointment to see a doctor this week. I know that Versed played a role in my problems since they were not present prior to the surgeries.
In closing, I would like to thank Tim and Jackie for contacting me after I posted on another site. Knowing that others have had the same experiences at least gives me some sense of peace.

Anonymous said…

Impaired memory since administration, now 2 years. Never again. 1mg

Anonymous said…

My wife had a colonoscopy two months ago. They told her nothing, just “sign on dotted line” and “you will not remember anything”! They used versed, 3 mg followed by another 5 mg during the procedure. She came out of this with everything described as I have read here. All I want is my wife back as she was before the procedure. She was a strong woman, and now she is a basket case.

NOTE: Murray fed Michael with Versed on a continuous basis and on the last night alone he said that he gave Michael 4 mg of Versed. Whether it is true or not it does not matter – if Murray says it is okay to give 4mg of Versed nothing would have stopped him from giving this or a higher dose on another day.

And the Versed sufferer had impaired memory for 2 years from just 1mg of Versed, while the second victim turned into a basket case from being injected 8 mg of Versed just once.

It gives me shudders to recall that Michael was also called a basket case – by stage manager Bugsy (Hougdahl) in his June 19th email to Randy Phillips:

  • “I’m not being a drama queen here. MJ was sent home without stepping on stage. He was a basket case and Kenny was concerned he would embarrass himself on stage, or worse yet- get hurt…”

Or this Ortega’s email to Phillips on June 20th:

  • “There are strong signs of paranoia, anxiety and obsessive-like behavior….”

Karen Faye said that Michael was barely coherent in his last days and was constantly repeating things to himself. People recalled that he was forgetting the lyrics of his own songs and Ortega seriously considered that he was in need of a psychiatrist.

In short the general impression of it is that Michael was a classical picture of a Versed victim:

Jackie said…

To all of you who have had this experience with the Versed, isn’t it ODD that we all can describe the same exact mental reactions to this chemical? As I read the posts of others and re read my own I can see a pattern in the disruption of our mental processes. Anger, anxiety and obsession are at the top of the list, which is really bad for those of us who previously could be described as normal. It is disconcerting to suddenly have mental problems.

Anonymous said…

I have had a EDG every month for the past year along with an MRI which I was sedated for. The Doctor uses Versed for the EDG procedures. My problem is I have become very depressed and I thought I was suicidal. I even admitted myself to a physic unit. Is this because of the repeat use of versed? I have to have the EDG every three months now. But I am worried about getting worse. I was a Senior Web Developer but lost my job due to my anxiety.

Anonymous said…

I knew something was wrong when I became very dizzy right before the procedure. The next thing I knew, several hours had gone by and I was being told to wake up. I felt like I’d been hit by a train. I literally felt as though I’d been in a fight. I was told I’d had a bad reaction to the drug they gave me.

Anonymous said…

Stayed conscious and aware during procedures. After procedure had extreme anxiety, extreme emotional lability, accelerated heart rate, paranoia, vertigo, extreme brain fog, etc that lasted over a week. Thought I was losing my mind. I would NEVER recommend this drug to anyone unless they were fully aware of ALL the side effects this drug can cause.

Anonymous said….

As a pharmacist with plenty of training in the area of IV drugs (and as someone in a primary care environment who interacts with patients post-procedure)……….with all due respect to the “anesthesia providers” who offer an opinion on Versed, let me make one comment: basically, Versed hurts a LOT of patients. The amnesia, PTSD that is causes is terrible and haunts many patients.

Anonymous said…

Only through honesty and open dialog can care improve. The truth is Versed IS a real problem for many patients. We all just need to be aware of that and proceed accordingly. However, there are prejudices in both the medical industry and patient attitudes that often cause problems. This site is valuable because it is one method of communicating about the issue and it is reassuring to be reminded that I am not the only person who has had a bad reaction to Versed. 

Several years ago I had to go into Dartmouth Hospital for a heart catheterization procedure. I was told I would be awake but “relaxed” because it was a short-term, outpatient procedure being done only to check out my congenital arrhythmia problem. I went ahead with the procedure because I trusted my cardiologist who seemed to trust the Nurse Anesthetist. BIG mistake! 

I remember being wheeled into the OR talking about the procedure and my dogs, then suddenly “awakening” in a disoriented panic with the distinct impression that someone was running a blowtorch along my neck. Then, suddenly I guess I was out again as I do not remember much more until I woke up in recovery feeling absolutely awful — the most horrible sense of pain, doom and general malaise ever. 

Afterward, despite receiving nothing except “minimal” amounts of Versed and a couple of shots of local anesthetic where they inserted the catheters, I had trouble breathing for several and shook like crazy for hours afterward and experienced nausea and vomiting for several days. For weeks afterward I felt dizzy, unusually tired, lethargic and moderately depressed. Despite usual good health and an even, happy temperament, I just could not seem to get into “recovery” mode. I had recurring nightmares, where I could recall fragments of what had happened in the OR, but could not synthesize them into a context that I could consciously deal with so I could get past them and move one. This lasted for months!

I researched it all myself and learned that I, like MANY (but not all) people have an intolerance to Versed that may well have to do with individual genetics and their effect on metabolizing the various components of the drug. As consumers and human beings, we, as patients, deserve and have a right, as well as an obligation to ensure that we are treated as we should be.

NOTE: Troubles with breathing, shaking like crazy, being unusually tired, lethargic or feeling like “you’ve been hit by a train” were surely the last thing Michael wanted, however if Versed is capable of producing such an effect from just one dose of it, how much more damage could be done by a massive amount of Versed given by Murray on a regular basis?

I am absolutely sure that Versed was administered regularly even from the regularity of orders Murray was making – the first 20 vials (40ml) came on April 30, 2009, 20 more vials arrived on May 12 and 20 more vials on June 15.  This makes it 120ml altogether. If divided by approximately 48 working days (April 30 – June 24) it is at least 2,5 ml of Versed per day.

So even if Michael was not having a specific intolerance to this drug the overall quantity of it was still a huge damaging factor to his health.

These people felt lethargic and like they’d been hit by a train? But this is exactly the impression I got of that spider scene in This is it on June 24th – remember Michael and Travis Payne on an elevated bridge slowly taking Michael into some dark door in “This is it” and Michael being unsmiling, slow and barely conscious?

Or do you remember the expression of Michael’s face when he was singing the Earth song? He looked listless and lifeless though they say it was a good rehearsal.

Actually lethargic is a more proper word. And it is not because of the song – he was feeling that way.

Now see what the Versed sufferers say about one more complication of Versed.

Dot said….

My problems with Versed were the after-effects. I experienced extreme insomnia that lasted months, blunted emotions, an inability to be still, and large hives that appeared off and on for months. I had other symptoms, but I’m not sure if they were caused by the Versed or by the fact that I couldn’t sleep, etc. This happened to me a couple of times, but the last time was when I put the puzzle together. I thought I was just going crazy, but found a group on the web that pretty much saved me. I took me almost 2 years to feel like things were back to normal again.  I’m glad to find this blog, and that it’s available for others to access before they innocently agree to administration of Versed.  I have to say that I have relatives who have used Versed with no problems, but for me, never again.

Anonymous said…

I never made it to surgery. Immediately began dry heaving violently. Felt like something exploded in my head. I could not go into surgery, because the dry-heaving continued for hours. Not only did have the opposite of relaxation, but I was unable to go to sleep until after 4am the next morning, and then I woke up after about 2 hours from a nightmare. I was never prone to nightmares. The disrupted sleep continued for weeks gradually letting me sleep a bit longer each night, but having multiple nightmares every night. It has been more than a year now, and I am still having nightmares more frequently than ever before. In addition, I have developed what feels like mild altzheimers. I have difficulty focusing.

Anonymous said…

No one described to me that I would have amnesia after the IV sedation for an endoscopy. It is 12 days since this procedure and I cannot sleep or eat properly and have almost passed out on several occasions, I also feel tearful and extremely agitated.

Anonymous said…

This was my second experience with Versed. I am glad that I don’t remember anything about the tooth extraction and implant. I felt very foggy the rest of the day. It is now 11 days later and slight fogginess hangs on. I’ve been able to do difficult Sudoku and it has not affected my life at all. I just don’t feel 100%. I have always battled insomnia but it seems worse. (1mg was given)

NOTE: So besides all the other charms of this medication one of its effects is extreme insomnia and problems with sleep – at least for some people? Then what was the point of giving it to Michael? What if he also had the same reaction and his insomnia was actually exacerbated by Versed?

And how could he function if he was experiencing the same fogginess for days and weeks after Versed that was given to him on a nightly basis?

Anonymous said…

Severe panic attack the following day. Happened while driving. Stopped twice in severe distress not wanting to have an accident. Heart racing, shaking, light headed, sounds seemed muffled and strange. Very scary. Had never experienced this before.

Anonymous said…

The surgery I had was no more painful than getting a tooth filled. Conscious sedation and lidocane was enough pain control. That’s right, I was conscious, like I wanted thru half the surgery! Two months later experienced severe headaches, loss of concentration, inability to focus, Impulsive rage, depression , suicidal thoughts and a loss of self-control. This lasted about 3 weeks as the drug absorbed in to the tissues during the surgery got released.

Anonymous said…

I am ENRAGED at the common misuse of this drug! After I awoke in Recovery, I had severe trembling that quickly diminished but kept coming back periodically for 2 weeks. Crying (I believe as a side effect of Versed) in recovery because they couldn’t “find” my husband in the waiting room even though he was there anxious to hear how the surgery had gone for the 7 hour duration. Severe shivering, disturbing memory fragments, fear, anxiety lasting weeks.

Anonymous said…

I was fine just before I was given the the drug through an IV, but when I woke up in my hospital bed I was shaking so bad that the bed was shaking too. I was unable to walk unassisted for months, I used walls to get from one room to another. I shook so bad that children would ask their parents “What was wrong with that lady?” I scared them. I was with my mother who was in her sixties and I was in my forties at a plant sale. I purchased several plants and was picking them up to put hem in the car when a bunch of older women came running to help me. No one assisted my sixty something mother, just me because of my whole body shaking. I couldn’t even write because I did not have control of my hands. Even today the limbs on my right side have tremors that are very visible. I shake so much that it is very painful because it never stops and my muscles cannot relax. It is now more than fifteen years later and I’m still in pain. I am scared to death of taking any sort of medication.

Anonymous said…

I felt like I had had about six drinks too many, but never lost consciousness, was totally aware of what was going on, and was highly annoyed by the uppity attitudes of the staff. Apparently they thought I would not remember. I had a full-blown-attack of PTSD while in the recovery room, felt like I was freezing to death and shivering violently. I wanted to kill the nurse because I thought that she was keeping me prisoner, but my body was so drugged I couldn’t even get up. (The nurse was less than compassionate.) My husband is a mental health therapist and he realized that I was hallucinating and tried to calm me down, but it didn’t help. This was a HIDEOUS experience. I will SPECIFICALLY state on any consent forms in the future – “I do NOT consent to the use of Versed.” They can like it or lump it – I don’t really care. There are other things that can be used; the doctors don’t like to use them because they are more expensive (often requiring the presence of an anesthesiologist). I don’t mind paying the difference. I will NEVER go through this again.

NOTE: Does all this shivering and freezing to death remind you of anything? Remember Ortega’s account of Michael shaking so much on June 19th that he could not eat and Ortega had to cut his chicken for him? Here is a part of Ortega’s email of June 19th reminding us how Michael felt that day:

  • “He had a visible case of the chills, was trembling, rambling and obsessing. Everything in me says that he should be psychologically evaluated. If we have any chance at all to get him back in the light, it’s going to take a strong Therapist to help him through this as well as immediate physical nurturing. I was told by our Choreographer that during the Artist’s costume fitting with his Designer tonight they noticed he’s lost more weight. As far as I can tell there is no one taking responsibility (caring for) him on a daily basis. Where was his assistant tonight? Tonight I was feeding him, wrapping him in blankets to warm his chills, massaging his feet to calm him and calling his doctor.
On June 23rd the rehearsal was good. Murray says that he prior to it he reduced the rate of Propofol, but he still gave it!

On June 23rd the rehearsal was good. Murray says that prior to it he reduced the rate of Propofol, but he still gave it!

Let us try to draw some parallels between the way Michael performed during those two rehearsals and the medications Murray gave to him the previous night.

Prior to June 23rdMurray says that he reduced Propofol and gave more of Lorezapam and Versed, though on that night Michael was still on a drip. The rehearsal was good.

As to the night before June 24th Murray claims he gave Michael solely Versed and Ativan.

And what does Alif Sankey says in her testimony at the AEG trial about that day? She says that on June 24th Michael was cold again and had layers of clothes on:

Q. Was Michael there on the 24th?

A. Yes he was there.

Q. How was Michael dressed for rehearsal, was he dressed normally?

A. When I saw Michael that evening at the Staples Center he was layers and wrapped in a blanket

Q. Is it normal to see entertainers wrapped in a blanket?

A. No not like that.

Q. So you just walked passed Mr. Jackson

Q. How did he (MJ) look that day?

A. He didn’t look good, I asked him if he was cold and he said yes.

Q. Did he do songs that night?

A. He rehearsed and did two songs.

Q. Is it normal to see performers with blankets wrapped around them like this?

A. No not like this.

Earth Song was the last song Michael sang.  On that day he was freezing again

Earth Song was the last song Michael sang. On that day he was freezing again

This was after Versed as Murray told us….

Could the same happen on the night prior to June 19th? Absolutely.

It is absolutely logical to assume that after the June 18th so-called “intervention” meeting where Ortega and AEG threatened Michael to pull the plug and said that he would lose everything, even his kids, Michael was in so awful a condition that Murray could easily give him the strongest drug he had for his anxiety, which was Versed, and probably in a big quantity too.

And it is absolutely logical that the next day Versed turned Michael into a “basket case” and made him shiver and freeze, and go rambling and obsessing, and made him unable even to eat because his hands were shaking so terribly that he could not hold a knife…

In her testimony of May 9, 2013 Alif Sankey said that Michael felt so cold on June 19th that he was sitting in his gloves:

A. He was cold and he would tell me that he was cold and a couple of times that he was cold, he would have layers of clothing on.

Q. Did he wear gloves?

A. He did wear gloves on that the day that we all sat for the run through and his hands were cold he was just sitting there watching the show.

Q. Was it cold in the forum?

A. We had a light and a lot of lighting and the light heats up the room.

Q. What was he wearing when he showed up, was it a t-shirt or was it layers on that night of the 19th, what did you observe?

A. Michael was not dressed necessarily for rehearsal, but there was a concert fitting and it was the last fitting. I was outside of Kenny’s office and Travis Payne and Michael Bush was in the dressing room with Michael and after about 30 minutes Travis comes and informed me that they had to take everything back.

On June 20th Michael looked a little better though on that day no one was paying any real attention to him – everybody was busy pacifying Ortega and assuring him that Michael would be okay and would come to every rehearsal from now on.

However Michael’s condition was far from being normal as on Sunday the next day (June 21st) Michael had a severe case of freezing again – half of his body was cold and half was hot, and this is why they called Nurse Lee and she suggested immediately taking him to hospital.

On Monday June 22th Michael went to Klein’s office for the last time and suddenly broke out dancing there for his patients and Klein and everybody had a terrible premonition of a future tragedy – they somehow felt that they were saying their final goodbye to him.

Then came a good rehearsal on June 23rd after a partial drip of Propofol, followed by a lethargic rehearsal on June 24th after Versed when Michael was feeling cold again, and on June 25th he was simply left alone by Murray and died.

I need to say one more thing about Versed.

Considering that Murray is a criminal there is one more feature of Versed which makes it a very dangerous drug in the hands of a person with criminal inclinations – and this is the ability of this drug to bend the mind of the patient, make him compliant and obedient, and unable to object.

In the circumstances when Michael was pressured with each new day to attend those rehearsals and sign Murray’s contract under which he was obliged to pay him $150,000 a month (though initially it was AEG’s responsibility), this specific quality of Versed is beginning to worry me more and more.

Versed sufferers say about it:

Jackie said…

Versed turned me into a compliant zombie without a will of my own no matter how much I fought the drug. It was a real life nightmare where I was trying to stop them and was completely helpless to do anything other than what they ordered me to do. They did not ask if I wanted this, they did not describe the drug except as a “muscle relaxant” They did not even name the drug. I had to go down to the hospital and demand the names of the drugs they used.

Tim said…

I do not know the exact mechanisms involved, but it is supposed to sedate a person and it generally causes amnesia. People can, apparently, carry on a conversation while under the influence. An observer may notice little if anything. One problem is it often turns people into zombies – they are more or less paralyzed and may lose touch with where they are. 

Anonymous said…

This drug is given as a “patient control drug” not to relax the patient. I could hear other patients who had received Versed moanng, crying in pain, but being totally ignored by their providers. I asked one nurse why she was ignoring her patient who was in obvious distress, she told me: “that patient won’t remember any of this for a while so it doesn’t matter” and they just treat the patients roughly and with contempt. When it was my turn, I told the nurse to keep the 4mg of Versed that I was supposed to get and I had a discussion with the GI doctor about the obvious patient abuse that was happening right before my eyes with Versed. She was embarassed when I asked her: “why would you give me Versed after failing to tell me of it’s side-effects?” Why would you treat me with such contempt?

When the anesthesiologist came in, I asked her about Versed; she basically told me thet the endo nurses give it because they aren’t credentialed to give propofol. Yes, a LOT of patients have horrible long-term memory and PTSD issues after Versed and many feel traumatized. No, she would not want Versed herself. I then loudly berated the GI doctor for using Versed to insure that patients become cooperative (but possibly terrified) and in pain (but unable to communicate)..they love Versed, it forces compliance and gets the patient out the door to deal with the psychic trauma at home. The GI doc was very flustered by my speech and she was really upset when I grabbed my clothes, pulled out my cannula and tossed the IV in the sink, loudly proclaiming that I would risk colon cancer (which killed my wife) rather than be treated by a so-called “doctor” like her who is totally dishonest about the Versed that gives during colonoscopy…what else is she lying about? this “doctor” was sobbing when I left; I guess it’s because she was good fiends with my wife..

Anonymous said…

I was in my early 30′s and had Versed when I had my wisdom teeth removed by an Oral Surgeon. I was completely asleep. When I awoke, I started asking the same questions over and over which was to be expected with this type of drug before it was out of your system. The problem was, once it was out of my system, my memory was never the same again. I have told doctors I will never allow it to be used on me again, You’d think by now they would have come up with something better but even new dentists with extensive training in anesthesiology still do not use newer protocols – most continue to use Versed, Brevital and Valium – all old drugs! I love Propofol but know it is normally only used on intubated patients inside a hospital setting. Propofol is best because it is short acting, and it has no memory side effects that I have ever experienced. It’s just like having a really good deep sleep and when you wake up you feel great. Some dentists do use it, but I am not sure of the rest of the protocols they use with it. Anyway, don’t believe anyone that says Versed doesn’t cause permanent memory loss (problems with short term memory) because it DOES. I cannot look at a phonebook or piece of paper with a 10 digit phone number on it and remember it long enough to dial the phone (one example).

NOTE: It isn’t the first time we hear of a comparison of Versed with Propofol and get the impression that Propofol is actually a much better choice – only it is a more expensive one as it requires the presence of an anesthesiologist or at least of a credentialed anesthetist nurse, and this is where the core of the problem evidently is.

Versed is simply easier for a doctor and I do not rule out that Murray was trying to make life easier for himself too…

And medical care providers themselves imply that Propofol does not have all these horrible side effects everyone threatens us with now. In this piece the anesthesiologist directly says that Propofol is a much better choice than Versed, so even from this point of view Murray was changing from one bad thing to an even worse one:

David said…

Interesting website. I am an anesthesiologist and I always try to be upfront and honest about the drugs I use. I’d say about 99% of people prefer to be unconscious as early as possible and remember as little as possible about their surgery, so we get used to sedating people as soon as possible.

The idea that people actually don’t want versed is foreign to a lot of health care workers, so they will want to give it anyway. We see the effects of versed many times every day, and I can tell you that nurses and doctors who administer Versed almost always want Versed when going through a procedure themselves. FYI – the easiest way to avoid Versed would be to list it in your medical allergies. 

As an aside, sedation for colonscopies, and most other procedures are smoother with propofol than versed, plus patients wake up quicker. For that reason, CRNA’s and anesthesiologists usually prefer propofol over versed for short sedation cases such as colonscopies. My guess is that some of these unpleasant experiences were from an RN administering high doses of Versed under the GI doc’s supervision, rather than from a CRNA’s use of versed under an anesthesiologist’s supervision. I’m sure that’s not the case everytime, it’s just a thought. Don’t assume that just because you were sedated that anesthesia providers were involved. It may have just been an RN and the doc doing the procedure.

NOTE: So again, just as in the case of propofol Versed requires proper training in the first place which Murray was surely lacking. By the way Midazolam should be provided strictly in a hospital setting too as its protocol says.

It’s funny that this doctor mentioned nurses and doctors choosing Versed for their own procedures. He would be surprised to hear the following damning accounts from his own colleagues:

Anonymous said…

I’m a physician and I have recommended “sedation” for colonoscopies and was not apprehensive when I was coerced (in a nice way by my nurses) to get one myself. The “sedation” was what most patients receive..Versed 4mg plus some fentanyl…this was a total nightmare! I was not relaxed or sedated at all..it was a drug combo that rendered me unable to communicate and tell the doc that the pain was intolerable…I was thrashing around so badly that the colonoscopy could not be done……….they told me that: “you did great”……..what a joke, I was soaked with sweat and experienced the worst pain of my life…the Versed made it hard for me to communicate..….I will NEVER recommend that ANY patient underdo colonoscopy or any other procedure with “conscious sedation”..Versed is a terrible drug and it appears that many docs exploit it’s “amnesia” properties to treat patients in a rough and abusive manner…

Anonymous said…

I’m an advance-practice nurse who has always told patients that Versed is safe and effective. I no longer do so; in fact I would not recommend this drug at all. My first colonoscopy with 4mg Versed/100mcg fentanyl was a nightmare; the Versed caused extreme agitation, panic,shaking even before the colonoscopy was started. The test was not even started because I was so terrified. Read: TERRIFIED. I have seen every surgical procedure and had confidence in my endo team (I work with them daily), but after receiving Versed and being told that: “you are doing fine..while I was terrified, shaking, my BP thru the roof etc”, I do not trust and form of sedation with this amnestic drug. And weeks later,I can’t remember my kid’s birthdays etc.

Want a terrible experience during a colonoscopy? Want to be terrified, unable to move or communicate (a chemical straightjacket?). Sign the routine sedation consent form and they will give you Versed and laugh at your distress.

Anonymous said…

First let me say I am a Registered Nurse, and I have seen Versed work as it should, but for me it was a nightmare. After giving me “the usual dose” I had absolutely no effect at all, they might as well have given me sterile water. When they realized it wasn’t working, they gave me three more doses, I remember intense fear, panic and I am told that I “turned the air blue with my swearing” which is not good as all since the proceedure was done at the hospital where I worked. To make matters worse I ended up staying two days in the hospital for what should have been an outpatient procedure because I was so disoriented and quite frankly I think that they thought I was mentally ill. To make things worse the so called Amnesia effect that is the reason the drug is used, never worked, I remember acting like a hell cat, and I have to face these people every time I go to work. The real kicker is that I recently had the other knee operated on at another hospital, I listed Versed as an allergy, the Anesthesiologist questioned me and said that is not an allergy, a lot of patients react that way, and yes you guessed it even though I said don’t give it to me, they did, same reaction as last, I have confirmed this by getting a copy of my chart.

Anonymous said…

I am an RN, if that means anything with these comments. This is the dumbest drug I’ve ever seen. It’s primary “help,” in my opinion, from personal experience and hearing from friends, is to put you into such an apathetic child-like state that you can’t speak for yourself honestly when you are in agony during a procedure! Very convenient for the doctor and staff. Maybe they are in denial about it’s effectiveness? The amnesia wears off for me and many others I’ve encountered, leaving you with a sense of being victimized and traumatized. Never again!!!

Anonymous said…

Received versed way back in 1990 for a colonoscopy and wound up with a blood clot in my neck, hospitalized on heparin injections for a few days and 18 months of coumadin. Have a colonoscopy every three years and absolutely REFUSE any versed even tho almost 100 percent of the medical pros seem to defend the drug and all refer to it as the drug of choice especially for colonoscopies. By the way, I am a registered nurse and am a bit concerned by the defense of this drug.

Now know just why it is used so often for procedures not requiring deep sedation, it makes the patient totally compliant with absolutely no memory of the procedure. While I will concede that this is beneficial in promoting patient compliance for repeat colonoscopy screens, there is definitely an air of evasiveness with the risks of this drug.

As with ALL pharmaceuticals, there is a risk/benefit ratio, but as this drug is so convenient to the ease of completing the test I know, as a heath care professional, that full disclosure about the down side of this med is NOT being disclosed.

September 10, 2013 5:27 PM

Source: http://versedbusters.blogspot.ru/p/midazolam-mafia.html

Everyone understands that the problem with Versed for Michael was not in handling his pain (he probably had none).

The problem was that this nasty and evil drug was totally unnecessary and even damaging for his condition and was imposed on Michael despite his will and in the quantities which exceeded anything anyone ever heard of.

The primary purpose of Versed is to deal with anxiety, send the patient into a “La-La-Land”, give a little drowsiness and induce total amnesia. Did Michael need any of that, especially amnesia? Absolutely not, unless Murray wanted to mend his mind and turn him into a complete vegetable unable to function on an intellectual level.

Wiki also describes Midazolam in a way that makes it clear that a prolonged use of it may turn a person into a lobotomized case:

In susceptible individuals, midazolam has been known to cause a paradoxical reaction, a well-documented complication with benzodiazapines. When this occurs, the individual may experience anxiety, involuntary movements, aggressive or violent behavior, uncontrollable crying or verbalization, and other similar effects. Paradoxical behavior is often not recalled by the patient due to the amnesia-producing properties of the drug. In extreme situations, flumazenil can be administered to inhibit or reverse the effects of midazolam.

Midazolam is known to cause respiratory depression. In healthy humans, 0.15 mg/kg of midazolam may cause respiratory depression, which is postulated to be a central nervous system (CNS) effect.Although the incidence of respiratory depression/arrest is low (0.1-0.5%) when midazolam is administered alone at normal doses, the concomitant use with CNS acting drugs may increase the possibility of hypotension, respiratory depression, respiratory arrest, and death, even at therapeutics doses.

Prolonged infusions with midazolam results in the development of tolerance; if midazolam is given for a few days or more a withdrawal syndrome can occur. Withdrawal symptoms can include irritability, abnormal reflexestremorsclonushypertonicitydelirium,and seizuresnauseavomiting and diarrheatachycardiahypertension and tachypnea.

Symptoms of midazolam overdose can include: Ataxia Dysarthria Slurred speech Mental confusion Hypotension Respiratory arrest Vasomotor collapse, Impaired motor functions, Impaired reflexes, Impaired coordination , Impaired balance, Dizziness, Coma, Death

Midazolam has been used to execute condemned prisoners in the USA via lethal injection.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Versid

Fine. Let us sum up.

Murray is either an ignorant imbecile or a criminal involved in a most ingenious conspiracy against Jackson.

The idea that a doctor would give Michael for sleep the medication that is intended to keep patients awake is something really unheard of. Whether done out of ignorance or malicious intent both ways are criminal. Doctors are not allowed to experiment on their patients as if they were guinea pigs – their primary duty is not to do harm and if they don’t know how to do it they should better refrain from even trying.

It is a human life after all.

The main purpose of Versed is decreasing anxiety and producing amnesia. This is why it is used as a pre-operative drug to reduce the patients’ panic and decrease recall of the unpleasant procedure.

But Michael did not need amnesia – he was suffering from insomnia, however this drug does not induce sleep.  It keeps the patient awake and also makes him cooperative. Some medical professionals even point out that the main advantage of the drug is promoting the patient’s compliance.

To a criminal doctor this opens a vast field for abuse as the patient will be cooperative, will do as he is told and will also remember nothing of it.  If, for example, he is told to sign papers in this condition he will do so, and will not even remember what papers he signed.

I have a strong temptation to suspect Murray of using this drug on purpose and with criminal intentions too. The only thing which is more or less releasing him of this suspicion is that he is an ignorant idiot who seldom understands what he is doing, so he could be using Versed is as part of a standard protocol he distantly heard of – after all many other medical care providers also apply it without giving it a thought.

On the other hand Versed is part of a pre-operative protocol and Michael was not undergoing any operations, so there was no obvious need for Murray to select this particular drug.

And Murray is the kind of a man who is not burdened with conscience and ethics, so when it comes to taking advantage of an opportunity that presents itself in this or that way there are absolutely no ethical barriers to stop him.

In short the mystery whether Murray did it intentionally or not will forever haunt me.

However remembering Murray’s idiocy and readiness to talk about Midazolam as a better choice for Michael I’m still inclined to think that he did not know of the poisonous effect of Versed. As is usual with Murray it could be simply a case of his utter incompetence and arrogant ignorance.

Time will show what it really was.


Filed under: Conrad Murray, the man who killed Michael Jackson Tagged: Ativan, benzodiazepines, Conrad Murray, lorazepam, Michael Jackson, Midazolam, Nurse Lee, propofol, Versed

THE DECLARATIONS OF FOUR HONEST JURORS

$
0
0

The series about Conrad Murray is not finished, but it is simply impossible to go on keeping silence about the declarations of four jurors made after the recent AEG trial.

These honest and courageous people openly admitted that they had been trapped during their deliberations by the way the verdict form was worded and by the arguments of some super-active juror who persuaded them that question No.2 was about the time Murray was hired only.

Sometimes it takes only one well-prepared person to confuse the minds of unsuspecting people. It was indeed a trap as everything this juror said was wrong.

Firstly, no one can be really sure when the moment of hiring Murray was. Until June 24thMurray was working without a contract and was on a kind of probation with AEG within which time his future employer had more than enough chance to see him in action. The fact that Michael’s health deteriorated was seen by everyone with a naked eye and provided overwhelming proof of his total ineptitude for the job.

However even if we give up all theory over the question and simply read it as: “Was Dr. Conrad Murray unfit or incompetent to perform the work for which he was hired?” every normal person will answer it: “His job was to keep his patient safe and sound and this is exactly what he didn’t do, so the answer is – he was unfit and incompetent for the job”.  Any other reply would be a violation of simple common sense.

And this is essentially what the four honest jurors are saying in their affidavits. However even when the truth is simple it is not always easy to tell it. This is why the sense of responsibility of these four jurors and their fortitude in going against the tide are awesome.

When things like that happen it restores some hope in humankind in general. When people like that exist you realize that all is not lost yet.

These people know that their declarations can still lead nowhere but they cannot keep silent and live in a compromise with their conscience.  Their choice is to stand up and fight. My hat is off to these great jurors – no matter what is awaiting all of us we can say that they have fulfilled their duty and honestly did their job.

Here are their declarations retyped so that each reader can translate them into their language and take the word further. The affidavits come without any comment because when the truth speaks it does not require any.

SUPERIOR COURT OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA

COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, CENTRAL DISTRICT’

KATHERINE JACKSON, individually and as the Guardian ad Litem of MICHAEL JOSEPH JACKSON, JR., PARIS-MICHAEL KATHERINE JACKSON, and PRINCE MICHALE JACKSON II, Plaintiffs, 

v.

AEG LIVE LLC, ANSCHUTZ ENTERTAINMENT GROUP, INC. AEG LIVE PRODUCTIONS, LLC;L BRANDON PHILLIPS, as individual; PAUL GONGAWARE, an individual; TIMOTHY LEIWEKE, an individual and DOES 1 to 100, inclusive.

Case No. BC445597 [Assigned for all purposes to Hon. Yvette M. Palazuelos, Dept. 28]

Juror's affidavit 1Exhibit 1

DECLARATION OF ….. 

I, ….., declare as follows:

1. I have personal knowledge of the facts set forth herein and if called as a witness, I could and would competently testify to the matters stated herein.

2. My experience as a juror in this case was the first that I have ever served on a jury before and after such a long and important trial, I really wanted to perform my duty as a juror to the best of my ability.

3. Since the jury verdict, I have been very upset, and initially I was unable to eat or even check my emails because 1 was so sorry about the verdict and the fact that justice was not done in this case, because of how question 2 on the verdict form was worded.

4. Although I was eager to begin deliberations and discuss the evidence, I did not ever get the chance to discuss any of the important issues that arose in the trial because of the jury verdict form. The verdict form limited our discussions to only the hiring issue, even though the most evidence presented at trial involved the issue of the conflict of interest created by AEG Live between Dr. Conrad Murray and Michael Jackson.

5. Question 2 on the verdict form asked: “Was Dr. Conrad Murray unfit or incompetent to perform the work for which he was hired?” The clear meaning of that question, when coupled with the first question asking, “Did AEG Live hire Dr. Conrad Murray?”, limited our consideration to Dr. Murray’s competency at the time he was hired. The question did not allow us to discuss the issue of whether Dr. Murray became unfit or incompetent later in time. 

6. I was shocked to see that we had to stop our deliberations at the end of Question 2 if we voted “no” to the question of whether Dr. Murray was unfit or incompetent to perform the work for which he was hired, I wanted and expected to deliberate on the issues of negligent supervision and negligent retention, which we had been instructed and told were separate theories.

7. I do not believe that the verdict form was fair or worded correctly, and as phrased, Question 2 was a trap that prevented us from deliberating on the real issues in the case. The question in this trial was not whether Dr. Murray was unfit or incompetent at the time that he was hired – but whether AEG Live should have hired him at all, and whether Dr. Murray was rendered unfit and incompetent because of the creation of a conflict of interest. 

8. I do not understand why there were no time frames put in these questions – and I believe that the addition of the words “at any time” to Question No. 2 would have helped. The question was too specific and narrow, making it impossible for us to answer the question logically.  

9. This was a very unfair and upsetting way to end the case. There was no question in my mind that AEG Live was liable, but I had no way of discussing this issue because of Question 2 on the verdict form. …………………………………………………………….. ……… …………… ………… …………………………………I will always feel badly for what happened in this case.

I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct.

Executed December 11, 2013 at ……………………………, California.

Juror's affidavit 2EXHIBIT 2 

DECLARATION OF ……….

I,…………, declare as follows:

1. I have personal knowledge of the facts set forth herein and if called as a witness, I could and would competently testify to the matters stated herein.

2. After sitting though almost six months of the trial in this case, I believe that Mrs. Jackson had proven her case against AEG Live. Despite this fact, I had no way of voting in favor of the Plaintiffs because of the way that the verdict form was worded.

3. Question 2 of the verdict form asked: “Was Dr. Conrad Murray unfit or incompetent to perform the work for which he was hired?” When we reached this question, …………… discussed with us the fact that the clear meaning of that question, when coupled with the first question asking, “Did AEG Live hire Dr. Conrad Murray?”, gave us no choice but to consider Dr. Murray’s competency at the time he was hired. We discussed the fact that the question did not allow us to vote or discuss the issue of whether Dr. Murray became unfit or incompetent later in time. I believe that the evidence showed that Dr. Murray became unfit because of the conflict created after AEG Live tried to control Dr. Murray and make him get Michael Jackson to practice.

4.  I was shocked to see that we had to stop our deliberations at the end of Question 2
if we voted ‘no” to the question of whether Dr. Murray was unfit or incompetent to perform the work for which he was hired.  I wanted and expected to continue to talk about the issues of negligent supervision and negligent retention, which we had been instructed and told were separate theories. I do not think whether or not Dr. Murray was competent to be a general practitioner for the tour at the time that he was hired had anything to do with the real issues in this case.

5.  Many jurors became very upset about the fact that we were not able to continue or complete our deliberations – especially because we had spent a lot of time listening to the evidence in this case. One juror, ……. refused to stop deliberating and he insisted that we continue answering the rest of the questions, Our foreman, ………, told ….. that we would send our verdict to the judge, and she would tell us if we completed it incorrectly.

6. I do not believe that the verdict form was fair or worded correctly, and I do not think that justice was achieved in this case.

I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of State of California that the foregoing is true and correct.

Executed December 10, 2013 at ……………………………, California.

Juror's affidavit 3EXHIBIT 3

DECLARATION OF …………. 

I, ……, declare as follows:

1. I have personal knowledge of the facts set forth herein and if called as a witness, I could and would competently testify to the matters stated herein.

2.  Being selected for and serving on the jury for this trial was one of the greatest experiences of my life. For such an important case, I would have been willing to deliberate fully and thoroughly until December. I took my role as a juror very seriously, and even before we began deliberations, I asked for all the evidence to be brought into the jury room.

3. To my shock and huge disappointment, however, I never got the chance to discuss the most important issues or review the most pertinent e-mails because of the confusing verdict form and the order in which the questions appeared on that form.   To this day, I cannot understand why we had to stop deliberating after answering Question 2, or why we were prevented from discussing the ethical conflict or any of the real issues in this case.

4. Question 2 of the verdict form asked: “Was Dr. Conrad Murray unfit or incompetent to perform the work for which he was hired?” When we reached this question, ……… …. discussed with us the fact that the clear meaning of that question, when coupled with, the first question asking, “Did AEG Live hire Dr. Conrad Murray? “, gave us no choice but to consider Dr. Murray’s competency at the time he was hired. 1 believed that the question should have included the words “at any time”, but it did not I also thought that it would have been preferable to have this question at the end of the form. The real issues in this case were the negligent retention and negligent supervision of Dr. Murray by AEG Live – and we should have been allowed to discuss those issues first.

5. During our deliberations, 1 asked to send a question to the judge to explain Question 2, but by then the foreman had already answered “no” and followed the instructions to sign the form. I feel so cheated because I sat through more than five months of trial and listened to a lot of evidence on the ethical conflict created – yet I never got to even deliberate at all on that issue or even review the hundreds of exhibits that had been brought in. Most of the jurors discussed the fact that they also believed that such an ethical conflict existed, but our deliberations

I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the forgoing is true and correct.

Executed December   11, 2013, at ……………………………….. California.

Juror's affidavit 4EXHIBIT 4

DECLARATION OF ……….

I,…………, declare as follows:

1. I have personal knowledge of the facts set forth herein and if called as a witness, I could and would competently testify to the matters stated herein.

2. I want to have this opportunity to share my thoughts and feelings with Judge Palazuelos about the jury instructions and verdict.

3.  As jurors, we did everything that was asked of us, made sacrifices, and willingly sat through almost sis months of a very important trial. The case, however, ended abruptly thus rendering a verdict for the defense. The verdict form caused us to stop deliberating after Question 2. I believe that the verdict form was ambiguous; and that it did not provide a way for the jurors to move forward in our deliberations. 

4. I believe that some of the jurors wanted to render a verdict for the Plaintiffs, and some of the jurors were stunned and upset after learning that we had to stop deliberations after answering “no” to Question 2. Question 2 of the verdict form asked: “Was Dr. Conrad Murray unfit or incompetent to perform the work for which he was hired?” When we reached this question, one of the jurors, discussed with us the fact that the clear meaning of that question, when coupled with the first question asking, “Did AEG live hire Dr. Conrad Murray?”, gave us no choice but to consider Dr. Murray’s competency at the time he was hired.

5. I discussed with the jurors my belief that the strongest claims for the Plaintiff were negligent supervision and negligent retention – but we were never allowed to deliberate on those claims because of the verdict form. One of the jurors, …… even refused to stop deliberating and he wanted to continue answering the remainder of the questions. We discussed writing a question to the judge about the question, but we did not want anyone to know where we were in the deliberations.

6.  I would like the judge to know that we did not have the opportunity to deliberate or render a verdict on the Plaintiffs” claims that Dr. Murray did not become unfit or incompetent until after the conflict of interest was created, Dr. Murray’s duties were changed, pressures were mounting, or even after the contract was prepared and signed by Dr. Murray.

I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct.

Executed December 12, 2013 at ……………………………, California.

Here are the originals:

The declarations are attached to the Plaintiff’s Motion for a new trial filed on December 12, 2013. 

I don’t agree with the Plaintiff’s estimation of Kenny Ortega’s role in the case but let us consider it a minor issue.  Here is an excerpt from the document:

 PLAINTIFFS’ MEMORANDUM OF POINTS AND AUTHORITIES IN SUPPORT OF PLAINTIFF’S MOTION FOR NEW TRIAL

(filed Concurrently with Declaration of Deborah S. Chang in Support Thereof)

FACTUAL BACKGROUND

In this unique case involving an extraordinary decedent and an unprecedented factual scenario, Plaintiffs have continuously claimed that Defendants were negligent in the manner in which they hired Dr. Murray, wrongfully interfered with the doctor-patient relationship, and turned a traditional two-party relationship into a dangerous and risky three-party arrangement in which Dr. Murray was unduly pressured into keeping the Artist on the stage and the show on the road at all costs. The evidence presented in this case showed that AEG Live wanted the King of Pop to return to the stage at the 02 so badly that it was willing to do the unthinkable: it agreed to pay for a doctor who was willing to put his prescription pad on sale for an exorbitant price. Defendants knew or should have known exactly what Dr. Conrad Murray was and what he offered: an unlimited supply of prescription drugs. And Defendants needed Dr. Murray to make sure that Michael Jackson got back up on that stage where they needed him to be.

By April of 2009, too much was on the line. Randy Phillips had just seen Michael Jackson at the March 5, 2009 press conference, where just hours before Michael Jackson was found “locked in his room drunk and despondent” (Trial Ex. 93, attached as Ex. 6 to Chang Declaration). It was “the scariest thing” he had ever seen: Michael Jackson was an “emotionally paralyzed mess riddled with self loathing and doubt” (Id). In order to get him out of the room, Mr. Phillips had to scream at him “so loud the walls [were] shaking”, throw him in a cold shower, and then “slapped him” (Id; Trial Ex. 2780, attached as Ex. 7 to Chang Declaration). But by then, AEG Live could not “back off” because it “would be a disaster” for the company, which was “holding all the risk” (Trial Ex. 178, attached as Ex. 8 to Chang Declaration). Mr. Phillips got Michael Jackson on the stage for the press conference, but Mr. Jackson was, at best, described as “underwhelming” and “he did not give [AEG Live executives] the feeling that he was together enough to do 30 shows” (Trial Ex. 102, attached as Ex. 9 to Chang Declaration). The ticket sales, however, were overwhelming: it was a “cultural phenomenon”, with 50 shows selling out in record time (Trial Ex. 663-142, attached as Ex. 10 to Chang Declaration; Trial Ex. 112, attached as Ex. 11 to Chang Declaration). Randy Phillips knew that “the next battle” was going to be “getting [Michael Jackson] to play those shows” (Trial Ex. 102, attached as Ex. 9 to Chang Declaration). As March ended, he was asking people, “Odds I get MJ through the 50 O2s?” (Trial Ex. 121, attached as Ex. 12 to Chang Declaration).

With the shows sold out, AEG Live still had a huge problem: “This is It” was only insured for accident cancellation in the amount of $17.5 million – yet its production costs were already $30 million (Trial Testimony of Shawn Trell, attached as Ex. 13 to Chang Declaration at 4923:22-4924:4). It was the first time in AEG Live’s history that the company had ever had insufficient insurance to cover production costs (Id at 4924:14-19). Even worse, there was zero sickness cancellation insurance until Michael Jackson could be examined by a physician in London – which meant that if a show had to be postponed or cancelled due to sickness, AEG Live would have to repay ticketholders (Id. at 4925:11 -15; 4927:1 -3). No one at AEG Live knew if Michael Jackson could cover the mounting costs of the production (Id. at 4371:20-25).  There was, understandably, concern within AEG Live because the company had never lost $30 million before (Id. at 4945:7-10). For AEG Live, it was critical for Michael Jackson to get up on that stage to perform the shows – and no one knew if he would or could.

Defendants made the decision to do something unheard of in the industry or by any expert in this case: step in between the doctor-patient relationship, and turn a traditional two-party relationship into a non-traditional three-party one. Defendants chose to do much more than just agree to pay Dr. Murray $150,000 a month; they entered into a contractual relationship with him. By doing so, Defendants interfered with the doctor-patient relationship and controlled the terms of the engagement. Most importantly, Defendants made it known to Dr. Murray that he could be terminated by AEG Live at any time and for any reason if the “This is It” shows were cancelled or postponed (Trial Ex. 343, attached as Ex. 14 to Chang Declaration at 7,2). Incredulously, AEG Live made the conscious decision to take responsibility for the hiring of Dr. Murray and committed a substantial portion of the production budget to his retention without first checking into his background. The show had to go on – and AEG Live would do “whatever it took” to make sure it did (Trial Testimony of Paul Gongaware, attached as Ex. 15 to Chang Declaration at 5297:6-10). Paul Gongaware told Dr. Murray that he “wanted him to have everything he needed” to get the job done (Id at 5297:18-27). Dr. Murray requested an array of medical equipment, including a cardio pulmonary resuscitation unit, saline, catheters, needles, a gurney and a “qualified assistant medical person” to be approved by AEG Live (Trial Ex. 343, attached as Ex. 14 to Chang Declaration at 3.3; 3.4), to which Defendants turned a blind eye.

Defendants continued to manipulate the relationship and reinforce the existing conflict by reminding Dr. Murray “that it is AEG, not MJ, who is paying his salary” and making him “understand what is expected of him” (Trial Ex. 256, attached as Ex. 16 to Chang Declaration). They made it clear to Dr. Murray that Michael Jackson could not delay the show from opening and thus could not continuously miss rehearsals – despite his obvious gradual deterioration. When director Kenny Ortega and others associated with the production began sounding well-intentioned alarms about Mr. Jackson’s declining health, Randy Phillips lied to silence such alarms. He falsely told Kenny Ortega that Dr. Murray “is extremely successful (we check everyone out) and does not need this gig so he [is] totally unbiased and ethical” (Trial Ex. 307, attached as Ex. 17 to Chang Declaration). He also told Kenny Ortega to stop being an “amateur psychiatrist or physician” and warned him: “You cannot imagine the harm and ramifications of stopping this show now” (Id). To make certain that Kenny Ortega was silenced, Mr. Phillips called Dr. Murray before a critical meeting to discuss Mr. Ortega’s concerns in a 23-minute phone call. At the meeting, Dr. Murray parroted Mr. Phillips’ words and told Mr. Ortega to “stay in his lane” and stop sending Michael Jackson home from rehearsals. AEG Live thereafter designated Dr. Murray, instead of Mr. Ortega, as one of the persons responsible for Michael Jackson’s attendance at rehearsal (Trial Ex. 336, attached as Ex. 18 to Chang Declaration).

Defendants’ decision to create such a conflict of interest while hiring Dr. Murray was a fatal one. Because of Dr. Murray’s precarious financial situation, the AEG Live deal caused him to make desperate and unwise medical decisions that ultimately led to Michael Jackson’s untimely death (Trial Testimony of Dr. Gordon Matheson, attached as Ex. 19 to Chang Declaration at 8400:3-8). Within two short months, Michael Jackson died as a result of an unintentional overdose of prescription drugs administered by a doctor who was more interested in keeping the show, instead of his patient, alive.

……

This Court modified this instruction by adding another element, “That AEG Live hired Dr. Conrad Murray”. When that first element was coupled with the next element, “That Dr. Conrad Murray was unfit or incompetent to perform the work for which he was hired”, the instruction wrongfully placed all of the emphasis on the unfitness or incompetence of Dr. Murray at the time of hire – even though such characteristics or even his assigned duties could have changed after he was already hired. The verdict form that was prepared pursuant to this modified instruction required the jurors to end deliberations if the answer to the second question was “No”.  As given, these instructions and the verdict form were misleading and erroneous in that they did not distinguish between a negligent hiring claim (what the employer knew or should have known at the time of hiring) and a negligent retention or negligent supervision claim (what the employer knew or should have known during the courts of the relationship).

As a result, the instructions and the verdict form permitted the jury to only focus on

the knowledge AEG Live had at the time of hiring instead of what it learned or should I have learned during the course of the relationship. By forcing the jurors to stop if they answered “No” to Question Number 2 on the verdict form, the form never allowed the jurors to consider AEG Live’s separate ongoing duties relating to supervision and retention. This Court, in its ruling on Motion for Nonsuit, specifically found that after Dr. Murray’s hiring and until Michael Jackson’s death, “substantial evidence has been presented at trial from which a jury can reasonably infer that Defendant knew or should have known that Dr. Murray presented an undue risk of harm to Decedent.” (Court’s Ruling on Defendants’ Motion for Nonsuit at 14:5-9). Listed within such substantial evidence were numerous events that occurred after Dr. Murray was hired, including AEG Live’s preparation and negotiation of a contract to the exclusion of Michael Jackson, the

inclusion of a clause within such contract that allowed AEG Live to terminate Dr, Murray if the show was postponed or cancelled, the increased pressures inflicted on Dr. Murray by ABO Live after Kenny Ortega threatened to shut down or postpone the show, and the obvious deterioration of Michael Jackson that continued up to the time of his death, The jurors, however, never had the opportunity to consider such substantial evidence.

The erroneous jury instructions and verdict form given to the jury constituted prejudicial error because it misted the jury and affected the verdict. See Spriesterhach v, Holland (2013) 215 Cal.App.4th 255,263. Based on interviews of several jurors, it is more than probable that they would have come to a different conclusion but for the erroneous instruction and verdict form (See Declarations of four Jurors, attached to Chang Declaration at Ex. 1 through 4). Many of the jurors, who sacrificed so much to serve on this jury, are understandably upset that they were “trapped” by a question that had nothing to do with the real issues of this case. One juror even refused to stop after Question 2, and wanted to continue deliberating on the issues of negligent supervision and retention. Because the jurors read the question so literally, some believed that the addition of the words “at any time*’, specifically requested by Plaintiffs, would have helped.

As written, however, the instructions and verdict form effectively took from the jury any consideration of whether AEG Live negligently supervised or negligently retained Dr. Murray.…

And here is Alan Duke’s article explaining some details:

Michael Jackson death trial jurors: ‘Stunned,’ ‘cheated’ by verdict process

By Alan Duke, CNN

December 13, 2013 — Updated 0533 GMT (1333 HKT)

STORY HIGHLIGHTS

  • Four jurors gave sworn statements to help Katherine Jackson get a new trial
  • The trial ended with a victory for the concert promoter that Jackson’s family had sued
  • One juror called the verdict form “a trap that prevented us from deliberating on the real issues”
  • “I do not think that justice was achieved in this case,” another jurors says

Los Angeles (CNN) – Four jurors in the Michael Jackson wrongful death trial said they feel cheated by the outcome, which they blame on a misleading verdict form.

The six-month-long trial ended in October with a victory for AEG Live, the concert promoter Jackson’s mother and children had claimed was liable for his death because it hired, retained or supervised the doctor convicted of involuntary manslaughter in the death.

The jurors, whose sworn statements were attached to a motion for a new trial filed Thursday by Katherine Jackson’s lawyers, said most of the jury wanted to find concert promoter AEG Live liable in Jackson’s 2009 death.

Along with arguing that the verdict form was faulty, the Jackson lawyers contend the judge erred by refusing to let them pursue a negligence claim independent of the hiring case.

Jackson died from an overdose of the surgical anesthetic propofol on June 25, 2009, which Dr. Conrad Murray told police he used to treat the pop icon’s insomnia as he prepared for a tour produced by AEG Live.

They jurors used the words “stunned,” “upset” and “shocked” when they were told they had to stop deliberations after a majority agreed that the answer was “no” to the second question on the verdict form — “Was Dr. Conrad Murray unfit or incompetent to perform the work for which he was hired?”

One juror called the question “a trap that prevented us from deliberating on the real issues of the case.”

“After sitting through almost six months of the trial in this case, I believed that Mrs. Jackson had proven her case against AEG LIve,” another juror said. “Despite this fact, I had no way of voting in favor of the plaintiffs because of the way that the verdict form was worded.”

Jackson lawyers, in their arguments for a new trial, contend that Los Angeles County Superior Court Judge Yvette Palazeulos erred by denying their request to add the words “at any time” to the question.

The four jurors, whose names were redacted from the documents released by the court, agreed.

“I would like the judge to know that we did not have the opportunity to deliberate or render a verdict on the plaintiffs claims that Dr Murray did not become unfit or incompetent until after the conflict of interest was created, Dr. Murray’s duties were changed, pressures were mounting, or even after the contract was prepared and signed by Dr. Murray,” one juror said.

The jury voted “no” only after one member convinced them that the question could have only meant “at the time he was hired,” two of the juror statements said.

“During our deliberations, I asked to send a question to the judge to explain Question 2, but by then the foreman had already answered ‘no’ and followed the instructions to sign the form,” one said. “I feel so cheated because I sat through five months of trial and listened to a lot of evidence on the ethical conflict created — yet I never got to even deliberate at all on that issue or even review the hundreds of exhibits that had been brought in.”

Another juror said they decided not to ask the judge for direction on the second question because “we did not want anyone to know where we were in deliberations.”

“I do not believe that the verdict form was fair or worded correctly, and as phrased, Question 2 was a trap that prevented us from deliberating on the real issues of the case,” a juror said.

The same juror described the emotional toll it has caused. “Since the jury verdict, I have been very upset, and initially I was unable to eat or even check my e-mails because I was so sorry about the verdict and the fact that justice was not done in this case, because of how question 2 on the verdict form was worded.”

“I do not think that justice was achieved in this case,” another said.

The affidavits revealed that one of the 12 jurors refused to stop deliberating despite being told it was over. “He insisted that we continue answering the rest of the questions,” a juror said.

Judge Palazeulos will hear arguments on the new trial motion on January 3.

http://edition.cnn.com/2013/12/12/showbiz/michael-jackson-new-trial-motion/index.html?iref=allsearch#cnn-disqus-area

So the first news will be on January 3, 2014  and we don’t have long to wait.

In the meantime our good old AEG is expecting Katherine Jackson to cover their costs on the trial amounting to $1,2 million:

Katherine Jackson wants another shot at AEG lawsuit; gives ‘notice of intent’ for new trial

The Jackson matriarch is seeking another trial in the case against AEG Live over the death of Michael Jackson, citing possibe jury misconduct, her lawyer said.

BYNANCY DILLON / NEW YORK DAILY NEWS

PUBLISHED: WEDNESDAY, DECEMBER 4, 2013, 7:36 AM

Jackson seeks another trial against concert giant AEG Live over her son Michael’s 2009 death. Katherine Jackson claims the company failed to properly investigate the doctor who was convicted in 2011 of involuntary manslaughter for the singer’s death, but the company denies all wrongdoing.

Michael Jackson’s mother wants another crack at concert promoter AEG Live.

Katherine Jackson filed paperwork on Monday to provide her “notice of intent” to ask for a new trial in the wrongful death case she lost in October.

Her lawyers cited possible jury misconduct and newly discovered evidence in the short filing.

“(Asking for a) new trial is the first step before appeal,” Katherine’s lawyer Brian Panish told the Daily News in a text Tuesday.

Jackson died in 2009. The pop icon’s family has been in a feud with concert promoter AEG Live over who is responsible for Jackson’s death.

The legal maneuvering came as lawyers for AEG Live filed their own papers demanding that Katherine’s side pay $1.2 million in costs since they brought the jury rejected her request for upwards of $1 billion in damages following a costly five month trial.

“It is tragic that plaintiffs refuse to accept the jury’s verdict and move on from this baseless lawsuit,” AEG Live’s lawyer Marvin Putnam said in a statement to the Daily News. “As the world knows, Michael Jackson provided handsomely for his children and his mother in his will. Clearly this lawsuit was not originally brought-nor is it now being done-to meet their needs. It is time to let these children move on from this tragedy so they can properly recover from the loss of their father.”

Another of Katherine’s lawyers disputed that statement.

“I can confirm that a multibillionaire and his corporations are demanding that the Jackson children pay them $1.2 million dollars. Happy holidays, each and every one,” Kevin Boyle said in a statement to The News Tuesday.”

But Putnam said the King of Pop was responsible for his own health and “demanded” that his personal physician, Dr. Conrad Murray, join him on his ill-fated “This Is It” tour.Jackson even demanded the drug that killed him-a drug he had abused for decades,” Putnam said Tuesday, referring to the surgery-strength anesthetic propofol.

“Jackson ignored several doctors who told him taking propofol for sleep could kill him. AEG Live had absolutely no knowledge of what Jackson was doing in his bedroom at night with his personal physician. And as the jury found, AEG Live could in no way be held responsible for Mr. Jackson’s death.”

He said a retrial would be a waste of time and money.

“Taxpayers have already spent a fortune paying for the judicial resources for a five month jury trial so that Katherine Jackson could bring this lawsuit and try to get more money,” Putnam said.

“The jury has spoken. And the jury got it right. AEG Live is confident that the Court will reject plaintiffs’ attempt to start all over again.”

ndillon@nydailynews.com

http://www.nydailynews.com/entertainment/gossip/katherine-jackson-notice-intent-new-aeg-trial-article-1.1536930#ixzz2mXRN8VC5

Putnam is wrong. Four honest jurors say that they and the others didn’t get it right and justice was not served.


Filed under: AEG THE HORRIBLE, Jacksons vs. AEG Tagged: AEG, Brandon Phillips, jurors, jury, Michael Jackson

The seven jurors’ affidavits – WHY DIDN’T THEY ASK JUROR #27?

$
0
0

Now seven more jurors from the AEG trial also made their affidavits and are saying in unison that they did not look into Murray’s competency “at the time he was hired” only.

Earlier other four jurors said that they had been told to focus only on the moment of hiring Murray.

The situation is unclear and understanding what’s what may be crucial for the outcome of the trial as theoretically there is a possibility of a hung jury (when the jurors are deadlocked and can’t decide).

It is also absolutely crucial to know which side is telling the truth.

This is why I suggest that the Plaintiffs’ lawyers immediately contact Juror #27 (the one who spoke on the MJJCommunity forum) and get an affidavit from him.

This juror said he was also on the jury and elaborated in much detail on his views on the trial. His viewpoint is that they based their decision mostly on the time of Murray’s hire. He repeated it many times over and provided us with various examples to make us swallow and digest this point and remember it forever after.

And we didn’t forget it. This is why we know that now the Plaintiffs cannot find a better witness than Juror #27 himself about the way the jurors deliberated and how they came to answer “no” to question 2 on the verdict form.

THE 7 JURORS’ AFFIDAVITS

But first here is a short word about the seven jurors’ affidavits. Surprisingly, all of them follow one and the same pattern:

  • the mysterious Juror X (his name is blocked out in all affidavits) did not say to them that they should consider Murray’s competency only at the time he was hired
  • no one prevented them from asking questions
  • and even if they answered “Yes” to question #2 they would have answered “No” to question #3.

I was very much impressed by the common pattern of these affidavits and especially by their answer that they would say “No” to question #3 even if they said “Yes” to question #2.

All seven of them repeated that statement almost word for word which made their replies practically identical.

What’s also interesting is that all of them suddenly decided to mention that matter and decided to place it at the end of their affidavits – somewhere in the range of points 7 to 9. The beginnning is exactly the same up to a comma:

  • “Even if we had answered “yes” to Question 2, I do not believe this would have affected the overall verdict. I would have answered “no” to Question 3 as well, because I do not believe …:

Affidavits of 7 jurors - even if we answered yes to question 2 - 4 pcs

Affidavits of 7 jurors - even if we answered yes to question 2 - 3 pcs

This amazing uniformity betrayed the hand of one writer for all seven of them. Five of the affidavits do indeed look like they were written by one person and make us suspect that their forms were just signed by different jurors, while the affidavits made by the foreman and one more juror are more elaborate and provide some details, some of which are rather interesting.

The foreman, for example, says that Ms. Chang spoke to him for an hour saying that other jurors were somewhat unhappy and allegedly told him that Bugzy (Houghdahl) never came to testify at the trial because the Defendants “conveniently kept him out of California so he couldn’t be served with a subpoena”.

She also allegedly said that “Paul Gongaware knew that doctors had given Michael Jackson propofol on prior tours”.

The foreman was surprised to hear it which makes me think he was not attentive enough at the trial. Of course Paul Gongaware knew of those two Propofol incidents as he was the promoter of the History tour and the two German doctors arrived at the hotel through the front door with all their bulky equipment, so the security should have reported it to him on two consecutive nights when Michael was using it. Michael was absolutely not making a secret out of it and there was no way for Gongaware not to know it.

The foreman also says that Ms.Chang gave him the form of an affidavit and he refused to sign it. Probably she did draft a form of it which does not surprise me – the affidavits of the other 6 jurors prove that they did exactly the same, only they signed the ready-made forms drafted for them by the AEG lawyers, and this explains their uniformity.

Here is an excerpt from one of those affidavits –  if you’ve seen one you’ve seen five of them:

Sample page for 5 affidavits

Sample page for 5 affidavits

SAMPLE TEXT:

4. When we first began our deliberations, we reread the Court’s instructions to make sure we understood how to apply the law properly to the questions on the verdict form.

5. [Juror X] did not say that we could only consider Dr. Murray’s competency at the time he was hired. [Juror X] said instead that we should consider what Dr. Murray was hired to do, as the verdict question said.

6. We discussed sending a question to the judge at one point, but collectively decided not to do so. No one was prevented from expressing their thoughts or opinions about the case during deliberations at any point. No one was prevented from asking questions of the judge.

7. Even if we had answered “yes” to Question 2, I do not believe this would have affected the overall verdict. I would have answered “no” to Question 3 as well, because I do not believe the evidence supported plaintiffs’ claim that AEG Live knew or should have known that Dr. Murray was unfit or incompetent. 

Besides this last statement being uniform for all affidavits there is one more  remarkable point about these documents.

All of them direct us to a certain Juror X and say that “neither juror X, not any other juror insisted that we only consider Dr. Murray’s competency at the time he was hired”.

Why is this statement remarkable?

Because if seven jurors say that juror X did not say it and four jurors say that he did, all in all it makes 11 jurors, so in order to come to number 12 only one juror is left and should be asked to make a statement on the above.

This mysterious juror is evidently the Juror X himself whom everyone is referring to and about whom all this fuss is about.

THE MYSTERIOUS JUROR

And the most incredible thing about this mess is that we know who this juror is.

Our past experience with Juror #27 on the MJJCommunity forum suggests that this person is the only one who could be the mysterious Juror X.

He cannot be among those who were distraught by the verdict and made the initial declarations to the Plaintiffs – Juror #27 was perfectly satisfied with their answers, so he cannot be one of the dissatisfied four.

But he cannot be one of the seven either as they say they didn’t take their decision based on the time of hiring only, while Juror #27 says that they predominantly did as he explained on numerous occasions. The idea behind it was that it was only the beginning of AEG/Murray cooperation, and at that time there was no way for them to know that Murray would be doing anything inappropriate to his patient – hence the focus on the time of hire only.

Now we know so much about this juror that we can even predict what he will say in his affidavit if requested to do so – his statement will support the Plaintiff’s point of view. All the Plaintiffs need to do now is approach this Juror #27 and ask him for an affidavit where he will have to repeat just what he said before.

And this is what he said before on the MJJCommunity forum (the juror’s arguments were discussed in this post ):

JUROR: The problem I have with what our foreman said and the question you are asking is that it mixes up the timelines. If the word unethical was included in question 2, we would still have to assess whether AEG knew that at the time they hired Conrad Murray. ... So no, I don’t think we would have answered differently if the question asked whether he was ethical because we didn’t see any evidence that showed that AEG knew Murray was going to act unethically.

JUROR: What we were looking for was disciplinary action against Murray in the form of malpractice suits or complaints, something that would give a reasonable person cause to find Murray unfit or incompetent at the time they hired him. Kathy Jorrie’s “10 minute google search” of Murray was talked about at length at trial, but I am of the opinion that that is a reasonable amount of due diligence for someone who you are bringing onboard as a favor to someone else.

JUROR: Think of it like this. A doctor works at a hospital and is caught stealing meds and performing unauthorized procedures in secret. When the hospital hired the doctor, there was nothing in his record that showed this kind of behavior. The doctor in this example should be held responsible, not the hospital.

FORUM MEMBER: But question2 was about simple fact – was he competent or not to do the job. My logic is: the job required first aid skills, he didn’t have them, hence – not fit.

JUROR: But that again is taking what we learned in hindsight and applying it to an earlier time frame.

FORUM MEMBER: I appreciate that you pointed out the word “timeline.” It is so important IMO for this trial. Ivy used the word “hindsight” in pointing out that many things re Dr. Conrad Murray were completely unknown until it was too late and MJ was already gone. To judge a hiring on the eventual outcome of Murray’s treatment would not be fair to the defendants. The question remains, was there evidence to anticipate or to ‘know’ that despite his licenses, education, training, he was going to be one of the most incompetent and unfit doctors ever. I am convinced by the evidence presented that such was not a reasonable conclusion at the time he was hired.

JUROR: …I’m happy to see that even in the midst of all this there are so many MJ fans who continue to remain positive and use his caring, loving nature to guide them along their path.

FORUM MEMBER: the jury foreman Gregg Barden said the following to reporters “Conrad Murray had a license, he graduated from an accredited college and we felt he was competent to do the job of being a general practitioner”. If you go by that logic, no qualified doctor can ever be unfit or incompetent. What’s your take on that??

JUROR: You are mixing up what a person should know at one point in time, with what comes to light after the fact… Now, if I did a check on the nanny’s references and 2 people told me she hurt their kids and they fired her, or if I looked online and found she had a criminal record for abusing children, and I then hire her anyway, NOW I have been negligent in my hiring. Now I should share responsibility for what she did. So if we apply this logic to the AEG case, Murray passed a cursory check.

JUROR: Thank you for the kind welcome. To answer your question, it was not an either/or, we looked at both the time of hiring and the 2 month period of ‘deterioration’, but we felt that the most pertinent part was the time of hire.

No, I definitely insist that the Plaintiffs should approach Juror #27 for an affidavit.

He will be the fifth juror to confirm that the jurors answered question 2 considering the moment of hiring Murray only.

Moreover, since juror #27 is the only one left out of the whole company and all jurors refer to this remaining person as the source of all controversy, it proves that he was actually the one who was convincing everyone that his point of view was the only correct one, same as he was persuading MJ’s fans of the same after the trial was over.

And he won’t be able to deny his words now – he himself said on the MJJCommunity forum that “they felt the most pertinent part was the time of hire”.

They felt. Not only him, but they too.

And the Senior Staff of MJJCommunity also thought we should perceive the events only in “hindsight” which means looking at them from the point of view of the moment of hire only, and not later.

At that time many forum members were seeing eye to eye with juror #27 and now it is totally amazing to see the same forum members no longer remember that they insisted on the “hindsight” point of view and said that the time of hire was the only correct angle to ever look at the problem.

But even this is not all about this incredible situation.

By his earlier statements about the jurors focusing on the time of hiring Murray Juror #27 is actually proving to us that the seven jurors are now lying in their affidavits.

Of course there is always an option that Juror #27 is an impostor and the MJJCommunity website intentionally or unintentionally brought this fraudster to spread his ideas among MJ’s fans. There were some who suspected the fraud from the very beginning of it,  however to refute the allegations the Senior Staff provided us with a copy of the Juror’s credentials, and this silenced some of their opponents:

Now the forum people are facing a wonderful alternative of either admitting that Juror #27 is an impostor and a terrible liar or confirm that he is the “real McCoy”,  indeed sat on the jury at the AEG trial and is actually the mysterious juror whom all the other jurors are referring to.

By agreeing to the latter they will have to admit that  the jurors answered Question 2 considering the time of Murray’s hire only, and this in its turn will prove that the seven jurors are now lying in their affidavits.

Whichever way it is, it is a hilarious follow-up to the story of juror #27.

Can someone please contact Brian Panish or Katherine Jackson and tell them that a juror with all the necessary credentials available to the MJJCommunity Senior Staff can provide to them first-hand information that “they felt the most pertinent part was the time of hire” (only)?

And that he was probably the one who convinced all others of the same? And that the seven affidavits may not be that truthful after all?

PLEASE INFORM THE PLAINTIFFS OF IT.

Merry Christmas and a very happy New Year to all truthseekers!

HERE ARE THE AFFIDAVITS OF SEVEN JURORS:

AND HERE IS THE AEG NEW TRIAL REPLY:

THE PLAINTIFFS ALSO MADE A REPLY TO AEG BUT IT IS NOT POSTED BY THE MJJCOMMUNITY. 

IT IS LISTED AS PRIVATE.

Source:

http://www.mjjcommunity.com/forum/threads/130852-KJ-vs-AEG-Trial-outcome-Appeal/page18

UPDATED January 1, 2014

HERE IS THE JACKSONS’ REPLY TO AEG’s OPPOSITION

The reply is highly technical and is difficult to read, especially after a glass of the New Year champaigne, but I still gathered that the most important point in the reply is the following one:

  • To maintain a defense verdict, they need at least three-fourths of a jury, or at least nine jurors out of a twelve-member jury. Cal. Const. Art 1 #16; CCP #618. Without Declarations from nine jurors, Defendants cannot say that a different result would not have been probable had the error not occurred. The inevitable hung jury that would have resulted is a different result than a defense verdict, and would have ensured that Plaintiffs had a new trial. 

And the Defendants (AEG) do not have nine declarations in their favor to maintain a defense verdict!


Filed under: Jacksons vs. AEG Tagged: AEG, Affidavit, Conrad Murray, Juror 27, Michael Jackson, Murray

AUTOPSY: MICHAEL JACKSON LAST HOURS. An entertainment program on British TV

$
0
0

Channel 5 of British TV says that their autopsy program about Michael Jackson shown on January 7, 2014 is not available online “for technical reasons”.

The real reason is the fact that they are going to repeat it on January 12 and 14 until which time they are not planning to make it available online.

THE ESTATE HAD THEIR SAY

I am happy to learn that the Estate of Michael Jackson tried to stop the show – on January 6, 2014 they published a statement saying they had sent a letter to the broadcaster and station owner expressing the Estate’s disgust and asking Channel 5 to show good taste and common decency:

Estate Request Cancelation of Autopsy Broadcast

Michael’s Jackson’s Estate has written a letter to UK broadcaster Channel 5, asking them not to air their programme ‘Michael Jackson’s Last Hours’, which is due to be aired tomorrow night, 7th Jan at 10pm.

Although it is not possible for the Estate to bring legal action to stop the broadcast of the program about the autopsy performed on Michael, the Executors want Michael’s fans to know that letters have been sent to the broadcaster and station owner expressing the Estate’s disgust at those who heartlessly work to profit from the most banal, salacious details of Michael’s death.

In part, the letter from John Branca and John McClain asks Channel 5 to show good taste and common decency by canceling Tuesday’s planned airing of Autopsy: Michael Jackson’s Last Hours. The letter also states: “Despite Channel 5’s cynical and disingenuous promotions claiming Autopsy ‘separates fact from fiction,’ it is nothing more than another sleazy tabloid program exploiting Michael’s tragic and untimely death…..Separating ‘fact from fiction,’ the Michael Jackson his friends and family knew was a loving father, a global entertainment icon and humanitarian devoted to making the world better. His children do not deserve to see their father’s death callously exploited out of greed because a new TV series desperately wants to attract viewers.”

The Executors share the fans hope that Channel 5 show the good judgment to cancel the broadcast of this distasteful program.

Source: MJ Estate & MJWN

http://www.mjworld.net/news/2014/01/06/estate-request-cancelation-of-autopsy-broadcast/

Channel 5 did air the program and thus showed that it doesn’t have good taste and common decency, but I am still happy that the Estate was so vocal and expressed their opinion in no uncertain terms.

The Anti-Defamation Legacy Law Advocates also made a comment to that effect:

  • Great. Glad they stepped up to the plate and called this broadcast exactly what it is – “FOR PROFIT”

Now that the program was aired and will be even repeated let’s think over the situation we found ourselves in.

LET IT BE OUR TIME TO TALK

Making an entertainment New Year show out of an autopsy of MJ (or anyone at all) was a new low reached by the media at a moment we thought they had already hit the bottom. The idea to entertain the public by the autopsies of those whose relatives are still alive could come only to someone who is utterly cynical and has a twisted and most probably unhealthy mind.

But if we cannot stop the program we can make use of it. I mean we can take advantage of the situation to remind the public about the real circumstances of Michael’s death, about the kind of treatment Michael was given by both Murray and AEG and destroy the lies this UK channel is feeding to the public.

If they want their program so much let us turn it into our time to talk then.

However we haven’t seen it and exposing the authors’ lies on the basis of the program synopsis only is difficult and is not quite correct. To help the situation I tried to collect everything available on the Internet to give all of us an idea of what this program is like.

Below you will find the pile of information gathered. It is partially the reviews in the press as well as the impressions of fans or ordinary people who left their comments in the media, on fan forums and on the channel 5 website.

Let us start from the very beginning of it and see what the authors themselves say about their “show”.

THE AUTHORS ABOUT THEIR PRODUCT

This is what they said prior to the show:

“In the first of three hour-long documentaries, world-renowned forensic pathologist Dr Richard Shepherd investigates the death of Michael Jackson, ‘The King of Pop’. He was the biggest-selling recording artist of all time, but when he suddenly died at just 50 years old, he left $400 million in debts and more questions than answers.

The evidence revealed by his autopsy shows a severely sick man. Jackson was plagued by complications from his many plastic surgeries, suffered from two rare skin conditions and was riddled with arthritis. His lungs were severely damaged, he had an enlarged prostate, and was still suffering the effects of a horrific accident that left him partially bald.

The most startling evidence, however, uncovers the bewildering number of drugs that were coursing through his veins, bearing witness to a number of addictions that had spiralled out of control. It was Jackson’s desperate battle against insomnia, however, that would ultimately cost him his life.”

http://www.channel5.com/shows/autopsy-michael-jacksons-last-hours/episodes/autopsy-michael-jacksons-last-hours

I found an excellent comment on the above:

  • “They’re obviously not reading the same coroner’s report as the rest of us because I reiterate, the majority of what was found in Michael was put there by a DOCTOR.”

I agree. We are definitely not reading the same coroner’s report as the one we read finds that it was a homicide and therefore the patient was killed. Michael Jackson died not because “a number of addictions had spirally out of control” but because he was given by his doctor a huge amount of propofol that brought about an acute propofol intoxication aggravated by benzodiazepines also indiscriminately injected by the same doctor into the veins of his patient.

Moreover the autopsy report we read didn’t find Michael a “severely sick man”. On the contrary, the coroner found Michael healthier than an average 50 year-old which means that if it hadn’t been for this manslaughter case he could have lived to be a hundred.

Yes, Michael had to struggle with Lupus and Vitiligo all his life and sustained a number of horrific accidents that required a prolonged use of painkillers, but he overcame it all due to his willpower and determination and ended up living a very clean way of living which is manifested perfectly well by the state of his heart, coronary system and blood vessels free of cholesterol and also liver which was healthy and therefore not the liver of an addict.

So even if  Michael had a dependency on Demerol prescribed to him for legitimate reasons (in the late 80s/early 90s after the burn accident and in the 2000s after the Munich bridge fall), by the year 2009 he was clean of this or any other narcotic drugs as the healthy state of his liver testifies to.

This important idea was expressed by one Irish commentator who spoke both of the autopsy report and the travesty the programme-makers made out of it:

From Ireland… The official autopsy has already stated the scientific truth and anything sieved through afterward does not change this fact. MJ had an on/off dependency on prescription meds for genuine ailments – three of which you have basically already admitted to. Michael Jackson was NOT “drug addict”, (as AEG desperately parroted as a defence tactic throughout the trial).

A reminder: There is a big difference to having an on/off dependency on prescription meds.

The official autopsy, which showed MJ not only to be healthier than what is average for his age, but that his liver  (always a tell-tale sign of long-term drug abuse) was in good, “unremarkable” condition. You will NOT get that in a long-term drug abuser.

Most fans already knew that MJ also had a life-long lung issue, which was also discovered in the autopsy, but to which Michael had already long written about in his book, Moonwalker – Chapter 3, back in the latter 80′s. That, too, stayed with him for life. It was actually a form of pleurisy. However, it was [not] as severe as you sensationalise… But hey, it’s Michael Jackson, so anything goes, yea? Why do you people insist on continuing to argue with the official autopsy report? Why can’t you just stick to the facts and report them without sensational embellishment? Oh, forgot for a minute, it’s Michael Jackson.

Another fact to remind you of: the so-called “hoard” of prescription pills taken from the rented mansion were hardly used according to date of issue/expiry on the vials. That fact wasn’t reported at the time, and eventually took MJ fans to find that out for themselves before it was even mentioned in this trial. Again, ignorant people just keep letting these facts go right over their heads – Or don’t research deep enough behind the sensationalism. Many fans already knew of the above mentioned at least two years before it was revealed in the last trial.

Reminder:  Official autopsy results revealed a “healthier than average 50 year-old”, with good internal organs – which included the liver (always a tell-tale sign with of a typical, long-term “drug addict”- as some of you like to parrot) being in good shape. NO signs of drug addiction or of ever being a so-called “drug addict”.

After all is said and done, Michael Jackson, in a desperate attempt to attain what he deemed a *sleep* resorted to the use of propofol, and to be administered by a trusted doctor …A doctor who turned out to be incompetent and negligent.  He ignored the crucial /life or death monitoring process. [MJ] was simply abandoned by Murray in order to make miscellaneous phone calls…And for a fatal amount of time. He abandoned a propofol patient…A BIG no, no!!

Had Conrad Murray done the exact same thing even within a hospital setting – (abandoning a propofol patient) – he would have been fired, at the very least. Though MJ willingly continued to have propofol administered by a trusted doctor as a form of sleep therapy, it was this doctor’s actions and inactions that literally caused the physical death of Michael Jackson, NOT Michael Jackson.

Among the many good points made here the one that struck me is that if Murray had done exactly the same thing within a hospital setting and had also abandoned his patient to talk over the phone for some 50 minutes the result would have been the same, so in the long run whether the hospital or home setting, Michael’s death occurred due to Conrad Murray’s extreme negligence and not Propofol proper or the place where he administered it.

It was Murray who was the biggest risk factor and it was Michael’s huge problem that he was evidently not aware of it.

A MORBID SHOW

The article in the Daily Mirror gives us another insightful look at the Channel 5 product. If you see the photos accompanying the article you will realize that the word “horror” will be no exaggeration here.

Some of their photos are the well-known pictures of Michael Jackson’s room and closet, but some show the “world-renowned pathologist” with a knife in his hands and the synthetic cadaver half cut and open. If this was done “just for the fun of it” and is an instance of some people’s black humor I would prefer to refrain from comment if I may.

Dr. Richard Shepherd. Photo: Channel 5

Dr. Richard Shepherd. Photo: Channel 5

After seeing the horror picture of a half-cut cadaver I went to Channel 5 site and suggested that the journalists who envisioned the TV autopsy idea should imagine their own deceased relatives in the same type of a program and the feelings they would experience at seeing the look-alike body of, for example, their deceased father being ripped open.

Has any of them every thought of Michael’s children, and that one day they may see this sight too? If you ask me this is what REAL child abuse is, as well as the unheard of abuse of human ethics and decency. And I don’t want this to happen to Michael Jackson’s children same as to the daughters of Anne Nicole Smith’s and Whitney Houston either!

Here is a comment from one of the program viewers to the same effect:

  • How can you think it is “entertainment” to breach the sanctity of the mortuary! And you plan to invade more graves. Is nothing sacred? Is nothing beyond the greedy quest for feeding and making money off corpses? This is disgraceful. You objectify, disrespect and violate the human being! This is further bullying of a man bullied all his life and now you bully him in death. Shameful and disgusting. He has minor children. Too bad this wasn’t more carefully considered. His fans will take down your sponsors. You deserve worse.

Another viewer whose name is Brian also wanted to know if the people working at Channel 5 would want their future autopsy to be shown on TV. Though the caller spoke about Michael Jackson only and was not informed that this episode was the first in a series of three entertainment autopsies, the fury he poured on the Channel 5 employee made my day.

All of them are responsible what their people are doing and all of them should face the music for their actions. Here is Brian throwing the wrathful truth at Channel 5:

https://www.facebook.com/photo.php?v=10202673962121017

No need to talk about him being ‘disrespectful’ to Channel 5. If you see the Daily Mirror article with its beautiful pictures you will also be infuriated:

Dr. Shepherd is handling the simulated cadaver. Photo: Channel 5

Dr. Shepherd is handling the synthetic cadaver. Photo: Channel 5

Channel 5′s new ‘Autopsy’ series shows ‘last hours of Michael Jackson’

Jan 07, 2014 21:08

By Danny Walker

In this series of three one-hour films, world-renowned forensic pathologist, Dr. Richard Shepherd will navigate through the bodies of three celebrities, Michael Jackson, Whitney Houston and Anna Nicole Smith.

Starting tonight (Tuesday 7) with “The King of Pop Michael Jackson”, this new show is billed as a “fresh eyes, up close and personal and as if for the first time” look into his death.

Dr. Shepherd cutting the simulated body. Photo: Channel 5

Dr. Shepherd is cutting open the body. Photo: Channel 5

Jackson, was the biggest selling recording artist of all time, but when he suddenly died at just 50-years-old, he reportedly left $400 million in debts, and more questions than answers.

Dr. Shepherd says: “The fascinating thing about an autopsy is that if you know how to read it correctly, it doesn’t just tell you how a person died, it can tell you even more about how they lived.”

The evidence revealed by his autopsy shows a man who suffered. Plagued by complications from his many plastic surgeries, suffering from two rare skin conditions, riddled with arthritis and with his lungs severely damaged, and was still suffering the effects of a horrific accident that left him bald.

Guy Davies, Commissioning Editor Factual, Channel 5, added: “When each of these icons died it was global news, but the public version of their lives and deaths were largely built on rumour and conjecture.

“Our programmes use the hard medical facts of the actual autopsy findings – examined and interpreted by a world respected pathologist – and first-hand accounts by those who really knew them – to intelligently piece together these shocking stories, and reveal the reality behind their final, desperate hours.”

Dr Shepherd was forensic pathological expert for the Inquiry and Inquest into the deaths of Diana, Princess of Wales and Mr Dodi Al Fayed.

* Autopsy: The Last Hours Of Michael Jackson airs tonight, Tuesday 7 January on Channel 5 at 10pm, after Celebrity Big Brother
http://www.mirror.co.uk/tv/tv-news/channel-5s-new-autopsy-series-2999100

As a true pathologist Dr. Shepherd finds some ‘fascination’ in the autopsy process. He says that autopsies are a way to find how a person died and how the person lived which in this context means whether he took drugs or not.

The general idea is true but only if the autopsy results are read correctly and the voiceover accompanying it tells the real story of how this or that drug found its way into the person’s system. However if the person died of mercury poisoning (for example) and a voiceover coyly suggests that the victim was “addicted” to it, this will create a slightly different picture as you can imagine.

THE BENZOS IN MJ’S SYSTEM

I am not shy to use the word poisoning after reading about Versed (Midazolam) given to Michael by Murray and busted all over Internet as a virtual killer of those unfortunate people to whom it was injected even in lesser quantities than those administered to Michael by Murray.

Poisoning is the only correct word here as besides the totally uncontrollable and negligent administration of propofol which was at least Michael’s preference as it gave him a surrogate of sleep, Murray was also feeding and injecting Michael with benzodiazepines including Lorazepam and the infamous Versed, both of which seem to me the reason why Michael was displaying all those widely-reported symptoms of health deterioration in the last weeks of his life.

The problem with those benzodiazepines was that Michael never wanted them and was very reluctant to take them even by Conrad Murray’s own account to the police.  As the Irish commentator already noted the pills of benzos found in the house were hardly used by Michael according to date of issue/expiry on the vials.

This table from the autopsy report makes it clear that out of all the benzo pills prescribed to MJ by Murray and Dr. Metzger he took one type of medication just once a week and the other two just once in three days. This method of taking pills hardly speaks to much enthusiasm on his part in respect of those medications:

Autopsy report - pills prescribed by Murray and others

Versed is not found in this table as it was injected by Murray. For those who haven’t heard about this nasty drug which was actually counter-indicated for Michael’s insomnia, here is a post about the complete shock of it while we have to proceed and look into the first media review about the Channel 5 program.

‘SEVERE SICKNESS’ IS A BIG LIE

The Channel 5 program was the first to tell a big lie which was then repeated by an article published by metro.co.uk.

The article also gives us a feel of how ‘tasteful’ the program is:

Autopsy: Michael Jackson’s Last Hours revealed how ill the star really was

Tuesday 7 Jan 2014 11:05 pm

Autopsy was an odd mix of whitewash and exposé (Picture: supplied)

TV review: Autopsy: Michael Jackson’s Last Hours (C5)

SHOULD there be such a thing as tastefully picking over the bones of a dead pop icon’s corpse, then Autopsy: Michael Jackson’s Last Hours (Channel 5) just about pulled it off. ‘There are celebrities on the mortuary slab,’ was the calling card of forensic pathologist Dr Richard Shepherd as he set about analysing Jacko’s autopsy report.

What emerged was an odd mixture of whitewash and exposé, Shepherd scotching the idea that Jackson whitened his skin – the autopsy findings supported the oft scoffed-at skin condition claims – while listing the alarming catalogue of ailments the King Of Pop had tried to keep from the public.

As he prepared for the much-hyped This Is It tour that hastened his demise, Jackson was fighting osteoarthritis, lupus and a dependency on a dizzying list of sleeping potions. And, just for good measure, he was sleeping with a catheter thanks to an enlarged prostate. That’s bad. No, that’s really bad.

Shepherd backed the jury who found Jackson’s physician, Dr Conrad Murray, guilty of involuntary manslaughter. But it was just a matter of time. Shepherd’s ultimate verdict on Jacko’s tortured body? ‘It’s a miracle that he lasted as long as he did.’

http://metro.co.uk/2014/01/07/autopsy-michael-jacksons-last-hours-revealed-how-ill-the-star-really-was-4253439/

The final sentence of this article explains the whole concept of the program.

It was made to convey to its viewers that Michael was severely sick, would not have lasted another week (even if Murray had not killed him) and it actually does not matter whether AEG mistreated him or not as he was a “basket case” anyway. This ruin of a man was doomed to die even without their involvement, so why create all the fuss? Don’t worry guys, be happy…. See the point of the program?

However the “severe sickness” concept is a very big lie as it is in absolute contradiction with the conclusions of the coroner.

At the two trials where the coroner Dr. Rogers testified he stated exactly the opposite. Michael was healthier than an average 50-year old man and was expected to live a normal lifespan.

The Daily Telegraph said:

A coroner’s official says Michael Jackson was mostly healthy, but the doctor charged in his death provided substandard care.

The ABC said:

A medical examiner who conducted the autopsy on Michael Jackson testified on Tuesday that the pop singer was in good health. While Jackson may have bore scars from years of injections, nothing that would contribute to his death was visible, Dr. Christopher Rogers testified.
“I believe that he was healthier than the average person of his age,” Rogers said.
Rogers determined that the manner of death was homicide, and the cause of Jackson’s death was a lethal mix of sedatives, the most significant being the milky white hospital anesthetic propofol.
Dr. Rogers testified that Jackson seemed to be in better shape than most men his age.

At the wrongful death trial in 2013 Dr. Rogers reiterated his statement:

If not for his death by propofol, Jackson’s health appeared good enough for him to live a normal lifespan, Rogers testified. 

“There was no indication from the autopsy that there was anything anatomically wrong with him that would lead to premature death,” Rogers said.

He had no signs of being addicted to street drugs, such as needle marks or disease, he said.

http://edition.cnn.com/2013/05/07/showbiz/jackson-death-trial/

So the coroner says that there was nothing anatomically wrong with Michael that would have prevented him from living a full life-span. He was in good health and in a much better condition than an average 50-year old man and if it hadn’t been for the homicide he would have lived a long life. No sign of street drugs, no nothing…

And the pathologist in the British program says that it was a ‘miracle that he was still alive’. And what’s incredible is that his conclusion is made allegedly on the basis of the autopsy report though it fully contradicts the results stated there.

The explanation of this glaring contradiction is in the fact that even despite Murray’s medical experiments on Michael Jackson his vital organs still remained unaffected. His heart and coronary system were in an excellent condition. His blood vessels were clean of cholesterol which is extremely rare for a man of his age. His liver was in an “unremarkable” state as was noted before, and was therefore absolutely not the liver of an addict.

This means that the changes for the worse in Michael’s health noted in the last weeks of his life were not organic to his system and were reversible if only he had been given professional medical help and those concerts had been postponed.

And if AEG had then rescheduled the concerts making them twice a week at the most as Michael wanted, the world would be enjoying his shows now instead of discussing his autopsy report and looking in utter amazement at those who are arranging this obscene spectacle on his grave.

FACTUAL INACCURACIES IN THE PROGRAM

Some viewers noticed that the program was factually incorrect as compared with the autopsy report:

  • This is the most offensive documentary I’ve ever seen. I had trouble passing the title, but when I did, I found that the information given were incorrect! It seems to be trashy TV material, which I felt was below your usual standard! To switch over and see his dead body on TV is disturbing and most certainly, horrific I cannot imagine how his family must feel. Not only is this invasive, but this is also highly offensive! I’m disgusted that this has made it to our television screens!!
  • His autopsy did not reveal a “severely sick man” – on the contrary. In fact, the coroner testified under oath that he was in a good health for his age. He had some health issues, but far from how they dramatize it here. “Severely damaged lungs”? BS. He had some inflammation in his lungs but they weren’t “severely damaged”. “Riddled with arthritis”? He had some arthritis but many people do at this age yet they aren’t called “severely sick” for it. Same with the prostate. And don’t even get me started on their sensationalism on the drugs. Yet another trashy, sensationalized, disrespectful, misleading BS it seems.
  • Michael was the victim of a homicide; there were no drugs in his system except those put there by his own personal physician. Michael had long standing physical problems which did NOT render him incapable of pulling off these shows. He was killed in his bedroom by a medical experiment conducted by his own doctor. You should reconsider NOT re-airing this episode and NOT making it available on demand. Don’t you understand the other nearly 1,000 comments demanding you cease and desist??

Charles Thomson on his Twitter account called the documentary extremely irresponsible and shoddy:

  • That Channel 5 documentary on Michael Jackson was extremely irresponsible in several ways.
  • First and foremost, it implied that there was weight to Conrad Murray’s claim Michael Jackson injected his own propofol.
  • Jackson’s fingerprints were not found on any medical equipment in the room. There is no evidence in existence that he did any such thing.
  • Medical experts said the amount on his system was so large, he would have been unconscious before he could even finish injecting it.
  • The choice of interviewees was, if I’m being generous, misguided. James Desborough has published numerous fabricated stories about Jackson.
  • Large swathes of Ian Halperin’s book on Michael Jackson have been completely debunked as demonstrably fictitious.
  • The show’s presenter wrongly claimed that propofol induced sleep. It does not.
  • And I’m surely not the only person who finds it a bit racist that they kept showing pictures of MJ’s brother, claiming it was him?
  • Because all black people with afros look the same? Is that it? Idiots.

A valuable comment was left on the Channel 5 site by a doctor:

  • Disrespectful, manipulative, gossip-mongering and inaccurate (one of your pictures of a young Mr. Jackson was actually one of his brothers). In short, a trashy new low for the media. Read all of the comments on this page. Surely it must be a record number of complaints about a programme. I will no longer support the businesses of your advertisers. Dr. Mark Anderson.

Another viewer sent a letter to Channel 5 and actually copied it to my email address to familiarize me with the program. Thank you, Denise, some of the details you mentioned are invaluable:

Dear Channel 5,

You should be ashamed of yourself for the disgusting programme on the 7 January 2014 titled “The Last Hours of Michael Jackson” which was as usual biased propaganda.

First and foremost you used actors trying to depict Michael Jackson and Conrad Murray the first thing that you overlooked was the actor depicting Michael Jackson was healthy when Michael died he was so thin that his hearbeat could be seen beneath his skin. Secondly you had no idea what was really taking place in his bedroom. Conrad Murray was depicted as caring, no, he was not.

You went against everything that had been shown as proof in two courts of law in America. You overlooked the fact that Michael had not had any natural sleep for 60 days that is what was causing the very strange behaviour at one of the rehearsals, not stimulants and it was one of the causes of his death.

You completely overlooked the fact that Michael had suffered chronic pain everyday of his life from being burnt and hurting his back but it was NOT the start of his decline. Michael produced endless hits and short films after Thriller – please get your facts right. Doctors had described Demerol for the pain but Michael had stopped his dependency on Demerol.

Demerol and Propofol only raised its ugly head because of the brutal treatment that Michael was receiving at the hands of the AEG bosses.

The programme was constantly depicting Michael as a drug addict again proper research was not done Demerol which is prescribed by doctors is a narcotic but it is NOT heroin.

Oh, so they likened Michael Jackson to a heroin addict?

This is something new in their arsenal.

NO TRACES OF DEMEROL 

Heroin and Demerol are both opiates and belong to the same class. Demerol is a synthetic, man-made opioid prescribed for medical use while Heroin is a non-medical opiate used solely for recreation purposes. Though belonging to the same class heroin is an illicit drug while Demerol is a legitimate medication commonly prescribed by doctors as a pain reliever.

Likening the illicit drug to a perfectly legitimate drug prescribed for treating a medical condition is like throwing into one pile a criminal who cuts the throat of his victim and a surgeon who cuts the body of a patient for surgery. Both use a knife and it is only the purpose of its use that’s different.

However the authors of the program pretend they don’t notice the difference and replace one thing with another thus trying to turn MJ into a picture of a classical “junkie” who is using drugs for recreation. However saying that is as wrong and unethical as likening a surgeon to a criminal.

But though Demerol and heroin belong to the same class any talk about it is all the more criminal as there were no traces of Demerol found in Michael’s system after his death, so all this speculation is simply irrelevant. The program was supposed to be based on the autopsy report and not on something which was simply not there!

The autopsy toxicology report said there were no traces of Demerol metabolites or any other opiates in Michael’s system – see the picture of it please and notice that N/D actually means not detected:

An excerpt from the autopsy report says that narcotics were N/D (not detected)

An excerpt from the autopsy report says that narcotics were ND (not detected)

And there were no traces of any substantial use of Demerol in Michael’s liver either. Normally if a person takes opiates for a long time and is a habitual user of it, it would have an effect on his liver. But the morphological study of Michael’s liver showed that it was in a normal state without any hepatocytes inclusions which are typical for long-term opiate taking. The autopsy said:

“The liver (slide Q) is normal in structure. Hepatocytes show no inclusion or lipid droplets. There is no significant parenchymal necrosis or inflammation”

The morphological study of MJ's liver

The morphological study of MJ’s liver

Please compare it with the picture of what heroin (for example) does to people’s liver:

Heroin intake leads to significant morphological changes in the liver tissue (vesicular  changes, fat changes, chronic hepatitis, cirrhosis). The intensity of these changes increases with duration of heroin  usage. Direct hepatoxic effects of heroin are vesicular changes in hepatocytes, fat changes are the result of chronic influence of alcohol, whereas the rest of the morphological lesions to the liver are the result of the interaction of heroin, viral infection and alcohol. http://facta.junis.ni.ac.rs/mab/mab200503/mab200503-07.pdf

Doctors see a big difference between the liver of a healthy man and that of a drug addict:

A healthy liver next to a deseased liver. The greenish color is seen to the naked eye

A healthy liver next to a deseased liver. The liver is shriveled and its greenish color is visible to the naked eye

A healthy liver is spongy and supple, but if you take a lot of pills at once, Dr. Oz says the liver takes on a greenish hue and becomes softer than normal. “The liver’s just desperately trying to keep up with clearing all these toxins from your body,” he says.

After many years of drug or alcohol abuse, an addict may experience chronic liver disease or cirrhosis of the liver. “Over time, it will scar and become this cirrhotic shriveled liver,” he says. “It goes from this nice, normal liver to this shriveled up carcass that has truly no life left in it.”

The good news? Addicts like Cheryl can reverse the negative effects if they get clean. “The liver can regenerate itself. It can go back to where it was before you started,” Dr. Oz says. “What is absolutely essential is that you stop torturing it and you start doing some of the smart things that we know will support the liver as it tries desperately to rebuild itself as you rebuild your life.”

http://www.oprah.com/health/Dr-Oz-on-Prescription-Pill-Addiction/6

And Michael’s liver was healthy as was already noted above. The liver was described by the coroner to be without any change. The description also said: “It is red-brown, its consistency is soft and the cut surface is smooth”. 

Goodness gracious, what horrid things we have to discuss due to this autopsy program – as if he was a piece of meat!

No signs of changes in MJ's liver due to the alleged drug-addiction

There were no signs of changes in MJ’s liver due to the alleged drug-addiction

The fact that some people are spreading stories that Michael suffered from Demerol addiction prior to his death and even liken him to a heroin addict is totally unforgivable, irrespective of who is doing it – the crazy channel 5 with its morbid idea of entertainment or a source close to the Jacksons’  - Terry Harvey, for example (who also took part in the program as we learn from the viewers’ comments ).

As a side note let me say that the lie that Michael died of Demerol addiction has spread so widely all over Internet that when looking for information about this drug I came upon the following false story on an anti-drug addiction website:

Demerol was in the news after the death of pop music legend Michael Jackson. According to the rumors, it was given to Jackson before he collapsed and died.

http://www.drug-addiction-support.org/About-Demerol-Abuse.html

This is a nasty myth but “rumors” did indeed say that “half an hour before his death Michael was given a shot of Demerol”. Crazy as it is the rumor was attributed to someone close to the Jacksons’ family. In my opinion these kind of lies deserve no less than capital punishment:

A celebrity website citing an interview with an unidentified ”close member” of the Jackson family, reported the entertainer was injected with Demerol about half an hour before he went into cardiac arrest.

A senior law enforcement official told a news channel that Jackson was ”heavily addicted” to the painkiller Oxycontin and was injected daily with that medication, along with Demerol.

http://articles.timesofindia.indiatimes.com/2009-06-28/us/28159332_1_demerol-jackson-biographer-jackson-family

All these stories about “daily Oxycontin” and Demerol allegedly being the cause of Michael’s death should be unrelentingly fought and erased with a steel hand.

True, there were two periods in Michael’s life when Demerol was prescribed to him for medical reasons after which he grew dependent on it. But he also managed to overcome his dependency, and it was a double feat for which he should be commended and not reprimanded. In no way did he fit the description of a drug addict – either at the peak of his dependency or when it was finally overcome.

See the description of an addict and you will see that it is absolutely not about MJ:

“Addictive behavior includes a compulsion to obtain heroin by any means necessary, as well as a lack of concern for any other responsibilities one might have to family, employment or even their own children.”

http://www.axisresidentialtreatment.com/heroin-addiction/long-term-health-effects/

I don’t know who was spreading those rumors, but if it is people like Terry Harvey who spoke on the Channel 5 program let me say the following. These people may have correctly noticed the symptoms of deterioration of Michael’s health during This is it rehearsals, but it was the interpretation of what they saw that was totally wrong.

By 2009 Demerol had ceased to be an issue with MJ as the autopsy report shows it and what these people thought to be the result of Demerol in June 2009 may have easily be the effect of Versed and Lorazepam injected into Michael’s veins by Conrad Murray. Or it may have been the result of lack of natural sleep.

Michael felt at his worst when Klein’s cosmetic procedures involving Demerol had been long over and when it was also too late for the Demerol withdrawal,  which takes place several hours after the drug intake.

So it was no Demerol, but something different and the “sources close to the family” had better understand it.

THE DETAILS

The first viewers of the Channel 5 program shared a lot of details about it on the MJJCommunity forum:

http://www.mjjcommunity.com/forum/threads/131549-Message-From-The-Estate-Of-Michael-Jackson-Re-Channel-5-Autopsy-Program/page7

The forum is actually a great source of information (when their senior staff doesn’t meddle with it) and below you will find some of its most informative pieces.

“Question:  Did anyone here actually watch the program? If so, could they share specifically what they said about Michael?

They said Michael was literally always using drugs, did in fact bleach his skin, had an addiction to Demerol, used drugs to get energetic for rehearsals, incorrectly labelled TII rehearsal footage dates, he had a destroyed/non existent nose, bald, vitiligo, lupus, alcohol, painkillers etc. Basically everything MJ did was pop pills and he could only do 30-40 mins of rehearsals a day as well as 1000000 uses of the death pictures that were made clearer to fully show the dead Michael Jackson. It was absolutely disgusting. He had a good weight, that was about it. Bunch of morons.”

“I thought they would use ‘maximum tabloid’ tactics in this programme, and they did. It started out ‘looking’ as if the pathologist was actually in an autopsy room, with a cadaver, with ‘shadows’ of him using implements on the body. It ended with a ‘reconstruction’ of Murray’s last hours with Michael, but mostly portrayed these from Murray’s point of view…the short period out of the room using the phone after Michael fell asleep, the possibility that Michael woke up and helped himself to more medication.

Terry Harvey is said to be a friend of Joe and Tito Jacksons

Terry Harvey is said to be a friend of Joe and Tito Jacksons

Terry Harvey, a music promoter and apparent friend of the family said Michael was manipulative and always got what he wanted. Jason Pfeiffer (Klein’s assistant) was interviewed at some length, and said that in the run up to TII, MJ would appear at Klein’s clinic asking for Demerol, and would sometimes pass out (or be tired or loopy) while the children were playing in Klein’s office.

The film mentioned MJ’s ongoing pain issues (and use of pain meds) in the context of the Pepsi recording burns incident. It mentioned the autopsy arthritis and showed film of the concert bridge collapse. It mentioned his lung inflammation and scarring, and mentioned his lupus. It said that his only ‘secret from the public’ was that he wore a wig following the burns to his scalp. It mentioned almost every element from the autopsy, including the facial tattoos eg around his lips.

A fair amount of footage from TII was shown, with many mentions of MJ being ‘ 400 million in debt’. Ian Halperin was one of the contributors as regards MJs’ views about TII (at first wanting to do it, but also having to because of his financial situation) The voiceover relating to the Murray trial mentioned that ‘traces of Propofol were never found in the IV line above the port, ‘but that didn’t sway the Jury, who found Murray guilty’.

The last words of the pathologist- the closing words of the programme – were that ‘in some ways it was a miracle that he lasted as long as he did’.

I learned nothing new (I did not expect to), and I found the programme to be exactly the tabloid presentation I would expect…it was just a ‘Daily Mirror or Daily Star article on TV, presentationally. The words of the pathologist were of course very factual, as regards the autopsy, but the background and method of presentation was extremely distasteful, and most of the contributors were people who presumably were involved ‘for the money’ and for maximum ‘tabloid’ effect.”

“I watched this last night out of interest. At first, the only thing that I found merely positive out of this was when they mentioned that he had in fact had Vitiligo, which many people have just refused to believe for years…..but then they couldn’t leave it at that could they? They still had to make out he lied on national television about the whole skin bleaching crap and still made out that he was trying to make himself look white.  To be honest I just found the whole program disturbing in general…to make out that they knew his life so well just by prodding around his corpse. A corpse that they had to show the photos of as well?” 

“The pathologist started the programme saying something to the effect that an autopsy can tell you not just how someone died, but also how they lived’. 

However the programme really took liberties with that statement eg showing Michael sat in the back of a car, taking tablets…implied Demerol or similar. (The programme mentioned the multiple prescriptions in different names found in his room). 

In terms of the actors representation of him, Michael came across as some sort of shambling, drug-dependent ‘ maestro’ character, at one point swathed in a cloak (I presume they got the cloak idea from the film of MJ walking through the corridor at the Staples centre). 

The programme-makers seem to have tried hard to create a realistic picture of the room in which Michael died (including a doll on the bed…they made sure to include that, of course), but the reconstructions themselves were a bit bizarre, and very un-Mike-like, which made it somewhat easier to watch with a sense of detachment.

I didn’t like the sly and subtle ‘digs’ throughout eg after Michael was pronounced dead, the body ‘was moved without ceremony to the Coroners office’ implying some sort of haste, or lack of respect. I don’t know why they had to add ‘without ceremony’…it was totally unnecessary, and I feel it was put there to add a kind of ‘throw- away’ feeling to the account’.”

“I watched and found the program a bit rubbish but not quite as much rubbish as it could have been. It was saved a little by the fact they had Dr Shepherd who was doing pieces to camera about what he discovered in the coroner’s report but then they had the voiceover narrator who was desperately trying to drum up the sensationalised tabloid stuff which they then had to acknowledge didn’t actually come up in the autopsy.

That synopsis of the program that was published was just wrong. Dr Shepherd said the autopsy showed that MJ was in good shape for a man of his age, normal bmi, organs all in good order, no disease, good heart etc. He had some arthritis but non uncommon in a 50year old, and ‘might limit his movements’.

There was a big segment on Demerol by the narrator, and that MJ was addicted before he died but then it went back to Shepherd and he had to acknowledge that MJ had no Demerol in his system when he died and so it had nothing to do with his death.

What did tick me off big time though about Shepherd was in final conclusion which ended the doc, ‘it was a miracle MJ lasted so long’ referring to MJ’s drug habits. Ridiculous comment from a pathologist after examining a coroner’s report on a body that bore no hallmarks of drug addiction. From a respected pathologist, that was a real mistake to make on TV. The other thing he said was that MJ’s nose had caved in on one side and the ‘bridge was missing’. What’s a nose bridge? The middle part? – that’s not in the report so where on earth did he get that from?

A lot of the rest of the program was just rehashing the drug issues, apparently MJ was addicted to pain killers ever since the Pepsi, and addicted to prop the last 10 years of his life. They did mention the Pepsi accident at length and showed the Munich bridge incident so did show the pain issues MJ had, but what incensed me was the repeating of the claim that Demerol = medical/pharmalogical version of Heroin?! I’ve never come across that before. I’m thinking that in their disappointment in not finding any evidence of hard illegal drug taking by MJ, they’re trying to push that this painkiller is like heroin.

The reconstruction of MJ’s last hours without of focus ‘actors’ was a complete joke as they missed out the last hour of MJ’s life. They seemed to take Murray’s LAPD interview as gospel, unaware that he had changed the times. So a timeline showed Murray finding MJ not breathing at 11.05, the program was then forced to miss out the time of the 911 call as even they knew they couldn’t claim that Murray was spending 1 and half hrs trying to resuscitate MJ and they also had to miss out that Murray was on the phone to his girlfriends for nearly an hour after supposedly finding MJ not breathing. It was just a complete mess. The program makers were embarrassingly clueless as to what happened and there’s no excuse with that Murray trial making everything public. That Dr. Shepherd was stupid to allow himself to be attached to this program.”

NOTE: The thing about “the missing nose bridge” is a fabrication as there was nothing of the kind in the autopsy report. Michael’s lupus did indeed have an adverse effect on the tissues of his nose after the first two nasal surgeries, and this is why the rest of them were connected with that problem (Dr. Richard Strick who reviewed Michael’s medical records spoke about it long time ago).

But no missing bridge was seen or mentioned by the coroner as the autopsy picture of scars on Michael’s face shows it. So even if we assume that Michael experienced it in the past the problem was corrected and was no longer visible at the time of his death:

The autopsy said nothing about the "missing nose bridge"

The autopsy said nothing about the “missing nose bridge”

The MJJC fans also noted the falsity of the nose-bridge missing story:

There is no such thing in the autopsy. Here is what it writes about the nose. The media can keep on harping on the “missing nose” narrative all they want but it’s just not confirmed by his autopsy. There was a bandage on his nose, that’s all, but one would expect it would have been noted if his nose was missing. 

ONE MORE POINT

There was one more point already mentioned here which struck as strange several viewers of the program.

It is the fact that the show was definitely pro-Murray and was therefore aiming to refute the prosecution case against him and suggesting a possibility of overturning the jury verdict at the Murray trial.

Previously there was one comment to that effect and here is one more:

Television can function as an educator. Television has the ability to inform and is instrumental in our recent evolution as humans. It’s not merely an entertainer.

To the documentary itself, it was at times a very difficult watch, people have already commented in this thread as to the way the information was presented and slanted to present a particular, mostly negative, view. But I was delighted with a good number of the facts presented as well. Ultimately, I felt as though the ‘last hours’ were very pro-Murray and seemed to suggest that the prosecution case hinged on the theory that Propofol would be present in the upper tube of Murray’s makeshift drip. They stated that it wasn’t and that the jury ignored it, following it with a baying mob of fervent MJ fans screaming ‘burn in hell’ and the likes as if they had some kind of influence on the jury’s decision. This was hugely frustrating and completely misleading, frankly idiotic. And that’s just ONE of the awful devices they used to manipulate the audience.

The whole thing felt very amateurishly put together. Why go to the bother of finding such a great lookalike of Murray and then use pictures of Jermaine mistakenly thinking it’s Michael and then spell Michael’s name wrong on screen, showing it as ‘Micheal’. LOLZ. Idiots.

No, I am afraid they are no idiots. First they portrayed Michael as a severely sick man and tried to convey to the public the idea that he would have died anyway even if he hadn’t involved himself with Murray or AEG.  And now they are trying to whitewash Conrad Murray and challenge the well-proven prosecution case against him, attempting to exonerate him of his guilt at least in the court of public opinion.

The agenda is definitely there and several steps have already been taken to reach the desired goal. The first step was announcing Murray ‘competent and fit” for the job he was hired for at the recent wrongful death trial and now they lie that the jury at Murray’s trial ignored some crucial piece of evidence – the fact that “there was no Propofol in the upper tubing of the IV makeshift drip”.

The truth of the matter is that this point was discussed at Murray’s trial in every possible detail. Dr. Shafer and Prosecutor David Walgren proved that Michael had been given more than 200ml of Propofol which could be administered only by a drip via a long tubing, so the tubing had been there, only it went into Murray’s pocket in an attempt to hide what really happened that fateful night.

After being used the long tubing with Propofol could easily go into Murray's pocket but would still leave traces of Propofol in the short tubing at the bottom

After being used the long tubing with Propofol could easily go into Murray’s pocket but would still leave traces of Propofol in the short tubing at the bottom

For those interested here is the best I could depict of the makeshift IV drip set-up used by Murray.

It shows how the long tubing could be taken away and puzzle the investigators why propofol was found at the top (where a propofol bottle was in the saline bag) and at the bottom (in the short tube), but not in the middle of it.

The middle part was simply removed (see the arrows please).

This long tubing was never retrieved but from the reconstruction of the events the prosecution proved that it had been there before Murray thoroughly cleared away all evidence from the scene of crime, and any further speculation on this matter is totally absurd.

INTERESTING CONNECTIONS

What is not absurd though is an attempt to understand who is standing behind the agenda of this Channel 5 program.

Who may be interested in exonerating Murray besides Murray himself?

The only other possible party is his direct employer under the ‘This is it’ contract which is AEG Live.

When a doctor is negligent, the hospital that hired him has to bear responsibility for what he did, but if the doctor is found not guilty his employer has nothing to answer for either. The same situation is here and this is why Murray’s and AEG’s interests fully coincide.

Murray wants to paint Michael as a hopeless addict to absolve himself of his guilt and AEG wants to do the same – both for Murray and for themselves. If they manage to imprint in people’s minds the idea that “it was a miracle MJ lasted so long”, any claims from Katherine Jackson that her son would have lived a long life if it hadn’t been for Murray and AEG would look groundless. Who would believe her if he would die all the same and what difference would it make if it happened a week later or a week earlier?

Given that now we know in which direction to look, the information from our reader Dialdancer referring to Dee Pfeiffer will no longer take us by surprise. And what Dee Pfeiffer is saying is extremely interesting. It is actually filling the gap and gives our “speculation” about the Murray/AEG connection the necessary substance and weight.

See what she is saying: 

  • “When applying for a press pass for the first ‘This is It’ show back in 2009, I was told by Lucy Ellison at AEG Worldwide to apply through the company ‘Outside’. They said that Adam Cotton, dealing with such matters, would get straight back to me. In spite of many emails and calls from March to June, he NEVER got back to me. My final email to Adam was on 19th June, just days before the world became a darker place. I can’t help but ask whether their ignoring of my requests was simply ignorance, or whether there was something more sinister (ie. how much did they know, at the very least about Michael’s stress and predicament). Even more disturbing is the fact that the company tasked with giving out press passes was none other than the very company screening the autopsy programme THIS evening.”

The information is indeed disturbing as it shows that the company screening the present autopsy program on British TV is actually the one which during Michael’s rehearsals was responsible for AEG’s contacts with the press and was close enough to AEG to be entrusted by them to select who to provide with a press pass to the premiere and who not to.

Another interesting connection, isn’t it? And if it did take place in 2009, why can’t we assume that a similar connection may take place in the year 2014 too?

To sum up the above here is one more comment from a insightful reader LiamDoherty who as early as in November 2011 wrote the following:

Q: What do you get when you put a liar, a bunch of corporate promoters, and a frail pop star with a billion dollar song catalogue that’s been indexed as collateral in an unprecedented, lock-tight contract together?

A: A hideous scenario of almost epic levels of exploitation, deception and abuse waiting to happen. Best thing about this scenario of course is that no-one cares because it’s Michael Jackson and no-one gives a damn about him anyway right? He’s just an addict right? Drugs for kicks and a high life mixing it up in nightclubs and opiate dens in Soho or Monaco right?

Except he wasn’t.

Jackson was desperate for the one thing you and I do every night. Sleep. Just sleep. Without it, the body and mind cannot repair vitality and things go horribly wrong rather quickly.  Unfortunately, Jackson didn’t meet someone who understood that bodily crisis; he met someone who was looking out for their own.

During the recently screened interview, Murray, previously a silent, crying defendant in court, now bolshily contradicts the story he told police about his actions while Jackson was dying on June 25, 2009.

He told the “Today” programme he put Jackson to sleep and then left the room to talk on the phone because he didn’t want to wake up the sleep-deprived Jackson. In contrast, he had told cops he had only left Jackson alone for a couple of minutes to use the restroom. Reasons for not mentioning propofol to anyone? Apparently it just “wasn’t important” according to Murray.

So in the end what do we have?

The perfect crime it seems and now with its very own reality show star. You gotta love America. When they **** an innocent man over — and by that I mean Jackson — they do it with bells on.

http://blogs.ocweekly.com/navelgazing/2011/11/conrad_murray_sue_imaging_digi.php

The entertainment autopsy program on British TV shows that when they want to do the same **** to the innocent man on the other side of the ocean, they also do it with bells on.

However let us not lose the chance they have provided us with and let us use it to tell each and everyone the truth of what Michael was like and how he died, taking advantage of every opportunity presenting itself – be it a comment on Channel 5, reply to a media article or a talk with a friend or colleague.

Michael was not an addict. He was a much healthier man than an average 50-year old.

And he could have given even 50 shows if he had had enough rest and sleep during the tour. And no need for propofol prior to it would have arisen if it hadn’t been for the shock of having to do 50 concerts with only one day between the shows which fully rid Michael of his sleep.

And he wouldn’t have used Propofol in May and June at all if AEG and Kenny Ortega had not started too late with rehearsals and had not demanded that he worked 6 days a week for two months running with only one day off.  They said that all of them were tired but “all of them” don’t concern me – what concerns me is that they exhausted him even before the tour started.

And Demerol was not an issue with MJ. The symptoms he displayed were most probably due to the benzodiazepine poisoning that occurred due to Conrad Murray’s experiments with Michael’s health. This is why one day he was okay, while on another day he was not.

Hopefully in the future we will learn the full and true story of Michael Jackson’s life and death.

What is clear at this stage though is that the version of it created by Channel 5 is heavily biased in favor of Murray/AEG. It is largely false and it is only due to the need to make it look credible that they sprinkled it with some truth.

*  *  *

In the supplement to this post you will find the email address of the Customer services of Channel 5 in case you want to say a couple of warm words to them.

Channel 5 welcomes all comments from viewers about its programmes. The Customer Services Team produces a daily report, which is circulated throughout the company. We’d be happy to hear from you if you have a comment about our output and details of how to get in touch with us are available here.

We also deal with lots of enquiries and in order to provide the best possible service please note:

If you haven’t found the answer to your enquiry within our FAQs then please contact us using one of the following methods:

By Post:
Customer Services
Channel 5 Television
10 Lower Thames Street
London
EC3R 6EN

>>>ALL IN THE UK>>>By Telephone on:
(020) 8612 7700 or 08457 05 05 05

>>>>>By e-mail using the following address:

customerservices@channel5.com

The Director of Programmes at Channel 5 is called Ben Frow.

His email address is Ben.Frow@five.tv


Filed under: Conrad Murray, the man who killed Michael Jackson, Jacksons vs. AEG, The MEDIA, The SOCIETY Tagged: Autopsy, Channel 5, entertainment, Michael Jackson, the Estate

AUTOPSY: MICHAEL JACKSON’S LAST HOURS. Transcript of the false show on British TV

$
0
0

Friends, below is the transcript of the false autopsy show from British TV on which Susannerb and me have painstakingly worked for the past few days.

I added to the transcript the description of background pictures to give you a better idea of what it’s like. Almost every sentence here requires a comment but I’ve tried to limit myself to a complete minimum which is still a lot, I’m afraid.

The comments come in the form of side notes. The notes for the second part of the transcript will be added later as the potential for them is infinite and I am struggling to choose.

Dr.Richard Shepherd is not as bad as the other participants but there are a couple of questions to him too.

At the end of the text there is a link to the video in case the transcript hasn’t been enough for you.

Part I

00:00  TV announcers: The singer Michael Jackson is reported to have died from a heart attack. …to the USLA medical center but it appears it was too late… Apparently suffered… He arrived in hospital in a deep coma and died…. [photos of MJ, TV people announcing the news, fans mourning]

00:12 Narrator: 2:26 pm on June 25th 2009. Michael Jackson, controversial megastar, entertainer and pop icon is pronounced dead in Los Angeles.

[the photo of MJ’s dead body on a gurney]

Reporter: Brother Jermaine says no one gave up.

Narrator: Jackson is just 50 years old.

[the photo of MJ’s dead body on a gurney with a close-up on his face]

0:34 Reporter: The sidewalk just outside the hospital quickly became a strange mix of grieving for a loss and celebrating a unique brand of music.

[the pictures of a fan crying and other fans dancing]

0:40 Narrator: His sudden and unexplained death sparks a police investigation that questions every detail of his passing.

[the pictures of three pill bottles in the bathroom, propofol and saline bag, a bottle on the floor, three pill bottles and a syringe without a needle on the bedside table]

0:49 Police officer: Robbery/ homicide was assigned to this because of a high profound nature of it.

[the picture of a helicopter flying]

Narrator: But it is his lifeless body that reveals the most telling answers.

Reporter: It was unceremoniously loaded in a van and driven to the LA County Coroner’s office.

Narrator: His corpse was pored over by a team of medical experts.

[the camera shows scissors cutting the skin]

Jermaine Jackson:  He is believed to have suffered a cardiac arrest in his home. However the cause of his death is unknown until results of the autopsy are known.

[the picture of MJ’s dead body on a gurney]

1:25 AUTOPSY: The last hours of Michael Jackson [a break for a commercial]

1:30 Narrator: World-renowned forensic pathologist Dr. Richard Shepherd has been performing high-profile autopsies for more than 25 years.

[Dr. Richard Shepherd walks into a darkened room with a notepad in his hands and leans over a synthetic cadaver]

Narrator: He was the expert witness at inquests into the deaths of Princess Diana, Jill Dando and victims of the 9/11 attacks

[Dr. Shepherd uses a knife on the body and places some tissue into a glass].

1:51 Dr. Shepherd: The fascinating thing about an autopsy is that it doesn’t just tell you how a person died. It can tell you even more – about how they lived. And it is non-judgmental. It is a scientific acquisition of facts. And the fact that the individual is a celebrity makes no difference at all. [picture of MJ’s naked body with tags on his legs and hand]. There are not celebrities on the mortuary slab.

2:18 Narrator: Now Richard Shepherd will forensically unpick Jackson’s autopsy and piece together what happened in the final hours of his life.

[Dr. Shepherd is making notes in a pad]

2:30 Dr. Shepherd: This is a coroner’s report into the death of Michael Jackson [shows the autopsy papers]. These hard, cold medical facts tell us who he was and what he was doing. More than that they give a timeline of the events leading up to his death.

2:45 [the caption shows time 11:30 a.m. June 24th]

Narrator: June 24th 2009. Jackson is renting a mansion in Beverly Hills.  In just nineteen days time he will embark on a sell-out fifty date residency tour at London’s O2 arena.

[the MJ actor is shown waking up in his bed]

2:59 [photo of Michael as a child] Narrator: Forty years previously Michael Jackson had burst onto the music scene [photo of Jackson 5]. As the lead singer of the Jackson 5 he was propelled into international mega stardom.

3:15 Terry Harvey, music promoter [with a cigar in his hands]: Michael Jackson, the King of Pop. He was the king of entertainment.

[the video of MJ arriving for his last public performance at World Music Awards in 2006]

Terry Harvey: He did things that no one else could do. He was untouchable.

3:25 [photo of MJ in the Thriller era]

Narrator: Jackson was the most successful entertainer the world had ever seen [picture with Quincy Jones].

The article was published by the NY Daily on June 30, 2013 and is archived now. It refers to some non-existent FBI files allegedly “full of stomach-churning details about the late King of Pop’s seamy past” which were allegedly not seen by prosecutors at the 2005 trial. The article named Anthony Pellicano as the source of those files.  The truth is that there were no secret FBI files and  Pellicano said about his former client: "I have maintained Michael Jackson's innocence from the very start, and I still maintain that he is innocent."

This fabrication was published by the NY Daily on June 30, 2013 and is archived now. It refers to some non-existent FBI files said to be full of “stomach-churning details about the late King of Pop’s seamy past” . The article names Anthony Pellicano as the source of those files.
The truth is that there were NO secret FBI files and Pellicano said about his former client: “I have maintained Michael Jackson’s innocence from the very start, and I still maintain that he is innocent.”
In 2011 the Daily Beast published a table of Pellicano’s clients adding that Pellicano found “damning evidence” against … the Chandlers, the accuser’s family. Source: http://www.thedailybeast.com/newsweek/2011/08/07/pellicano-s-reach.html

Narrator: Combined song and concert netted him an estimated $750 million dollars.

[picture of an article headlined 35M $ilence. Report says molesting 24 kids cost Jackson a mint. ‘FBI’files dated to ’89’ not given to prosecutors’].

Narrator: But by 2009 his personal fortune had all but gone.

[the camera is slowly moving from left to right reading the title]

Narrator: High profile court cases and reckless spending had left him on the brink of bankruptcy.

[the camera stops on the word $ilence]

3:44 Caption on the screen: Jackson’s mansion Beverly Hills 10 am June 19th 2009

[the camera shows the MJ actor in bed and the Murray actor in an armchair]

James Desborough is actually the author of the fabricated story about the non-existent FBI files. A series of his fictional articles on this issue appeared in the Daily Mirror in June 2013 right in the middle of the wrongful death case filed by Katherine Jackson against AEG. Charles Thomson, an award winning UK journalist has an excellent analysis of the FBI fraudulent series:     Incidentally, in one of the articles Charles Thomson called the Daily Mirror “an AEG-sponsored” paper. James Desborough is a former US editor of the now-defunct News of the World who was arrested by the police in the phone hacking scandal, but released in March 2012 after being for 8 months on bail. He said he was looking forward to resuming his career. Now he is a free lancer who works in Los Angeles and London. As part of his services his website lists “reputation management”. Lately he has been focusing on Michael Jackson.  More about his present activities in Los Angeles: http://www.pressgazette.co.uk/james-desborough-british-journalism-still-best-despite-hacking-scandal

James Desborough is the AUTHOR of the fabricated story about the non-existent FBI files. A series of his fictional articles on this issue appeared in the Daily Mirror in June 2013 right in the middle of the wrongful death case filed by Katherine Jackson against AEG.Charles Thomson, an award winning UK journalist has an excellent analysis of the FBI fraudulent series: http://charlesthomsonjournalist.blogspot.co.uk/2013/06/the-mirror-people-and-settlement-that.html
Incidentally, in his article Charles Thomson calls the Daily Mirror “an AEG-sponsored” paper.James Desborough is a former US editor of the now-defunct News of the World who was arrested by the police in the phone hacking scandal, but released in March 2012 after being for 8 months on bail. Now he says he is looking forward to resuming his career. He works as a freelancer in Los Angeles and London. As part of his services his website lists “reputation management”. Lately he has been focusing on Michael Jackson.Source: http://www.pressgazette.co.uk/james-desborough-british-journalism-still-best-despite-hacking-scandal&nbsp;

3:50 James Desborough, showbiz journalist: Michael Jackson had essentially been a recluse for 12 years, not touring, not really having any huge record releases like his past. He was around $400 million in debt. He also had over 30 lawsuits lined up against him.

4:15 Narrator: For Jackson there was only one way out.

[‘Murray’ is shown placing two pills into ‘MJ’s palm and him swallowing the pills].

Narrator: To ease his debt he must perform a grueling schedule of concerts in London. And to ensure his health and fitness he is depending on his personal physician Dr. Conrad Murray. But Jackson would never make an opening night.

[The caring ‘Murray’ is shown putting overalls on ‘MJ’].

4:45 Dr. Shepherd: If you look at the autopsy the first thing we see is the male of approximately 50 years. There are no significant injuries but there are some grazes and abrasions to the center of the chest [he shows the photo of MJ’s naked body].

Dr. Shepherd: I don’t think these are significant as the cause of his death but we do know that he had quite a prolonged and extensive resuscitation [photo of MJ’s naked body] and these injuries are typical of this type of resuscitation.

[the photo of MJ with a close up on the lower part of his naked body. This is followed by the picture of MJ “dangling” his baby son from the hotel balcony]

5: 06 Narrator: Jackson’s life was dogged with moments that were both controversial and bizarre. And the secrets revealed by his autopsy report are no different.

[the camera shows snatches from the autopsy report].

Dr. Shepherd: The autopsy report states that he is black and that is of course correct, but if you look to the body objectively not knowing that it is Michael Jackson it wouldn’t be that clear cut.

[the camera is going over the white skin of the MJ actor].

5:31 James Desborough: Millions of column inches have been devoted to the subject of Michael’s skin. Was he black? Was he turning white? Was he turning himself white? These are the questions that everyone wanted to know.

5:45 Caption – Oprah Winfrey show February 10th 1993

Oprah Winfrey: The color of your skin is obviously different than it was when you were younger.

Michael: Yes.

5:50 Narrator: Jackson tried to quash the rumors in a TV interview, but the manner of his answers and his body language made few believe him.

Oprah Winfrey: What have you done or are doing? Are you bleaching your skin? Is your skin lighter because you don’t like to be black?

Michael: I have a skin disorder that destroys the pigmentation of the skin. It’s something that I cannot help, okay? People make up stories that I don’t like to be who I am and it hurts me.

6:18 Dr. Shepherd: You can see from the autopsy that just as Jackson maintained he did have a skin condition. In the darker areas there are lighter blotches and it appears in these lighter blotches the skin stopped producing pigment.

melanocites produce melanin that darkens skin

Melanin colors the skin

[the animation shows how melanotecite cells producing Melanin change the color of skin]

Narrator: Cells called melanocites produce a dark pigment Melanin that colors the skin, but these cells are absent in the autopsy.

Dr. Shepherd: And without it the skin is pale. That explains Jackson’s appearance and is consistent with the disease called Vitiligo.

A shot from the film shows there was no Melanin in MJ's body

A shot from the film shows there was no Melanin in MJ’s body

6:50 Narrator: So Jackson did have a skin disease but doubt still remained about all the claims he made in the interview.

[the camera moves over the MJ actor’s white body]

Oprah Winfrey: I just want to get this straight. You are not taking anything to change the color of your skin?

Michael: Oh God, no. We are trying to control it and using make-up evening it out because it makes blotches on the skin. I have to even out my skin.

[the camera shows the label of the Benoquin 20% cream admitted as evidence at Murray’s trial].

7:11 Narrator: But evidence found at the crime scene shows this wasn’t true.

[the photo of an invoice from Applied Pharmacies for shipping 20 pcs of Benoquin cream].

Narrator:  Jackson spent a large amount of money on the skin bleaching drug called Benoquin.

[Murray is shown rubbing the cream into MJ’s white arms]

7:23 James Disborough: It turns out that Michael had been getting treatment for his Vitiligo from a doctor called Arnold Klein for about 25 years [picture of MJ, Klein and Liz Taylor].

Narrator: Based in Beverly Hills Klein was the dermatologist to the stars. His other clients included Elizabeth Taylor, Carrie Fisher and Sharon Stone [picture of all three of them].

7:45 Narrator: Klein recommended this lotion to Jackson when they first met. It prevents dark pigment being made in areas unaffected by vitiligo. For half of his life Jackson had been bleaching his skin.

[‘Murray’ in latex gloves is spreading Benoquin cream over the abdomen, shoulders and arms of the MJ actor]

Narrator: The King of Pop was fixated with his appearance.

Dr. Shepherd: There were several scars on his face and neck that are typical of previous plastic surgery. The nose is an extensive site of modification. It’s caved in on one side and the bridge is entirely missing.

The point about the “missing nose bridge” is surprising, especially when you hear it from a world-renowned pathologist. The autopsy report says nothing of the kind and since Dr. Shepherd has never seen the body with his own eyes it can only be a fabrication on his part ... or a quotation from one of the AEG medical experts who said that at some point MJ had suffered from this condition. The only entry in the autopsy report about the nose says that the “oronasal passages are unobstructed. A bandage is present on the tip of the nose” (see an excerpt from the autopsy report above).


The point about the “missing nose bridge” is surprising, especially when you hear it from a world-renowned pathologist.
The autopsy report says nothing of the kind
and since Dr. Shepherd has never seen the body with his own eyes it can only be a fabrication on his part … or a quotation from one of the AEG medical experts who said at the AEG trial that at some point in time MJ had suffered from this condition.
The only entry in the autopsy report about the nose says that  “the oronasal passages are unobstructed. A bandage is present on the tip of the nose”.

8:17 Narrator: Jackson would become addicted to plastic surgery .

Narrator: And this all consuming obsession can be traced back to a single catastrophic event .

8:36 Caption on the screen: AUTOPSY: The last hours of Michael Jackson [a break for a commercial]

8:41 Narrator: On June 25th 2009 pop megastar Michael Jackson died suddenly in Los Angeles. The world was shocked by his passing asking why the King of Pop died at just 50 years of age [photo of MJ’s dead body on a gurney followed by a close up on Michael’s face].

8:59 Narrator: Now leading forensic pathologist Dr. Shepherd is investigating Jackson’s autopsy and uncovering secrets hidden in Jackson’s life.

[Dr. Shepherd is looking at an X-ray in a darkened room and writing something on an autopsy report].

9:11 Dr. Shepherd: There were several scars on his face and neck that are typical of previous plastic surgery. And he had a cleft inserted into his chin which would certainly have changed his appearance.

[picture of smiling MJ with a cleft in his chin]

9:23 Dr. Shepherd: The nose is an extensive site of modification.

[the blurred scene of the MJ actor applying something to his nose]

Dr. Shepherd: It’s caved in on one side and the bridge is entirely missing. And this is one of the signs of extensive plastic surgery.

9:36 James Desborough: His brothers used to tease him about the size of his nose calling him “Big nose” [photos of MJ as a child and of Jackson 5]. It really left an emotional scar on him. And the minute he found out about plastic surgery he began to have work on his nose.

9:49 Narrator: Over the years Jackson visited the surgeons’ table again and again – changing not only his nose but almost his entire face [the picture of young Jermaine Jackson is compared with the photos of MJ after his nose surgery].

Narrator: In the press he became known as Wacko Jacko. It was public property. But the autopsy reveals he did manage to keep one secret from the media for 25 years [Dr. Shepherd is looking at an X-ray and writes something in a note pad].

10:13 Dr. Shepherd: Jackson’s hair is not his own. He is wearing a wig. It is held on by semi-permanent glue and there are some sparse areas of his own hair on the side and back of his head.

[the MJ actor is shown with a bottle of glue and a brush in his hand]

A question to Dr. Richard Shepherd:  A question to Dr. Richard Shepherd: How could Dr. Richard Shepherd know about the glue on MJ's head if it was not menioned in the autopsy report? When Karen Faye was examined by Mr. Putnam for AEG she had to reveal that she had fixed Michael’s wig by a special procedure but even under the fire of Putnam’s questions she refused to speak about any glue. She actually asked Mr. Putnam not to reveal the intimate details she had evidently disclosed to him in her earlier deposition to him. Here is an excerpt from Karen Faye’s testimony on June 28, 2013: Faye: ..the process of his hair took a long time. … I told you last time I didn't want all the details at this point. Putnam: OK. ..And that's why, when it says "estimated five hours, but could be more or less," you're talking about five hours... the reason it's so long we're talking about is because of how much had to be done? Faye: Correct. Putnam: And, again, not going into details. There were certain things that had to be clipped into the scalp? Faye: More extensive than that, but, yes. Putnam: I was trying to not give all the details. However since Dr. Richard Shepherd cannot know the details from the autopsy report and even Karen Faye's testimony, does it means that he heard them from the AEG lawyer?

A question to Dr. Richard Shepherd:
How could Dr. Richard Shepherd know about the glue on MJ’s head if it was not menioned in the autopsy report?
When Karen Faye was cross-examined by Mr. Putnam for AEG she had to reveal that she had fixed Michael’s wig by a special procedure but refused to explain what it was. She actually asked Mr. Putnam not to reveal the intimate details she had evidently disclosed to him in her earlier deposition to him.
Here is an excerpt from Karen Faye’s testimony on June 28, 2013:
Faye: ..the process of his hair took a long time. … I told you last time I didn’t want all the details at this point.
Putnam: OK. ..And that’s why, when it says “estimated five hours, but could be more or less,” you’re talking about five hours… the reason it’s so long we’re talking about is because of how much had to be done?
Faye: Correct.
Putnam: And, again, not going into details. There were certain things that had to be clipped into the scalp?
Faye: More extensive than that, but, yes.
Putnam: I was trying to not give all the details.
However since Dr. Richard Shepherd cannot know the details from the autopsy report or from Karen Faye’s testimony, are we to understand that he learned them from the AEG lawyer?

Narrator: Other than these patches the King of Pop was almost entirely bald.

[the blurred picture of the MJ actor applying glue to his forehead]

Narrator: Despite being a tabloid target he had kept this hidden for a quarter of a century.

10:38 Dr. Shepherd: His scalp reveals reason for his baldness.

[the autopsy drawing shows scars on the back of MJ’s head].

Dr. Shepherd: There’s an area of scarring on the top and back of his head. And this scarring is consistent with the burn.

10:50 The caption on the screen dates MJ’s Pepsi burn as January 27, 1984

[the full video of the accident is shown]

10:51 Narrator: In 1984 Jackson was at the height of his powers. His album Thriller had become the biggest selling album of all time. Filming a Pepsi commercial with his brothers would mark the start of his decline, when a pyrotechnic device set fire to his hair. He suffered severe second and third-degree burns to his scalp which left him needing to wear wigs for the rest of his life.

11:26 Ian Halperin Author, Unmasked, the Final Years of Micheal (sic) Jackson:

Michael never recovered from that. The Pepsi incident changed Michael’s career forever. Michael became extremely self-conscious about his appearance. He became extremely paranoid about the people around him. He felt damaged, he felt hurt, he felt betrayed.

[a blurred video of ‘MJ’ putting his jacket and a dark cloak on]

11:51 Narrator: The accident also triggered a habit that eventually claimed his life.  Recovering from his injuries he became hooked on painkillers. These were gateway drugs that led to multiple drug addictions.

[a blurred picture of ‘MJ’ shaking something from a vial of pills into his palm and swallowing it]

12:08 Emma Kenny, counselor & psychologist:  A gateway drug is something you can buy over the counter.  And because it is so hugely available it means that people who may be susceptible to wanting to having harder drugs can get involved in that process. So you may start on Paracetamol and then you may lead up until much more dangerous drugs.

12:28 Narrator: Over the years Jackson also became dependent on sedatives, alcohol, anti-anxiety drugs and even morphine.

[several pictures of MJ with MJ fans screaming in the background]

12:40 Narrator: Without prescription drugs he could not function, sing, dance or perform.

[MJ speaks at a press-conference on March 5, 2009]

Michael Jackson at the press-conference: I love you. I really do. You have to know that.

Narrator: Six months before his death Michael Jackson announced a punishing schedule of 50 concerts.

Michael Jackson: I’ll be performing the songs my fans want to hear. This is it. I mean this is really it. This is the final – this is the final curtain call.

A small correction:  Before rehearsals began it was Randy Phillips who was telling everyone how excited Michael Jackson was about the shows and Michael Jackson, on the contrary was trying to tell his fans and the general public that he had never agreed to do 50 shows: "Michael Jackson was thrilled at selling 50 shows," said AEG Live president and CEO Randy Phillips in a statement.  Phillips' statements followed a widely publicized report from UK-based tabloid The Sun, which contended that the pop singer was less than thrilled about his long-term ties to the London stage. "I'm really angry with them booking me up to do 50 shows. I only wanted to do 10, and take the tour around the world to other cities, not 50 in one place," the tabloid reportedly quoted Jackson. "I went to bed knowing I sold 10 dates and woke up to the news I was booked to do 50." http://www.ticketnews.com/news/AEG-Live-confirms-Michael-Jackson-will-perform-all-50-concerts695019

A small correction:
It was the former AEG CEO Randy Phillips who told everyone how excited MJ was about the shows and Michael Jackson, on the contrary was sayingthat he was not thrilled as he had never agreed to do 50 shows:
“Michael Jackson was thrilled at selling 50 shows,” said AEG Live president and CEO Randy Phillips in a statement.
Phillips’ statements followed a widely publicized report from UK-based tabloid The Sun, which contended that the pop singer was less than thrilled about his long-term ties to the London stage.
“I’m really angry with them booking me up to do 50 shows. I only wanted to do 10, and take the tour around the world to other cities, not 50 in one place,” the tabloid reportedly quoted Jackson. “I went to bed knowing I sold 10 dates and woke up to the news I was booked to do 50.”
http://www.ticketnews.com/news/AEG-Live-confirms-Michael-Jackson-will-perform-all-50-concerts695019&nbsp;

13:15 James Desborough: Before rehearsals began Michael Jackson was telling everyone how excited he was about coming out and reclaiming his crown as the King of Pop, and also showing his kids what he could do on the global stage.

13:34 Narrator: But behind closed doors the promoters AEG were concerned that Jackson wasn’t up to performing his trademark high-energy routines.

[the blurred picture of ‘MJ’ sitting in a car and swallowing a pill].

13:45 Narrator: They began to question health scares published by the press.

[snatches from some emails say: urgent attention… hospitalized…cancer… bleeding…anorexia].

Narrator: His personal doctor Conrad Murray assured them that apart from his insomnia Jackson was in good physical condition.

[the camera shows the photo from Murray’s medical records of August, 2008 with words “insomnia” and “great health” singled out].

13:59 Narrator: But not everyone was so convinced.

[the camera shows the gargantuan Terry Harvey with a cigar sitting in a car]

Terry Harvey: Ha-ha-ha.

Narrator: Terry Harvey is a music promoter with close links to the Jackson family.

14:11Terry Harvey:  How fit would someone have to be to perform for 2,5 hours in good shape? Do I think Michael didn’t have the energy and stamina for fifty nights? He didn’t have the stamina to do 30 minutes.

[the MJ actor is shown walking in a dark cloak in the corridor of an O2 arena]

14:29 Ian Halperin: Michael knew deep down – there was no way he’d be able to perform 50 shows [blurred picture of ‘MJ’ walking in a dark cloak]. Michael told people close to him – he didn’t know he could do two shows.

Someone should tell this cynical ass that if Michael Jackson was able to dance like he danced on June 23-24 AFTER TWO MONTHS OF SLEEPLESS NIGHTS, it means that he could have pulled ANY number of shows ON CONDITION he had enough sleep.

Someone should tell this cynical ass that if Michael Jackson was able to dance like he danced on June 23-24 AFTER TWO MONTHS OF SLEEPLESS NIGHTS, it means that he could have pulled ANY number of shows ON CONDITION he had enough sleep.

14:43 Narrator: So what was the truth about Jackson’s fitness?  Was he really up to the tour?

14:50 Dr. Shepherd [with the autopsy report in his hands]: The report says he is 136 pounds in weight and he is 5 foot 9 [inches] and he is tall which gives a BMI of 20,1 which is normal. So though he appears slightly thin he is within the acceptable range. You might expect some furring up of the arteries in a man aged fifty but Michael Jackson had no evidence of this. And his heart was in good condition too, so for a man of his age he was in good shape.

15:15 Narrator: Yet Jackson was clearly in trouble at rehearsals.

[the fragment of This is it rehearsal dated June 19th shows MJ doing Billy Jean. He is shown mostly walking]

The date of June 19th the authors give for Billie Jean rehearsal is ridiculous. On June 19th MJ felt so bad that he couldn't even set his foot on the stage. Billie Jean was rehearsed at the very beginning of June at the Forum (as the seats around the stage show it). And Michael could still spin!

The date of June 19th the authors give for Billie Jean rehearsal is ridiculous. On June 19th MJ felt so bad that he couldn’t even set his foot on the stage.
Billie Jean was rehearsed at the very beginning of June at the Forum (as the seats around the stage show it).
And Michael could still spin!

Narrator: He was short of breath, stiff and unable to perform the routines he was famous for. In the autopsy Richard Shepherd has found a reason for Jackson’s lackluster performance.

15:34 Dr. Shepherd: Several X-rays were taken of Michael Jackson. They showed he had osteoarthritis in some of his fingers and his spine.

15:42 Narrator: The vertebrae in the spine are cushioned by areas of cartilage. In osteoarthritis the cartilage degenerates and the bones are left unprotected. This places pressure on the joint and in extreme circumstances the bones can grind together.

[the animation illustrates the process]

16:06 Dr. Shepherd: This is a condition that would cause him some pain and stiffness and might limit his movements.

16:12 Narrator: Osteoarthritis would explain why Jackson isn’t performing with his trademark sleekness

[a fragment from Billy Jean again]

The bones grinding each other was the reason for the "pajama" incident at the 2005 trial. However no one cared to explain it in the program

The bones grinding each other were the reason for the “pajama” incident at the 2005 trial. However no one cared to explain it in the program

16:19 Dr. Shepherd: It is a degenerative condition which would only get worse. And though it is not uncommon for a man of 50 it can be triggered by an injury.

16:28 Narrator: In 1999 Jackson did suffer an injury to his spine.

[a video of the accident MJ had when a bridge fell during a Munich concert].

Narrator: During a concert in Germany he plunged 50 feet into an orchestra pit. Although he carried on performing he collapsed in agony soon afterwards. Osteoarthritis could explain why he was struggling with movement. But it couldn’t explain why he was struggling to breathe.

17:12 Dr. Shepherd: His organs were in good condition for his age. The exception is his lungs and they were like a battlefield. The lining of the airway showed a lot of damage and both lungs showed wide-spread inflammation and quite extensive scarring. For Michael Jackson it would have made it hard of him to exert himself and he would have fatigued more easily, and that’s the question I would want to ask – What caused all this damage?

17:36 Narrator: A possible explanation is written all over Jackson’s face. In his mid 20s he developed a symmetrical red rash around his cheeks [photos of MJ of the Thriller era with a red rash on his face], a classic symptom of another rare skin disease – Discoid Lupus which causes hair to fall out anywhere on the body and can damage the lips.

17:59 [photo of dead MJ on the gurney with a close up on his face]

18:00 Dr. Shepherd: We can see from the autopsy that Jackson had dark tattoos on his eye-brows and there were tattoos on his eyelids like eyeliners. And he also got tattoos in pink around his lips.

[photo of dead MJ on the gurney with a close up on his face]

18:12 Narrator: Lupus would also explain Jackson’s habit of using umbrellas [photos of MJ with an umbrella].  The disease leaves skin sensitive to sunlight. And it doesn’t only affect the skin. It can reek havoc across the whole body.

18:29 Dr. Shepherd: Lupus is an autoimmune disease. And these diseases occur when the body attacks part of itself.

Lungs before white blood cells attack them

Lungs before white blood cells attack them

18:37 [animation of white blood cells attacking foreign invaders in the body]

Narrator: White blood cells usually attack foreign invaders in the body.

18:45 [animation of white blood cells attacking lungs in lupus]

Narrator: But in lupus these cells strike at the body itself including the lungs – leaving them heavily damaged.

Lungs after white blood cells attack them in Lupus

Lungs after white blood cells attack them in Lupus

18:55 Dr. Shepherd: A chronic disease would have episodes of remission and recurrence. And the recurrence can be triggered off by a number of things – stress, exertion and lack of sleep.

19:05 Narrator: But is there an alternative explanation for Jackson’s lung damage?

[a picture of empty vials and a syringe on the screen].

19:12 Narrator: The 25 years and the increasingly unstable and drug-dependent Jackson had been visiting the clinic of dermatologist Dr. Arnold Klein [picture of the clinic]. According to those who worked there these visits had become less and less about his skin.

19:32 Jason Pfieffer, Dr. Klein’s former office-manager: He would be in the office a couple times a week and have very minor procedures done. When he got to the office I would take him in the back door and put him in the procedure room and at that point I go get Dr. Klein’s nurse Ellen and say “Michael is here and he wants a shot”.

[the MJ actor is rolling up his sleep for a shot in his arm].

19:53 Narrator: On every visit he would receive at least one injection. The syringe was full of Demerol, a powerful medical version of Heroin.

[the nurse is shown making an injection]

20:07 Jason Pfieffer: Usually the effects were pretty quick. He might pass out, he might be just tired, he might be loopy.

[the head of the MJ actor falls back on the sofa].

20:16 Narrator: And Jackson didn’t always come to see Dr. Klein alone.

20:20 Jason Pfeiffer: If he was with the kids it would be a little bit of a distraction for him. The kids would usually sit in Dr. Klein’s office. They’d be running and screaming and joking and I’d just say it would be a lot of fun until Michael got really out of it.

For a start let us make it clear that MJ NEVER asked Klein for Demerol.  Klein always said it, for example, to Harvey Levin in his November 5, 2009 interview: LevinDid he ever ask you for Demerol? KleinNo. LevinHe never said, “I want Demerol”? KleinNo LevinThere was a lot of talk that Michael would come to you for procedures, not because he necessarily wanted the procedures but he wanted the drugs that would put him under. KleinNo, because I did the procedures frequently with no anesthesia, I mean, no prior anesthesia I wasn’t giving Michael drugs because he was a drug addict, I was giving Michael drugs because the procedures to rebuild his face were very arduous.

Firstly, Michael NEVER asked Klein for Demerol.
Klein always said it was the drug of his choice and MJ never said that he wanted it.
The  example is Klein’s interview with Harvey Levin on November 5, 2009:
Levin: Did he ever ask you for Demerol?
Klein: No.
Levin: He never said, “I want Demerol”?
Klein: No
Levin: There was a lot of talk that Michael would come to you for procedures, not because he necessarily wanted the procedures but he wanted the drugs that would put him under.
Klein: No, because I did the procedures frequently with no anesthesia, I mean, no prior anesthesia.
I wasn’t giving Michael drugs because he was a drug addict, I was giving Michael drugs because the procedures to rebuild his face were very arduous.

20:37 Narrator: As the tour approached Jackson’s requests for these injections became more and more frequent.

20:44 Jason Pfeiffer: He would come in and he would demand to see Dr. Klein quickly and he would want a shot of Demerol as quickly as possible and you could tell that there was something going on.

[an injection is being made into the arm of the actor]

20:56 Narrator: By taking the drug Jackson risked severe lung damage, addiction and even death.

[the photo of MJ’s dead body on a gurney with a close up on his face].

Narrator: But Demerol is not what killed Michael Jackson.

21:12 AUTOPSY: The last hours of Michael Jackson [a break for a commercial]

21:18 [Dr. Shepherd is shown looking at an X-ray].

Narrator: Leading forensic pathologist Richard Shepherd is investigating the final hours of Michael Jackson’s life.

[the photo of MJ’s dead body on a gurney with a close-up to his face]

21:29 Dr. Shepherd: The autopsy shows there are no significant injuries on the body and there is no evidence of any significant disease except in the lungs. And so we turn to the next stage. We look at the tell-tale chemical clues in the body – the toxicology report.

[the MJ actor is shown swallowing 2 pills at home]

21:44 Narrator: Jackson had well-publicized problems with prescription drugs [the MJ actor swallows pills in a car]. He’d been in rehab several times and had admitted to addictions to painkillers.

[the MJ actor rolls up his sleeve for a shot]

The lie they tell about MJ's "frequent" use of Demerol in June and in particular on June 18th is because they are trying to prove that MJ felt very bad the next day because he was suffering from the Demerol withdrawal. The truth of the matter is that most of MJ's visits to Klein's office were in April and May, and in June 2009 he went there once a week only. And MJ did NOT see Klein on June 18th. His visits were on June 16 and June 22. Resume: MJ was not suffering from Demerol withdrawal on June 19th.

Secondly, Michael did NOT visit Klein’s office on June 18th.
Michael went to Klein’s office on June 1, 3, 4, 10, 16 and 22.
On June 4 the procedures didn’t require painkillers at all. And on June 16 and 22 MJ was given only 100ml of Demerol.
The program tells a lie about MJ’s “frequent” use of Demerol in June and specifically on June 18th in an attempt to prove that MJ felt very bad the next day as he was “suffering from Demerol withdrawal”, which real addicts experience several hours after the drug intake.
However most of MJ’s visits to Klein’s office were in April and May, and in June 2009 they were once a week only.
And MJ was NOT in Klein’s office on June 18th.
And MJ’s bad health on the 19th and in June in general was NOT due to Demerol.For the dates of visits please see Klein’s invoice for payment for his services: http://www.aolcdn.com/tmz_documents/1027_klein_jackson_wm.pdf
So the episode from the program shown above is a TERRIBLE LIE whichever way you look at it. 

Narrator: In 2009 he was also having frequent injections of Demerol, a pharmacological equivalent of Heroin.

[the nurse is giving a shot to the MJ actor in the arm].

And by early June Jackson was struggling at the rehearsals for his This is it tour.

22:13 Emma Kenny, counseller & psychologist: Demerol is an incredibly powerful drug. So if you would turn up at a rehearsal on it the reality is you would be disorientated, you’d be dizzy,  you’d also struggle with your breath as    it creates a shortage of breath. Now this is literally the opposite of what’s required when you are performing.

22:27 Narrator: But in just 19 days time Jackson was due to embark on his record-breaking 50-date residency in London [picture of an ad of This is it film]

22:37 James Desborough: Michael Jackson’s mind was not ready. Though publicly he was telling people: “Yes, I can do this” it was clear that by the way he was not turning up for rehearsals, ignoring important production meetings this man was not ready for the This is it comeback.

22:50 Narrator: The situation became so desperate that the tour’s producer Kenny Ortega [photo of smiling Kenny Ortega on the screen] sent an impassioned email to the promoters.

23:00 Caption: Voice of Kenny Ortega [the words in bold type appear on the screen]:

My concern is he appeared quite weak and fatigued this evening. He had a terrible case of the chills , was trembling, rambling and obsessing. Everything in me says he should be psychologically evaluated. And I believe that he really wants this. It would shatter him, break his heart if we pulled the plug. He is terribly frightened .. It broke my heart. He was like a lost boy. There still may be a chance he can rise to the occasion if we get him the help he needs. Sincerely, Kenny

23:29 [MJ is going along the corridor in a dark cloak, the caption says it is June 24th 2009]

23:30 Narrator: The promoters issued Jackson an ultimatum   – shape up or they will pull the plug. $400 million in debt, for Jackson this was not an option.

23:45 James Desborough: It was clear that this was about the money being on the line. For Michael – he didn’t have a choice. He had to be there or he’d lose his home, his kids would be homeless and he would be in financial ruin.

23:59 [footage of Billy Jean with a caption saying that it is June 19th 2009]

[At this point I can't resist interrupting the transcript and will post a Youtube fragment of Billie Jean performed by Michael Jackson at the beginning of June at the Forum stage. Michael is not dancing in his full capacity and does not sing as this is a rehearsal and not a show]

 Part II

24:03 Narrator: As this footage shows five days earlier Jackson had been struggling at rehearsals. He seems sluggish and not in control of his body.

24:14 [footage of MJ performing on June 24th]. Narrator: But the effect of the promoters’ threat was stunning. His next performance was described as ‘electric’ by members of the production team. He was agile, lively and like the Michael Jackson of old.

24:35 James Desborough: Suddenly he makes a miraculous recovery. He gets on stage, he performs 30 to 40 minutes and he is dancing, he is singing and performing in a way which makes them a lot happier.

24:51 Narrator: So how did a 50-year old man with osteoarthritis, lupus, scarred lungs and an addiction to Demerol manage to turn it around?

[footage of This is it rehearsal on June 24th].

Narrator: The clue is lying in Jackson’s body. He gets another narcotic.

25:10 Dr. Shepherd [with the autopsy report in his hands]:

Extensive toxicological testing was performed on numerous samples taken from Jackson’s body. In the urine sample it was noted that a drug called ephedrine was present. Ephedrine is similar to the naturally occurring adrenalin in the body. And adrenalin is the hormone that prepares the body for fight or flight [the autopsy report showing traces of ephedrine is on the screen]. When Jackson took ephedrine it would have been to energize himself.

25:35 Narrator: Jackson had turned to yet another drug [photo of MJ’s house]. In his house police discovered tablets of ECA, a powerful stimulant made from caffeine, aspirin and ephedrine [picture of 3 pill bottles on MJ’s bedside]. At high levels this drug can trigger a cardiac failure – the ultimate cause of Jackson’s death [picture of 3 pill bottles and cream in the bathroom]

25:57 Dr. Shepherd: Because the ephedrine is present in his urine and not in his blood, it can’t be having an effect on Jackson’s body and so it can’t have contributed to his death.

26:05 Narrator: But the autopsy throws up a further narcotic surprise.

26:11 Dr. Shepherd: The toxicology analysis looked for but didn’t find Demerol and that shows that Jackson hadn’t been taking the drug for some time.

26:20 Narrator:Jackson made it through his make or break rehearsal by loading his body with stimulants and coming off the heroin-like drug Demerol [the MJ actor is shown in a car]. But as he returned to his Carolwood mansion this strategy would have deadly repercussions. Because suddenly coming off Demerol is highly risky.

26:41 Emma Kitty: The effects of withdrawing from Demerol can be very, very difficult. In fact to try to do it on your own is downright dangerous. You have issues such as fever, you feel a sense of cold turkey and irksome pains. And one of the biggest side-effects is insomnia.

26:59 Narrator: Jackson had been plagued by the sleeping disorder throughout his adult life [the MJ actor is shown in a car on his way home]. Now he is full of stimulants and in withdrawal from Demerol. But his doctor Conrad Murray had no idea Jackson had been taking this drug, let alone that he had suddenly stopped [the Murray actor is dialing a number on his phone]. Michael Jackson hid his drug habits well.

27:23 Ed Winter, Assistant Chief L.A. Coroner Department: When at the location connecting one of several searches we located a number of number of bottles of prescription medication, not only in Mr. Jackson’s name but in four or five aliases [photo of Lorazepam and Diazepam prescribed by Murray, and some drug prescribed in the name of Omar Arnold].

27:38 Narrator: Although the majority of these drugs were prescribed by Murray [picture of the autopsy report with Murray’s name stated for a series of benzos] some were recorded with other doctors [picture of the same stating the names of Klein and Nurse Lee].

27:49 Terry Harvey [smiling and making dance moves]:  … he was devious and the king of manipulation. He was the puppet master. He can tell you what you want to hear and look like it is real and guess what? You go – it’s okay, it’s all right, come on, let’s go.

28:02 [the Murray actor is making the bed for the MJ actor and is preparing a saline bag on the IV stand]

Narrator: And Murray was right for manipulation. Like Jackson he was deep in debt. As the London tour didn’t go ahead he too would be financially ruined.

28:16 Narrator: One of his roles was to ensure Jackson could sleep, but the autopsy report suggests this would be problematic [the Murray actor is placing a protective pad on the bed].

28:26 Dr. Shepherd: He does have an enlarged prostate which is not at all unusual for a 50 year old man. And yhis might mean he had some difficulty in urination. It might mean he has to go to the toilet more often.

28:36 Ed Winter: Michael had an condom catheter that he used during his sleep time so that he didn’t have to wake up or be woken up to go and use the bathroom [‘Murray’ is shown helping ‘MJ’ get out of his overalls and he lies in bed in his shorts]

28:53 Narrator: But Murray’s master plan to get Jackson to sleep also had a more sinister pharmaceutical element [‘Murray’ is shown attaching something to ‘MJ’s knee]

29:00 Dr. Shepherd: The drug that stands out in the toxicology report is Propofol. Propofol is an anesthetic agent which is normally only used in operating theatres and in intensive care units. It’s a very powerful drug. Due to its appearance and its effects it is sometimes known as “milk of amnesia”.

29:17 Narrator: Jackson had been using Propofol as a sleep aid for nearly a decade.

29:21 Ian Halperin: In early 2000 he was in a hospital. One time they administered Michael propofol and he said he really liked the drug  and became dependent on it and would get doctors to administer it to him.

29:41 Narrator: Over the years this dependency escalated.

29:47 Jason Pfeiffer: He called me up one Sunday night and said “Mr. Jason, I need an anesthesiologist”. And I said: “What do you need an anesthesiologist for, Michael?” And he said: “Well, I’ve got a media spot in the morning and I need to be fresh for him”. And I said: “This is crazy?” I said, “I don’t understand.” Never in my life had I heard a thing like this. Ever. I was just flabbergasted.

30:06 Narrator: By June 2009 Conrad Murray was feeding Jackson’s Propofol addiction in the star’s own house [‘Murray’ is shown drawing it into a syringe]. For Jackson it was the ideal drug.

30:20 Shepard: Propofol is a very useful drug as you get asleep quickly and and you wake up cleanly with no hangover. But the line between risk and use can be very narrow. And too much drug can cause fatalities.

30:33 Narrator: Murray has been giving Jackson Propofol for 60 nights in a row. But aware of the promoter’s ultimatum he has decided to wean Jackson off the drug. For the last 2 nights he sent Jackson off to sleep using drugs called benzodiazepines instead. And he administered them in an unusual way.

[the blurred image of ‘Murray’ doing something to ‘MJ’s knee]

30:58 Shepherd: The autopsy report shows an intravenous injection site below the knee. This is a very rare site for any medical resuscitation treatment, but it’s a common site for intravenous drug abuse. Unlike the arms, an injection site on the knees is hidden away and keeps the drug abuse secret.

31:17 Emma Kenny: When you are actually in the press you have to consider the fact that people are watching you all the time, you’re being observed, and your profile is very important to you. So it is not actually unusual for people to inject in areas like the penis, the groin, under the toenails for example, anything that would distract people around them from seeing that they had an issue [blurred image of ‘Murray’ handling ‘MJ’’s knee] . The reality is that this is just such a sad thing to say because we know that the user is aware of that problems and aware that they don’t want other people to know about them. It means that the user recognizes that they have an issue. They just don’t want to share that issue.

31:53 [Caption on the screen - 1:30 am June 25th]

Narrator: At 1:30 a.m. on the 25th of June, 2009, Conrad Murray gives Jackson a tablet he hopes will help him sleep.

32:00 Dr. Shepherd: There is Valium in the system. Valium is a benzodiazepine drug which is used to treat anxiety, but commonly causes some sedation. It is an addictive drug and long-term use can lead to physical dependence.

32:20 [Caption on the screen – 2:00 am June 25th]

Narrator: But 30 minutes later Jackson is still awake. Murray turns to a faster acting benzodiazepine sedative – Lorazepam [‘Murray’ is shown drawing Lorazepam into a syringe and injecting it into a saline bag (!)].

32:41 [Caption on the screen – 3:00 am June 25th]

Narrator: After an hour Jackson still hasn’t fallen asleep, so Murray tries a third benzodiazepine – Midazolam.

32:54 Dr. Shepherd: It may be a little unusual to find 3 different types of benzodiazepine at the same time. But it seems likely if the intent is to get someone to sleep that one would start with a long-acting Valium type drug, move to the medium-acting Lorazepam and then finally have to try the very short-acting Midazolam. So in this situation it does make sense.

33:25 Narrator: Throughout the early hours Murray gives Jackson more and more benzodiazepines [‘Murray’ is shown drawing them into a syringe].

33:28 [Caption on the screen – 3:00 am June 25th]

33:33 Narrator: But they have no effect [‘Murray’ has the caring look on his face. He is shown walking about, thinking. Symphonic music is accompanying the scene].

33:48 Narrator: By 10 a.m. a desperate Jackson asks for his drug of choice – his milk. He wants Propofol [The MJ actor says: “My milk”]. He wants Propofol. But Murray resists [The MJ actor says: “My milk”]. Jackson protests, he can’t function without sleep and will have to cancel the concerts.

34:25 Narrator: At 10:50 a.m. Conrad Murray finally relents and prepares a dose of Propofol [‘Murray’ is shown drawing Propofol into a syringe]. As this drug burns when it enters the body, Murray adds a local anesthetic – Lidocaine – to numb the pain.

33:42 [Caption on the screen – 10:50am June 25th]

Narrator:Jackson is unconscious at last.

34:57 [Caption on the screen – 11:05am June 25th]

Narrator: 15 minutes later Conrad Murray reenters the singer’s bedroom. [the Murray actor is shown entering the room talking on the phone and coming up to Michael’s bed]

35:07 [‘Murray’ shakes ‘MJ’ by the shoulder with a telephone in his hand]: “Michael! Michael! Michael!”

35:16 Narrator: Jackson is not breathing. But Murray thinks he can feel a pulse. [‘Murray’ yells: "Michael!" He does CPR on the bed and is shown frantic].

35:34 Narrator: He searches for Flumazenil, a drug that reverses the effects of benzodiazepines. But there is no antidote for Propofol. [Camera shows ‘Murray’ drawing something into a syringe and injecting it somewhere, and then shaking the body with his both hands and yelling "Michael! Michael!"]

35:53 [‘Murray’ runs out of the room]

35:55 Caption on the screen: AUTOPSY: The last hours of Michael Jackson

36:00 [With a telephone in his hand ‘Murray’ shakes ‘MJ’ by the shoulder and starts making CPR on the bed. He yells]: “Michael! Michael! Michael!”

36:12 [Caption on the screen – 11:05am June 25th]

Narrator: At 11:05 a.m. on the 25th of June 2009 Michael Jackson is found unconscious and not breathing [‘Murray’ is shown pressing the chest and yelling “Michael”!]. But his personal physician Conrad Murray can feel a pulse [Murray continues to pres the chest on the bed and yell: “Michael! Michael!”].

36:32 [Murray runs out of the room]

36:36 Caption on the screen: Emergency call to LA 911

36:40 [‘Murray’ and a ‘bodyguard’ with a telephone in his hand run back into the room. The ‘bodyguard’ is talking to a 911 operator. ‘Murray’ is doing CPR on the bed. The tape of the real call is being played].

Alvarez: Sir, we have a gentleman here that needs help. He’s stopped breathing, he’s not breathing and we are trying to pump him, but he’s not, he’s not…

Operator: Ok ok, how old is he?

Alvarez: He’s 50 years old, sir.

Operator: Ok. He’s not conscious, he’s not breathing?

Alvarez: Yes, he’s not breathing sir.

Operator: And he’s not conscious either?

Alvarez: No, he’s not conscious sir.

Operator: Ok. Alright, is he on the floor, where’s he at right now?

Alvarez: He’s on the bed sir, he’s on the bed.

Operator: Ok let’s get him on the floor.

[‘Murray’ is giving a sign to the ‘bodyguard’ to move him to the floor]

Alvarez: Ok.

Operator: Ok let’s get him down to the floor. I’m gonna help you with CPR right now, OK.

Alvarez: We need him… we need a…

Operator: Yes, we’re already on our way there. We’re on our way. I’m gonna do as far as I can to help you over the phone. We’re already on our way. Did anybody see him?

Alvarez: Yes we have a personal doctor here with him, sir.

Operator: Oh you have a doctor there?

Alvarez: Yes. But he’s not responding to anything to no… no… he’s not responding to the CPR or anything.

Operator: Ok. Ok. They’re on their way.

37:40 Narrator: By the time the paramedics arrive, Murray can no longer detect a pulse. [The paramedics come in, open their bag, take an oxygen mask and lean over the body. ‘Murray’ looks flushed and frustrated. Someone is shouting: “Come on! Come on!”]

38:06 Narrator:Jackson’s body is rushed to hospital, but it’s too late [the photo of MJ’s dead body on a gurney with a camera close-up on the face].

38:14 Dr. Shepherd: At 14:26 on June 25th 2009 Michael Joseph Jackson was declared dead at the UCLAMedicalCenter, Los Angeles [the photo of MJ’s dead body on a gurney continues to be shown]

38:27 Dr. Shepherd [reading from the report]: The autopsy report concludes that his cause of death was acute Propofol intoxication with a contributory factor in the death being benzodiazepines.

38:40 Narrator: Once in the bloodstream both these drugs spread around the body. When they reach the lungs they have a profound effect. They slow the rate the lungs inflate and deflate, so critically decreasing their ability to oxygenate the body [animation of lungs stopping to breathe is shown].

39:04 Dr. Shepherd: And you’ve got to remember that Jackson had really bad lungs. And these things combined of course the oxygen in his bloodstream to get to such a low level that his heart and his brain have stopped working, and he has died.

39:15 Narrator: Two months after his death the autopsy results were announced [a page of an autopsy report is on the screen].

A TV announcer: “The L.A. County Coroner has ruled Michael Jackson’s death a homicide.”

39:26 Narrator: The prime suspect was Dr. Conrad Murray.

[the camera shows a page of the autopsy report with the word “homicide” on it. This is followed by a video of MJ’s fans protesting at a court house].

39:32 Narrator: He was tried for involuntary manslaughter. At the trial the smoking gun was Propofol [a picture of Dr. Shafer testifying at the trial].

39:40 Dr. Shepherd: Conrad Murray states that he gave Jackson 25 mg of Propofol at 10:40 a.m. (But) the toxicology report shows there was far more than that in Jackson’s bloodstream when he died. So the question remains: How are we going to explain this discrepancy?

39:57 Narrator: In court Murray claimed that this anomaly was not of his doing [a picture of prosecutor Walgren talking]. He suggested it was all down to the other person in the room – Jackson himself.

40:08 [the MJ actor is shown getting out of bed, grabbing a propofol bottle near by and taking something into his hand to open it].

Chernoff: When Dr. Murray left the room, Michael Jackson self-administered a dose, an additional dose of Propofol, and it killed him. And it killed him like that, and there was no way to save him.

40:28: [the MJ actor is shown injecting propofol by a syringe into the upper part of the IV set up and falling back unconscious]

Narrator: But the prosecution had a different version of events. A version that implicated Murray as guilty.

Walgren: Conrad Murray’s actions directly caused the death of Michael Jackson.

40:48 Narrator: They claimed Murray had coupled together a system that kept Jackson continually topped up with Propofol whilst he slept [‘Murray’ is shown cutting of the top of a saline bag with a knife].

40:58 Narrator: Murray cut into the lid of a bottle of the drug. [‘Murray’ is shown tearing a hole in the lid of a Propofol vial with a knife].

41:04 Narrator: Once in the saline bag, the Propofol could then infuse constantly into Jackson’s bloodstream [‘Murray’ is shown putting the pierced propofol bottle into a bag with saline in it]

41:15 [the drawing of a makeshift IV set up shows a saline bag on the top, a long tubing and a port on its side for injections by syringes]

Narrator: Normally, saline coming down from the bag mixes with drugs injected at a port and washes them into the body.

[an animation shows saline going from the top and propofol being injected into the port on the right ]

41:26 Narrator: The prosecution maintained the drug was already mixed with the saline.

[the animation shows saline and propofol going together from the top]

41:30 Narrator: So there should be traces of Propofol in the tube above the injection port.

[the picture of the top part of the tube where propofol was meant to be found]

41:37 Narrator: Despite testing, traces of the drug were never detected.

[flashes of pictures of MJ’s room and the evidence found, followed by picture of MJ’s fans protesting near the court house].

41:44 Narrator: Yet this didn’t sway the jury

41:49 Judge Pastor: “I’m advised that the jury has reached a verdict.”

The courthouse clerk: “We the jury…. find the defendant Conrad Murray guilty of the crime of involuntary manslaugher” [MJ fans are cheering. One woman is shown saying: “Burn in hell”]

42:12 Narrator: The autopsy supports the court’s verdict. Conrad Murray failed in his duty as a doctor.

[MJ fans shouting ”Guilty, guilty!”. An excerpt from the autopsy report says: The standard of care for administering propofol was not met]

42:20 Dr. Shepherd: Propofol is a very powerful anesthetic. There is a very fine line between its proper effects and causing death. In hospital an anesthesiologist would have the patient attached to numerous machines which would monitor pulse and blood pressure, carbon dioxide levels and oxygen levels.

42:25 [the picture of MJ’s bathroom is shown]

Narrator: But investigators found no evidence of any medical monitors in the mansion. Murray was sentenced to 4 years in prison for killing the King of Pop .

42:53 [picture of Michael closing the camera with his palm and pointing a finger at it]

Narrator: In a 40 year career Jackson had established himself as the most successful act of all time. But his success had long been underpinned by reliance on prescription drugs .

43:06 Jason Pfeiffer: It’s such a tragedy seeing him go from this huge larger than life figure down this road of drug dependency .  These drugs had turned him into just a shell of his former self.

43:20 James Desborough: He didn’t have a choice. He was around 400 million dollars in debt [the 2006 video footage of MJ at the World Music Awards talking to fans]. “This is it” was this is it. It was his make or break comeback.

43:32 Terry Harvey: He was on a path of destruction [the video of MJ’s coffin carried by a car]. When you walk often in that Devil’s Dalliance some of us make it out, some of us don’t.

43:41 [the photos of Jackson 5].

Narrator:Jackson’s life had been full of turmoil and controversy [MJ’s photos]. In Conrad Murray he hired a doctor who ultimately failed him [photo of Jermaine]. From the moment they met Michael’s fate was sealed.

43:56 Dr. Shepherd: Michael Jackson was a man with numerous physical and psychological problems, and to overcome these he’d spiraled into drug dependency and addiction. He was using dangerous drugs in an untested manner. In some ways it’s a miracle that he lasted as long as he did.

[the picture of MJ fades away]

Here is the morbid and ridiculous show:


Filed under: AEG THE HORRIBLE, Conrad Murray, the man who killed Michael Jackson, Did Michael want to go white?, Jacksons vs. AEG, The MEDIA Tagged: autopsy program, Channel 4, Demerol, Dr. Arnold Klein, Dr. Richard Shepherd, James Desborough, Jason Pfieffer, Michael Jackson, Terry Harvey

THIS IS IT tour, DEMEROL and MICHAEL JACKSON’S VISITS TO DR. KLEIN’S OFFICE Part 1 of 2

$
0
0

It always surprised me how quick and easy it is to tell a lie and how laborious it is to refute it. Look at this piece from the recent autopsy program on Channel 5 of British television, for example, and see how three big lies are crammed into so little a space:

  • How did a 50-year old man with osteoarthritis, lupus, scarred lungs and an addiction to Demerol manage to turn it around? The clue is lying in Jackson’s body. He gets another narcotic.
  • Extensive toxicological testing was performed on numerous samples taken from Jackson’s body. In the urine sample it was noted that a drug called ephedrine was present.

See how easy it is? People are told a pack of lies about Michael though he didn’t have an addiction to Demerol, Ephedrine is not a narcotic and Michael didn’t “get” but was given Ephedrine by another. However to prove all of it you need to do a long research and write a detailed post in several parts.

There wouldn’t be even a need for these posts if it weren’t for this autopsy program. But some people are absolutely adamant that Michael Jackson should never be left alone and this makes us do what they invite us to do – discuss Demerol (and Ephedrine), Dr. Klein’s medical records and whether MJ had or didn’t have any withdrawal symptoms from the Demerol injected by Klein during his cosmetic procedures.

SURPRISES AND SCARES OF DR. KLEIN’S INVOICE

The invoice for Klein’s dermatological services to Michael was sent as a creditor’s claim to the Estate in October 2009. But when Michael was still alive a similar invoice was obviously sent to Michael Kane and AEG Live too as it was from there that Randy Phillips learned that Klein was shooting Michael up with something that “scared them to death”.

A quote from the ABS tweets from the AEG trial:

On Jun 23, Michael Kane wrote to DiLeo and Phillips: “Where does Arnold Klein stand on the list? “
“He scares us to death because he is shooting him up with something”, Phillips wrote back.

Randy Phillips was talking of Demerol. Michael was at a rehab for Demerol dependency in 1993 right at the time when Paul Gongaware was Michael’s tour manager, so there is no question that the AEG bosses had first-hand knowledge of MJ’s earlier problems with Demerol, and this is why during rehearsals for This is it tour they were constanly on the look out for signs of Demerol use and heavily suspected Michael of an addiction to it.

A quote from Karen Faye’s tweet:

RP and Paul Gongaware were fully aware of Michael’s issues. They thought they could control the situation by controlling Murray. 
http://tl.gd/mo440e

Murray's bags in the closet contained 3 bottles of 10mg Midazolam which were never ordered from Applied Pharmacy Services. Murray was buying them somewhere else!

Murray’s hidden bags in the closet contained 3 big bottles of 10mg Midazolam which were never supplied by Applied Pharmacy Services. By the way  Midazolam is never used in a home setting either

When I looked at Dr. Klein’s invoice of medical procedures for the first time it scared me too –  it also seemed to me that Klein was giving Demerol too often and probably too much.

Moreover he was also injecting it in a combination with Midazolam (Versed) for which I have a complete idiosyncrasy since the time I learned of Murray’s experiments with it on Michael and the gigantic quantities he was ordering for his injections (for details please see this post).

A discovery made after the post showed  that 3 bottles of 10ml Midazolam were found in Murray’s bag though from Applied Pharmacy Services he got only 2mg bottles.

This introduced us to the fact that Murray had a second supplier of medications and could have injected MJ with a real lot of this drug. Midazolam by the way also requires close monitoring as it stops breathing as easily as Propofol does.

But as to Klein’s administration of Midazolam to MJ later on I realized that 1 or 2mg of it was given by Klein exactly for the purpose it is usually meant for – for beating Michael’s anxiety and fear during injections under his eyes and for conscious sedation which required Michael to be sedated but responsive during the process.

If Murray was giving Michael that little it would keep MJ conscious at night (instead of sleepy) and if he was giving him more, this could result in a breathing arrest, and at the very least would make Michael groggy and lethargic the next day.

However let’s put Versed aside and look only into the Demerol administered to MJ by Klein in March-June 2009.

Below is a calendar showing the dates when Michael visited Klein and the amount of Demerol given to him on those days:

2009 printable calendarThe Demerol dosage of 100mg is marked gray, 200mg is marked green, 300mg is marked blue, 375mg (the maximum given on one day) is marked navy. The * sign (on June 4) means that though there was a visit there was no Demerol, and two more funny marks with arms and legs around the dates mean that on those days Demerol was accompanying Botox injections into MJ’s armpits and groin for excessive perspiration.

Please remember:

  • The maximum of Demerol allowed per day is 600mg (according to Dr. Waldman, expert witness at Murray’s trial) and 900mg (according to other sources).
  • Demerol was injected by Klein in the so-called RUQ and LUQ which mean Right Upper Quandrant and Left Upper Quandrant respectively, so the shots of the painkiller were made right into Michael’s face and not into his veins. This makes all those blurred pictures of Demerol injected into MJ’s veins in the recent Channel 5 program a little piece of fantasy on the part of its authors.

Below you will find a summary of Dr. Klein’s medical procedures based on his invoice of October 2009 and his handwritten medical records subpoenaed by court for Murray’s trial in 2011. The summary will be accompanied by occasional comments from the defense addiction expert Dr. Waldman and information about various medications and events being the background for Michael’s visits to Dr. Klein’s office.

THE VISITS

On March 12 Klein injected 200mg and worked with Restylane on MJ’s cleft in the chin. Dr. Waldman said this dose showed Michael to be tolerant to Demerol as a starting dose for a Demerol-naive person would be 50mg. Of course Michael’s previous experience made him tolerant to this painkiller, so not to feel the pain his body required more of it, however I still have a suspicion that Klein overdid it and 100mg would have been just enough.

Michael left Klein’s office with a mask on his face evidently hiding the swelling from Restylane injections. 

March 12, 2009 Michael leaves the Beverly Hills clinic

March 12, 2009 Michael leaves the Beverly Hills clinic

Five days later, on March 17 another 200mg of Demerol preceded a series of Restylane shots. Dr. Waldman said that this dose would make the patient sleepy, lethargic, unresponsive. 

A WORD ABOUT RESTYLANE: Doctors say that in the areas except around eyes the Restylane filler is tolerated well though it may result in some swelling for up to 10 days:

  • Restylane is a very well tolerated filler if applied correctly.  There may be minor bruising and swelling after the injection.
  • Swelling typically last 7-10 days. When fillers are injected in the cheek area, particularly when close to the lower eyelid, swelling may persist longer than other areas of the face. You may have a resolving ecchymosis or bruise responsible for the asymmetry.

http://www.realself.com/question/restylane-bad-side-effects

March 23, 2009

March 23, 2009

Five days later, on March 23 Klein injected Botox under the eyes preceded by 200mg of Demerol. Michael looked fine and left Klein’s office with no mask but wearing black sunglasses. 

Nine days later, on April 2 the medical records noted that there was a bulge of skin under the right eye (?). 

No injections of Demerol were given and the visit was not even listed in the invoice. Appointment for Monday April 6 was made.

On April 6 and 9 Restylane was injected in the cheeks accompanied by 200mg of Demerol. Michael was seen going shopping on one of those days. 

Eight days later, on Friday April 17 three injections of Demerol preceded the shots of Botox made for checking perspiration in the axilla area (axilla is a medical term for armpit, underarm). Botox was used in the amount big enough to cost $1500.

Klein's invoice for MJ - page 1 broken into dates 2nd variantFour days later, on April 21 the amount of Botox used by Dr. Klein was twice as much as it cost $3000 and all the Botox went into the groin area for excessive perspiration.

This is where a discrepancy between the medical records and the invoice comes into play. The medical records say that the Botox was accompanied by a 300mg dose of Demerol.

However the invoice for April 21 forgets to mention the painkiller and puts it into the bill for April 23 (where no procedures are mentioned).

TMZ made a mountain out of a molehill and claimed that “Jacko” was going to Klein solely for Demerol, when no procedures were even given to him.  It never dawned on them that $3000 worth of Botox could not be injected in the groin area without a painkiller (on April 21), and that someone in Klein’s office simply forgot to include it in the invoice and this is why it was listed later – on April 23.

Walden interpreted the shift from 200mg to 300mg as a development of tolerance. To me the amount of Demerol for a procedure worth $3000 and in so sensitive an area as the groin looks like being just right, if not even too little considering that the maximum a day may be 900mg.

The next day after the huge amount of Botox was injected, on April 22 Michael was given only some Fine Needle and Restylane procedures on the lips. The invoice also mentioned the application of EMLA (a combination of local anesthetics to be rubbed into skin). It also stated the biggest injection of Demerol (375 mg) which showed that on that day the pain was bigger than before and we can even guess in what area it was.

This made me look into how well the Botox injections are tolerated by patients and what they actually feel like.

BOTOX

What people are writing about it produced on me a really strong impression. Only after reading their comments did I realize that Botox is actually a toxin. It is produced by bacterium which is also responsible for a life-threatening  poisoning called botulism.

Many people wished they had never tried Botox:

Klein's invoice for MJ - page 2 broken into datesI received Botox a week ago to the forehead. I have had a migraine and terrible back pain since the night I got it. Can’t sleep at night. Terrible muscle aches, almost flu like symptoms. Wish I would have never gone!

  • I went to a third Dr. today. Finally, a Dr who believes it was no doubt from the Botox that I have had 12 days of terrible headaches and flu like aches. Tomorrow will be 13 days since treatment. My back pain is better, but these headaches are rough! Almost went to ER yesterday, but got in today with a more Holistic Dr. He believes the toxins definitely are released throughout the body and can cause all kinds of problems. Praying this pain ends soon and for those that are not well due to this horrific toxin.
  • I have exactly all the symptoms you listed: Dizziness, nausea, chills, sweaty palms, heart racing, muscle weakness, I had to stop working I couldn’t stand on my feet, headaches, and now I’ve got a cold that doesn’t go away with severe cough and I’m never sick and don’t take any antibiotics, my usual cold last 1-2 day, this been for weeks already, and time to time I feel like passing out and its so scary, I feel so stupid for injecting that poison in my forehead. Its been 2,5 months since I had Botox, I hope it’ll go away soon..
  • Everyone is different regarding how long it takes. Some people are better in a couple of months…others a year…others a couple of years….and others it takes longer. For me…I am still severely sick at 39 months.
  • I just had botox yesterday July 11, 2013 for the second time. I. Woke up feeling awful, like flu symptoms, stiff neck, low fever, body ache. I never put together the two things (malaise + Botox). I have visited around ten different specialists, have spent like $10 000 dollars trying to figure out what is wrong with me. After reading all your comments finally got some light at the end of the tunnel. Now my question is since I had my injections yesterday, how long do I have to wait for all the symptoms to go away? Any answers out there?
  • Been dealing with this a year and 1 1/2. No fun. Never an easy day.
  • I had per lane injections and it has been pure hell. Flu like symptoms, change in voice, fuzzy vision, stiffness where I can’t bend like being paralyzed. I ache constantly. I also at times run a low grade fever. Prednisone does help, I have lowered the dosage to 6 mgs and that is like nothing, NO HELP. I’m trying to wean off because it’s so bad for your bones and everything else. I was a totally healthy person before all this and it has screwed up my life forever I feel. What’s to live for now? PAIN? I went from totally being active, never sitting down in daytime, very energetic to a turtle in pain. I WANT MY LIFE BACK!

http://www.realself.com/forum/flu-symptoms-after-botox

In short a toxin is a toxin and this will settle our relations with Botox forever, won’t it? The patients’ comments were valuable also because they mentioned Prednisone as a remedy to relieve the effect of all that poisoning and the resulting suppression of  the immune system.

Interesting, but the table of medication from the MJ autopsy report also mentions Prednisone which was prescribed by Klein exactly at the moment when Michael received those massive doses of Botox for excessive perspiration.

The empty bottle of Prednisone was found in Michael’s house and the date of April 25, 2009 on it explains to us better than anything else that Michael was also going through the living hell of Botox side-effects.

autopsy report - Prednizone

a page from the autopsy report

So all those massive Botox injections were made on April 17 and 21, but almost ten days later Michael was evidently still in much suffering as on April 25 Prednisone was prescribed to him in no small quantity  of “6 tablets now, 4 tomorrow”.

Awful as Botox is, but for beating perspiration it was probably a necessary procedure which as far as I remember was also recommended by Karen Faye (she even asked Klein whether Botox injections were possible for Michael’s head to avoid excessive perspiration under the wig).

By now we come to realize that since Michael was supposed to “dance his ass off” (Randy Phillips’s expression) he had to go to all this sacrifice to be able to give his best performance and not to look soaked all over after each song and dance. This is the price he had to pay and this is the back side of his fantastic show which his fans and the public were never meant to see.

Sorry that we did………

RESTYLANE

After the  Botox procedures and Restylane injections were made into his lip and right cheek on April 22 Michael left Klein’s office with a veil on his face.

April 22, 2009

April 22, 2009

For dates April 22-23 the medical records have an extensive but hardly comprehensible text in handwriting which contain words like  “eyes… direct… Restylane… Ultravate… Zyrtac 10mg … for faster relief of … upper lip slightly inflamed… to continue use of Ultravate and to take Zyrtec 10gr”

Ultravate ointment is a topical corticosteroid. It works by reducing skin inflammation (redness, swelling, itching, and irritation) and is usually prescribed for psoriasis. This cream is also mentioned in the medication page of the autopsy report. Its prescription on April 22-23 points to a serious problem with the skin.

Zyrtec sounds somewhat familiar as many use it for treating their allergies. Patients also mentioned it as a good relief from Restylane complications.

Though being a much safer filler than Botox Restylane also has its side-effects. These side-effects are much milder as Restylane is actually a natural acid generated by our body and even if injected under the skin in too big a portion it will eventually dissolve.

The injections last for 6 months and this is why MJ evidently wanted them right before the tour – if done earlier the effect would be lost by the time the tour ended.

However Restylane is recommended for lips only as under the eye it may lead to its own complications.

To avoid them Restylane is recommended to be injected deep into the muscle under the eye and this requires a skilled hand and an effective painkiller.

The answers of doctors to a question below will exhaust the subject:

Possible Complications of Having Restylane Injected to Get Rid of Under Eye Hollows?

  • Certain fillers, like hyaluronic acid (Restylane, Juvederm), can be used very effectively to correct under eye hollowness–or the tear trough. I would caution you to find a physician who is experienced with injecting fillers in this region. There is little room for error in this location because the thin eyelid skin won’t hide any lumpiness and the bruising can be much more obvious than in other parts of the face. Also, if the product is too close to the surface, a bluish tint can be seen occasionally. If this complication occurs or if there is just too much lumpiness, there is a product that can be injected into the area which will dissolve the filler and essentially wipe the slate clean. One way to minimize these risks is to inject a little more deeply (under the eyelid muscle). This does sometimes require slightly more product, however. I also believe that it is best to start conservatively and add more product as needed to achieve the desired result.
  • Any filler has side effects of swelling, bruising and lumpiness. The tear trough has more of this if fillers are injected under the skin and above the muscle. There is less of these effects when the filler is injected under the muscle. This takes experience to fill this area so make sure you see a doctor who does a lot of this. Generally a very safe treatment in the right hands.
  • Under eye filling to address the undereye hollows is considered an advanced technique.  This means that the nurse down the street is probably not a good choice for having this procedure.  Similarly if your dermatologist tells you that they are not comfortable injecting this area, you need to respect this. You might look for an oculoplastic surgeon in your area with a reputation for doing this treatment.
  • Regarding complications, the biggest complication is the risk of bruising.  Approximately 30% of individuals will have some degree of bruising.  Two out of one hundred will have a big black eye that can last up to 3 weeks.  Naturally everyone will think your significant other slugged you. Having a good story is helpful.  Bar fight usually works for guys. Hiding these with makeup is not so significant.  Avoiding things that can thin the blood is very helpful to reduce the risk of these.  It is important to remember that you are basically getting surgery, it just happens to be delivered by a syringe.
  • Lumps, bumps, and swelling are also to be expected after treatment.  Generally, I like to see my patients back within a week to seen if anything needs adjusting.  The genius of this treatment is that it is straight forward adjusting this material manually or with enzyme when needed.
  • Regarding the risk of some horrible event like blindness or being poked in the eye with a needle, it is critical that you seek treatment from injectors who are comfortable treating around the eye and know their anatomy forward and back.  I do midface surgery and know the surgical anatomy of the midface and lower eyelid like the back of my hand.  This is very important.  There are large blood vessel that must be avoided so that filler is not injected into a vein which might affect the circulation.  The choice of injector makes all the difference.

So just as Arnold Klein always said injections under the eye are not a trifle matter and require both the doctor and patient not to be jittery as the needle can poke in the eye. These injections are also made deep into the muscle, so you can imagine what it was like for Michael with his needle fobia!

If you listen to the patients’ side of the story you will also realize that Restylane is a painful procedure if done without a local anesthetic Lidocaine (the mix with Lidocaine is called Restylane-L).

However injecting the Restylane+Lidocaine mix may be somewhat misguiding as you never know how much Restylane will be left after Lidocaine goes away. And this is probably why Klein preferred to do it straight without Lidocaine but with Demerol instead.

Some of the patients’s comments are so informative that I simply could not make them any shorter:

  • I’ve been doing restylane for 8 years now and always request no lidocain because I feel it distorts how much of the product is really going into my face. Sure it’s painful, but I don’t want to pay all that money and walk away wondering. I’ve never experienced anything beyond temporary bruising.
  • Please only go to a board certified plastic surgeon or dermatologist for all your injectables. Fillers are a medical procedure and need to be properly injected. Many doctors take weekend courses and are not experienced. It is not the filler that causes problems. It is the injector.
  • If I had to do it all over again (trust me, this makes me think twice), here are my suggestions for those who care: 1. Make your appointment when you don’t have to see one human for at least 3 days. That means no events, work, etc. If your face was as bad as mine was, you don’t want anyone to come anywhere close to you. Better if you were able to escape to another planet for one full week. 2. Seriously, no IB Profin, Aleve, Advil (the vowels!) prior to the treatment, for two weeks. I didn’t, but boy, this experience really made me get real serious about that real quick. 3. Take Arnica 2 days before the treatment. Get it at a local Vitamin store for under $10. Ice before the treatment. Ask questions (how much, how long, check the box for the product, etc.). Ask who to call in case there was a problem. I would come in with clean skin (no makeup) and make sure they clean you really well when they inject. Just one more variable to take out of the equation, if there is a problem. 4. Immediately after: Sit there and ice. For like 15 minutes. Wait a bit to apply makeup. Don’t work out for 24 hours. Ice every hour for 5 minutes, if you can. Benadryl and Tylenol following treatment. Keep head elevated when you sleep. Drink tons of water. Keep up on your Arnica cream, medicine, etc. throughout the night. 5. The next day was the worst for me swelling wise. Keep up your medicine. Don’t plan to exercise for another 24 hours. Ice all day if you can. Drink lots of water to flush things out. When you go to bed that night, elevate your head. For two days after treatment, don’t do any blood thinners (IB Profin, etc.) just try to relax. Oh! And no rubbing, no moving the product. Just let it rest. You can make it worse rubbing it all around. 6. This should be your full second day. Like I said, my swelling had gone down 50% by doing as much as I could of the above. Still took the arnica all day and Tylenol. Drank lots of water. By the evening, I worked out for about 45 minutes…lightly, to start everything moving around and try to get these fluids out of me (and not cause bruising or additional swelling). That is where I am at right now. I’m fairly confident I’m on the way back to normalcy. Please, if you have a similar experience, call your doc (you paid a lot of money for this, it’s worth the Followup), and try to keep calm. The swelling will go down. Every hour today it’s decreasing. I swear the Arnica is helping. I look slightly normal, but no smile with teeth (joker!). Don’t panic. It will get better. The doc said in two weeks, I will love the look, like I did before. Stay calm and carry on! I hoped this helped someone. I know it would have helped me!
  • This swelling is common. Basically, Restylane is not the best product around the eyes.
  • Yes people need to know the risks of any filler treatment. The eye hollows is very delicate, I had a horrible experience with Juvederm under the eye which was resolved with Wydaise and then re-filled with Restylane. It took 3 months for the bruising and swelling to reside. I also expereinced intermittent swelling from time to time. However, overall I loved how it looked. The filler lasted about 12 months under my eyes. Many Fillers and Botox are used “off label” in areas that are not FDA approved.
  • I spoke to a pharmacist at Midicis Aesthetics about Restylane and Restylane-L.The only difference is the L contains Lidocaine. The ingredients are: Hyaluronic acid is generated by Strep bacteria (Restylane contains gram positive bacterial proteins). The average 70 kg (154 lbs) person has roughly 15 grams of hyaluronan in the body, one-third of which is turned over (degraded and synthesized) every day.
  • Have you taken anything orally to reduce swelling? I’m not sure but I think Claritin is helping a bit, nothing significant. I keep reading of woman taking steroids and reducing swelling.Those are tough to take.
  • My experience was the same. The swelling started 2-3 months after the second injections. No, I haven’t tried steroids. I’ve been taking Zyrtec. Sometimes I think it helps, but I took one last night and woke up this morning with the puffiest eyes yet. Fortunately I wear glasses and can hide behind them when this happens. Thinking about getting tinted lenses.

http://www.realself.com/question/complications-restylane-injected-rid-eye-hollows

It is totally amazing how much you can learn from other people’s experience. They say it’s better not to see a single human for at least 3 days after the procedure and not to do any exercise.

This makes me realize why Michael wanted most of those procedures before the rehearsals started, why their dates were set so close to each other (it is better to do them all at once considering the side-effects) and why he often hid his face behind a mask in that period.

We also find that without a painkiller Restylane is painful and after its application under the eye there is a swelling and bluish tint in the area which makes people wear sunglasses. This is probably why Klein mostly preferred to do Botox under the eyes, even despite it toxic effects.

This also reminds me that Michael always wore sunglasses during rehearsals and Ortega got terribly cross with him for it. I don’t know what Ortega suspected Michael of but he repeatedly demanded that Michael should take down his glasses as if it were some kind of an offense to Ortega.

It seems to me that they were simply tripping on him and were finding fault with everything he did.

COMPLICATIONS

The medical records show that Michael had every complication that he could possibly have. Klein prescribed Zyrtec to him

From the long text you get that Michael had every complication he could possibly have. Klein prescribed anti-allergic Zyrtec  and Ultravate ointment (for skin inflammation)

From the patient’s comments we also learn that the treatment for Restylane swelling under the eyes is Zyrtec and to our amazement we find that this medication was also prescribed by Klein as the medical records show it.

It seems that Michael was having every complication he could possibly have.

Besides Zyrtec the other type of treatment taken in such cases is steroids described by patients as “tough to take”. Will steroids have to be eventually used as well?

From Michael’s further medical records  it becomes clear that the pain, swellings and all other side-effects of Botox and Restylane apparently continued and grew only worse.

On April 25 Michael made a weekend call to Klein and this time the treatment provided to him was “intralesnl+7”.

The table with Prednizone mentioned above also relates to April 25, so evidently the situation went so much out of control that Klein had to be summoned in, deliver “intralesnl+7″  and prescribe “6 tablets of Prednizone now and 4 tablets tomorrow” to handle the after-effects of those injections.

What “intralesnl+7″ means was difficult to find but after a long search I learned that it is an abbreviation standing for Intralesional steroid therapy. So the situation was that bad that they did have to resort to steroids?

However the main goal of  Intralesional steroid therapy is treating abnormal skin like scar tissue, keloids, acne, alopea areata (a form of hair loss), discoid lupus and inflammatory disorders.

Needless to say, Michael had ALL these conditions. That is why injections of those steroids into his scars and skin could be necessitated by some of Michael’s other disorders (like lupus, for example) and not only as treatment of the Restylane, Botox or any other after-effects.

The patients already explained to us that steroid treatment is “tough to take” and that it also has its side effects:

  • Pain: the procedure is usually well-tolerated, although injections into certain parts of the body, such as the palms and soles, can be more uncomfortable.
  • Bleeding: spots of blood may occur at the injection sites.
  • Infection: occasionally infection can be introduced by the injections, and this may develop into an abscess, requiring antibiotic therapy.
  • Allergic reaction: this is very uncommon, but may occur to one of the constituents of the triamcinolone preparation.

http://www.drsearles.ca/intralesional-steroid-therapy

With so much going on with Michael’s skin, pain and complications from prior and currect injections it absolutely did not surprise me that April 25 was actually a big crisis day and Klein had to give 4 injections of Demerol 100mg each according to his invoice.

Medical records for April 27, 2009 showed 14 dots with Botox made under the eyes

Medical records for April 27, 2009 showed 14 dots with Botox made under the eyes

April 27 was Monday. Restylane was used for the temples and above eye-brows. Botox was also injected – the drawing in the medical records showed 14 dots of Botox under the eyes.

This required 300mg of Demerol administered at 11:30 and 12:30. Michael left Klein’s office in a mask and a veil.

Wearing the green jacket he probably took from Klein Michael and the children went shopping to the Ed Hardy store followed by a horde of fans and paparazzi. The mask and the veil were a necessity after all the mess his face was going through. He could also be afraid of an infection.

April 27, 2009

On April 27, 2009 at Ed Hardy store

On April 28, 30 and May 4 Botox fortunately stopped but Restylane and Intralesnl+7 continued. Each time it required 300mg of Demerol.

Waldman said that by this time Michael should have been dependent on Demerol and possibly addicted to it. He said: “Six weeks of Demerol use would make any of us dependent”.

However in May the doses of Demerol  began to decrease. May 5 was the last day when 300mg of Demerol were used.

LATISSE AND LATANOPROST

The May 5 invoice shows a different type of treatment –Restylane for acne scars (which was the general term Klein used for all types of scars) was supplemented with 5 injections of Latanoprost and application of Latisse. Medical records say that at 10:30 am 200mg of Demerol + 1mg of Midazolam were used for the Right side of the face and at 12:30 pm 100mg of Demerol + Midazolam 1mg were used for the Left side of it.

Here is a short note on Latisse and Latanoprost:

  • Latisse is for growing eyebrows and eyelashes, and Latanoprost is mostly an eye-treatment. Wiki says this “ophthalmic solution is a topical medication used for controlling the progression of glaucoma or ocular hypertension by reducing intraocular pressure”. Its side effect is that it may cause thickening of the eyelashes (and this is why it is used in cosmetic industry as eyelash growth enhancers).

So Latanoprost could be used for its side effect of eyelash thickening, however its primary use is treatment of hypertension in the eyes? Well, hypertenstion in the eye could easily be the side-effect of all those Botox and Restylane injections around Michael’s eyes…

The theory that it was for the eyes and not for eye-lashes is somewhat confirmed by the fact that later Klein had to prescribe some drops for Michael’s eyes and that certain Bausch&Lomb eye-drops were found in Michael’s house.

Remember Murray’s affected surprise in his police interview that someone had treated Michael for the eye condition? In that conversation with policemen he also said that Michael had a very poor eyesight:

Dr.  Murray: He has — he has a magnification glass. His eyesight was very, very bad. So I did figure out he could be legally blind. His eyes was also very red. I ask him about glaucoma to see — because I’m trying to take care of him in general. And he says no, he don’t have any glaucoma.

And even I spoke to him at that time. He never told me he was seeing a doctor that had given him any substance like that for the eyes.

Just last week I got this doctor from U.C.L.A. to see him. Last Sunday, they were going to open their clinic to do a complete dilation, look in the back of his eyes, check his fundus and see what was happening, and see if they were going to give him any monocular vision or contacts, because I was worried that when he was in England, if you’re not seeing on the stage and all the bright lights, maybe you can fall and hurt yourself. So I encouraged him to have the eye examination. That examination was hopefully scheduled for last Monday.

Detective Martinez:  So he had agreed to it?

Dr.  Murray: He agreed to do it. But it never happened. I still have e-mail from the doctor asking me to call and reschedule it. And one thing or the other, it led to that being put off. But his team, his production team, agreed that, you know, it’s something that he should have done. So I was trying to find out issues with Mr. Jackson and trying to address them in a gradual way overall to help him. And that was one of the things I discovered. So that medication is a surprise.

And to me it is a surprise that Murray had to agree with “his production team” that this or that kind of treatment could or could not be provided to Michael. So this was the degree of AEG’s involvement in Michael’s medical affairs! They could allow or refuse that  “something should be done” to Michael though this matter should have been decided solely by his doctor!

Murray doesn’t even understand what a bomb he is dropping…

MICHAEL JACKSON IS TRAINING

Kenny Ortega joined the company at the beginning of May 2009

Kenny Ortega joined the company at the beginning of May 2009

To give you an insight into what else was going on in Michael’s life at the period of time let me say that at the beginning of May the company was joined by Ortega (previously he had been busy with another project) and when the casting for dancers was over the dancers began training.

Michael was training at home with Travis Payne for several hours a day, at least 4 times a week:

TRAVIS PAYNE:  He and I would start about noon or 1:00 at his home. We’d dance a few hours and stretch.

http://edition.cnn.com/TRANSCRIPTS/1309/29/se.01.html

On May 12 the LA Times reported that Michael was taken to Burbanks 4 times a week and stayed there for 6 hours. The only correction I would make to this information is that when in Burbanks Michael was training separately from the other dancers. He worked with Travis Payne in a smaller studio:

May 12, 2009|Harriet Ryan and Chris Lee

Four mornings a week, an SUV with darkened windows bears Michael Jackson through the gates outside a nondescript building near the Burbank airport. He spends the next six hours on a soundstage in the company of 10 dancers and pop music’s best-known choreographer.

http://articles.latimes.com/2009/may/12/entertainment/et-jackson12

The other person with whom Michael was working out was Lou Ferrigno. Lou says he saw Michael up to four times a week. Michael looked energetic and alert. He danced well and looked fantastic though Ferrigno noticed that Michael was under much stress.

Someone doesn’t want us to know when was the last time Ferrigno met Michael. The reports vary and by some accounts the last time Ferrigno saw Michael was at the end of May:

“When I saw him, he was not frail,” said Lou Ferrigno on Monday’s ”Larry King Live,” recalling his final meeting with Jackson at the end of May. “He seemed fine, alert, no pain at all. The workout wasn’t any heavy resistance. A lot of stretching and a light walk on the treadmill,” Ferrigno said. ”Being 50, his body went through a lot of stress getting ready for the tour, but he was awesome.”

http://www.americansuperstarmag.com/news/lou-ferrigno-michael-jackson-seemed-fine

By other accounts Ferrigno still worked with Michael in the first week of June:

June 30, 2009

Mr Ferrigno, 57, had been going to Jackson’s rented home in Los Angeles up to four times a week and had his final training session three weeks ago. He said he saw no signs of drug use.

“I don’t know anything about his personal life but at the time I was with him he seemed fine to work, no pain at all. He did a lot of stretching and when you have a lot of pain you can’t stretch. When I saw him he looked fantastic. I have never seen him look better.

“He might have been a little thin because he was under a lot of stress training for the tour. But when I put him through the routine and everything, it was just fine, very energetic.

“He was dancing as good as anyone. And, you know, I’m an expert. And I was with Michael. If I didn’t feel Michael could’ve pulled this off, I would’ve told him. I think he was going to give the greatest tour in his entire life.”

He said Jackson used exercise balls and did training to strengthen his core body muscles. He didn’t use weights and focused on being flexible so he could perform complicated dance moves. He also ran on a treadmill.

Mr Ferrigno, a former Mr Universe, said. “He only ate once a day. But I just told him the proper supplements to take. The most important thing was the attitude, the mind because he really wanted to be in his best shape.”

http://www.telegraph.co.uk/culture/music/michael-jackson/5699082/Michael-Jackson-was-being-trained-by-Incredible-Hulk.html

But whether it was the end of May or beginning of June Ferrigno says that Michael was in a fine condition (and this despite all Demerol and Midazolam given to him by Klein).

DECREASE IN DEMEROL

After May 5 Klein’s invoices show a decrease in the use of Demerol.Klein's invoice for MJ - page 3 broken into dates

On May 6 Restylane was used again but Demerol was reduced to 200mg.

Nine days later, on May 15 Michael was treated by another doctor (Dr. Reyter) and was injected 100mg of Demerol. This was the time when Dr. Klein and his partner Jason Pfeiffer went on a vacation.

If we are to believe Dr. Waldman that by then Michael had already developed a dependency and even addiction to Demerol, within 10 hours at the latest from the last injection he would have felt very bad and would have had withdrawal symptoms including nausea, sweating, diarrhea, insomnia and anxiety.

Dr. Waldman said about it:

Demerol has a short half-life. Three, four, six. Maybe, maybe eight hours. The metabolite accumulates, so that might have some effect as well. So I would expect that eight to ten hours after a Demerol dose he would probably not feel well.

May 12, 2009 Michael is caught by paparazzi arriving at Burbanks for a rehearsal

May 12, 2009 Michael is caught by paparazzi arriving at Burbanks for a rehearsal

However Michael went without Demerol for nine whole days between May 6 and May 15 and there were absolutely no reports of him being in any kind of trouble.

He attended rehearsals, was present at the dancers’ casting, was training at home and at Burbanks and was working out with Lou Ferrigno who said he had never noticed any signs of drugs.

Another four days passed since the visit on May 15 and according to Klein’s invoice on May 19 and 20 Michael received Intralesnl, Restylane, Sunscreen and some cleansing from Klein’s colleagues Dr. Reyter and Dr. Rish.

On both days the invoice says that Michael was given only one injection of Demerol per visit (100mg).  However the medical records claim it was 200mg per visit.

What does this discrepancy mean? On this point we can only speculate. Was someone stealing Demerol in Klein’s office and writing it off as if given to MJ? Or was it just a clerical mistake?

Out of the two documents I tend to believe the official invoice rather than the hardly readable handwritten notes  - the financial documents are usually more accurate.

Another proof that the invoice is more credible than the notes is that the invoice lists the visit on May 15 (with 100mg of Demerol) while the medical records do not.

May 15, 2009 What a sad glance!

May 15, 2009  Sadness…

As the cosmetic treatment was subsiding the pictures taken in mid-May 2009 showed Michael leaving Klein’s office without any mask and even sunglasses and this is when we are finally able to see his eyes – and notice how deeply sad they are.

And I’m afraid that Michael had valid reasons for feeling that way.

CONFLICTS

At that time Michael was in the midst of various conflicts.

Besides his on-going conflict with AEG over 50 concerts to be done with only one day between the shows, he had other problems to worry about – for example the auction arranged by Tohme.

By then it had been called off but Michael was still to cover the auctioneers’ losses. Tohme was fired and his place was taken by Frank Dileo.

Rundall Sullivan describes the May period as follows:

Frank Dileo had a letter dated May 2, 2009, and signed (apparently) by Michael Jackson that appointed him as “one of my representatives and tour manager.”  According to Patrick Allocco, “Michael stopped all contact with Dr. Tohme”.

Tohme himself insisted that,“ Michael and I were still close. There is still love between us. I am still his manager.” What almost everyone else observed, though, was that by the middle of May 2009, Tohme, the man who described his job as “ protecting Michael Jackson from everyone and everything that can hurt him,” was largely out of the picture.

…Even with Dileo in position, though, the question of Michael Jackson’s commitment to the O2 shows continued to concern Randy Phillips and the other executives at AEG. None of them was happy to learn that on the evening of May 14, Michael had arrived with his children at the Indian restaurant Chakra in Beverly Hills to join a celebration dinner marking Joe and Katherine Jackson’s sixtieth wedding anniversary, which, strangely, was being held six months before their actual anniversary in November.

May 15, 2009 Paul Gongaware and Randy Phillips accompany Michael to a meeting

May 15, 2009 Paul Gongaware and Randy Phillips accompany Michael to a meeting with Joe Jackson and  Leonard Rowe 

…That evening at Chakra […] Michael had allowed Katherine to convince him to join her the next day for a lunch meeting with Joe and Rowe at the Beverly Hills Hotel […] When Randy Phillips and Paul Gongaware learned of the scheduled meeting, they insisted upon joining it.

On the afternoon of May 15, at a table in the Polo Lounge, Phillips and Gongaware listened glumly as Joe Jackson explained that AllGood Entertainment had agreed to schedule the “Jackson Family Reunion Concert” at the Dallas Cowboys’ football stadium on July 3, which would give Michael plenty of time to get to London and prepare for the O2 shows.

Patrick Allocco was ready to guarantee the family a fee of $30 million. His brothers really needed their piece of that money, and “I do, too,” Joe told his son. Leonard Rowe pointed out that Michael would be much better paid, on an hourly basis, for that one AllGood concert than he would be for fifty shows at the O2 Arena.

Flanked by Phillips and Gongaware, Michael explained that the deal he had signed with AEG Live was an exclusive one. He couldn’t perform anywhere else until he had finished the concerts in London.”

Actually we have a picture of Michael on May 15 followed by a whole crowd of people including Randy Phillips and Paul Gongaware. Was it for that very meeting with Joe Jackson and Leonard Rowe that all of them were heading?

The medical records for May 19 and 20 have a drawing of the areas on which the dermatologists at Klein’s office were working:

Klein - May 19-20

Though according to the invoice on those two days Michael was given only 100mg of Demerol he looked somewhat  “off” which is no surprising considering the stress he was under and evidently very little sleep he had. 

May 20, 2009

May 20, 2009

The fans look sad – they and the media were thinking the worst about Michael.

Michael’s detractors were happy to announce that Michael was seen with what they thought to be the signs of a heavy sedation – while in reality he had almost none of it.

All those problems were evidently wearing him so thin that even a little Demerol was now able to knock him off his feet.

On Thursday, May 21 Klein’s invoice and medical records say that Michael was given Botox on the forehead and one injection of 100mg of Demerol + 1mg of Midazolam.

For the next eleven days nothing happened – there were no visits and no medication.

On June 1, Monday Klein was back and was again giving Michael Restylane and 200mg of Demerol (it seems that he had a tendency to give a bigger amount of painkillers than his colleagues).  

Klein's invoice for MJ - page 4 broken into datesOn June 3, Wednesday at 5:30 and 6:50 Klein gave Michael “Intralesl” and Restylane in the upper lip, cheek, cheekbone accompanied by 200mg of Demerol in the Left and Right Upper Quadrants.

I don’t know the exact day for it but it looks that it was also on June 3 that Kenny Ortega had a serious conversation with Michael Jackson at what they called a “private” meeting.

Conrad Murray acted as a mediator at that meeting.

 A MEETING IN EARLY JUNE

If we compare this news with the testimony of Kai Chase it seems that the early June meeting in Michael’s home was the one when a vase was broken. Kai Chase had to clean up and overheard a heated discussion between its participants. Michael was the first to leave the scene. He was followed by Murray who left the meeting through a kitchen door muttering “I can’t take this shit any more”. All the others remained in the room and continued debating.

June 2, 2009

June 3, 2009

You will ask me how I know about this meeting between Ortega and Michael in early June?

Well, naturally I know about it not only from the picture of them together dated June 3rd by MJJ Pictures.com, but from a very special and even precious Rolling stone article which is uniquely open about what was happening at the beginning of  June:

Although Jackson was playing a central role in shaping the comeback tour, taking the stage to prepare was another matter entirely. While the crew logged long hours at CenterStaging, Jackson preferred to work from home most days. Those around him were getting nervous.

According to Phillips, AEG’s initial budget of $12 million for preproduction had more than doubled. But when the promoter pressed Jackson on the $150,000 a month he had agreed to pay Dr Murray, Michael rebuffed him sternly. “Look,” Jackson said, “my body is the mechanism that fuels this entire business. Like President Obama, I need my own personal physician attending to me 24/7.”

Others began to press Jackson to rehearse more. “I had my concerns if he was ready, and I questioned him,” says Ortega. “There were days when I was like, ‘Are you going to show up? Are you really going to be here? You need to do this.’ ” Citing the need for more setup time in London, Ortega asked for the opening show to be pushed back five days, to July 13.

In early June, Dr Murray mediated a meeting at Michael’s home between Jackson and Ortega, who felt the star needed to come to rehearsals more often. Jackson listened quietly to the tour director, but he didn’t seem alarmed. “I know my schedule,” he said calmly. “Just trust me.”

But after that, Jackson started coming to rehearsals all day, every day. To those around him, he seemed focused and attentive to every detail. “I like to refer to Michael as a gamer,” says DiLeo. “He’s the quarterback. He’s the star of the team, and in practise, quarterbacks are easygoing. But game day, he’s turning it on.” http://rollingstoneindia.com/the-last-days-of-michael-jackson/

CNN also confirms that there was a “private meeting” between Kenny Ortega, Michael Jackson, Conrad Murray and Randy Phillips. If it was the broken vase meeting discussed at the AEG trial then Frank Dileo and Gongaware were also among those present:

Kenny Ortega, the director for This Is It, called a private meeting at Jackson’s home. AEG CEO Randy Phillips attended the meeting.

PHILLIPS: Kenny was concerned that he wasn’t coming to enough rehearsals, that he was taking it a little too nonchalantly. And Michael explained that he needed Kenny to build the house and then he would come in and paint the front door.

http://edition.cnn.com/TRANSCRIPTS/1309/29/se.01.html

The USA Today makes it clear that the period we are talking of was indeed early June and the meeting was triggered off by Michael’s visits to Klein after which they felt he was “woozy”. So it was their concern about Klein’s injections that led to a meeting in Carolwood.

Several witnesses said Jackson would arrive at some This Is It rehearsals woozy after seeing Klein. He missed some rehearsals in early June. Director Kenny Ortega worried that “Michael wasn’t as engaged as he had to be, as focused as he had to be, on a production of this magnitude,” Phillips testified. Phillips said Jackson was not eating and was losing weight.

The concern led to a meeting at Carolwood. Murray promised the producers he would watch Jackson’s diet. Jackson reassured Ortega that he was working at home with choreographer Travis Payne and was up on his dance moves.

http://usatoday30.usatoday.com/news/nation/story/2011-11-02/michael-jackson-doctor-trial/51050764/1

And it is indeed true that after that conversation in early June Michael began to attend each and every rehearsal.

WHY YOU WANNA TRIP ON ME?

From the various testimonies at the AEG trial we also got the impression that Michael attended almost every rehearsal. He was at the Forum on June 4, Thursday (when Billie Jean was recorded), June 5-6 (Friday-Saturday), and then on June 8 -11 (Monday-Thursday).

On June 12 (Friday) he “didn’t have a good rehearsal” as everyone recalled and for June 13 (Saturday) Murray gave Michael a sick leave which was cancelled due to Gongaware’s interference (“I want to remind him who is paying his salary”). Not later than Tuesday June 16 Michael reappeared at a rehearsal again looking frightened but stoic according to Karen Faye and then attended every rehearsal up to June 18.

Here is Karen Faye’s tweet:

CONTRARY to Kenny Ortega’s testimony, Michael was at rehearsals on the 16,17,18, and 19. And before that Michael was working at Culver City on the short film. He was trying very hard to be at rehearsals. http://tl.gd/mnuvhp

Indeed, at the beginning of June Michael went to Culver studios every day where he sang, danced and took part in shooting the videos for the so-called Dome Project. Knowing that he was to be recorded there it was evidently very important for him to look presentable in the video and this was probably one of the ideas of all those cosmetic procedures.

The Dome Project would consist of seven works: Smooth Criminal (Jackson inserted into classic 2D black-and-white film noir chase sequence); Thriller (3-D movie starting in a haunted house with a ghostly image of Vincent Price, then moving into a graveyard where the dead awaken); Earth Song (3D short film featuring little girl who wanders through rain forest, takes a nap and dreams of the splendor of nature, and awakens to find the natural world has been devastated); They Don’t Care About Us (a/k/a Drill, 2D film in which a sea of soldiers march in unison; 10 male dancers replicated hundreds of times); MJ Air (3-D movie in which a 707 jet pulls into the frame; hole was to open in screen for Michael Jackson to enter; jet flies away); The Final Message (3-D movie of little girl from rain forest embracing the earth); and The Way You Make Me Feel (2D theatrical background featuring male dancers fashioned as historical construction workers).
http://lesliemjhu.blogspot.ru/2009/07/this-is-it-tour-rehearsals-details.html

Yes, Michael missed some rehearsals in early June but there was nothing tragic about it. He indeed knew his schedule and was waiting for Ortega to build the house so that he could come and paint the front door. Ortega’s and Phillips’ complaints that Michael “wasn’t working hard enough” were completely groundless and their demands that he should attend rehearsals by all means were simply unforgivable.

First of all Michael was not obliged to attend every rehearsal as I will never tire to repeat. Everyone admitted it including Randy Phillips himself:

Phillips said he does not remember ever seeing a contract where the artist is required to rehearse. The only requirement an artist had is to deliver a class act show, Phillips explained.
“Enrique Iglesias never showed up to rehearsals in the last tour Phillips did”, the exec said. “I thought it was odd, but Enrique Iglesias showed up in Boston, did an amazing show, got great reviews”.

There is no word to describe Randy Phillips’ hypocrisy when he pretends he didn’t slap Michael or yell at him “so that the walls shook”. In a free and civilized society even the boss, not to mention anyone else is not allowed to slap people and this is what real freedom is all about:

Putnam: Can AEG Live force an artist to perform on a show?
Phillips: No, the artist has the ultimate veto power. We live in a free society, they are not my slaves. If the artist doesn’t want to perform, there’s nothing we can do.

Look at the other wild discrepancies between what the AEG bosses say and do:

Panish: You said no one could make MJ go to rehearsals?
Shawn Trell: Yes, that’s up to the artist.
The email from Tim Woolley to Bob Taylor insurance broker 23 June reads: “Randy Phillips & Conrad Murray are responsible for making sure MJ attends rehearsal”.

And please note the sad fact that Michael Jackson knew that his partners were crossing the line but was helpless to change it:

Panish:”And MJ could say I don’t want to go to rehearsal, it’s not my thing, I don’t have to rehearse?”
Phillips: He did say that.”

No wonder Michael would constantly repeat: “Why can’t I choose?”

Even the tour dancers noticed that he was taken advantage of  and was not allowed to take decisions:

Kriyss Grant: I thought he was being taken advantage of in the beginning because he was older. … And you could tell he had something to say, but he wouldn’t say it.

“I just felt like sometimes they questioned Michael about stuff and I didn’t understand that because Michael is the artist,” he explains. “I felt like anything Michael says about entertainment, we should all just listen and follow his feelings. If he doesn’t feel right about something or if something’s not right, I felt like it should just go. He should just have that right to do that.

For me it was just questionable… I’m trying to find the right way to say it… If they really were pushing him to do this or if he knew what was supposed to be done. I just felt like at the bottom line, as an artist, you should have your say. If you don’t feel right about anything you shouldn’t do it.

At the AEG trial Gongaware said that he never required Michael to rehearse because it was not part of the deal and he knew Michael’s nature and method – once the lights went up he would show up:

Gongaware explained MJ didn’t have to attend rehearsals, since it was not part of his deal. He said they never required an artist to rehearse. “I didn’t have any expectation”, Gongaware said regarding MJ rehearsing. He said that during the HIStory tour, MJ didn’t rehearse, nailed it.
“When it was game time, he would show up”, Gongaware explained. As to the email Gongaware wrote about calling MJ lazy, he said he used unfortunate choices of words, Michael didn’t like to rehearse.
Putnam: Why weren’t you concerned?
Gongaware: When the house lights would go up, he would show up.

Whatever Gongaware says, he himself sent an email dated May 27, 2009 where he confirmed that “the kid” was healthy and rehearsing every day!

The ABC tweets say:

  • Gongaware’s email on May 27, 2009: The Kid is healthy and rehearsing every day. He was still there at dance rehearsals at 9pm last night when I left.
  • Gongaware on June 5, 2009 in response to Sunday Mirror Query: “We can only make this work, of course, if MJ puts on the best show of his life. I’m here to tell you that he will. I have seen it for myselfLast night (June 4th) he ran 9 songs with full band, singers and dancers”.
  • On June 15, 2009: “MJ didn’t have a good day Friday, didn’t show up Saturday…” [Kenny Ortega to Paul Gongaware]. Gongaware: “This was just Kenny wanting MJ to be on top of his show”. Paul Gongaware says Kenny can be a drama queen sometimes.

Yes, Kenny Ortega can be a drama queen as his performance at This is it showed it and I wish AEG had danced not around Ortega and his whims but around Michael Jackson and his interests.

If they had they would have probably realized that Michael didn’t have a good day on Friday June 12 simply because he was tired after working 6 days a week.  Travis Payne said that all of them were very tired.

So what kind of a production organization was it if everyone was dead tired even before the tour started? And how did they expect these people to do a first class show during the tour then? Travis Payne said:

“He seemed very tired, we all were”.

If you count how many rehearsals Michael attended in May-June 2009 and how many of them he missed you will have to  agree with Travis Payne that Michael missed no more than five rehearsals:

Q How many times did Mr. Jackson miss rehearsals?
A Not many.
Q Less the five times?
A Maybe about five.
Q Were these times in June or through the entire period of This Is It rehearsals?
A Not many more then 5 times during the company rehearsals with the whole group. April, May and June.

But if only five rehearsals were missed why would Ortega and Phillips trip on Michael Jackson? And if the company was still behind schedule despite Michael being present at almost every rehearsal who is to blame for the unsuccessful production of the show then?

No, it was absolutely not Michael Jackson’s fault. They are simply trying to turn him into a scapegoat for their own ineptitude, hectic production organization and greediness that prompted them to cut the period of rehearsals by at least two weeks at the expense of the tour time which they extended to sell more tickets.

AN INTERVENTION MEETING

As to Michael’s attendance of Klein’s office in June 2009 there is very little left to tell.

Klein's invoice for MJ - page 5 broken into dates

According to the invoice the next time Michael went to Klein’s office was on June 4. The medical records don’t mention this visit, but the procedures done to Michael on that day were Latisse, a lot of cleansing and Sunscreen. There were no injections of Demerol.

June 9 was Tuesday. The medical records show that Michael was given 200mg Demerol for acne surgery and Botox under the eyes. Klein prescribed Michael eye drops. In the invoice the same visit is marked as June 10th.

Seven days later on June 16 there was an unscheduled visit to Klein. This was when Michael called Klein’s office in Murray’s presence and asked Jason Pfeiffer to squeeze him between the patients. The medical records for that day register some work on his acne scars and hollows under the eyes (?) in the Right Upper Quadrant. The visit was at 1:00 pm. Only one injection of 100mg of Demerol was given.

Innocent as it was this visit to Klein did not go unnoticed by Michael’s partners.  The same day, on June 16th they arranged another meeting for Michael which was attended by Randy Phillips, Ortega, Frank Dileo and Murray. This meeting went into history as an “intervention” meeting.

At the meeting they evidently demanded that Michael should never see Klein again and Randy Phillips surely yelled at him (as he usually did) after which he nominated himself and Conrad Murray responsible for Michael’s attendance of rehearsals.

The ABC tweets from the AEG trial place the meeting on June 16th as they mention Phillips’ email to Tohme Tohme dated June 17 which in its turn refers to an intervention meeting held the previous day (June 16):

Panish showed an email dated 6/17/09 from Phillips to Dr. Tohme: Kenny Ortega, Gongaware, DiLeo, his doctor named Conrad from Vegas and I have an intervention with him to get him to focus and come to rehearsals yesterday. Getting him fully engaged is difficult and the most pressing matter as we are only 20 days out from the first show.

Phillips said it was not an intervention, but a meeting. He said it had nothing to do with drugs.

Of course it had to do with those non-existent “drugs” as this intervention was directly connected with Michael’s unscheduled visit to Klein!

Murray was a witness to Michael’s telephone request for an appointment and reported his “misbehavior” to AEG which immediately reacted with an “intervention” though there was absolutely nothing to intervene about.  It was evidently then that they decided to play tough love on Jackson, and pull the plug on the show in case he didn’t follow their rules. Otherwise he was to lose everything, even his kids.

Karen Faye’s text messages to her boyfriend on June 19th confirm the fact of an “intervention” meeting where Michael was threatened with the worst that he could ever imagine:

“Didn’t get home until 2:30. KENNY WAS MAD” (all in caps).

“He and Randy Phillips and the doctor held a sort of intervention. MJ didn’t show till 9:30 p.m. Kenny told me AEG, (Randy Phillips) is funding his entire life right now. His house, food, kids, school, everything.”

“They told him they will” (all capitals) “PULL THE PLUG IF HE DOESN’T GET HIS SHIT TOGETHER. IF HE DOESN’T DO THIS, HE LOSES EVERYTHING, PROBABLY EVEN HIS KIDS.”

THEY ARE GOING TO KILL ME

On Monday, June 22 Michael made his last visit to Klein’s office. It was a routine visit with Restylane used for his scars in the Right Upper Quandrant.  Only 100mg of Demerol was used and the visit would have been unremarkable if Klein and his employees had not had a strange feeling that they were seeing Michael for the last time. 

Klein said: ”He was not in terrible pain when I saw him. He danced in the office, and he danced for my patients”. Howeved he and Jason Pfeiffer added: “He was saying goodbyes the week before passing. Everyone was creeped out by it”.

Lou Ferrigno also had a strange feeling that something bad was going to happen. According to TMZ Ferrigno’s last meeting took place two weeks before Michael’s death:

Lou says he had been training Michael 2 to 3 times a week for the tour … and aside from seeming “very stressed out,” he appeared in good health.

And this is eerie … Lou says as he left Michael’s house the last time — two weeks before MJ’s death — Jackson said, “Take care of yourself.” Lou said, “I’m going to see you next week.” Michael just repeated, “Take care of yourself.” Lou feels Michael knew something bad was about to happen.

http://www.tmz.com/2011/09/27/lou-ferrigno-michael-jackson-mj-cardio-health-dr-conrad-murray-manslaughter-trial-case-gym-workout-cardio-treadmill-personal-trainer-fitness/

Of course people who were close to Michael could tell that something was terribly wrong even from the look on his face. This wrong was the unbearable, unjust and unforgivable pressure put on Michael by his partners. Each time someone from AEG called Michael cried and once he even said to his son: “They are going to kill me”.

This heavy thought was the burden Michael was living with in the last weeks and days of his life and it was the reflection of that thought that people saw on his face.

Actually a week before his death Michael even asked someone a direct question: “You aren’t going to kill the artist, are you?”, only the lawyers, media and everybody else quickly swept that question under the rug so that no one even remembers it by now.

And this is why I am reminding you of it.

‘You aren’t going to kill the artist, are you?’ the King of Pop purportedly asked producers during his ‘This Is It’ tour.

http://www.nydailynews.com/entertainment/gossip/michael-jackson-feared-safety-emails-reveal-article-1.1358353

* * *

SUPPLEMENT

In a supplement to this post Klein explains how the invoice for his medical services to Michael Jackson came into TMZ possession as early as October 2009.

The handwritten medical records were not obtained until 2011 when they were subpoenaed by court for Murray’s trail.

By Arnold W. Klein on 28 October 2011
Arnold W. Klein, MD
Professor of Medicine and Dermatology
UCLA
Klein Chair in Dermatology UCLA
Consultant to the General and Plastic Surgery Devices Panel of the FDA
“The Most Innovative & Famous Cosmetic Dermatologist in the World”
BevHills Times Magazine
Subject: Hipaa Violation Report
I am Dr. Arnold Klein of 9615 Brighton Way Ste M-110 Beverly Hills, CA90210.  I am filing this report of a HIPAA violation regarding the records of my former patient, Mr. Michael Jackson.

Doctors frequently use medical software systems both for records and insurance billing these doctors input billing data, the patient’s name, billing amount, type of treatment, diagnosis, type of drugs prescribed and administered, and the date of service. This is essentially the record system in my office.  On October 27, 2009, without my permission my lawyers Richard Charnley and Brad Boyer of the law firm of Ropers, Majeski, Kohn and Bentley of 515 Flower Street Ste 1100 Los Angeles, CA 90011 in collusion with my former employee Jason Pfeiffer and former accountant Muhammad Kihilji essentially released Michael Jackson’s medical records in court supposedly to get me paid by the Jackson estate.

I did find out until recently that this was the manner in which the mass media got hold of my records. They released the software bills showing line by line the treatment details of each visit that was unpaid at the time of Michael’s untimely death. Mr. Charnley and Mr. Khilji then went on to release the entire patient chart of Michael Jackson including my notes written on the patient file to various individuals on the Internet. I recently found a copy on the office computer from Mr. Khilji.

This unauthorized release of Michael Jackson’s records has caused my practice untold damage and has spurned a media circus. It has given tabloids and trashy media free access to Mr. Jackson’s private medical information.  Mr. Jason Pfeiffer has tried to capitalize on the hype and has gone on television to publicly discuss the records and my treatments on television.  It should be noted that Jason Pfeiffer, Muhammad Khilji with the assistance of Richard Charnley have embezzled over 12 million dollars from me leaving me in bankruptcy court. The have made illegal loans, stolen my identity, written checks, taken out loans, open and closed bank accounts, and depleted my retirement fund.

These individuals did this without my permission but I have reason to believe the concert promoter’s AEG is involved in that they have been in contact with Charnely.

Once released my records have been totally misinterpreted. They have been used by TMZ, The Beast, Anderson Cooper and various other media sources to obscure the real facts and individuals responsible for Mr. Michael Jackson’s death. First these records are not simply my records but that of three physicians treating Mr. Jackson: Myself, David Rish and Ilya Reyder. Michael was treated by me to rebuild his face for the “This is It  Tour.”

Injection sessions to rebuild his face from the consequences of faulty plastic surgery took 3-4 hours and he was given Demerol for pain relief during these procedures. Please note the entire month of May I was out of the country so injections he received during that time were not mine. Addiction requires the frequency and dose of medication to increase. As my treatments with Michael became less lengthily the dose of Demerol that was used and the frequency of visits was greatly reduced. The figures that have been erroneously quoted to the public indicate a grossly increased frequency of visits and size of dose than that actually used.

Being a recognized authority on addiction and Mr. Jackson’s physician I was well aware of his long-standing problem with Propothol created by a plastic surgeon that Mr. Jackson subsequently discharged and was placed in a mental institution. Please understand what you have experienced and I have suffered is an attempt by the greedy parties responsible for Michael Jackson’s death to use me as a scapegoat. They have defamed my name and attempted to destroy me. My relationship with Mr. Jackson taught me many things one of which was the ability to survive. Now it is my turn to take action against the media and finally reveal the greedy and disgusting people who were truly responsible for Michael Jackson’s death.

http://mjmyinspiration.blogspot.ru/2011/10/who-killed-michae-jackson-please-read.html

I’m afraid that Klein was indeed turned into a scapegoat after Michael’s death. Everything under the sun was done at that time to distract attention from the real culprits and focus it on Arnold Klein.

But I’m not sure that it was only Klein’s lawyer Richard Charnley who disclosed his invoice of MJ medical procedures to the public. By now we know that the invoice was in Michael Kane’s possession when Michael was still alive and from the emails presented at the AEG trial it is clear that Kane and Phillips were freely discussing its entries as early as June 2009.

Apparently Phillips had access to them and this is why he answered Michael Kane that Klein “scared them to death because he was shooting him up with something”. The invoice did not say it was Demerol and just stated “I.M.injections” (intramuscular injections),  but coupled with their knowledge of Michael’s previous use of Demerol this was enough for AEG to be mad with Klein and regard him as the main villain versus their good doctor Conrad Murray.

At the AEG trial the fact that Randy Phillips had access to that invoice was not even disputed:

Promoter’s e-mail: Michael Jackson’s dermatologist ‘scares us to death’

By Alan Duke, CNN

June 12, 2013 — Updated 1040 GMT (1840 HKT)

Los Angeles (CNN) – AEG Live’s CEO wrote two days before Michael Jackson died that a doctor Jackson was seeing “scares us to death because he is shooting him up with something,” court testimony shows.

Randy Phillips’ e-mail could contradict his earlier testimony that he had no idea Jackson was getting prescription drugs while he was preparing for his comeback concerts.

On Monday, Panish confronted Phillips about an e-mail exchange that he had two days before Jackson’s death in which Phillips was asked if Dr. Arnold Klein was “on the list of doctors that will help get us from today to the opening night.”

“He scares us to death because he is shooting him up with something,” Phillips replied.

Michael Kane, who was Jackson’s business manager, shared with Phillips that Klein’s office sent him a $48,000 bill for Jackson’s frequent visits to his Beverly Hills dermatology clinic in the months before his death.

Klein’s invoice said Jackson had been treated with Restalyne, Botox and unidentified drug injections, Kane wrote to Phillips.

“There were a lot of bills for injections, I didn’t know what it was,” Phillips said in his deposition before the trial.

Klein or his staff injected Jackson with 6,500 milligrams of Demerol during the last three months of his life, according to documents and testimony at Murray’s criminal trial.

“Since we owe him $48K and he wants payment, maybe I should stop paying him so he would stop shooting him up,” Kane told Phillips. “I have the details of what he is doing.”

It was unclear why Kane would share Jackson’s medical records with an AEG Live executive since the company’s lawyers insist they were not involved with and did not pry into Jackson’s health care.

http://edition.cnn.com/2013/06/11/showbiz/jackson-death-trial/

I don’t think that it would be a too big stretch of imagination to assume that AEG had access to Klein’s medical records and that it was probably them who disclosed to the media Dr.Klein’s invoice, especially since they indeed were in contact with Klein’s lawyer.

Bad publicity about Michael could never hurt AEG and Conrad Murray needed this information to build his defense strategy at the future trial. After the invoice was made public Murray’s lawyers indeed claimed that Demerol was the core of the whole problem. Murray’s trial overturned this theory however now the media is starting it all over again as the recent UK Channel 5 program shows it.

Part 2 of this post will have a transcript of DDA David Walgren’s discussion of Klein’s medical records with Dr. Waldman. In his cross-examination the defense addiction expert witness will finally have to admit that Michael was “probably” not addicted to Demerol and that the symptoms Michael was displaying at the end of June could not be connected to this drug.


Filed under: AEG TRIAL Jacksons vs. AEG, Conrad Murray, the man who killed Michael Jackson, Murray's Trial, November 2011 Tagged: AEG, Conrad Murray, Demerol, Dr. Klein, Dr. Waldman, Kenny Ortega, medical records, Michael Jackson, Paul Gongaware, Randy Phillips

DYLAN FARROW’S OPEN LETTER ABOUT WOODY ALLEN Reveals the Twenty Years of Media Double Standards

$
0
0

The second part of the post on Demerol will have to wait as very, very interesting news has come from Dylan Farrow about her stepfather Woody Allen. The 28 year-old Dylan says she was sexually assaulted by her stepfather almost twenty years ago when she was 7 years old.

Considering that a similar allegation is probably awaiting us in June this year (when Wade Robson’s lies about Michael Jackson may be resumed) it will be interesting to look into Dylan’s story to educate ourselves a bit on the subject before the Wade Robson wave comes upon us again.

Making judgment on Woody Allen even on the basis of a powerful letter like Dylan’s will contradict the basic law principle of “innocent until proven guilty”, so the only thing we can really do is tell the girl’s story and focus on the reaction to it from the media which, especially in comparison with what they did to Michael Jackson, will strike you by its incredibly considerate attitude towards Woody Allen as one of the Hollywood pillars.

The comparison of the manner in which the similar stories of Michael Jackson and Woody Allen were handled by the media will be all the more easier as the seven-year-old Dylan accused her stepfather of abuse right at the time when Jordan Chandler accused Michael Jackson of the same.

Dylan’s story started in 1992 and was over in February 1994 when the investigation against Woody Allen was closed without bringing criminal charges, and Michael’s case started in 1993 and the police investigation ended in September 1994 without bringing criminal charges against him too.

However this is where the similarity between the two cases ends as all the rest was completely different.

DYLAN’S STORY

Photo of Woody Allen with his adoptive daugher Dylan Farrow. Photo: Rex/photoreporters Inc.

Woody Allen with his adoptive daugher Dylan Farrow. Photo: Rex/photoreporters Inc.

When Maureen Orth (who seemed to be writing about all child abuse allegations at the time) wrote a story about Woody Allen and his adoptive daughter Dylan, she diligently repeated Mia Farrow’s accusations against her ex-partner Woody but nevertheless tried to keep a balanced view of the case.

Of course her article about Woody Allen was a far cry from her series about Michael Jackson which grew more biased and nastier with each new consecutive piece.

However even her much quieter narration about Woody Allen is still holding many curious details of Dylan Farrow’s case who at the time of the events was just seven years old.

Orth says that Woody Allen’s love for his step-daughter was so intense that he literally couldn’t take his hands off her.

The intensity of this relationship was once observed by a child psychologist, Dr. Susan Coates who was in the family to attend to another of Mia Farrow’s 11 children (most of them adopted) and who, just after a brief look at Allen’s interaction with the little Dylan, approached him and Mia Farrow with a suggestion of a session on “inappropriate fatherly behavior”.

Quote from the Vanity Fair:

“There was an unwritten rule in Mia Farrow’s house that Woody Allen was never supposed to be left alone with their seven-year-old adopted daughter, Dylan. Over the last two years, sources close to Farrow say, he has been discussing alleged “inappropriate” fatherly behavior toward Dylan in sessions with Dr. Susan Coates, a child psychologist.

In more than two dozen interviews conducted for this article, most of them with individuals who are on intimate terms with the Mia Farrow household, Allen was described over and over as being completely obsessed with the bright little blonde girl. He could not seem to keep his hands off her. He would monopolize her totally, to the exclusion of her brothers and sisters, and spend hours whispering to her. She was fond of her daddy, but if she tried to go off and play, he would follow her from room to room, or he would sit and stare at her.

…Indeed, people wondered how she could cope with so much doting attention from her father—behavior that many people frankly didn’t know what to make of. “When she just wanted to giggle and run away and play, he’d be right behind her. And I just looked at it, and I’d shake my head and think, I hope this is a great thing,” says Pascal. “It was to the point that when we would go over there I wouldn’t run over and talk to her or anything. I’d talk to Satchel, but it’s like you don’t even dare talk to Dylan when he’s around.”

And was Pascal aware of the rule that Woody was never to be left alone with Dylan? “It was a really good rule,” she says. “There was no other way she could get away and get out.”

Dr. Coates, who just happened to be in Mia’s apartment to work with one of her other children, had only to witness a brief greeting between Woody and Dylan before she began a discussion with Mia that resulted in Woody’s agreeing to address the issue through counseling. At that point Coates didn’t know that, according to several sources, Woody, wearing just underwear, would take Dylan to bed with him and entwine his body around hers; or that he would have her suck his thumb; or that often when Dylan went over to his apartment he would head straight for the bedroom with her so that they could get into bed and play.”

The seasoned us who are well familiar with Victor Gutierrez’s stories about MJ will be impressed by this introduction but will note that all of the above may not be necessarily true  – some sources like making up stories and some authors are prone to add their own embellishments to them, so let us agree not to rush things and make fast judgments on Woody Allen.

Dylan with her stepfather in 1988

Dylan with her stepfather in 1988

However with every new line the story told by the girl’s adoptive mother Mia Farrow continues to grow uglier.

“One summer day in Connecticut, when Dylan was four and Woody was applying suntan lotion to her nude body, he alarmed Mia’s mother, actress Maureen O’Sullivan, and sister Tisa Farrow when he began rubbing his finger in the crack between her buttocks. Mia grabbed the lotion out of his hand, and O’Sullivan asked, “How do you want to be remembered by your children?” “As a good father,” Woody answered. “Well, that’s interesting,” O’Sullivan replied. “It only lasted a few seconds, but it was definitely weird,” says Tisa Farrow.

…. Several times last summer, while Woody was visiting in Connecticut, Dylan locked herself in the bathroom, refusing to come out for hours. Once, one of the baby-sitters had to use a coat hanger to pick the lock. Dylan often complained of stomachaches and headaches when Woody visited: she would have to lie down. When he left, the symptoms would disappear. At times Dylan became so withdrawn when her father was around that she would not speak normally, but would pretend to be an animal.

On August 4, [evidently 1992] Woody was in Connecticut to visit the children, and Mia and Casey went shopping, taking along Mia’s two most recently adopted children—a blind Vietnamese girl named Tam, 11, and Isaiah, a seven-month-old black baby born to a crack-addicted mother. While they were gone, there was a brief period, perhaps 15 minutes, when Woody and Dylan vanished from sight. The baby-sitter who was inside searched high and low for them through the cluttered old farmhouse, but she couldn’t find them. The outside baby-sitter, after a look at the grounds around the house, concluded the two must be inside somewhere. When Mia got home a short time later, Dylan and Woody were outside, and Dylan didn’t have any underpants on. …Woody, who hated the country and reportedly brought his own bath mat to avoid germs, spent the night in a guest room off the laundry next to the garage and left the next morning.

That day, August 5, Casey called Mia to report something the baby-sitter had told her. The day before, Casey’s baby-sitter had been in the house looking for one of the three Pascal children and had been startled when she walked into the TV room. Dylan was on the sofa, wearing a dress, and Woody was kneeling on the floor holding her, with his face in her lap. The baby-sitter did not consider it “a fatherly pose,” but more like something you’d say “Oops, excuse me” to if both had been adults. She told police later that she was shocked. “It just seemed very intimate. He seemed very comfortable.”

As soon as Mia asked Dylan about it, Dylan began to tell a harrowing story, in dribs and drabs but in excruciating detail. According to her account, she and Daddy went to the attic (not really an attic, just a small crawl space off the closet of Mia’s bedroom where the children play), and Daddy told her that if she stayed very still he would put her in his movie and take her to Paris. He touched her “private part.” Dylan said she told him, “It hurts. I’m just a little kid.” The she told Mia, “Kids have to do what grown-ups say.” Mia, who has a small Beta video camera and frequently records her large brood, made a tape of Dylan for Dylan’s psychologist, who was in France at the time. “I don’t want to be in a movie with my daddy,” Dylan said, and asked, “Did your daddy ever do that to you?”

What’s absolutely crucial to the story is that the little girl volunteered this information herself. With small children it is the surest sign of real abuse. A little child doesn’t know what’s good or bad, what’s normal or abnormal – for them everything a grown-up does is good and not to be disputed. So when she asked Mia Farrow a simple question: “Did your daddy ever do that to you?” it was worse than any accusation she could ever make.

However this is true only in case the overall story is accurate and correct.

According to people close to the situation, Mia called her lawyer, who told her to take Dylan to her pediatrician in New Milford. When the doctor asked where her private part was, Dylan pointed to her shoulder. A few minutes later, over ice cream, she told Mia that she had been embarrassed to have to say anything about this to the doctor. Mia asked which story was true, because it was important that they know.

They went back to the doctor the next day, and Dylan repeated her original story—one that has stayed consistent through many tellings to the authorities, who are in possession of the tape Mia made. The doctor examined Dylan and found that she was intact. He called his lawyer and then told Mia he was bound by law to report Dylan’s story to the police.

One of Mia’s lawyers, Paul Martin Weltz, notified Woody’s lawyer J. Martin Obten of an incident by hand-delivered letter. On August 13, Allen’s lawyers responded with a jolting pre-emptive strike. They filed a custody suit against Mia Farrow, charging that she was an unfit mother. They have also denied any suggestion of child abuse or therapy for it.

Woody told Time, “Suddenly I got a memo from her lawyers saying no more visits at all. Something had taken place. When I called Mia, she just slammed the phone. And then I was told by my lawyers she was accusing me of child molestation. I thought this was so crazy and so sick that I cannot in all conscience leave those kids in that atmosphere. So I said, I realize this is going to be rough, but I’m going to sue for custody of the children.”

…Woody Allen maintained he had done nothing wrong, but suddenly he was under criminal investigation because of statements Dylan had made. Things had begun to unravel seven months earlier, when Farrow discovered that Allen was having an affair with her 19- or 21-year-old adopted Korean daughter, Soon-Yi. Was it incest? Mia Farrow believed Allen to be a father figure to 9 of her 11 children, not just to Satchel and the 2 he had adopted, and felt that his behavior could not be excused or rationalized.

[She] made the discovery of Allen’s affair with Soon-Yi when she found a stack of Polaroids taken by him of her daughter, her legs spread in full frontal nudity. Woody would later say publicly that the pictures had been taken because Soon-Yi was interested in modeling. ..The pictures were under a box of tissues on Allen’s mantle. Each managed to contain both her daughter’s face and vagina, and when Mia saw them, she later told others, “I felt I was looking straight into the face of pure evil.”

http://www.vanityfair.com/magazine/archive/1992/11/farrow199211

Well, well, well… So in Woody Allen’s case there were photographs of Mia Farrow’s adopted daughter “with her legs spread in full frontal nudity” and each photo contained “both her daughter’s face and vagina” and Allen said that it was just for “modeling”? And no one in the media thought that this interesting factual evidence deserved even a comment?

Please compare it with Michael Jackson’s case where they didn’t find a single scrap of factual evidence and all they had to talk about was two books he had from his fans with a couple of photos of naked boys on the beach (the books were ‘seized’ in 1993 while  in 2003 they didn’t ‘seize’ even that little].

These two books were the only thing they had in addition to the so-called Michael’s “porn” (Playboy magazines locked away in a bag) however this scarce nothing keeps Michael Jackson’s haters talking for more than 20 years now.  Oh, they haven’t heard of Woody Allen pictures of a schoolgirl Soon-Yi with “her legs spread in full frontal nudity” yet….

Can anyone here imagine what would have happened to Michael Jackson if he had made photos of a boy thirty years his younger “in full frontal nudity” and explained to the police that it was “just for modeling”? Frankly, I cannot even imagine it. Could it be a crowd tearing him apart or a bomb dropped on Neverland as a radical decision of the problem?

However it was Woody Allen who made those photos, and since Woody Allen is surely not Michael Jackson the matter of the girl’s photos was evidently brushed aside and looked upon as a little whim of the ageing master  and as his private matter not worthy of attention or intrusion.

This is what is called double standards, guys.

Though the whole thing was highly immoral it still remained to be seen whether it was illegal. The age of Soon-Yi was not clear as no one knew her real age – she had been picked up from a street in Korea and adopted by Mia Farrow and her previous husband when she was approximately 7. Now the girl was in the last year at school and was aged somewhere in between 19 and 21.

A quote from the Vanity Fair:

Nobody knows how old Soon-Yi really is. Without ever seeing her, Korean officials put her age down as seven on her passport. A bone scan Mia had done on her in the U.S. put her age at between five and seven.

Woody Allen and his wife Soon Yi

Woody Allen and his wife Soon-Yi

Soon after that Soon-Yi became Woody Allen’s wife and in the noise over their marriage the news of the alleged Dylan Farrow’s molestation was somehow lost.

However the 7 year-old girl was saying a horrendous thing about that scene in the attic she had described to her mother – she said that her stepfather” had used his finger to abuse her.

Sorry for the shock, guys…

THE MEDIA REACTION

After all we learned about the way the media treated Michael Jackson it will be amazing to find out that exactly at the same time when they were pouring their mockery, scorn and dirtiest possible language on Jackson, the same media was on its best behavior with Woody Allen – the articles were civil and restrained, and it was actually Mia Farrow who found herself in the center of media ridicule.

The Vanity Fair article says about it:

Allen and his friends not only mounted an aggressive campaign of damage control but sought to defend him by painting Farrow, whom he had never moved in with, as filled with rage and out for revenge…

Particularly vicious were the tabloid Hamill brothers, Pete in the New York Post and Denis in the New York Daily News, whose brother Brian has worked for Woody as a still photographer on 17 movies.

In a single column, Denis [..] quoted Woody minions who said that Mia washed down tranquilizers and antidepressants with abundant red wine, and that in April, after quarrelling about his affair with Soon-Yi, she had staged a fake suicide attempt in Woody’s apartment. What had Woody done, was the leitmotif, to deserve all this?

We haven’t got the particularly vicious pieces  from Pete and Denis, but it is quite noticeable that other media resources also present the horrendous details of the story in a way which is suggestive that they are doubting Mia Farrow’s credibility.

When she testified about the details of abuse they noted that she described it  “in a quiet voice”:

In a quiet voice, Ms. Farrow testified, “She said he took her into the attic and that he touched her in certain places, that he inserted a finger partially.”

And when she presented the video of her 7-year old girl telling her story the fact that the video was made out of several episodes was interpreted as a sign of it being false:

Mr. Allen and his lawyers have suggested that the video, which has many stops and starts, reflects Ms. Farrow’s efforts to cajole false answers from the girl. Ms. Farrow said she simply turned the machine on each time Dylan began to talk about the incident.

Just imagine for a second that Evan Chandler had made a video tape with Jordan Chandler describing the alleged abuse (in whatever stops and starts it took) and you will realize that Michael Jackson would have been doomed. No one would have paid attention to the breaks in the video (it would be regarded as a sign of its authenticity) and the  tape would have turned into a hit piece shown in prime time on TV for years to come.

However the tape showed the girl talking about Woody Allen, so the media didn’t care.

The fact that the girl was embarrassed to point to her private parts was again used against the accusers. No one explained that the girl was shy and that on the way back from the doctor she told her mother about her problem of confessing things to a stranger. The next day she did disclose everything to the doctor but the media was already focusing on the fact that the girl’s bodily parts were not injured.

She took Dylan to a doctor the same day the videotape was made, Ms. Farrow recalled. “I think she said he touched her, but when asked where, she just looked around and went like this,” she said, patting her shoulder.

While returning home in the car, Ms. Farrow said, Dylan told her that she did not want to talk about the incident with a stranger.

Four days later, Ms. Farrow took Dylan to another doctor. “There was no evidence of injury to the anal or vaginal area, is that correct?” Mr. Abramowitz asked.

“Yes,” she said.

http://www.nytimes.com/1993/03/26/nyregion/farrow-testifies-that-daughter-accused-allen-of-molestation.html

The nanny (whose $40,000 salary was paid by Woody Allen) said the tape was made over 2 or 3 days with breaks in between. This was interpreted as a sign that in the periods between the takes Mia Farrow was coaching her daughter.

The media portrayed her as an unbalanced and bad mother who had fits of rage in front of the children. Her understandable fury with Allen for seducing one daughter and molesting another and the need for anti-depressants to cope with the problem were presented as something extraordinary and out of the way.

Woody’s friends ridiculed her as “a heavily medicated walking zombie” and the papers were writing that according to her nanny she had “dramatic mood swings and screaming fits” (did they expect her to take all that trouble with a Hollywood smile on  her face?):

“I know that the tape was made over the course of at least two and perhaps three days,” Thompson said. “I was present when Ms. Farrow made a portion of that tape outdoors. I recall Ms. Farrow saying to Dylan at that time, ‘Dylan, what did daddy do . . . and what did he do next?’ “Dylan appeared not to be interested, and Ms. Farrow would stop taping for a while and then continue.”

In her two affidavits filed with Allen’s lawyers, Thompson painted a less than tranquil portrait of Farrow’s household. She charged that the actress gives her biological children more gifts and possessions and depends on her adopted children “to do all the chores in and around the house.”

“Since January, Ms. Farrow has suffered dramatic mood swings and had screaming fits about Mr. Allen,” the nanny said in an affidavit taken last August. “These fits of rage were often conducted in front of the children where she would say mean and nasty things about Mr. Allen. All of the pictures of Mr. Allen in their home were destroyed.” 

http://articles.latimes.com/1993-02-02/news/mn-952_1_woody-allen

As regards the accusations made by the 7-year old girl the public verdict was that they were made by an “emotionally disturbed child coached or influenced by her mother”.

Dr. Leventhal said: “We had two hypotheses: one, that these were statements that were made by an emotionally disturbed child and then became fixed in her mind. And the other hypothesis was that she was coached or influenced by her mother. We did not come to a firm conclusion. We think that it was probably a combination.”

http://www.nytimes.com/1993/05/04/nyregion/doctor-cites-inconsistencies-in-dylan-farrow-s-statements.html

Have you ever heard Jordan Chandler called by the media an “emotionally disturbed child coached or influenced by his father”? Never heard any such definition in MJ’s case? Me neither.

Can you imagine the prosecution having a video tape of Jordan describing the scene of alleged abuse and Tom Sneddon not making it the central part of his case, possibly even substituting this tape for the child’s testimony at the trial? You can’t imagine Tom Sneddon not using such a tape? Me neither.

Did you ever hear the media say that the prosecution did not have any factual evidence in  Jordan Chandler’s case and the only thing they had was the boy’s story which was totally contradicted by the photos at that? No, I’m afraid you never heard of it because they never said it.

What is funny about Woody Allen’s case is that it was running absolutely parallel to Michael Jackson’s case and this is why the difference between the two is so striking and vivid. While Michael Jackson was being crucified, Woody Allen was shielded and protected, and the media kept restraining the public from accusations against him providing argument after argument against the little accuser and her mother.

THE 7- YEAR OLD GIRL STOOD HER GROUND

There was so much pressure from lawyers and the media on Mia and her daughter to “recant” that at some point Mia also questioned the girl’s story and said to her that she would understand if she had made it up.

However the 7-year old stood her ground, did not waver and even said about Allen: “If he says he didn’t, he is lying”.

A quote from Vanity Fair, 1993:

Mia went to Dylan to see if she was willing to recant. Mia said, “Dylan, you know, we all make up stories. Everybody does that. Sometimes we know we made it up.” But the little girl would not back down. “If he says he didn’t,” Dylan answered, “he’s lying.”

Since the incident, Dylan has burst out, even in the middle of playing games, with statements like “I don’t want him to be my daddy.”

“The thing that people have to understand in this case is that it is not Mia versus Woody; it’s just a plain simple fact that a seven-year-old child has told her mother something and that her mother has to choose to believe her,” says a member of the household.

“If her mother doesn’t believe her, who is going to believe her?” Lynn Nesbit observes, “Mia says, ‘How can you turn your back on a seven-year-old?’ Believe me, her life would be a heck of a lot easier if she dropped it.”

The end of Woody Allen’s story is that the media brushed off all accusations against him as ridiculous and went after the little girl’s mother instead. Dylan never recanted on her story, but all media attention was diverted to the Michael Jackson case though it didn’t have even half of the evidence they had against Woody Allen. No photos, no video tapes, no nothing there – just what the boy said.

Dylan and Mia Farrow

Dylan  never wavered on her story about Woody Allen

But this is not the only difference between Allen’s and Jackson’s situations.

THE PROSECUTION

Same as in the criminal investigation of Jackson’s case which lasted for more than a year ended in nothing, the Prosecutor investigating allegations against Woody Allen also dropped the case without making any charges.

However at a press-conference Prosecutor Frank Maco said that there was “a probable cause” to charge and he didn’t do it only to spare the child as the experience of a trial would be too traumatic.

From the Prosecutor we also learned that an arrest warrant had already been drawn for Woody Allen but then they decided against proceeding with the case to enable the child to heal.

Woody Allen called a press-conference where he lashed out against the Prosecutor, police and Mia Farrow who in his opinion formed an “unwholesome alliance in the cheap scheming reeks of sleaze and deception” (I wish Michael Jackson had been than eloquent):

Allen said that Farrow, the prosecutor and police formed an “unwholesome alliance” against him. “Their cheap scheming reeks of sleaze and deception,” he said.

The filmmaker held a news conference soon after Litchfield, Conn., State’s Atty. Frank Maco said he would not press a sexual abuse charge, despite his belief that there was “probable cause” to support it.

Maco said state police investigators had drawn up an arrest warrant for Allen but he decided there was no “compelling interest” in further pursuing the sexual abuse allegations. Later, Farrow’s lawyer said her client agreed with the prosecutor’s decision to spare 8-year-old Dylan from the trauma of a trial.

Farrow, who won custody of the three children in June, is trying to void Allen’s adoption of Dylan and her 15-year-old brother, Moses. An ugly court fight followed for custody of Dylan and Moses, both adopted, and 5-year-old Satchel, their biological son.

http://articles.latimes.com/1993-09-25/news/mn-38960_1_woody-allen

And here guys, a big surprise is awaiting us. After the prosecutor made his statement about a ‘probable cause for charge’ he was ostracized and you’ll never guess for what – it was for sending a copy of his statement to a judge who was at that time deciding on the status of Dylan’s adoption by Woody Allen.

The legal authorities worried about the possibility of a terrible outcome – what if the Prosecutor’s “inappropriate” statement prejudiced the judge against Woody Allen and the girl who accused him of a sexual assault would stop being his adoptive daugher? What a terrible outcome indeed…

A special disciplinary panel was called and found the Prosecutor’s act to be “inappropriate, unsolicited and potentially prejudicial.”

There was no need to worry though – despite the Prosecutor’s statement the judge wasn’t prejudiced and Dylan remained Woody Allen’s adoptive daugher, however the behavior of “the Connecticut Prosecutor handling of a child-molestation complaint against Woody Allen” was found to be a cause for “grave concern” and sanctions against him were considered “ranging from censure to disbarment.”

Since this was a public reprimand the media called it a “damning” decision in respect of the Prosecutor. To show how “bad” the Prosecutor’s misconduct was the media also added that  “Prosecutors are generally barred from making accusations that are not contained in formal charges”:

“In most circumstances,” the panel wrote, Mr. Maco’s comments “would have violated the prosecutor’s obligation to the accused.”

Prosecutors are generally barred from making accusations that are not contained in formal charges, according to legal experts.

“This amounts to a public reprimand, though they’re not calling it that,” said Kate Stith, a law professor at YaleUniversity and a former Federal prosecutor. Though the decision was “quite damning,” she said she was not surprised that the panel did not punish Mr. Maco, because lawyers are rarely disciplined for their public statements.

http://www.nytimes.com/1994/02/24/nyregion/panel-criticizes-prosecutor-in-inquiry-on-woody-allen.html

Wait a second, please.

So the prosecution has certain obligations to the accused and these obligations include a ban on making accusations that are not contained in formal charges?

So if there are no formal charges a Prosecutor cannot continue with his accusations? And this is so grave a violation that a disciplinary panel may censure and even disbar the prosecutor?

Dear me, and what was Tom Sneddon doing to Jackson for ten years from 1993 to 2003 though no formal charges were made?

He was accusing him to the left and to the right, and no one ever stopped and restrained him let alone disbar!

Tom Sneddon kept referring to the photos as proof of his ideas though the photos absolutely did not match the boy’s description, and this means that he was telling open lies about Jackson, and still not a single disciplinary panel ever noticed it? Can I ask a question why, please?

And if all these amazing double standards have not amazed you bad enough here is one more piece to amaze you even more.

The recent Vanity Fair article reported that “the file for Dylan’s case in New York City’s Child Welfare Administration is nowhere to be found”. 

Yes, the file they collected about Woody Allen as a result of their investigation mysteriously disappeared. In contrast to Allen all documents from the MJ 1993 case were scrutinized not by one, but by two Grand juries, however they found nothing to indict him for and this is why the case was ended.

TWENTY YEARS LATER

In the autumn of 2013 Mia Farrow and her eight children including Dylan spoke to Vanity Fair again and Dylan, now a grown up woman, reiterated her story about the sexual assault by Woody Allen.

She said that even 20 years afterwards she could not bring herself to call her abuser by name and his image was still giving her a crippling fear. By now she has forgotten a lot but what happened in the attic she remembers very well:

Orth speaks to Farrow’s children, including Dylan, who now has another name and who discusses what she remembers about Allen and how his behavior has tormented her. She refuses ever to say his name. She calls her fears “crippling” and says, “I’m scared of him, his image.”

According to Dylan, “There’s a lot I don’t remember, but what happened in the attic I remember. I remember what I was wearing and what I wasn’t wearing.” She tells Orth, “The things making me uncomfortable were making me think I was a bad kid, because I didn’t want to do what my elder told me to do.” The attic, she says, pushed her over the edge. “I was cracking. I had to say something. I was seven. I was doing it because I was scared. I wanted it to stop.” For all she knew, she tells Orth, “this was how fathers treated their daughters. This was normal interaction, and I was not normal for feeling uncomfortable about it.”

http://www.vanityfair.com/online/daily/2013/10/mia-farrow-children-family-scandal_slideshow_item8_9

Ronan Farrow's tweet

Ronan Farrow’s tweet

Dylan’s brother Ronan Farrow made her story public via Twitter during the Golden Globes ceremony where Woody Allen was given an award for his lifetime achievement.

He tweeted:

  • “Missed the Woody Allen tribute — did they put the part where a woman publicly confirmed he molested her at age 7 before or after Annie Hall?”

This tweet drew a long reply from the Daily Beast written by Robert Wiede, an Emmy-winning filmmaker who also recently made a documentary about Allen in the series of “American Masters”.

Ronan Farrow, Allen’s son with Mia Farrow, wrote on Twitter about the ceremony: “Missed the Woody Allen tribute — did they put the part where a woman publicly confirmed he molested her at age 7 before or after Annie Hall?” Mia Farrow tweeted the next day: “A woman has publicly detailed Woody Allen’s molestation of her at age 7. Golden Globe tribute showed contempt for her & all abuse survivors.”

Robert Weide, a screenwriter, director and producer who made a documentary on Allen for PBS’ “American Masters” series in 2011, wrote a long story on the controversy in the Daily Beast last week, casting doubt on the accusations. “If I wrote it today, it would be exactly the same piece,” he said after the Dylan Farrow letter was released.

http://www.latimes.com/entertainment/movies/moviesnow/la-et-mn-dylan-farrow-20140202,0,1889055.story#axzz2sAde1hCJ

Here is an excerpt from Robert Weide’s long story about the good Woody Allen and the not-so-good Mia Farrow who brainwashed her children about their stepfather:

I’ve already said this, but it bears repeating: I know Dylan/Malone believes these events took place, and I know Ronan believes so too. I am not in a position to say they didn’t, any more than all the people on the internet calling for Woody’s head can say they did.

The point is that accusations make headlines; retractions are buried on page twelve, and coerced accusations are as much a reality as coerced confessions. Since Woody literally pays no mind to this stuff, and he continues to work and have a happy home life, I would never suggest he’s a victim in this case. The real victim has always been Malone. For me, however, the real questions are: who’s doing the victimizing, and does pain really heal better in the public spotlight? I don’t pretend to have answers for either question.

Malone, who is now a writer and artist, and happily married to an information-technology specialist, had been living a seemingly quiet life out of the spotlight. Obviously, if she feels that an interview with Vanity Fair is a necessary part of her healing process, that’s her right. I can only hope it brought her some closure, and I sincerely wish her all the happiness and peace she’s been looking for.

http://www.thedailybeast.com/articles/2014/01/27/the-woody-allen-allegations-not-so-fast.html

Robert Weide’s long answer to Dylan and Ronan Farrow is an amazing (and novel for us) piece of journalism. The author meticulously records every little media fact in support of Allen’s since 1993. He also says that “he cannot take a position on reliability and objectiveness of Vanity Fair” and closes the article with banging news that the magazine was accused of libel in Roman Polanski’s case and lost to him – which is a very transparent allusion to the Vanity Fair’s sources being untrue and this being a libel case again.

Knowing all the good Maureen Orth did to Michael Jackson I would not even object to these accusations if it were not for one nagging question. If the magazine is so bad, why didn’t anyone notice it when it was publishing lie after lie about Jackson? Were these lies so difficult to notice considering all that craziness about the blood baths from 42 cows allegedly taken by MJ in the center of Switzerland described by Maureen Orth?

When the witch hunt for Jackson was in full swing not a single Emmy-winning filmmaker raised a voice of reason and the media was allowed to run wild with all those nasty stories about Jackson, choking with agitation and the thrill of the game.

And why hasn’t anyone ever, ever cared to make a long story similar to that about Allen meticulously recording the numerous facts of Michael’s innocence, including the fact that the description of Michael’s accuser never matched the photos and they were actually so different that the accuser’s lawyer wanted them barred from the case?

Let us sum up.

Woody Allen was never charged with a crime in 1993. And Michael Jackson was never charged with a crime in 1993 either. In 2005 he was charged with everything under the sun including conspiracy and keeping hostages but was fully acquitted on all counts and proclaimed a free and innocent man.

So both of them were innocent until proven guilty, and if that is the case why was there so big a difference in the way they were treated by the media?

Michael was crucified and ripped into shreds for almost two decades while Woody Allen lived the 78 years of his life basking in the rays of glory, respect and admiration.

Why has Woody Allen been always supported by the media despite the accusations made by a 7-year old girl while Michael Jackson was vilified as the worst of criminals on the basis of a similar story?

Does it mean that the innocence until proven guilty principle apply only to the chosen few in the country that prides itself on equal opportunities for all?

In fact, Robert Weide is absolutely right when he says that accusations make headlines and retractions “are buried on page twelve”. But for Michael Jackson it was even worse. The retractions about his innocence were not even on page 12 – they were not published at all except for the USA Today and one other media source. The retraction was a short piece about the photos not matching the accuser’s description, published in tiny letters and under a wrong title.

Now that both these sources are happily archived and can be obtained only for money, Jackson is denied even the luxury of a tiny retraction on page 12 while Woody Allen is enjoying the benefit of long stories written in his support by renowned filmmakers.

DYLON FARROW’S LETTER IN VIEW OF WADE ROBSON’S ALLEGATIONS

Dylan Farrow has grown up and talks

Dylan Farrow has grown up and talks

The Farrows’s story was suddenly continued in a way no one really expected it – Dylan Farrow wrote a letter to the New York Times website where she confirmed that at the age of 7 she had been sexually assaulted by her stepfather Woody Allen. She addressed her letter to the public and Hollywood.

Here is the text of it preceded by a note from Nicholas Kristof:

 In 1993, accusations that Woody Allen had abused his adoptive daughter, Dylan Farrow, filled the headlines, part of a sensational story about the celebrity split between Allen and his girlfriend, Mia Farrow. This is a case that has been written about endlessly, but this is the first time that Dylan Farrow herself has written about it in public. It’s important to note that Woody Allen was never prosecuted in this case and has consistently denied wrongdoing; he deserves the presumption of innocence. So why publish an account of an old case on my blog? Partly because the Golden Globe lifetime achievement award to Allen ignited a debate about the propriety of the award. Partly because the root issue here isn’t celebrity but sex abuse. And partly because countless people on all sides have written passionately about these events, but we haven’t fully heard from the young woman who was at the heart of them. I’ve written a column about this, but it’s time for the world to hear Dylan’s story in her own words.

FEBRUARY 1, 2014, 3:04 PM  357 Comments

An Open Letter From Dylan Farrow

By DYLAN FARROW

Frances SilverDylan Farrow

What’s your favorite Woody Allen movie? Before you answer, you should know: when I was seven years old, Woody Allen took me by the hand and led me into a dim, closet-like attic on the second floor of our house. He told me to lay on my stomach and play with my brother’s electric train set. Then he sexually assaulted me. He talked to me while he did it, whispering that I was a good girl, that this was our secret, promising that we’d go to Paris and I’d be a star in his movies. I remember staring at that toy train, focusing on it as it traveled in its circle around the attic. To this day, I find it difficult to look at toy trains.

For as long as I could remember, my father had been doing things to me that I didn’t like. I didn’t like how often he would take me away from my mom, siblings and friends to be alone with him. I didn’t like it when he would stick his thumb in my mouth. I didn’t like it when I had to get in bed with him under the sheets when he was in his underwear. I didn’t like it when he would place his head in my naked lap and breathe in and breathe out. I would hide under beds or lock myself in the bathroom to avoid these encounters, but he always found me. These things happened so often, so routinely, so skillfully hidden from a mother that would have protected me had she known, that I thought it was normal. I thought this was how fathers doted on their daughters. But what he did to me in the attic felt different. I couldn’t keep the secret anymore.

When I asked my mother if her dad did to her what Woody Allen did to me, I honestly did not know the answer. I also didn’t know the firestorm it would trigger. I didn’t know that my father would use his sexual relationship with my sister to cover up the abuse he inflicted on me. I didn’t know that he would accuse my mother of planting the abuse in my head and call her a liar for defending me. I didn’t know that I would be made to recount my story over and over again, to doctor after doctor, pushed to see if I’d admit I was lying as part of a legal battle I couldn’t possibly understand. At one point, my mother sat me down and told me that I wouldn’t be in trouble if I was lying – that I could take it all back. I couldn’t. It was all true. But sexual abuse claims against the powerful stall more easily. There were experts willing to attack my credibility. There were doctors willing to gaslight an abused child.

After a custody hearing denied my father visitation rights, my mother declined to pursue criminal charges, despite findings of probable cause by the State of Connecticut – due to, in the words of the prosecutor, the fragility of the “child victim.” Woody Allen was never convicted of any crime. That he got away with what he did to me haunted me as I grew up. I was stricken with guilt that I had allowed him to be near other little girls. I was terrified of being touched by men. I developed an eating disorder. I began cutting myself. That torment was made worse by Hollywood. All but a precious few (my heroes) turned a blind eye. Most found it easier to accept the ambiguity, to say, “who can say what happened,” to pretend that nothing was wrong. Actors praised him at awards shows. Networks put him on TV. Critics put him in magazines. Each time I saw my abuser’s face – on a poster, on a t-shirt, on television – I could only hide my panic until I found a place to be alone and fall apart.

Last week, Woody Allen was nominated for his latest Oscar. But this time, I refuse to fall apart. For so long, Woody Allen’s acceptance silenced me. It felt like a personal rebuke, like the awards and accolades were a way to tell me to shut up and go away. But the survivors of sexual abuse who have reached out to me – to support me and to share their fears of coming forward, of being called a liar, of being told their memories aren’t their memories – have given me a reason to not be silent, if only so others know that they don’t have to be silent either.

Today, I consider myself lucky. I am happily married. I have the support of my amazing brothers and sisters. I have a mother who found within herself a well of fortitude that saved us from the chaos a predator brought into our home.

But others are still scared, vulnerable, and struggling for the courage to tell the truth. The message that Hollywood sends matters for them.

What if it had been your child, Cate Blanchett? Louis CK? Alec Baldwin? What if it had been you, Emma Stone? Or you, Scarlett Johansson? You knew me when I was a little girl, Diane Keaton. Have you forgotten me?

Woody Allen is a living testament to the way our society fails the survivors of sexual assault and abuse.

So imagine your seven-year-old daughter being led into an attic by Woody Allen. Imagine she spends a lifetime stricken with nausea at the mention of his name. Imagine a world that celebrates her tormenter.

Are you imagining that? Now, what’s your favorite Woody Allen movie?

http://kristof.blogs.nytimes.com/2014/02/01/an-open-letter-from-dylan-farrow/?_php=true&_type=blogs&_r=0

The letter is absolutely outstanding in its pain and sincerity. This is how the real victims talk.

She used to tell this story when she was 7 years old and she is still sticking to it now – years have absolutely not erased it from her memory. She felt nausea for him when she was small and this nausea still hits her each time she sees his image twenty years later. In her childhood she locked herself in the bathroom to avoid meeting with him and even now she still looks for a solitary place to lock herself in to loosen her feelings and fall apart.

How typical it is. The memory of a childhood horrid experience never goes away as it is the emotional memory which sends the grown-up exactly into the moment when she experienced it in childhood and the same emotion is relived again and again with all the heartbeat, panic and confusion of it.

Every little detail of it is imprinted in the memory and this is forever. And the only thing you can do about it is change your own attitude towards it – it was a different you and this other you remained in the past, while now you are here and living a new life.

Is it necessary to explain that in the mind of really sexually abused children their perception of themselves in the past and present coexist, but never change places and play games which Wade Robson is fooling us with now?

Even a seven-year old will know that something abnormal was taking place with her when she was little and will remember it forever, and this is all the more true for a boy who was allegedly abused from the age of 7 to 14 as Wade Robson claims.

And it is absolutely impossible to imagine this tortured soul of a girl behaving the way Wade Robson is behaving now – supporting the man right at the time of the alleged abuse followed by a happy 10 year period of  being a close family friend of the offender, then defending him at a trial looking confident, relaxed and even making easy jokes (like Wade Robson did) and then, after twenty years of this total amnesia, suddenly recalling the horror of what happened at age 7-14 and painting in most dirty colors the alleged abuser asking for a mere $30mln at that?

Give me a break, guys. Wade Robson’s scenario is complete fiction and Dylan Farrow’s letter of her twenty years of nausea towards the man she sees as her offender shows it like nothing else would.

And though her letter cannot of course be considered the final establishment of guilt of Woody Allen due to the “innocent until proven guilty” principle, I’m still happy that Dylan talked. First of all it will be the final step in her healing process  and from now on her emotional memory won’t have a crippling a power over her mind.

And secondly, in comparison with her heart-wrenching story Wade Robson’s allegations begin to look especially ridiculous and this is what we need to really thank her for.

The more victims of abuse speak up the easier it will be for the public to realize what real abuse is all about and the better and safer it will be for our children.

COREY FELDMAN, HOLLYWOOD AND MICHAEL JACKSON

Dylan Farrow is not the first to tell us what some people in Hollywood like doing to little girls and boys. The one who made the first crack in the wall of silence around real pedophiles in entertainment business was Corey Feldman who was also abused by some Hollywood mogul – same as his friend Corey Haim.

Feldman says that pedophilia is the Hollywood “open secret” and while he was a child he was surrounded by pedophiles.

They say that Corey Feldman's book is fantastic

Corey Feldman’s book will BLOW YOU AWAY. Readers’ reviews, Feldman’s audio version and a preview of the book is here: http://www.amazon.com/Coreyography-A-Memoir-Corey-Feldman/dp/0312609337

This is a review of his fantastic (as I’ve read) book called “Coreyography” where he tells it all:

Feldman [..] did encounter more sexual abuse later on from the adults around him, including an older male Feldman had hired as his assistant who he calls “Ron Crimson” in the book. Crimson allegedly performed oral sex on Feldman after he encouraged a teenaged Feldman to take a cocktail of pills. Feldman writes that in his teen years he was constantly surrounded by pedophiles.

Corey Feldman said that of all people Michael Jackson was the one who never in his whole life gave him an inappropriate touch and with whom he was finally able to return to normalcy.

After all the abuse Corey endured from other grown-up people Michael Jackson became his happy place and it was actually Michael Jackson who brought him back to innocence:

Feldman’s childhood was so troubled that he looked to his friend Michael Jackson, introduced to him by director Steven Spielberg, for normalcy.

“Michael Jackson’s world, crazy as it sounds, had become my happy place,” he writes.

“Being with Michael brought me back to my innocence. When I was with Michael, it was like being 10 years old again.”

Feldman stresses in the book that Jackson never once acted inappropriately toward him.

… You can’t go around publicly accusing industry titans without expecting to find yourself in the middle of a nasty lawsuit,” writes Feldman, “to say nothing of the potential threat to my career, as well as to the personal safety of myself and my son.”

Coreyography acts in part as a warning to parents pushing their children into show business. Feldman claimed on a 2011 episode of Nightline and repeats in the book that the “number one problem in Hollywood was, and is, and always will be pedophilia.”

http://edition.cnn.com/2013/10/22/showbiz/celebrity-news-gossip/corey-feldman-sexual-abuse-book-ew/index.html

Same as in the Woody Allen investigation in 1993, the media and police didn’t follow up on the true story of Corey Feldman’s molestation which he disclosed to the police when they were seeking his “confession” regarding Michael Jackson.

Corey said that his relationship with Michael Jackson was one of the healthiest he had. When questioned by the police he had nothing bad to say about Michael and instead ventured information about his true abuser, however the police were not interested and did nothing. 

A recording of Feldman speaking to Santa Barbara sheriffs recorded in December 1993 when the actor was 22 was obtained by RadarOnline.

Feldman was being questioned in relation to the molestation charges brought against MIcahel Jackson by Jordy Chandler and his family. In his book the Stand By Me actor said his relationship with the pop king was one of the healthiest he had.

In the recording, Feldman can be heard telling Sgt. Deborah Linden and Detective Russ Birchim, ‘I myself was molested’ before going on to name his abusers.

The detectives expressed little to no concern but continued to keep the focus on Jackson.

‘I know what it’s like to go through those feelings and believe me, the person who molested me, if this was him that did that to me, this would be a different story. ’I would be out there, up front, doing something immediately to have this man given what was due to him.’

He alluded to this interview recently after a fan on Twitter asked him why he did not report the men to authorities.

‘All names were given to police before statute had run out but they did zero,’ he answered.

The Santa Barbara County Sheriff’s Office did not respond to requests for comment.

In the book, Feldman recalls his often twisted friendship with fellow child star Corey Haim and how the pair were told by trusted adults that it was normal for older men and young boys to have sexual relations in the industry.

He named their abusers as Ron, Tony, Burnham and Crimson — all pseudonyms.

…Naturally, he sought out adult role models at work. And while Steven Spielberg, who hired him for the first time for ‘Gremlins,’ became a trusted friend, other grown ups took advantage of him, he writes in the book.

One picture in the book shows Feldman and Haim at the former’s 15th birthday party flanked by five older men who at the time were abusing them.

‘Slowly, over a period of many years I would begin to realize that many of the people I had surrounded myself with were monsters,’ he writes.

Interestingly, the only safe place he knew was with Michael Jackson.

‘I was shattered, disgusted, devastated. I needed some normalcy in my life. So, I called Michael Jackson,‘ he recalls. The pair had been introduced by Spielberg.

‘Michael Jackson’s world, crazy as it sounds, had become my happy place. Being with Michael brought me back to my innocence. When I was with Michael, it was like being 10 years old again.’

He insists in the book that Jackson never abused him or tried to touch him sexually.

http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2483502/Corey-Feldman-told-cops-molested-named-abusers-did-nothing.html#readerCommentsCommand-message-field

The surprises didn’t end there. Corey, 42, also said, ‘The people who did this to me and Corey [Haim] are still in this business…. and they want me dead.

He also stated that these predators are ‘very powerful in the media and in the studio system.’

Sherri, who sat between Corey and guest host Nick Offerman, made sure to squeeze in a mention of Michael Jackson. After the host pointed out he wrote that the King Of Pop was the one man who did not take advantage of him, Corey agreed, saying, ‘Of all people.’

http://www.dailymail.co.uk/tvshowbiz/article-2479128/Corey-Feldman-claims-molested-Hollywood-power-players.html

Here is the interview of Corey Feldman where he speaks about the powerful players in Hollywood who molest children and that there was one gentleman in this industry who did NOT take advantage of him and that was MICHAEL JACKSON – and all Barbara Walters has to say to it is this:

“You are damaging an entire industry!”

FELDMAN: I’m saying that there are people that did this to both me and Corey Haim that are still working, that are still out there, and they are some of the richest and most powerful people in this business.

WALTERS: And they are predators?

FELDMAN: And they do not want me say what I’m saying right now.

WALTERS: Are you saying that they are pedophiles?

FELDMAN: Yes.

WALTERS: And that they are still in this business?

FELDMAN: YES. And they don’t want me here right now. They want me dead.

SHERRI SHEPHERD: And that’s what you are saying in your book. When you talk to parents…Corey.. There are a lot of parents out there who want to put their kids in this business. Their kids are cute, they are great actors. What will you say to parents who have their best of intentions who’re coming there with their child? Are you saying there are many predators in this industry?

FELDMAN: It’s a many feathered bird, okay? Be careful what you wish for – that’s what I’ll tell you. You know, don’t go into it with naivety, don’t go into it thinking that it’s all roses and …

WALTERS: You are damaging an entire industry!

FELDMAN: I’m sorry, I’m not trying to. I’m just trying to say it’s a very important, serious topic.

SHEPHERD: There is one gentleman in this industry who did NOT take advantage of you. He was not a pedophile. You said it was Michael Jackson.

FELDMAN: Of all people. 

Yes, of all people Michael Jackson was the one who never took advantage of children. The most vilified man on earth was even able to return the abused children to normalcy and give them a feel of childhood innocence which they had long lost.

And the more child victims come out to tell their true story the more obvious it will become that Michael Jackson was simply used as a shield to cover up for someone else’s crimes.


Filed under: FIGHT PEDOPHILIA!, The MEDIA, The SOCIETY Tagged: Corey Feldman, Dylan Farrow, Hollywood, Jordan Chandler, Mia Farrow, Michael Jackson, Ronan Farrow, Vanity Fair, Woody Allen

Woody Allen vs. Michael Jackson. IS THERE A WAY TO LEARN THE TRUTH?

$
0
0

I’ve been closely following the Dylan Farrow story in order to equip myself with knowledge in case something of the kind arises in the MJ field and that Wade Robson beast raises his ugly head again.

If God wanted to educate us on the subject he is actually doing it now, well in advance, so I recommend each and everybody to familiarize oneself with the way to tell a true child molestation story from a fake one.

Woody Allen - I once stole a pornographic book

“I once stole a pornographic book that was printed in Braille. I used to rub the dirty parts” . Quote from Woody Allen’s “Bananas” (1971)

The majority of people are now saying that we will never know the truth of what happened between Woody Allen and his 7-year old adopted daughter which is a view I totally disagree with.

As someone who regards truth to be absolute like light, I think that truth is attainable in all cases, only you need to work hard enough for bringing out its light.

Some will say that a huge cloud of indecision still lingering over Woody Allen’s story is only for the better and if the public reacted in the same reserved manner to Wade Robson’s allegations against Michael it wouldn’t be that bad as it would give MJ at least the benefit of the doubt.

Michael Jackson and Dave Dave, a burn victim

Michael Jackson with  Dave Dave, a burn victim

However Michael Jackson doesn’t belong among those whose innocence should be doubted and this is why I’ll go into Woody Allen’s case to show that it is still possible to reach for the truth even without us being ‘in the same room’ and will point to the glaring differences between Allen and Jackson though the accusations against them look similar.

These two people only seem to be sitting in one boat while they are absolutely not.

WHAT’S PERSONAL MATTER FOR WOODY ALLEN IS EVERYONE’S BUSINESS WHEN IT IS MJ

The first thing that attracts attention in Dylan Farrow’s story is that Woody Allen’s powerful media allies immediately came to his help and tried to divert public attention from the accusations by saying it is a family feud and Woody Allen’s personal matter. This slant is noticeable not only with some individual journalists but the biggest newspapers and even major news agencies.

In contrast to that when allegations against Michael Jackson broke out the same media blasted all over the world that his “issues” were everybody’s business thus creating the impression that he was the center of all evil and a threat to whole mankind. Actually when Michael died some nutty cases even claimed that “now we can heave a sigh of relief for our children”.

Life has shown how wrong these people were because it was only after Michael’s death that the public began to realize that while they were so unnaturally preoccupied with Michael Jackson, real abusers like Sandusky and Saville were free to do to hundreds of children whatever their perverse imagination and morals allowed them to do.

By now the media double standards in respect of Michael Jackson have become so obvious that they don’t even require further proof.  But this bias has one important consequence which shouldn’t be overlooked.

If we compare MJ with Woody Allen, for example, this bias will mean that since the time their almost simultaneous investigations began, for Michael Jackson the media has always made the most of the accusers’ side of the story hiding the facts exonerating him, while for Woody Allen the exact opposite was happening – the media was predominantly spreading the defense side of the story and giving minimal attention to the facts from the accuser’s side.

Therefore about Michael Jackson we always knew only the worst, while about Woody Allen we know mostly the best. It is like seeing one person as a criminal from the start of it and the other person as innocent also from the start of it, and this makes the resulting perception of both absolutely distorted, only in the oppposite way. Let us always keep this crucial fact in mind.

What is especially stunning in the comparison of how the media treated Allen and MJ is that the very same people and media outlets who were the loudest accusers of Michael Jackson have now turned into the loudest advocates of Woody Allen.

In these circumstances even the biggest sceptics non-believing in conspiracy theories will start having doubts. People are expected to be at least minimally consistent in what they say and if the same journalists react in a decidedly different manner to two similar cases it means that they have an agenda and are guided by someone in choosing whom to attack and whom to protect.

Call it a conspiracy, agenda, being in cahoots, whatever – but this is definitely not neutrality and unbiased reporting which they so hypocritically profess.

Here are some illustrations of the above.

In Woody Allen’s case the LA Times did something they never hesitated to do in respect of Jackson – they refused to publish Dylan Farrow’s letter, at least not before others did it:

Before the New York Times published a scathing editorial written by the adoptive daughter of Woody Allen accusing the famed director of molesting her when she was just a child, the Los Angeles Times editorial page passed on publishing the ‘open letter’ penned by Dylan Farrow.

The paper’s op-ed editor, Sue Horton, says she considered running it but ultimately decided not to.

The Daily Mail that published the above news is playing a double game too as they reduced the story to a family feud only and provided little factual detail of the case. Judging by the way they are closing their article they share the views of Barbara Walters – the statute of limitations has run out, so what’s the point of even talking about it?

.. on Monday, Barbara Walters came to Allen’s support on The View. The 84-year-old co-creator of The View opened the discussion after Whoopi Goldberg introduced the topic. Walters, a friend of Allen’s, pointed out that the statute of limitations had run out.

‘I have rarely seen a father as sensitive, as loving and as caring as Woody is and Soon-Yi to these two girls. I don’t know about Dylan. I can only tell you what I have seen now,’ Walters said.

Barbara Walters is also presenting the problem as a ‘personal’ matter which should be separate from Allen’s awards (and God forbid, career). The main question she is asking of her co-host is absolutely immoral in its essence:

Walters: “The question is: does your personal life interfere with the awards you may get?”

Shepherd: “We’ve heard so many cases of people going, ‘He was the most wonderful person in the world. I would have never thought he would’ve done . . .’”

Walters interrupted: “That’s not what I’m saying.”

Shepherd: He was dating a 17-year-old at one point. You’ve also got a man who’s got a track record. He liked younger women, so it’s not that far off.”

Walters: “The fact that he likes ‘younger women,’ that has nothing to do with . . .”

Shepherd argued: “But they’re not of age! Seventeen is not of age, Barbara.”

Walters: “But it was mutual.”

A scene from Manhattan with Mariel Hemingway "Not everybody gets corrupted. You have to have a little faith in people"

A scene from Manhattan with Mariel Hemingway “Not everybody gets corrupted. You have to have a little faith in people”

They are talking about Stacey Nelkin who had a relationship with Woody Allen when she was 17 and was still at school. Stacey was a stand-in for the girl in Allen’s Manhattan (1979) played by Mariel Hemingway.

In Woody Allen’s own words, the film is about ‘the problems of trying to live a decent life amidst the junk of contemporary culture - the temptations, the seductions.’

For those who are unaware of the Stecey Nelkin story here is the short of it:

Woody Allen’s 17-Year-Old Ex-Girlfriend Says He Has No Pattern Of Sleeping With Underage Girls, Manages To Keep A Straight Face

Stacey Nelkin in 1980, age 21

Stacey Nelkin in 1980, age 21

We can add a new voice to the chorus of Allen-defenders: his former girlfriend, Stacey Nelkin. Unfortunately for Allen (and more unfortunately for Nelkin), this defense does more harm to his reputation than exonerate him, and it’s infuriating that this will be interpreted as a valid defense.

Speaking on Piers Morgan‘s show, Nelkin “insisted her own relationship with Allen was entirely consensual and not corrupt in the least.” This seems suspect given that Nelkin was 17 to Allen’s 42. To be clear–this wasn’t illegal–17 is the age of consent in New York. But I have trouble believing that Allen’s 35 year seniority wasn’t an unequal power advantage, and that there exists a single 17-year-old on earth who has the wherewithal to make a decision like that for herself when faced with an older, famous, powerful man.

…Mia Farrow didn’t need to create any pattern–it’s there. In fact, Stephen Marche wrote an especially salient piece on Esquire about the pattern of inappropriate relationships and uncomfortable age differences in Allen’s movies, in which the characters involved always seem to be stand-ins for Allen himself. Given the autobiographical nature of Allen’s movies, it’s hard to separate his characters from his real-life persona, and Allen made no effort to do so. It’s fair to look at his characters as extensions of himself.

..Defenders of Allen are beginning to sound increasingly unhinged, and are clinging to some sort of emotional attachment that makes it painful to watch a hero fall. But when Piers Morgan trots out Allen’s teenaged girlfriend as a way to defend Allen, it speaks more to his guilt than to anything else.

http://www.thegloss.com/2014/02/05/culture/woody-allen-dated-underage-17-year-old-stacey-nelkin/

So it was about this Stecey Nelkin that Barbara Walters said that her relationship with Woody Allen was ‘mutual’.

Apparently poor Barbara doesn’t know that the idea she is expressing is the key argument of all pedophiles. For them ‘if the teenager agreed, then it is okay’, though the teenager is often driven just by curiosity and doesn’t know what she/he is getting into, while a 30-year older adult knows it very well and this is where all their ‘consensus’ ends.

And since the problem actually concerned the 7-year old Dylan Farrow when Barbara Walters wondered “Does your personal life interfere with the awards you may get?” her question actually sounded like “Who cares if he possibly sexually assaulted his 7-year old step-daughter? It is his personal matter which should not interfere with the awards we are showering him with”.

To say that this is immoral is to say nothing at all, however if it is okay to think that way for a pillar of the establishment like Barbara Walters, then I wonder why she never said a similar word of support for Michael Jackson? Back in 2003 she rushed to accuse him on the basis of Bashir’s innuendoes alone, never minding the consequences it might have for Michael Jackson’s career.

Her comments on MJ at the time must have been so bad that the prosecution in 2005 insisted that the jurors should see Bashir’s documentary including Barbara Walters’ introduction of it to American viewers. Though we don’t know what exactly Barbara Walters said we can imagine how bad it was considering the prosecutors’ insistence that the jurors should listen to it:

The motion called the TV broadcast “a public relations catastrophe for Michael Jackson” and said jurors could not grasp its impact on him without seeing it in its entirety, including comments from reporter Martin Bashir and commentator Barbara Walters on the version broadcast in the United States. 

In their response, the defense said the documentary constituted inadmissible hearsay and is a “theatrical” production that exploits Jackson to attract TV viewers.

http://www.billboard.com/articles/news/64369/lawyers-want-to-show-jackson-documentary

Bashir’s film came at a time when Michael did not even have any accusers (the Arvizos thought of their story much later), but nevertheless Barbara Walters already saw fit to trash Michael Jackson on the basis of Bashir’s speculations alone.

Isn’t it interesting that when Dylan Farrow speaks out against Woody Allen and never wavers in her story for 20 years, Barbara Walters tells people to never mind, but when Michael did not even have an accuser and all of it was just Bashir’s speculation, the same Barbara Walters fell over herself to condemn Michael?

An even more cynical approach to Woody Allen’s situation was displayed by a certain Joyce Carol Oates, who implied that even if Allen’s behavior was unconscionable it should not affect his brilliant career (and ability to earn money of course) as one thing has nothing to do with the other:

Woody Allen may have behaved unconscionably as a person/step-father–but it isn’t clear what this has to do with his often brilliant films.— Joyce Carol Oates (@JoyceCarolOates) February 02, 2014

Our old friend Diane Dimond also suddenly called on the public to be “not so fast” and “know real facts before reaching an opinion”. She referred us to the apologetic story by Woody Allen’s biographer Robert Weide as a ‘must read’ though his version tells us only a tiny fraction of the story:

The Woody Allen Allegations: Not So Fast thebea.st/1ckev98A must read in the Allen/molestation saga. Know real facts B4 reaching opinion— Diane Dimond (@DiDimond) February 04, 2014

For 20 years Diane Dimond has been slinging mud at Michael Jackson, reporting non-existent ‘love letters’, an ‘explicit’ video tape and crazy ideas like who ‘rubbed’ whom in fictional molestation acts inspired by her best source, a suspect deviant Victor Gutierrez – and now this champion of high morals is suddenly disregarding the graphic details of Dylan’s sexual assault for the sole reason that it is Woody Allen?

Unbelievable.

But the final drop that made it all clear was Andrea Peyser whose best name for Michael Jackson has always been “Sicko Freak” and whose writings of a ravaging lunatic in a New York Post column are the classics of the hate genre.

For those who don’t know Andrea Peyser , let me quote her calling MJ “an accused serial pedophile” who “abandoned a pet chimpanzee when the beast reached puberty” (got the hint?) and “hated the skin in which he lived” and died “with enough drugs in his system to fell a small village” and was “the felled pop ruin” and “amoral walking skeleton” who “would not be welcome in a sewer”.

And all this in just a couple of paragraphs as a tribute to the star!

Famous Woody Allen's quotes. "I'm due back in town. I have this masturbation class. If I'm not there, they start without me"

Famous Woody Allen’s quotes. “I’m due back in town. I have this masturbation class. If I’m not there, they start without me”

However now that this little problem with Woody Allen arose she has started lecturing Mia Farrow on the need to let go of her hatred and is telling us to leave Woody Allen alone:

It’s time to leave Woody Allen alone….

Woody, a self-described claustrophobe, led her to a cramped attic… So is Woody Allen the lowest form of human excrement — a child molester? …No. I don’t believe it’s true, although I think Dylan does.

It seems no coincidence that the letter spilled onto the Web about a month before the Oscars ceremony in Los Angeles, where Woody has a shot at being honored for his cinematic brilliance…. Now seems a good time for Mia… to enlist her daughter in her scorched-earth revenge campaign against Woody.

So the holder of ‘cinematic brilliance’ is ‘a self-described claustrophobe’ and this is why he couldn’t do it, and all this is just a ‘scorched-earth revenge campaign’?

PUTTING TWO AND TWO TOGETHER

At this point I recalled a couple of little details. For example, the fact that Andrea Peysner is a close relative to Evan Chandler, the father of Michael Jackson’s accuser as she admitted in one of her articles (which is naturally no longer available on the Internet, but hit the news after Michael’s death).

I also recalled that Evan Chandler said in that notable telephone conversation of his that “everything is going according to a certain plan that isn’t just mine. There’s other people involved. 

So there was a certain plan that was not just his and there were other people involved in it too.

I also remembered that the news of Woody Allen’s affair with Soon-Yi and his alleged sexual assault of a 7-year old became known exactly prior to Michael Jackson’s scandal, and that the media was exceptionally quiet about this news (especially about Dylan) and all of it was happily shifted into oblivion once the allegations against Michael Jackson broke out.

It also occurred to me that it was absolutely in Woody Allen’s interests to quietly disappear from public view while all media attention went into the direction of a much bigger scandal – which was made bigger by the media as the allegations against Woody Allen were no less spectacular than those against MJ and the evidence against Allen was far more convincing than the one in Jordan Chandler’s case (actually there was none there).  

You will agree that the sexual abuse of a 7-year old who volunteered this information herself is a much bigger story than the allegations of a boy twice that age who began accusing Michael only after much pressure from his father and made absolutely crucial mistakes in his descriptions too.

However for some reason Michael’s story turned into a worldwide witch hunt which lasted forever, while Woody Allen’s thing was almost immediately forgotten and was revived only due to Dylan’s insistence and fortitude.

The idea that Woody Allen had a certain means at his disposal for … well … things like diverting attention from himself came to me after reading Dylan Farrow’s second public letter where she says that Woody Allen had an ‘arsenal of lawyers and publicists’ and that for the past 20 years he has been ‘leveling a legalese, distortions and outright lies’ after he promised her and her mother a vicious ‘media campaign’ by his people.

Here is Dylan’s second letter:

Dylan Farrow fires back against Woody Allen

Jayme Deerwester, USA TODAY

12:38 p.m. EST February 8, 2014

Dylan Farrow has fired the latest volley in her war of words with adoptive father Woody Allen.

On Friday, Allen wrote an op-ed in The New York Times, arguing that his former partner Mia Farrow had coached Dylan to say he abused their daughter during their high-profile split in 1992 in retaliation for his relationship with Soon-Yi Previn, the daughter she adopted with former husband Andre.

“I have never wavered in describing what he did to me. I will carry the memories of surviving these experiences for the rest of my life,” Farrow said, responding via The Hollywood Reporter.

She dismissed his account as nothing more than ‘the latest rehash of the same legalese, distortions and outright lies he has leveled at me for the past 20 years.”

She also takes issue with his claims that he passed a lie detector test: “In fact, he refused to take the test administered by the state police (he hired someone to administer his own test, which authorities refused to accept as evidence).”

She points toward a 1992 ruling by the New York Supreme Court, which ruled that “there is no credible evidence to support Mr. Allen’s contention that Ms. Farrow coached Dylan or that Ms. Farrow acted upon a desire for revenge against him for seducing Soon-Yi. Mr. Allen’s resort to the stereotypical ‘woman scorned’ defense is an injudicious attempt to divert attention from his failure to act as a responsible parent and adult.”

She concluded, “Woody Allen has an arsenal of lawyers and publicists but the one thing he does not have on his side is the truth. I hope this is the end of his vicious attacks and of the media campaign by his lawyers and publicists, as he’s promised.

I won’t let the truth be buried and I won’t be silenced.”

http://www.usatoday.com/story/life/people/2014/02/08/dylan-farrow-woody-allen/5312283/

So this Woody Allen guy was powerful enough to promise Mia and Dylan a media campaign by his lawyers and publicists in 1993 and has been doing it for 20 years and has a whole arsenal of people to do the job?

Looking at the way Barbara Walters and Andrea Peysner are defending Allen now would it be a big stretch of imagination to think that they may also be a part of his arsenal?

I definitely have a premonition that the MJ and Woody Allen cases are somehow connected – maybe in a roundabout way, by way of distraction and putting out fire in one place and igniting it elsewhere with the idea to take the heat off one person and put it on another.

And Michael’s own suspicions about who was doing it to him voiced in his song “They Don’t Care About Us” where the original lyrics were totally scandalous are suggesting something of the kind too.

Famous Woody Allen's quotes: "If God exists

Famous Woody Allen’s quotes: “If God exists, I hope he has a good excuse”

One of our readers noted about it:

 “I’m taking a risk of being misunderstood, but doesn’t Woody Allen have Jewish background? Don’t get me wrong. I love all races and nationalities just as MJ did. I don’t know if Woody Allen is innocent or guilty. But it has always been said that Jewish people are powerful in America. Especially in the media and entertainment business. Who knows, maybe that’s why Woody Allen wasn’t treated like MJ in the media. Or maybe I’m wrong. I’m not sure, just a thought. “Jew me, sue me……”, lyrics from MJ’s song “They don’t really care about us”.” – Susanne

In reply to Susanne’s comment the reader Lopsided man said:

In 1996, J. Randy Taraborelli appeared on Hard Copy to talk about MTV and VH1′s decision to ban the They Don’t Care About Us video. He suggested Michael felt he was being blacklisted in the industry (in America, at least) specifically because of this song. Again, note the year Taraborelli said this:

Taraborelli: “My sources tell me that Michael fears that there are people in the industry who are trying to sabotage his career – that there are people at Sony, at VH1, and at MTV, who are intent on seeing Michael Jackson destroyed.”

Interviewer: “Why?”

Taraborelli: “There are people who are offended because of [They Don’t Care About Us lyrics]. Those remarks have really come back to haunt Michael Jackson.” – [Hard Copy; April 23, 1996]

I also love all races and nationalities as each of us has something unique to contribute to the common pot and the input of Jewish people is incomparable to anyone else’s (remember Christ) –  and all of us are a single body anyway where the left arm cannot fight the right arm - however Michael Jackson initially said what he said and this can mean that his own investigators could have reported something to him which we are unaware of, and whether we like it or not we have to take it into account.

Before you start throwing stones at me, let me change the subject.

Since the other side of Woody Allen’s story was scarcely reported by the press we need to learn the real facts of his case and compare them with the way media presented them to the public.

THE BIG DIFFERENCE

The Huffington Post has recently published an exceptionally useful document no one has ever seen – it is the Superior Court Ruling in Woody Allen’s claim for gaining custody of Dylan and her two brothers Moses and Satchel (now Ronan) made in June 1993.

I’ll quote some excerpts from the judge’s order and accompany them with the newspaper articles of the period which will amaze you by total lack of fact reporting from the judge’s ruling and exceptionally good manners towards Woody Allen  – and this at the time when the media hate for Michael was already simmering and would later burst out into a spectacular witch hunt in August 1993.

The details from the judge’s order are no less breathtaking that the declaration of Jordan Chandler (for example), and the only difference here is that the declaration was seen by everybody while the judge’s order against Woody Allen was swept under the rug and seen by nobody.

Similarly the newspaper texts about Woody Allen are structured to present mostly his side of the story and the headlines alone testify to a big favoritism for Allen. Comparing them with the judge’s order is much fun, therefore some articles will be provided here in full for better enjoyment, however if you know what to expect of them you can skip the articles and immediately pass over to what the judge said about the same.

February 1993:

Nanny Casts Doubt on Farrow Charges : Custody: She tells Allen’s lawyers the actress pressured her to support molestation accusations against him. She says others have reservations.

February 02, 1993 |JOHN J. GOLDMAN | TIMES STAFF WRITER

NEW YORK — Lawyers for Woody Allen said Monday that a former nanny who worked for Mia Farrow has testified she was pressured by the actress to support charges that the filmmaker molested their 7-year-old adopted daughter.

The nanny, Monica Thompson, resigned from the Farrow household on Jan. 25 after being subpoenaed in the bitter custody battle between the actress and Allen. She told Allen’s lawyers in depositions that another baby-sitter and one of the couple’s other adopted children told her they had serious doubts about the molestation accusation.

Authorities in Connecticut are viewing a videotape made by Farrow as part of their investigation, which has included interviews with Allen and Farrow as well as the daughter, named Dylan.

Farrow’s attorney, Eleanor Alter, issued a statement Monday saying, “It is my understanding . . . that Ms. Thompson has totally recanted” the statements attributed to her. She noted that Thompson’s salary, upwards of $40,000 a year, was paid by Allen. Thompson could not be reached for comment.

Thompson said in a deposition that it took the actress two or three days to videotape Dylan making the accusations. At times the youngster appeared not to be interested in the process, the nanny said in sworn affidavits taken by Allen’s attorneys.

I know that the tape was made over the course of at least two and perhaps three days,” Thompson said. “I was present when Ms. Farrow made a portion of that tape outdoors. I recall Ms. Farrow saying to Dylan at that time, ‘Dylan, what did daddy do . . . and what did he do next?’

“Dylan appeared not to be interested, and Ms. Farrow would stop taping for a while and then continue.”

Thompson, who had worked for Farrow for seven years, said she was not present in Connecticut the day last August the incident now under scrutiny by authorities allegedly occurred.

Thompson said the day after the alleged incident, when she got to work, the actress took Dylan to the doctor.

“When they arrived home, Farrow said Dylan had been ‘afraid to talk to the doctor.’ On Thursday, she took Dylan back to the doctor. When they arrived home, Farrow told me that ‘everything is OK now–everything is set.’

Thompson told Allen’s lawyers that Farrow, upon returning from the second doctor’s visit, seemed “very happy and excited for herself.”

Thompson said that the next day Kristie Groteke, Dylan’s baby-sitter, drove her to the bus, and her fellow employee was “very upset.”

“She told me that she felt guilty allowing Ms. Farrow to say those things about Mr. Allen. (Groteke) said the day Mr. Allen spent with the kids, she did not have Dylan out of her sight for longer than five minutes. She did not remember Dylan being without her underwear.”

“Ms. Farrow set the stage to report the incident involving Dylan,” Thompson charged. “For several weeks, Ms. Farrow insisted that Mr. Allen not be left alone with Dylan and wanted me to be with them at all times.”

The nanny said that on several occasions the actress “asked me if I would be ‘on her side.’ Ms. Farrow has tried to get me to say that I would support her with these accusations.”

Thompson added that on one occasion almost immediately after the alleged incident, Moses, 14, another child Allen and Farrow adopted, indicated doubts about what, if anything, had taken place.

“Moses came over to me and said that he believes that Ms. Farrow had made up the accusation that was being said by Dylan,” Thompson said in an affidavit.

The bitter custody battle between Allen and Farrow has been under way since last summer.

In her two affidavits filed with Allen’s lawyers, Thompson painted a less than tranquil portrait of Farrow’s household. She charged that the actress gives her biological children more gifts and possessions and depends on her adopted children “to do all the chores in and around the house.”

She charged that about three years ago she witnessed Farrow slap Moses across the face because he could not find the dog’s leash.

“The other children were horrified and told their mother that it could not have been Moses who lost the leash,” the nanny said. “Farrow told the children that it was not their place to comment on the incident. The children were scared of their mother and did not like to confide in her because they were afraid of what her reactions might be.”

“Since January, Ms. Farrow has suffered dramatic mood swings and had screaming fits about Mr. Allen,” the nanny said in an affidavit taken last August. “These fits of rage were often conducted in front of the children where she would say mean and nasty things about Mr. Allen. All of the pictures of Mr. Allen in their home were destroyed.”

Allen, 57, and Soon-Yi Farrow Previn, 22, one of Farrow’s adopted daughters from her former marriage to conductor Andre Previn, have acknowledged that they are lovers.

http://articles.latimes.com/1993-02-02/news/mn-952_1_woody-allen

And here is an excerpt from the judge’s order about the 15-year old Moses and what he really said at the time:

Moses's letter

Moses’s letter

“Moses handed to Mr. Allen a letter that he had written. It states:

… you can’t force me to live with you… You have done a horrible, unforgivable, needy, ugly, stupid thing…

…about seeing me for lunch, you can just forget about that.. we didn’t do anything wrong.. .All you did is spoil the little ones, Dylan and Satchel…

…Every one knows not to have an affair with your son’s sister… I don’t consider you my father anymore. It was a great feeling having a father, but you smashed that feeling and dream with a single act.

I HOPE YOU ARE PROUD TO CRUSH YOUR SON’S DREAM.

Mr. Allen responded to this letter by attempting to wrest custody of Moses from his mother. His rationale is that the letter was generated by Ms. Farrow. Moses told Dr. Brodzinsky that he wrote the letter and that he did not intend for it to be seen by his mother.”

And this is how the judge characterized Woody Allen’s answer to Dylan accusations and the things he did in his defense:

Mr. Allen’s response to Dylan’s claim of sexual abuse was an attack upon Ms. Farrow, whose parenting ability and emotional stability he impugned without the support of any significant credible evidence. His trial strategy has been to separate his children from their brothers and sisters; to turn the children against their mother; to divide adopted children from biological children; to incite the family against their household help; and to set household employees against each other. His self-absorption, his lack of judgment and his commitment to the continuation of his divisive assault, there by impeding the healing of the injuries that he has already caused, warrant a careful monitoring of his future contact with the children.

The portrait of Woody Allen ensuing from the judge’s ruling is simply horrendous and the methods employed by him show a cold, callous and cynical man having no remorse and keen on manipulating children. His self-absorption feature pointed out by the judge is actually typical of predators or at least sociopaths who for the most part do not think of anyone else’s interests except their own.

Seeking their own pleasure is their main driving force and they don’t see reason why any barriers should be set for checking their striving for it.  By the way when I looked up the review of one of Woody Allen’s films it said that its main character (portrayed by Allen) was suffering from “anhedonia” which means “inability to feel pleasure”. Given that all Allen’s films reflect his own inner problems and are actually a self-analysis process, the inability to derive pleasure from whatever he tries is definitely an issue with this man.

Getting back to the media coverage of Woody Allen’s case let us see the New York Times article of March 1993 which focuses on him and Mia Farrow being just ‘lovers’. This is a gross underestimation of their relations as Allen and Farrow were actually parents of two adopted children and one biological child and were therefore a family, even though they kept to different homes.

Different homes were a must as Woody Allen did not stand children and didn’t want to have anything to do with them. During the custody case the judge even wondered why Woody Allen started the case as he had no interest in them and was lacking even the basic parental skills. The ruling said:

“None of the witneses who testified on Mr. Allen’s behalf provided credible evidence that he is an appropriate custodial parent. Indeed, none would venture an opinion that he should be granted custody. When asked, even Mr. Allen could not provide an acceptable reason for a change in custody.

The question "What do you need a custody for" drew a a rambling reply

The question “Why are you seeking custody  of your children?” drew a a rambling reply from Woody Allen

His counsel’s last question of him on direct examination was, “can you tell the Court why are seeking custody of your children?” Mr. Allen’s response was a rambling non sequitur which consumed eleven pages of transcript.”

Well, the judge’s ruling reads like a novel and contains a lot of key details. From this piece we learn of the way the newborn Dylan joined the family, how Allen shunned all responsibility for children and how suddently he began to display interest in Dylan:

“Mr. Allen and Ms. Farrow met in 1980, a few months after Ms. Farrow had adopted Moses Farrow, who was born on January 27, 1978. Mr. Allen preferred that Ms. Farrow’s children not be a part of their lives together.

Until 1985, Mr. Allen had “virtually a single person’s relationship” with Ms. Farrow and viewed her children as an encumbrance. He had no involvement with them and no interest in them. Through their relationship, Mr. Allen has maintained his residence on the east side of Manhattan and Ms. Farrow has lived with her children on the west side of Manhattan.

In 1984, Ms. Farrow expressed a desire to have a child with Mr. Allen. He resisted, fearing that a young child would reduce the time that they had available for each other. Only after Ms. Farrow promised that the child would live with her and that Mr. Allen need not be involved with the child’s care or upbringing, did he agree. 

After six months of unsuccessful attempts to become pregnant, and with Mr. Allen’s lukewarm support, Ms. Farrow decided to adopt a child. Mr. Allen chose not to participate in the adoption and Ms. Farrow was the sole adoptive parent. On July 11, 1995, the newborn Dylan joined the Farrow household.

Mr. Allen’s attitude towards Dylan changed a few months after the adoption. He began to spend some mornings and evenings at Ms. Farrow’s country house in Connecticut and accompanied the Farrow-Previn family on extended vacations to Europe in 1987, 1988 and 1989. He remained aloof from Ms. Farrow’s other children except for Moses, to whom he was cordial.

The above mentioned NY Times article of March 1993 says that the experts’ report didn’t confirm Dylan’s accusations against Woody Allen and now he had much better chances to win the sole custody of Dylan and the two boys. (I’m even afraid to think what would have happened to Dylan if Woody Allen had won the case).

Excerpts from the article:

Woody Allen Says Report Clears Him

By RICHARD PEREZ-PENA,
Published: March 19, 1993

The hospital report could represent an enormous step toward exoneration of Mr. Allen in the eyes of the law and the public and could tilt the custody battle between the estranged lovers in his favor.

The investigators found that the child, Dylan O. Farrow, who is adopted, had not been molested by anyone and concluded that a videotape that had been the centerpiece of the accusation was a result of either the child’s imagination or someone else’s manipulation, Mr. Allen and his lawyer said.

On the videotape, made by Ms. Farrow, Dylan, under questioning by her mother, tells of abuse by her father.

Ms. Alter described the Yale-New Haven team’s report as “incomplete and inaccurate” and said that “what actually happened will be determined after the many witnesses testify under oath in a court of law,” but she did not discuss the report’s specific contents.

…The report is also expected to influence significantly the custody battle between Mr. Allen and Ms. Farrow that has raged since last summer in the Manhattan courts.

Mr. Allen has sued in State Supreme Court for sole custody of Dylan and the couple’s adopted son, Moses A. Farrow, 15, and their biological child, Satchel O. Farrow, 5.

Ms. Farrow has sued in Surrogate’s Court to void Mr. Allen’s 1991 adoption of Moses and Dylan.

“I believe this will turn everything around” in the custody fight, Mr. Allen said. “I haven’t been permitted to speak to my daughter or see her in eight months, and I think that’s going to change.”

A finding that Dylan was not molested could profoundly hurt Ms. Farrow’s claim to the children if the courts conclude, as Mr. Allen has asserted, that his former lover trumped up the charge.

http://www.nytimes.com/1993/03/19/nyregion/woody-allen-says-report-clears-him.html

However the judge totally disagreed with the conclusions of the expert team on the point of the video tape where Dylan was describing how Allen had abused her:

The judge: "Mr. Allen’s behavior toward Dylan was grossly inappropriate and measures must be taken to protect her"

The judge: “Mr. Allen’s behavior toward Dylan was grossly inappropriate and measures must be taken to protect her”

Unlike Yale-New Haven, I am not persuaded that the videotape of Dylan is the product of leading questions or the child’s fantasy.

Richard Marcus, a retired New York City police officer, called by Mr. Allen, testified that he worked with the police sex crimes unit for six years.

He claimed to have an intuitive ability to know if a person is truthful or not. He concluded, “based on my experience,” that Dylan lacked credibility.

I did not find his testimony to be insightful.

I agree with Dr. Herman and Dr. Brodzinsky that we will probably never know what occurred on August 4, 1992.

The credible testimony of Ms. Farrow, Dr. Coates, Dr. Leventhal and Mr. Allen does, however, prove that Mr. Allen’s behavior toward Dylan was grossly inappropriate and that measures must be taken to protect her

Many witnesses indeed testified that Woody Allen’s behavior towards Dylan was highly inappropriate. For example, considering that Woody Allen kept to a different home and didn’t stay overnight in Mia Farrow’s house it is extremely strange that he got undressed to his undershorts and got into a bed with the little girl:

“By then, Ms. Farrow has become concerned with Mr. Allen’s behavior toward Dylan. During a trip to Paris, when Dylan was between two and three years old, Ms. Farrow told Mr. Allen that “you look at her (Dylan) in a sexual way. You fondled her. It’s not natural. You’re all over her. You don’t give her any breathing room. You look at her when she’s naked”.

Her apprehension was fueled by the intensity of the attention Mr. Allen lavished on Dylan, and by his spending play-time in bed with her, by his reading to her in his bed while dressed in his undershorts, and by his permitting her to suck on his thumb.

Woody Allen and Dylan FarrowMs. Farrow testified that Mr. Allen was overly attentive and demanding of Dylan’s time and attention. He was aggressively affectionate, providing her with little space of her own and with no respect for the integrity of her body.

Ms. Farrow, Casey Pascal, Sophie Raven (Dylan’s French tutor), and Dr. Coates testified that Mr. Allen focused on Dylan to the exclusion of her siblings, even when Satchel and Moses were present”.

As regards Mia’s testimony that she feared that there was something sexual about the way Allen was dealing with the 3 year old, many of us will be tempted to think that it was only the work of Mia Farrow’s imagination.

However when I look at Woody Allen’s photos with Dylan I also find myself disturbed by the way he always holds the girl.

There is something unnatural about it.

“No respect for the integrity of her body” is probably the best way to describe these pictures:

Woody Allen holds Dylan, Leningrad 1987

Woody Allen holds Dylan, Leningrad 1987

Woody Allen holds Dylan 1

In 1991 Dylan was a girl big enough to walk on her own, so why the need to hold her in his arms and in this strange manner too?

In 1991 Dylan was a girl big enough to walk on her own, so why the need to hold her in his arms and in this strange manner too?

Holding her like that is a repeated pattern with Allen. Photo: Getty images

Holding  the child like that was a repeated pattern with Allen. Photo: Getty images

One of the pictures shows Woody Allen and Dylan in Paris in 1991. At that time she was a 6 or  7-year old girl – big enough to walk on her own – so why the need for Allen to hold her in his arms and in this strange manner too?

The May 1993 New York Times article says that Dr. Leventhal (hired by Woody Allen) interviewed the poor little girl nine times and on some occasions she changed her testimony and than back again.

Any psychologist will tell you that a little child like a 7-year old should be approached just once and simply videotaped, giving a chance to various experts to analyze the tape later and whatever number of times they want.

However the biggest surprise of all is that this NY Times article got it all wrong.

In her second letter Dylan Farrow says that Dr. Leventhal did not interview her at all, and all interviewing was done by other people.

From the judge’s ruling we also learn that the interviews were done by Dr. Leventhal’s two aides who had a divided responsibility between themselves and that Dr. Leventhal was just summarizing other people’s findings.

We also learn that for some reason these experts refused to give their testimony to the judge. The only one who testified was Dr. Leventhal who did it by way of a deposition. No first-hand records were provided by the team as all notes were destroyed prior to submitting their findings to Dr. Leventhal.

However all this information is missing in the May 1993 NY Times report. Instead the article is almost triumphant at reporting inconsistencies in the girl’s testimony again and again.

I wish they had repeated the fact that Jordan Chandler’s description didn’t match Michael’s photos as many times as they do it about Dylan.  But in Chandler’s case the mismatch was reported on just one occasion and due to total lack of publicity is completely unknown to the general public.

However for Woody Allen they made sure that everyone knows it:

Doctor Cites Inconsistencies In Dylan Farrow’s Statements

By RICHARD PEREZ-PENA
Published: May 4, 1993

The doctor who headed the Connecticut investigation into whether Woody Allen molested his 7-year-old daughter, Dylan, theorized that the child either invented the story under the stress of living in a volatile and unhealthy home or that it was planted in her mind by her mother, Mia Farrow, a sworn statement released yesterday says.

Dr. John M. Leventhal, who interviewed Dylan nine times, said that one reason he doubted her story was that she changed important points from one interview to another, like whether Mr. Allen touched her vagina. Another reason, he said, was that the child’s accounts had “a rehearsed quality.” At one point, he said she told him, “I like to cheat on my stories.”

Dr. Leventhal said: “We had two hypotheses: one, that these were statements that were made by an emotionally disturbed child and then became fixed in her mind. And the other hypothesis was that she was coached or influenced by her mother. We did not come to a firm conclusion. We think that it was probably a combination.”

The doctor acknowledged that “We don’t have firm evidence that Miss Farrow coached or directed Dylan to say this.”

Dr. Leventhal’s remarks were part of a sworn statement made on April 20 and entered into evidence in Mr. Allen’s lawsuit to gain custody of Dylan and the couple’s two other children. A transcript of the statement was made public yesterday, after editing by both sides to remove some of the most sensitive material.

The custody trial will conclude this week, with closing arguments beginning today.

Dr. Leventhal headed the hospital team that was asked by the Connecticut State Police to investigate the claim that Mr. Allen molested Dylan last August at Miss Farrow’s summer home in Connecticut. The team told Mr. Allen and Miss Farrow on March 18 that it had concluded that Dylan was not molested, but the transcript gives the first look at the thinking behind that finding.

Dylan’s statements in interviews at the hospital contradicted each other and the story she told on a videotape made by Miss Farrow, Dr. Leventhal said. “Those were not minor inconsistencies,” he said. “She told us initially that she hadn’t been touched in the vaginal area, and she then told us that she had, then she told us that she hadn’t.”

The judge wasn't impressed by the report of the Yale-New Haven tean

The judge wasn’t impressed by the report of the Yale-New Haven team and deposition of Dr. Leventhal

The doctor suggested a connection between Miss Farrow’s outrage over Mr. Allen’s affair with her adopted daughter, Soon-Yi Farrow Previn, and the accusation made by Dylan, who he said was unusually protective of her mother.

“It’s quite possible — as a matter of fact, we think it’s medically probable — that she stuck to that story over time because of the intense relationship she had with her mother,” he said.

Even before the claim of abuse was made last August, he said, “The view of Mr. Allen as an evil and awful and terrible man permeated the household. The view that he had molested Soon-Yi and was a potential molester of Dylan permeated the household.”

Dr. Leventhal said it was “very striking” that each time Dylan spoke of the abuse, she coupled it with “one, her father’s relationship with Soon-Yi, and two, the fact that it was her poor mother, her poor mother,” who had lost a career in Mr. Allen’s films.

He also said it was possible that Miss Farrow encouraged her child to fabricate simply by videotaping her telling the story, because Dylan liked to perform.

http://www.nytimes.com/1993/05/04/nyregion/doctor-cites-inconsistencies-in-dylan-farrow-s-statements.html

But from the judge’s ruling we learn that he was unimpressed by the report made by the above experts:

“I have also considered the report of the Yale-New Haven team and the deposition testimony of Dr. John M. Leventhal. The Yale-New Haven investigation was conducted over a six-month period by Dr. Leventhal, a pediatrician; Dr. Julia Hamilton, who has a Ph.D. in social work; and Ms. Jennifer Sawyer, who has a master’s degree in social work. Responsibility for different aspects of the investigation was divided among the team.

The notes of the team members were destroyed prior to the issuance of the report, which, presumably, is an amalgamation of their independent impressions and observations.

The unavailability of the notes, together with the deposition of Dr. Leventhal, compromised my ability to scrutinize their findings and resulted in a report which was sanitized and, therefore, less credible.

Dr. Herman was critical of the Yale-New Haven report

Dr. Herman was critical of the Yale-New Haven report

Dr. Stephen Herman, a clinical psychiatrist who has extensive familiarity with child abuse cases, was called as a witness by Ms. Farrow to comment on the Yale-New Haven report.

I share his reservations about the reliability of the report.”

“Dr. Herman faulted the Yale-New Haven team (1) for making visitation recommendations without seeing the parent interact with the child; (2) for failing to support adequately their conclusion that Dylan has a thought disorder; (3) for drawing any conclusions about Satchel, whom they never saw; (4) for finding that there was no abuse when the supporting data was inconclusive; and (5) for recommending that Ms. Farrow enter into therapy.

In addition, I do not think that it was appropriate for Yale-New Haven, without notice to the parties or their counsel, to exceed its mandate and make observations and recommendations which might have an impact on existing litigation in another jurisdiction.”

In one of the comments in today’s media I’ve found a summary of other strange points in the Woody Allen case. Originally they were reported by the 1997 Connecticut Magazine by its veteran journalist Andy Thibault. The summary adds a lot of interesting details to the picture:

1. The Yale team used psychologists on Allen’s payroll to make mental health conclusions.  CONFLICT OF INTEREST !

2. Custody recommendations were made even though the Yale team never saw Allen and any of the children together.

3. The Allen Yale team refused to interview witnesses who could have corroborated the molestation claims. Witnesses whose stories never varied from what they saw Allen do to Dylan.

4. The team destroyed its notes. They shouldn’t have anything to hide, unless there’s disagreement. DESTROYED EVIDENCE!

5. Dr Leventhal, the only medical doctor on the team, did not interview Dylan.

6. The night before Leventhal gave a statement to Farrow’s attorney, he discussed the scenario with Abramowitz, the head of Allen’s legal team, for about 30 minutes.

7. The team interviewed Dylan nine times. For three consecutive weeks, she said Allen violated her sexually. In several of the other sessions, she mentioned a similar type of abuse. When Dylan did not repeat the precise allegation in some of the sessions, the team reported this as an inconsistency.

8. Dr. Leventhal himself later admitted, in sworn testimony in the custody case, that he made several mistakes during the course of the investigation. One of those was his false characterization of Dylan’s active imagination as a thought disorder. This caused him to throw out Dylan’s story.

9. Then on Jan. 6, 1993, Allen appeared at the state police barracks in Litchfield for a three-and-a-half-hou­r interview. He denied assaulting Dylan. He denied ever having been in the crawl space.

But Allen did say he might have reached into the crawl space on occasion, either to grab one of the children or to give them a soda. State police reminded Allen that to reach into the crawl space, he would have had to enter a small closet first. Allen vehemently denied entry to the crawl space.

But when state police told Allen they had taken fingerprints from the crawl space, he said it was possible that his prints would be found there. State police characterized Allen’s statements as inconsistent. HE LIED to police!

10. Allen’s private detectives were compartmentalized, hired by different lawyers and subcontractors working for him, police say. The private detectives included former FBI and Drug Enforcement Administration agents, even former state cops who were friends with Mucherino.

“They were just trying to disrupt the case. We all know today, in light of O.J., that if you have nothing to go on, you go after law enforcement.”

D’Amico says the Allen team played a number of dirty tricks. Other law enforcement officials suspect that they had something to do with the false rumor that a top police investigator on the Allen case was trying to sell a videotape of Dylan to the tabloid media. The state police immediately began an internal affairs investigation of this trooper, who was cleared. Former Chief State’s Attorney Austin McGuigan said the allegations had to affect “the investigator’s ability to do his job.”

“The investigation closed down for about 10 days,” Maco recalls. “About this time, I was told there was a campaign to disrupt the  investigation and discredit the investigators, being orchestrated out of New York.

11. The Judge Wilk who finally greatly questioned the findings given the circumstances. He called Woody Allen a “self-absorbed, untrustworthy and insensitive”  father given the evidence.

12 . Woody’s past history of dating a 17 year old high school girl identifies him having issues of pedophilia. I think most are now are agreeing.

http://www.nydailynews.com/entertainment/gossip/hamill-dylan-child-molestation-claims-woody-allen-planted-article-1.1601295

The 1997 Connecticut Magazine article confirms all of the above and explains that Dr. Leventhal noted in his report that Dylan had a “thought disorder” because she spoke of  some “dead heads in the attic”. When it was found that Mia Farrow kept there a trunk with wigs from her movies on wig blocks the matter was clarified, however Dr. Leventhal didn’t bother to change the report.

This information is supplemented by details from the former Obama speechwriter who is close to the Farrows’ family and also cited the testimony from the original case. He says that the alarm was sounded by several witnesses even before Mia Farrow learned anything of it (I have counted at least three witnesses).

He also confirms that Dylan’s story has not changed for 20 years which in comparison with Wade Robson’s allegations is one of the key points.

Things are no longer funny here and needless to say, if it were Michael Jackson this news would be blasting from the front pages of every paper:

Former Obama speechwriter makes case against Woody Allen on child molestation claim

Posted at 8:40 am on February 6, 2014 by Twitchy Staff

Dylan's story has not changed for 2 decades. The judge found no evidence of coaching. https://twitter.com/jonlovett/status/431250647782928384/photo/1

Dylan’s story has not changed for 2 decades. The judge found no evidence of coaching.

If you’ve been following the sexual abuse allegations against film director Woody Allen by Dylan Farrow and the responses from Allen’s defenders, you may be just as confused as anyone about what the truth is. One argument against Allen came yesterday from Jon Lovett, former Obama speechwriter, who cited testimony from the original case.

Dylan’s story has not changed in two decades. The judge found no evidence of coaching. In fact, he said this:  http://t.co/hzPosDaunY— Jon Lovett (@jonlovett) February 06, 2014

A quote from the judge’s ruling:

“Ms. Farrow’s statement to Dr. Coates that she hoped that Dylan’s statements were a fantasy is inconsistent with the notion of brainwashing.

In this regard I also credit the testimony of Ms. Groteke, who was charged with supervising Ms. Allen’s August 4 visit with Dylan. She testified that she did not tell Ms. Farrow, until after Dylan’s statement of August 5, that Dylan and Mr. Allen were unaccounted for during fifteen or twenty minutes on August 4.

It is highly unlikely that Ms. Farrow would have encouraged Dylan to accuse her father of having sexually molested her during a period in which Ms. Farrow believed they were in the presence of a babysitter.

Moreover, I do not believe that Ms. Farrow would have exposed her daughter and her other children to the consequences of the Connecticut investigation and this litigation if she did not believe the possible truth of Dylan’s accusation. In a society where children are too often betrayed by adults who ignore or disbelieve their complaints of abuse, Ms. Farrow’s determination to protect Dylan is commendable.”

A babysitter was so unnerved by what she caught Woody Allen doing to Dylan, his head in her lap, she sounded the first alarm.—

Obama's former speechwriter: "This is from the court ruling. The attack that the abuse is some planted memory requires ignoring other witnesses."

Obama’s former speechwriter: “This is from the court ruling. The attack that the abuse is some planted memory requires ignoring other witnesses.”

Jon Lovett (@jonlovett) February 06, 2014

But I’m close to this family, so I guess that means I’m brainwashed too. Even though everything I’m saying is in the public record.
Jon Lovett (@jonlovett) February 06, 2014

The power of the internet, I hope, is that powerful men like Woody Allen no longer control the story. That has to be true.—
Jon Lovett (@jonlovett) February 06, 2014

This is from the court’s ruling. The attack that the abuse is some planted memory requires ignoring other witnesses:

http://t.co/sjO1g8wE89
Jon Lovett (@jonlovett) February 06, 2014

“During a different portion of the day, Ms. Stickland went to the television room in search of one of Ms. Pascal’s children. She observed Mr. Allen kneeling in front of Dylan with his head on her lap, facing her body.

Dylan was sitting on the couch staring vacantly in the direction of a television set.

After Ms. Farrow returned home, Ms. Berge noticed that Dylan was not wearing anything under her sundress. She told Ms. Farrow, who asked Ms. Groteke to put underpants on Dylan.

Ms. Stickland testified that during the evening of August 4, she told Ms. Pascal, “I had seen something at Mia’s that day that was bothering me.” She revealed what she had seen in the television room.

On August 5, Ms. Pascal telephoned Ms. Farrow to tell her what Ms. Stickland had observed. Ms. Farrow testified that after she hung up the telephone, she asked Dylan, who was sitting next to her, “whether it was true that daddy had his face in her lap yesterday.” Ms. Farrow testified:

Dylan said yes. And then she said that she didn’t like it one bit, no, he was breathing into her, into her legs, she said. And that he was holding her around the waist and I said, why didn’t you get up and she said she tried to but that he put his hands underneath her and touched her. And she showed where …. Her behind.

It’s just so sad and awful. Hopefully Dylan coming forward will help others. But making that true is up to us too. That’s all.—
Jon Lovett (@jonlovett) February 06, 2014

Thanks for reading all this.—
Jon Lovett (@jonlovett) February 06, 2014

http://twitchy.com/2014/02/06/former-obama-speechwriter-makes-case-against-woody-allen-on-child-molestation-claim/#.UvP9tcIv4cU.twitter

And as if this were not enough for us the judge’s ruling speaks of  two more incidents with Dylan:

“On December 30, 1993, Dylan was interviewed by a representative of the Connecticut State Police. She told them – at a time Ms. Farrow calculates to be the fall of 1991 – that while at Mr. Allen’s apartment, she saw him and Soon–Yi having sex. Her reporting was childlike but graphic. She also told the police that Mr. Allen had pushed her face into a plate of hot spaghetti and had threatened to do it again.

…Ten days before Yale-New Haven concluded its investigation, Dylan told Ms. Farrow, for the first time, that in Connecticut, while she was climbing up the ladder to a bunk bed, Mr. Allen put his hands under her shorts and touched her. Ms. Farrow testified that as Dylan said this, “she was illustrating graphically where in the genital area.”

An excerpt from the court's ruling:

An excerpt from the court’s ruling: “She saw him and Soon –Yi having sex. Her reporting was childlike but graphic.”

Can you imagine anything like this being reported, for example, by Jordan Chandler or his mother, and this news immediately not hitting the headlines the world over?

Can you imagine the media not running with this story if the subject of it were Michael Jackson?

I cannot. But what is impossible for Michael Jackson seems to be quite possible for Woody Allen.

Indeed all people are equal, only some are more equal than the others.

The fact that little Dylan was exposed to a sex act is probably one of the most reprehensible points in the whole of this depressing story. It speaks to irresponsibility, grooming and whatnot.

“Her reporting was childlike but graphic”. It means that she saw it but couldn’t understand what it was, and so explained it in a manner only a child would.

And this in its turn means that she was not coached.

The second incident reported in the judge’s ruling means that what Dylan is describing now happened not just once, but at least twice. The first time her mother evidently didn’t believe her as it was only after several reports (from the nanny who saw the scene on the sofa, the fact that the underpants were missing and the girl’s story proper) that Mia Farrow began to suspect what was happening.

The fact that this was not the first time is corroborated by another article actually written by Woody Allen’s allies in September 1992:

"Dylan said it again..."

“Dylan said it again…”

“Dylan said it again,” she told her friend Nancy Sinatra, apparently implying that Dylan had spoken of another incident. “This time, I taped her.”

“She was alarmed, upset, confused, and shocked,” says Simon, who talked to Farrow shortly afterward. “

She said, ‘this is what Dylan told me.’

She didn’t jump to any conclusions. She was simply considering the possibility that it could be true although she hadn’t seen it with her own eyes.

I gather the tape is pretty conclusive.”

The tape was leaked to Channel 5, which decided not to broadcast it.

But one source who saw it says that when Dylan is asked where she was touched, she points to intimate parts of her lower torso and refers to them by childish nicknames.

“It doesn’t leave too much doubt that something highly out of the ordinary took place”.

[September 21, 1992/New York]

http://books.google.ru/books?id=3uQCAAAAMBAJ&lpg=PP1&lr=&rview=1&pg=PA33&redir_esc=y#v=twopage&q&f=true

But the huge pile of evidence testifying to Woody Allen’s guilt is only half the story. The other half tells us about the pressure exerted on the Prosecutor and the officials from the New York Child Welfare Administration who were handling the Dylan Farrow case.

“HE IS FRIENDS WITH THE MIGHTY”

From the previous post you already know that Prosecutor Frank Maco had the misfortune to call Dylan a “child victim” (instead of a “complainant”) on one occasion and this cost him a mini trial by a disciplinary commission. To the state budget it cost $250,000 to defend him there.

Each of us remembers how many times Tom Sneddon said the same about Jordan Chandler and Gavin Arvizo though in the first case there weren’t any charges made and in the second the complainant was not proven to be a “victim” either – however not a single legal expert paid attention to Sneddon’s innaccurate vocabulary and this takes the double standards problem even to a higher and more sinister level than we expected before.

The Vanity Fair article of 2013 cites two episodes in Woody Allen’s case describing the pressure law enforcement bodies were subjected to.

The “case” of State Attorney Frank Marco was taken to two commissions and after it was dismissed there it went to a superior body where the dismissal was overturned just by one vote, after which a mini-trial followed:

On September 24, 1993, Maco called a press conference to say that he believed he had probable cause to arrest Woody Allen but that he would not press charges because of the fragility of the “child victim.” Maco’s statement caused at least one legal expert to accuse him of wanting it both ways—of convicting Allen without a trial.

Woody Allen says that all he has in life is his imagination

Woody Allen’s famous quotes : “All I have in life is my imagination”

Allen called a press conference to say that “vindictive” Mia’s “cheap scheming reeks of sleaze and deception.”

He asked, “Did State’s Attorney Maco choose to overlook the truth and become a stooge for Miss Farrow because he didn’t like my films?”

Allen’s lawyers swiftly filed ethics claims against Maco with two Connecticut state boards.

The Connecticut Criminal Justice Commission, which appoints state prosecutors, dismissed the complaint, and a local panel of the Statewide Grievance Committee, which reviews and investigates attorney complaints, also dismissed it, but its decision was overturned by one vote in the Statewide Grievance Committee. [which is a body superior to the local panel - VMJ]

It was not until a year after public hearings were held, in 1996—a “mini trial” with both Maco and Allen testifying—that Maco was found not to have violated the rules of professional conduct.

It had cost the state more than $250,000 to defend him. Maco, whose more than 20-year record remains unblemished, was forced to absent himself from trials for a time. He retired early, in 2003.

Paul Williams, an official of the Child Welfare Administration said that his office was pressed by the City Hall [the Mayor of the city] to drop the case. It was also from the archive of the Child Welfare Administration that Woody Allen’s file eventually disappeared.

So now not only the notes of the Yale team were destroyed but the file made by the authorities was no longer available either?

I don’t know about you but to me the documents vanishing one after another convey the idea that Woody Allen’s team of lawyers and publicists was powerful enough to erase all traces of the evidence against him.

But if they were powerful enough to destroy one case, it means that they were equally powerful to build it up around another person – Michael Jackson, for example. Arranging leaks of the allegations against him in the media could be child’s play for these people, same as orchestrating a furious witch-hunt to distract attention from the guy they were so keen to protect from similar allegations.

You understand that all this is a hypothesis only, but it grows on me with every new fact uncovered about the truly mysterious way Woody Allen’s story was handled by the authorities and the extremely biased way the media was reporting the case to the public.

Vanity Fair of 2013 explains in more detail what happened to the Dylan Farrow evidence gathered by the Child Welfare Administration and its honored caseworker Paul Williams:

In New York in March 1993, Paul Williams, who had been honored as Caseworker of the Year in 1991, and who was handling Dylan’s case for the city’s Child Welfare Administration, was suspended after being suspected of leaking to the media.

According to a New York Observer article at the time, Williams claimed his office had faced pressure from City Hall to drop the case—a charge denied by then Mayor David Dinkins. Williams, who spoke twice to Dylan, is said to have “absolutely” believed her.

Williams was eventually reinstated, in September 1993. Today, according to someone close to the matter, the case file is nowhere to be found, although it would ordinarily have been marked “indicated” to signify that it merited further attention—a potential red flag in allowing someone to adopt children.

An excerpt from Woody Allen's film: "

A sample of Woody Allen’s humor from one of his films. The kid is saying: “I used to be a heroin addict, now I’m a methadone addict”. Funny?

In addition to all that Woody Allen also hired ten (10) investigators to dig up dirt on the police officers handling the case:

Meanwhile, private investigators were hired by Allen.

“There was a serious effort to dig up dirt on Maco and a number of state-police detectives and have an impact on the criminal investigation, and it did have an impact,” says Thibault, who spoke to some of the detectives involved.

One of the top state-police investigators in the case told me, “They were trying to dig up dirt on the troopers—whether they were having affairs, what they were doing.”

In his article, Thibault wrote that Allen’s lawyer Elkan Abramowitz acknowledged that at least 10 private investigators were hired, but, Thibault quoted him saying, “we didn’t go into any kind of smear campaign against the police.” Maco says, “I was informed by the state police that someone is going to be out there watching you. I was given the information to just be careful.”

http://www.vanityfair.com/hollywood/2013/11/mia-farrow-frank-sinatra-ronan-farrow

The forces employed by Woody Allen in 1993 indeed remind us of a little war or a big security type operation. And it didn’t get lost on us either that the former Obama speechwriter also called Woody Allen “a powerful man” and this person probably knows what he is talking about.

Actually as long ago as in the year 1976 the People’s article already reported that Woody Allen had important connections. And that he was “friends with the mighty” and “had access to the most privileged”. And that the fantasies of this self-admitted neurotic had “only to be named to come true”.

An excerpt from it:

My only regret in life

“My only regret in life is that I am not someone else” Woody Allen

October 04, 1976  Vol. 6 No. 14

Angst-Ridden Humorist

Allen has friends among the mighty and access to the most privileged.

Last year, for example, he escorted Betty Ford to a Martha Graham dance benefit. “We’re just good friends,” he cracked at the time of his date with the President’s wife. (Now he finds Jimmy Carter the “far superior” candidate.)

By any measurement Woody Allen is Walter Mitty, whose fantasies have only to be named to come true. Yet Woody glumly describes himself as “a neurotic personality prone to depressions and anxieties all the time.”

After 20 years of Freudian psychoanalysis he has succeeded only in reducing his sessions from five to three a week. “I cannot conceive of living without it,” he groans, “but it hasn’t helped as much as I’d hoped. In the normal things that trouble everybody—meeting new people, crowds, shyness, human relationships—I haven’t made much progress at all.”

http://www.people.com/people/archive/article/0,,20066950,00.html

Frankly, all of the above makes Woody Allen look like an all-too-powerful magnate and not just a neurotic film director who is just making ‘brilliant’ films.

THEY FINALLY GUESSED WHERE TO LOOK

Brilliant or not but Woody Allen’s films are telling us much more than he would care to admit. I don’t remember if I have seen any of his films, but some journalists have finally guessed to rewatch several of them and were aghast at what they saw there.

For example:

A Brief History of Woody Allen Being Creepy About Young Girls

2/4/2014 at 7:35 PM

By Joe Coscarelli

In light of Sunday’s open letter from Dylan Farrow, which resurfaced allegations that her adoptive father Woody Allen sexually assaulted her at age 7, the Internet continues to dig up disturbing stories about the celebrated writer and director’s relationship with children.

A fragment of Soon-Yi's photo reclining on the sofa with her legs spread

A fragment of Soon-Yi’s pornographic photo  found by Mia Farrow.  The girl was 17 and was  photographed reclining on the sofa with her legs spread

Farrow coming forward follows a campaign by her mother, Mia, and brother, Ronan, to shine a brighter light on the accusations against Allen in the early nineties, around the time he left Mia for another of her adoptive daughters, Soon-Yi Previn, resulting in a hideous custody battle. Once considered tabloid scripture, the upsetting specifics had been largely forgotten, or overlooked, but no longer.

It’s all resurfacing now.

The details of the allegations against Allen, which never resulted in criminal charges, are reported in the 1992 Vanity Fair article “Mia’s Story,” by Maureen Orth, which begins, “There was an unwritten rule in Mia Farrow’s house that Woody Allen was never supposed to be left alone with their seven-year-old adopted daughter, Dylan.” A similar New York story from the same period,“Everything You Always Wanted to Know About Woody and Mia (But Were Afraid to Ask),” by Phoebe Hoban, includes additional background and back-and-forth from the pair’s friends and attorneys:

From the start, Farrow’s friends say, Allen seemed “obsessed” by the little girl. He would arrive at Mia’s house at six in the morning and sit on the end of Dylan’s bed, staring at her until she woke up. He insisted that she be kept up until he got home in the evening to tuck her in. He was reluctant to leave her alone at school. His behavior struck several parents of other children as odd.

A follow-up in Vanity Fair late last year, “Momma Mia!,” repeats the allegations. (A defense of Allen, by the filmmaker behind Woody Allen: A Documentary is here.)

But a deeper look into the archives has turned up additional interviews and anecdotes suddenly deemed relevant. For instance, in the October 4, 1976 issue of People magazine, a 40-year-old Woody Allen, pre-Annie Hall, is profiled.It concludes on an upsetting-in-retrospect note about his sexuality (and disinterest in fatherhood):

“I try to have sex only with women I like a lot,” Woody explains solemnly. “Otherwise I find it fairly mechanical.” (He has little interest in family life: “It’s no accomplishment to have or raise kids. Any fool can do it.”)

He goes on: “I’m open-minded about sex. I’m not above reproach; if anything, I’m below reproach. I mean, if I was caught in a love nest with 15 12-year-old girls tomorrow, people would think, yeah, I always knew that about him.” Allen pauses. “Nothing I could come up with would surprise anyone,“he ventures helplessly. “I admit to it all.”

Also of note is a personal essay, published in May of 1993, by the writer Nancy Jo Sales, formerly of New York and now at Vanity Fair, titled “Woody Allen, My Pen Pal,” about her running correspondence with Allen, then 42, when she was a 13-year-old girl. “I don’t know how he found the time to respond to that first letter I wrote,” she recalls.

A few weeks later I received his reply:

Dear Nancy,

Hard to believe you’re 13! When I was 13 I couldn’t dress myself, and here you write about one of life’s deepest philosophical problems, i.e., existential boredom. I guess it’s hard for me to imagine a 13-year-old quoting anything but Batman — but T. Mann? Anyway, there’s too much wrong with the world to ever get too relaxed and happy. The more natural state, and the better one, I think, is one of some anxiety and tension over man`s plight in this mysterious universe …

Next time you write, if you ever do, please list some of the books you’ve enjoyed and movies, and which music you’ve liked, and also the things you dislike and have no patience with. And tell me what kind of place Coral Gables is. What school do you go to? What hobbies do you have? How old are your parents and what do they do? What are your moods like? Are you energetic? Are you an early riser? Are you “into clothes” … At the moment, I am re- filming some parts of my next film, which have not come out so good.

Best, Woody.

Sales, 25 years later, writes that in light of the Previn scandal and Allen’s “alleged yen for underage girls, I have listened to all the Woody jokes with discomfort and outrage — because I wonder if they are also, somehow, on me. I prefer to think they aren’t”.

…The two met once at Allen’s Manhattan penthouse; Sales brought “two older companions”:

I couldn’t say a word, and my companions filled in the silence with aimless chatter while Woody, wearing his very same clothes from Annie Hall, sat Indian-style in an armchair, nodding politely and trying to catch my eye.

Often discounted in the recent hysteria surrounding adult/child relations are the very real romantic fancies entertained by developing girls. Perhaps sometimes girls make too much of them; I think Woody saw that in me the day we met.

Our visit was brief, and when it was time to go I looked into his eyes. “Goodbye,” they said sadly.

Honeymoon hotel - a child molestation jokeThe New Yorker television critic Emily Nussbaum also dug up a child-molestation joke, uncomfortably similar to the details alleged by Dylan Farrow, from the Allen play Honeymoon Hotel, in which an older man runs off with his son’s bride:

FAY: I was a little girl. I had an Uncle Shlomo

NINA: Oh Mom!

FAY: Three fingers, he tried to molest me. Suddenly, three fingers I feel fondling me—

JUDY: What’s the three fingers got to do with it?

FAY: It’s hard to explain, but most people get groped by five.

SAM (to FAY): At least you were molested. I didn’t have sex till I was twenty-five—you were the first one.

According to a recent review, “the comedy is so clever that only in the final moments one realizes what a muddled character the philandering husband really is. Could Allen have borrowed the idea from his own reality?” Esquire has also collected the “newly chilling themes that you can see throughout his movies.”

None of which, of course, is evidence. But Allen’s art, as well as his public persona and pen-pal relationships, are being closely examined with new eyes, as they were when the pre-Internet allegations were first made public.

“It’s as if, like the picture of Dorian Grey, Allen’s films served as his conscience, leaving him free to misbehave in three dimensions,” wrote Phoebe Hoban in New York almost 22 years ago.

“All those elbow-nudging jokes about child molestation (the subject pops up in at least four of his films) and the permutations of sex with 16-year-old twins don’t seem quite so funny anymore.

http://nymag.com/daily/intelligencer/2014/02/woody-allen-and-young-girls-a-history.html?mid=google

Another example:

Re-Watching Woody Allen

The newly-chilling themes that you can see throughout his movies

By Stephen Marche on February 4, 2014

MICKEY: Why all of a sudden is the sketch dirty?

ED: Child molestation is a touchy subject, and the affiliates…

MICKEY: Read the papers, half the country’s doing it!

The above is from an early scene in Woody Allen’s 1986 film, Hannah and Her Sisters. I’ve been thinking about it since reading Dylan Farrow’s essay in The New York Times, accusing her adoptive father of molesting her when she was a child. The allegations are nothing new. Nobody except Dylan Farrow and Woody Allen knows what happened in that attic, and no one else ever will. But the sheer vividness with which Farrow recounts the experience, as well as the forum in which she does so, is enough to make even the most ardent fan reevaluate an artist’s entire body of work, especially one as personal as Allen’s.

So what happens when you go looking for evidence of sex crimes in Woody Allen movies? If you look, you find it, again, and again, and again.

Manhattan, 1979

“She is gorgeous” . Manhattan, 1979

Take this scene from Manhattan, when the Allen character, Isaac, introduces his new girlfriend to his friends.

YALE: Jesus, she’s gorgeous.

ISAAC: But she’s seventeen. I’m forty-two and she’s seventeen. I’m older than her father. Do you believe that? I’m dating a girl wherein I can beat up her father. That’s the first time that phenomenon ever occurred in my life.

..ISAAC: My second ex-wife is writing a book about our marriage and the breakup…It’s really depressing. You know she’s going to give all those details out, all my little idiosyncrasies and my quirks and mannerisms. Not that I have anything to hide because, you know…but there are a few disgusting little moments that I regret. 

How are we supposed to read “a few disgusting little moments that I regret” when Isaac is dating a girl still in high school?

And what are we to make of the scene in Love and Death (1975), in which the wise Father Andre tells the Allen character,

“I have lived many years and, after many trials and tribulations, I have come to the conclusion that the best thing is … blond twelve-year-old girls. Two of them, whenever possible”?

Incestuous themes—stated or implicit—seethe throughout the whole of Allen's career.

Incestuous themes—stated or implicit—seethe throughout the whole of Allen’s career.

Or this exchange from Stardust Memories (1980), in which the Allen character, Sandy, hints at incest when talking with his lover Dorrie about her father?

SANDY: What about you? Did you have a little crush on him? You can admit this to me if you like.

DORRIE: Sure, we had a little flirting.

SANDY: A little small flirt? Mother away getting shock treatment, and the only beautiful daughter home. Long lingering breakfasts with Dad.

In a later scene, Sandy and Dorrie have the following argument, while in the background a large newspaper headline on a wall reads “Incest between father’s…”

SANDY: I’m not attracted to her. What are you talking about?

DORRIE: Staring at her all through dinner. Giving each other looks.

SANDY: Stop it. She’s fourteen. She’s not even fourteen. She’s thirteen and a half.

DORRIE: I don’t care. I used to play those games with my father, so I know. I’ve been through all that.

SANDY: What games? You think I’m flirting with your kid cousin?

DORRIE: You smile at her.

SANDY: Yeah, I smile at her. I’m a friendly person. What do you want? She’s a kid. This is stupid. I don’t want to have this conversation.

DORRIE: Don’t tell me it’s stupid. I used to do that with my father across the table. All those private jokes. I know.

virginThat idea: that sexual exploitation and education are conjoined also runs through the Allen canon.

In Whatever Works (2009), the Allen character (played by Larry David) marries a childlike twenty-one-year-old, returning to the basic romantic situation that has motivated Allen’s work from the beginning, and which you can see even in Annie Hall (1977): A man educates the women he sleeps with. He raises them. Once they’re raised, he’s no longer interested.

So what are we supposed to do? … Separating the quality of the art from the life of the artist is necessary for anyone who wants to enjoy anything.

But with Woody Allen, such a separation is impossible, because his movies are so thoroughly about himself, and about his own condition, and, as it turns out, the moral universe in which he exists—one in which there is no expectation of justice. Consider the final conversation in Crimes and Misdemeanors (1989), in which the main character, Judah, tells his story of getting away with a terrible crime, disguising it as a movie he’s pitching:

JUDAH: People carry awful deeds around with them. What do you expect him to do, turn himself in? This is reality. In reality, we rationalize. We deny or we couldn’t go on living.

What the hell have we been watching all this time?

Full story: http://www.esquire.com/blogs/culture/dylan-farrow-woody-allen-movies?src=soc_twtr

Indeed, what the hell have you been watching all this time?

WHEN WOODY ALLEN LAUGHS MICHAEL JACKSON CRIES

Never in my life will I agree that art is separate from what’s inside the mind and soul of its author. A person writes what he is thinking about – he simply cannot write about things that are beyond his interests or understanding. And it is not even the subject itself which is so telling but the thoughts communicated by the author to his audience which are so crucial here.

Speaking of child molestation Woody Allen shrugs his shoulders and tells us that “half the country does that”.

And it isn’t just an occasional statement of his – throughout his art he returns to it again and again, each time making dirty jokes and sounding as if molesting children were a routine matter half the country is doing and something that is probably not even without a positive effect on a seduced minor. “It is all so romantic, you know”.

Mj and childIn contrast to Allen, for Michael Jackson in whose face the word “molestation” was thrown probably a million times, the phenomenon itself was so dirty that he couldn’t bring himself to even pronounce the word.

Rewatch his interviews, reread the lyrics of his songs, listen to his depositions once again and you will realize that he cannot make himself even speak about it, not to mention making light-hearted jokes about the matter or attempts to romanticise it.

In fact you won’t be able to find a single trace of dirt in his songs.  What he sings he does mean, and what he doesn’t mean he doesn’t sing about.

Actually this is what he himself said: ”Whatever I sing that’s what I really mean, I keep singing a song. I don’t sing it if I don’t mean it”.

So if you know Michael’s art you can be sure that you also know him.

Vilified as he was he could be well expected to shy away from raising the sensitive subject of child abuse, however he did not, only his ideas were the exact opposite of Allen’s and he expressed them in a totally different way.

He didn’t laugh at the phenomenon, but screamed about it and called on people to protect children from this horrible ill.

Look at the lyrics of his Do you know where you children are? song where a twelve year old girl is abused by her step-father and runs away from home only to get into the hands of a pimp –  and you will see that it is a SOS cry from Jackson for the people to wake up and do something about it.

Michael Jackson: "Whatever I sing that's what I really mean, I keep singing a song. I don't sing it if I don't mean it" . So if you know Michael's ART you actually know HIM.

Michael Jackson: “Whatever I sing that’s what I really mean, I keep singing a song. I don’t sing it if I don’t mean it” . So if you know Michael’s ART you actually know HIM.

Michael Jacksons and Woody Allen shared the same reality but lived in the worlds that never cross.

Michael Jackson’s universe was about love and care for children, about burning tabloids and doing away with human greed, about no place for racial and social injustice, about solving really important problems like doctors who don’t know how to treat and teachers who don’t know how to teach (instead of tripping on him), about support for all people and holding hands with them, about seeking truth and hoping that one day all this mystery ends, about the splendour and miracle of nature and his dream to preserve it for our children, about love for a woman and the magic of it, about looking in the mirror and changing yourself and the world, about the need for us to be God’s glow and about our Father whom he implored to help and fulfil what we were promised.  Did I forget anything?

This is what he was thinking about as is testified by his art. And how dramatically different it is for the cynical Woody Allen, in whose films even a respected priest approached for spiritual guidance says that the deepest secret of life he finally learned after all the troubles and tribulations of it is “blond twelve-year-old girls, two of them, whenever possible”!

This is no joke, guys. Actually it is an insult to lots of things still meaningful to many of us. It is all-around cynicism and the mockery of human values evidently regarded as pointless and unnecessary in life. No ethics, no restraint, no respect for the Heavens – nothing but a declaration of pleasure-seeking as the only goal worth living for. And also an occasional motif of doubting himself and his own preaching,  fighting his inner self and going back on his words.

When someone tells me that truth is unattainable all I can say in reply is that it is the worst of all possible fallacies. The recipe for finding out the truth about people is simple – look at the ideas they bring into the world and you will know who they are.

The irony of Woody Allen’s case is that he was talking about his demons absolutely openly. They say that if you want to hide something put it in everyone’s view and no one will notice it. It is indeed incredible that up till now no one noticed that Allen was openly testing the public for the amount of his cynicism it would be able to swallow. This may even be a method, guys – if you can’t restrain yourself despite decades of psychoanalysis, you can adjust the world to your way of thinking and then it is no problem as everyone will be like you …

Mj and children1Michael was the opposite of Allen. He was a pure and innocent soul and if anyone is still in doubt remember what Michael only recently, prior to his tour, talked about when he was put under sedation by Conrad Murray:

JACKSON: I’m taking that money, a million children, children’s hospital, the biggest in the world, Michael Jackson’s Children’s Hospital. Gonna have a movie theater, game room. Children are depressed. The –in those hospitals, no game room, no movie theater. They’re sick because they’re depressed. Their mind is depressing them. I want to give them that. I care about them, them angels. God wants me to do it. God wants me to do it. I’m gonna do it, Conrad.

MURRAY: I know you would.

JACKSON: I’m gonna do that for them. That will be remembered more than my performances. My performances will be up there helping my children and always be my dream. I love them. I love them, because I didn’t have a childhood. I had no childhood. I feel their pain. I feel their hurt. I can deal with it. “Heal the World,” “We are the World,” “Will You be There,” “The Lost Children.” These are the songs I’ve written because I hurt, you know, I hurt.

Or remember Uri Geller who went so far as to test Michael’s words under hypnosis. And under hypnosis a person is unable to lie and even despite his will reveals the deepest of his subconscious self. However the only thing Michael did reveal to Geller was that he had an absolutely blameless soul.

Here is a video where Uri Geller speaks about hypnotizing Michael and the reason why he did it. It was after Michael had paid out money in a settlement agreement with the Chandlers and Geller took the opportunity to test Michael’s true motives for it.

And Michael simply said to him that he had had so much of it that he wanted it to go away. He had been tortured for so long that couldn’t take it any more. He had had enough.

Transcript:

Michael Jackson welcomes thousands of children to his home, often without their parents present. And within five years he was the subject of the allegations of abuse that would follow him for the rest of his life.

The star vehemently denied abusing teenager Jordie Chandler and the case was settled out of court when the family accepted a 18 million pound settlement [actually it was $15,3 mln].

One friend of Jackson’s says the star was innocent of this first allegation of abuse made against him because he couldn’t help but tell him the truth.

URI GELLER: In a darkened studio he suddenly asks me, “Uri, this food that I crave for, can you stop me from eating it?” It was very light- hearted. And I said to him, “Well” and I was a hypnotist in Israel, “will you allow me to hypnotize you?”

And he says, “Wow, can you really do it?” And I said, “Okay”.

And then I hypnotized him. Very deeply. I put him into a very deep trance. And then I did something highly unethical – which I admit today. While he was under a trance I suddenly asked him, and these were the words, “Michael, did you ever touch a child in an inappropriate manner?”

And Michael Jackson immediately answered back and he says, “No, I would never do that!”

And then I asked him immediately, “Why did you pay Jordie Chandler off – millions of dollars?”

And he answered, immediately, “I couldn’t take it any more. I had enough”.

So to me this was a personal validation that this man is innocent.MJ and girl

This man was innocent….

Some ideas on Woody Allen’s mind were so intense that he couldn’t help raising them again and again and often paraded them quite openly.

However the same ideas were so alien to Michael Jackson that he didn’t reveal any even when someone searched for them in the deep of his subconscious.

And you said that we cannot know the truth.


Filed under: FIGHT PEDOPHILIA!, HONEST TALK With Michael's HATERS, The MEDIA, The SOCIETY Tagged: Dylan Farrow, Mia Farrow, Michael Jackson, Uri Geller, Woody Allen

ABC Facts of Michael Jackson’s INNOCENCE

$
0
0

The boys from a certain MJ haters’  site are on a march against Michael Jackson again. Judging by the number of readers’ questions about their lies disproved by us years ago these boys are quite successful in brainwashing the public and there is a need to start educating people about the most basic facts of Michael’s innocence all over again.

This education process seems to be endless as it has to be renewed with each new generation of readers, and starting everything anew is the last thing I would want to do, however  it looks like at the moment I have no choice.

This is why I’m making this post which is intended to answer the very basic questions about the Jordan Chandler case again.

But first here is a couple of words about those who keep spreading lies about Michael Jackson’s despite a mountain of true facts testifying to his innocence.

WHEN MJFACTS ARE ACTUALLY MJLIES

One of the first questions arriving from a reader had the form of a statement:

“There is this website called mjfacts that says they only provide the truth and facts without opinion”

Yes, there is this website, only it isn’t facts but lies about Michael Jackson and these lies presented as facts about MJ are actually the best manifestation of their opinion, views and also methods.

They collect every speck of dust about Michael and simultaneously shut  the door to anything that may clean him of the allegations. Every day brings new facts of Michael’s innocence to their door, but the truth does not stick to them in principle as their job is to archive and preserve lies about MJ.

When their own lies become too inconvenient for them they pretend they never told them and begin saying the opposite, like they did it with the “circumcision” issue.

While Michael was alive and no one knew whether he was circumcised or not, their official story was that Jordan Chandler called him circumcised (he indeed call him that way). But when Michael died and the autopsy report revealed that he was not circumcised and this was contradicting Jordan’s story the mjlies guys quickly got over the shock and are now claiming the opposite without batting an eyelid. 

Now they pretend they never said anything different.

This constant renovation of lies to keep them up-to-date betrays the goal they are really working for and it is creating the image of Michael as a “boy-lover” no matter what.

While being extremely preoccupied with Michael Jackson these boys cannot care less about real pedophiles. Considering the number of horrid ped-lia crimes uncovered lately one would expect them to handle these cases too and launch a crusade against the phenomenon in general (like we are doing it, for example), however this is the last thing you can expect of them and why they are not doing it is the most intriguing question in the whole story.

It has also become an interesting tradition for these people to intensify their hate against Michael each time some highly unpleasant facts are uncovered about real or suspected pedophiles. This time is no exception as I have just written two posts about Dylan Farrow accusing Woody Allen of sexually abusing her at the age of 7 and see what an avalanche of questions about Michael it has suddenly provoked!

Here are some of the questions asked by readers and inspired by the mjlies:

“They say a few things like that Jordie never actually stated the MJ was uncircumcised. Is this true? Where did he actually say that in his description. They also say that Barnes said MJ “nuzzled” him (???), Jordie correctly identified a blotch no one could have known about without seeing it, and that Ray Chandler DID allow his book to be used in court? Would you mind explaining/debunking these supposed facts?”

And here are some answers to these questions.

1. JORDAN MADE A MISTAKE IN CIRCUMCISION

No matter what the mjlies say Jordan Chandler DID claim that Michael was circumcised.

This fact was stated in the official Santa Barbara’s Deputy Sheriff’s report known as “Deborah Linden’s report” described in this article (now in the archive). An excerpt from it is provided below:

The Telltale Splotch

Photos of Jackson’s body confirmed ’93 claims

JANUARY 6–As search warrants go, you won’t find one more intrusive than the one executed on Michael Jackson’s, um, person in 1993. And the results of that intimate Kodak moment from a decade ago could resurface in the performer’s upcoming molestation trial.A detailed recounting of the criminal probe of Jackson is contained in sealed documents reviewed by TSG. An affidavit from former Santa Barbara Sheriff’s Department deputy Deborah Linden was filed in 1993 to secure court permission to photograph Jackson’s private parts. Investigators sought the images in a bid to corroborate allegations made by 13-year-old Jordan Chandler. The boy told police that Jackson frequently masturbated him, adding that he could provide a detailed description of the star’s penis as a way of proving the pair had been intimate.The boy’s information was so precise, he even pinpointed where the splotch fell while Jackson’s penis was erect, the length of the performer’s pubic hair, and that he was circumcised.

If the article disappears again as it once did, there are also several books to confirm the story Jordan Chandler was telling. One of them is a manuscript by Michael’s worst hater Victor Gutierrez, published in 1996.

Here is an excerpt from its chapter called in line with the whole book  “Privacy in Monaco”:

“Then he took off his clothes, and I noticed that he had very little pubic hair, and that his penis was circumcised.”

Yes, there can be no doubt whatsoever that Jordan DID claim that MJ was circumcised.

And the fact that the mjlies boys are denying even this totally undeniable fact will tell you all you need to know about their approach to truth in general. If they lie even here – where it is simply impossible to lie – how much more do they lie everywhere else?

2. JORDAN MADE A MISTAKE IN THE COLOR TOO

The story of the blotch allegedly identified by Jordan is also exactly the opposite of what the mjlies say.

The story of the splotch is thrilling but graphic. In her official statement the Santa Barbara Deputy Sheriff Deborah Linden wrote that Jordan had described to her Michael’s penis as having a “splotch a light color similar to the color of his face”.

The light splotch was Jordan’s guess considering that his father had seen Michael’s buttocks when making an injection for his headache. At the time Michael was suffering from terrible migraines as between January- June 1993 he was undergoing a new stretch of his scalp and new scalp surgery and on the weekend he visited Evan Chandler he had a splitting headache. Evan Chandler gave him an injection of Toradol, a poweful non-narcotic painkiller which sent Michael into a kind of a haze (the chance was never missed by Evan as he actually interrogated him in this state).

Ray Chandler’s book says this about the incident:

“Evan injected 30 mg, half the maximum dose, into Michael’s gluteus. But one hour later the star claimed he was still in a lot of pain, so Evan administered the remaining half and instructed him to lie down and try to relax.” [“All That Glitters”, p.47]

Gluteus is a medical term for buttocks, so Evan Chandler saw MJ’s gluteus at least twice. The buttocks had some light vitiligo splotches and after witnessing them with his own eyes nothing could be easier for Evan than assuming that MJ’s front private parts had a similar color scheme.

The assumption was that at least one light splotch should be on the penis too. This looked like a safe guess and being sure that at least one light spot would be found there Jordan ventured his description to the police. The location of the splotch was not that important – with time vitiligo spots can change their configuration and grow bigger or even disappear and thus change the whole picture.

Ray Chandler recalls Larry Feldman saying to Evan Chandler that it does not matter how Jordan describes Michael’s splotches. No matter what he says the situation is a “no-loser” for their case,  which is a very telling way of how that false story was cooked in the Chandlers’ kitchen.

Lauren Weis, the Los Angeles Deputy District Attorney who was the first to record Jordan’s description on September 1, 1993  said to Feldman that vitiligo spots had a tendency to change and this is why it was not a decisive factor. This is why Larry Feldman assured Evan Chandler that whatever Jordan said anything would be okay:

Lauren Weis told me today that this disease Michael says he’s got, vitiligo, that it’s capable of changing anywhere you look, so that anything Jordie says is irrelevant. It can change very quickly with this disease.”

“Shit, these guys seem to have an answer for everything.”

“No, that’s good for us!”

‘Why?”

“Because if he’s right, he’s right. And if he’s wrong, we’ve got an explanation!” “Ha!”

“Yeah, it’s a no-loser for us.”

[All That Glitters, p. 202]

The second time Jordan gave his description of Michael’s private parts was on December 1, 1993. This time it was to Deborah Linden, the Santa Barbara Deputy Sheriff and it was this second report that was quoted by the above Smoking Gun article.

The Deborah Linden report abounded in explicit details provided by Jordan. The full description was as follows:

With Los Angeles Police Department detectives weighing his claims, Chandler gave them a roadmap to Jackson’s below-the-waist geography, which, he said, includes distinctive “splotches” on his buttocks and one on his penis, “which is a light color similar to the color of his face.” The boy’s information was so precise, he even pinpointed where the splotch fell while Jackson’s penis was erect, the length of the performer’s pubic hair, and that he was circumcised.

http://web.archive.org/web/20090630025648/http://www.thesmokinggun.com/michaeljackson/010605jacksonsplotch.html

Horrendous as it looks on second thought you begin realizing that it was not that impossible to claim the same without ever seeing those genitalia.

The “distinctive splotches” on the buttocks were seen by Evan Chandler after which vitiligo was correctly assumed to be everywhere on MJ’s body, the short pubic hair is typical of black people as I hear,  the circumcision idea expressed by Jordan was already determined to be totally incorrect - and the only thing that remains to be looked into is “the light splotch” and its placement on what is called here an “erect” penis.

By calling it “erect” they are camouflaging the fact that Jordan Chandler made a mistake in circumcision and pretend that circumcision and erection are the same thing. They are absolutely not and we have a special post about it, including the animation on how the foreskin moves even during erection and showing the glaring difference between the two.

I understand your amazement and disgust at the graphic mode of this discussion, but please regard it as a medical issue or the necessary job to be done to clear the innocent man of horrible slander, and then the whole thing will sound less of a nightmare to you.

Now back to the splotch.

You will agree that with Michael’s vitiligo it was almost impossible to make a mistake in respect of splotches and this is why Jordan was so sure of his words.

However the fate played an absolutely unique  joke on Jordan. It turned out that he and his father made a wrong guess of the color of MJ’s whole penis (sorry for being so graphic). They thought that it was black, but in reality it was white.

But how on earth do we know about it?

Declaration of Tom Sneddon, May 25, 2005

Declaration of Tom Sneddon, May 25, 2005

We know it from Sneddon’s declaration made on May 26, 2005 where he described the photos obtained from the strip search and some peculiarities of that description made us realize that the highly intimate part of MJ’s body had a different color from the one Evan and Jordan Chandler expected it to be.

After long beating about the bush in that document Sneddon finally says that there was a certain “dark blemish located at about the same relative location” as described by Jordan Chandler. Then he calls the “dark blemish” “a discoloration” and says that it was he who compared the photos with the description, and he believes that the photos “substantially corroborate the description” and he is making these statements “on information and belief” and that he “believes them to be true”.

The accuracy of this declaration is simply mind-blowing – it abounds in vague terms like a dark spot being called a discoloration and it being found “at about the same relative location” as described by Jordan and all this being Sneddon’s “belief” that it is true.

Though there is a lot more to say about this incredible document let me ask you to focus only on the dark blemish at the moment.

While Jordan Chandler’s guess was that Michael was supposed to have a “light splotch which was the color of his face” Sneddon is talking here about a dark blemish.

A dark one.

Am I missing something or can a dark spot be seen only on a light background and a light spot be seen only on a dark background?

And what will be your opinion on the two cows – is it possible to mistake a black cow for a white one even if they have some spots on their skin? And what will be the first thing you will notice – the whole color or a certain spot on the background? Or will it be both as the background is inseparable from anything painted on it?

The Chandlers imagined it black  with one light splotch

The Chandlers imagined it black with one light splotch

These simple reflections made me realize that Jordan didn’t actually know the whole color of what he had allegedly seen and didn’t know that it was predominantly white with probably some dark spots there. And he described it as dark with a light splotch on it – so it turned out to be the opposite of  what they expected….

No power on earth (even vitiligo) can change the color of the skin into its opposite within a couple of months only, and all Sneddon’s later attempts to prove that Michael had undergone an operation to change the color of his genitals and bring back the foreskin went bust.

And the cow turned out to be light

But it turned out to be white with one  dark blemish on it

He went through all Michael’s medical records and approached all his doctors including those in England, but the mammoth efforts to prove that during the three weeks Michael was in a rehab he grew back the foreskin and changed the color of his genitals went nowhere because all of it is simply impossible.

So what do we have as a summary of this totally obscene discussion?

  • The splotches on the buttocks were seen by Evan Chandler and this is why they were described correctly.
  • The short pubic hair is nothing unusual for blacks.
  • The erect penis is not the same as circumcision as the foreskin is highly noticeable and moves even during erection, however in all his statements and media performances Sneddon still tried to pass one for the other.
  • And the only two distinctive details Jordan Chandler was counting on as his damnest evidence were both incorrect – Michael was uncircumcised and his genitalia had a dark blemish standing out on a light background (and not the opposite as Jordan described).

It is even funny that with male anatomy being more or less the same it was possible for Jordan to make so many mistakes!

As a final note on the above let me say that none of the officers or experts who were obliged to compare Jordan’s description with the photos had a chance to do it. Some saw only the photos, others saw only the description and everyone counted on someone else to say what the comparison showed. Actually all of they say almost in unison that “they were told that it was a match”.

The only person who made the comparison was Tom Sneddon. He stated it in his declaration himself and declared that everything he said there was true and correct except the things he only believed to be true.

6. I believe evidence of Jordan Chandler’s knowledge, as evidenced by his verbal description and drawing, when considered together with the photograph of Defendant’s penis, substantially rebuts the opinion evidence offered by witnesses for Defendant to the effect that he is of a “shy” and “modest” nature and so would not have exposed his naked body in the presence of young boys.

I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct except for those statements made on information and belief, and as to those statements, I believe them to be true.

Executed May 26, 2005, at Santa Maria, California.

http://www.sbscpublicaccess.org/docs/ctdocs/052505pltmotchandler.pdf

NONE OF THEM WANTED TO TESTIFY AGAINST JACKSON – EVER

Now it is time to handle the next statement from a reader who reads too much of mjlies and says that “Ray Chandler DID allow his book to be used in court”. This is evidently supposed to convey to us that:

  • the decision to allow or not allow its use depended on Ray Chandler and it was a sort of a favor on his part and
  • the book was the next best thing to his testimony which could be used as a replacement for Ray Chandler’s personal presence

My answer is NO, the decision to use or not use the book did not depend on Ray Chandler, and it wasn’t a favor of his but his greatest desire to have his lies read out in court while he himself was not present there.

And the second is YES, the book could be regarded as part of his testimony but only if he himself testified in court.

This last point is very interesting. If the book could indeed be regarded as his testimony, why wasn’t it possible to use it as a sort of a declaration on his part but made in his absence?

This was not possible because in accordance with Amendment 6th to the US constitution every accused person has the right to challenge his accuser in court – cross-examine him and ask him inconvenient questions there. And this is exactly what Ray Chandler absolutely didn’t want to do. He vehemently objected to testifying against Jackson as he had nothing to prove his lies with and this is why he fought Michael’s subpoena tooth and nail.

We have proof of Ray Chandler’s refusal to testify in the form of a series of motions sent back and forth which ended in Ray Chandler’s complete victory discussed here in great detail.  He managed to prove that he was a sort of a journalist (a self-publisher of his book) and therefore could enjoy the immunity granted to journalists by the Shield Law.

In the recent blogtalk radio show with King Jordan Thomas Mesereau didn’t mention this episode as it was evidently another Michael’s attorney who subpoenaed Ray Chandler to the 2005 trial. But who subpoenaed him doesn’t matter – what matters here  is that Ray Chandler refused to speak against Michael in court  and preferred to spread his lies in the media where he didn’t face the danger of a cross-examination by Michael’s lawyers.

And when he chose not to testify there, this simultaneously meant that his book could not be submitted to court either as according to the 6th Amendment if you accuse someone of something you should go to court to prove it as the accused person also has the right to defend himself against the accuser.

But if the accuser is afraid of some questions and wants to send his book to represent himself in court, this won’t do as the book cannot answer questions which will naturally arise from the other side. So it is either this or that, and that fake “permission” from Ray Chandler to use the book while he himself will hide in the bushes means nothing, or rather shows Ray Chandler and his advocates for what they really are – falisfiers of the truth.

FBI agents approached Jordan Chandler in September 2004. He said "he had done his part"

FBI agents approached Jordan Chandler in September 2004. He said to them he had no interest in testifying against MJ, would legally fight any attempt to do so and that  he believed “he had done his part”

Of all Chandlers only June Chandler ventured to come to court while all the rest of them refused.

Jordan Chandler refused twice  –  first in 1994 (he cooperated with the police for several months after the settlement) and then in 2004 when he said that he would sue them if they insisted and in closing the conversation dropped a mysterious phrase that “he had done his part”.

Parts are usually played by actors in some theatrical performances which the Jordan Chandler case actually was.

And Sneddon was part and parcel of this theatrics himself.

SNEDDON’S BUFFOONERY WITH MICHAEL’S PHOTOS

Sneddon knew that Jordan would not testify at the 2005 trial as he refused to do so in September 2004, but despite that Sneddon still waved the photos of MJ’s genitalia in the courtroom teasing the jury and the public, frightening Michael out of his wits and impressing the media with this spectacular gesture, all the time knowing that he could not show the photos in court.

Why couldn’t he?

Exactly for the same reason why Ray Chandler’s book could not be used without his personal testimony in court. If there is no accuser to speak about the accused person’s genitalia no one can introduce the photos of them either – and this again in accordance with the great Sixth Amendment to Constitution for which I have a huge respect.

It was Tom Sneddon who didn’t have respect for the Constitution as he knew that he didn’t have his witness but nevertheless tried to introduce a piece of evidence about which only this witness could testify.  It was a complete bluff on Sneddon’s part and its sole idea was to create the impression that the photos were a match to Jordan’s description.

Sneddon deliberately wanted to send shock waves about MJ throughout the nation and the world, and thus accuse Michael on the basis of this bluff alone.

The judge naturally didn’t allow the photos but the effect was indescribable. Everyone thought that Sneddon had some crucial evidence on his hands, but the judge was so “awe-struck” by the celebrity that he left this evidence out and thus allowed the “criminal” to get away with his crime.

But the stark truth of the matter is that Sneddon did not have a single shred of evidence against Michael.

The other prosecutor in the 1993 case, the Los Angeles DA Gil Garcetti had the decency to distance himself from Sneddon’s tricks and at the end of the 1993/94 investigation publicly declared Michael innocent “like all of the rest of us in this room”. However Sneddon continued prosecuting and persecuting Michael though all he had on his hands was “what the boy said”.

And “what the boy said” was a big lie.

Let us sum up why we are so certain about it.

The truth can be bought from the USA Today. If you buy it you'll learn that

If you  don’t pay for the truth you’ll learn that “Photos MAY contradict Michael’s accuser”. And if you pay for it you’ll learn even more  - that  ”photos of Michael Jackson’s genitalia DO NOT MATCH descriptions given by the boy”.

We are certain about it because we’ve analyzed each detail of  Jordan’s description with its splotch, circumcision and other crap and proved that he made every mistake that was ever possible to make there.

We are also certain that Jordan told a lie as the USA Today published an article on January 28, 1993 placing a tiny but crucial phrase there that the “photos of Michael Jackson’s genitalia do not match descriptions given by the boy”.

Larry Feldman wanted the photos barred - fragment

Larry Feldman demanded barring the photos from the civil trial unless MJ showed them to Jordan and submitted himself to a second strip search.

We also know that Jordan lied from the fact that Larry Feldman didn’t like the photos to such a degree that he demanded to bar them from the civil trial. See the full story about it here please.

We also know that Jordan lied from the simple fact that Tom Sneddon did not arrest Michael then and there, and never brought charges against him in 1993 at all.

We also know it from the fact that two Grand juries looked into all the evidence in 1994 and found nothing to indict MJ for.

And we also know about it from Tom Sneddon’s own press release where he admitted that he had no evidence against Jackson – only he said it in so roundabout way that no one really noticed it.

SNEDDON ADMITTED HE HAD NO EVIDENCE AGAINST JACKSON

Jordan's declaration of 1993 was published by the Smoking Gun on the same day Bashir's film aired and Sneddon made his press-release. ALL OF IT ON FEBRUARY 6, 2003

On February 6, 2003 the Smoking Gun published Jordan’s declaration of 1993 which was part of a confidentiality agreement. Jackson issued a statement: “Someone has chosen to violate that confidentiality” and use the boy’s statements to further sully the star’s character. 

By some inexplicable coincidence Sneddon’s press-release i am talking about was made on the same day when Bashir’s film aired (February 6, 2003).

By an even more miraculous coincidence Jordan Chandler’s declaration from the year 1993 was leaked to the media and published for the first time also on February 6, 2003.

Jordan’s declaration was part of a confidentiality agreement and Michael Jackson issued a statement saying that “someone” had chosen to violate that confidentiality and use the boy’s statements to further sully his character.

I wonder who that “somebody” might be and how come all the three events happened on one and the same day?

Press release of February 6, 2003 (the same day when Bashir's documentary aired and Jordan Chandler's 1993 declaration released  to the media)

Tom Sneddon made his press release on February 6, 2003  which miraculously coincided with  the date when Bashir’s documentary aired in the US and Jordan Chandler’s declaration of 1993 was leaked to the public for the first time

In his press-release Sneddon addressed the issue of MJ “sleeping with boys” and spoke about the prior Jordan Chandler’s case.

Sneddon complained that in order to do something with this terrible Jackson he needed new, “credible” evidence or new “victims” willing to cooperate, and called on the public for help in finding those “victims”.

As a side note let me say that now that we know how dear a price the Connecticut State Attorney Frank Maco paid for using  the word “victim” just once (for Dylan Farrow in the Woody Allen case), you will understand how big a misdeed Tom Sneddon was getting away with when using the same word for Michael Jackson.

There is also a very big difference between what Frank Maco and Tom Sneddon were saying.

Frank Maco used the word for the girl who was a very likely victim of sex abuse as all other evidence testified to it too, while Sneddon was using the same word for non-existent “victims” of MJ or people who had not yet even complained about anything!

As we know State Attorney Frank Maco was almost disabarred for just one word, and the Santa Barbara District Attorney Tom Sneddon left the office with honors and the highest pension in the state. Equality, you know…

Sneddon’s February 6, 2003 press release opened with the status of the 1993 investigation and said that Sneddon was still waiting for credible evidence against Jackson. By the very definition of it this means that prior to that moment he had nothing credible to rely on:

1. The Status of the Prior Investigation.  A number of years ago at a press conference in Los  Angeles with the then L.A. County District Attorney, Gil Garcetti, we described the investigation  as “open, but inactive.”  It was stated that the case could be reactivated upon the discovery of new, credible evidence or victims willing to cooperate.  Nothing has changed.  The investigation  remains “open, but inactive.”

In point 5 of the same press-release Sneddon explained why he couldn’t act against Jackson on the basis of Bashir’s film or Jordan’s declaration of December 1993.

It was because the California Law didn’t allow him to go forward if he had only a confession of a claimant, but didn’t have a witness OR other evidence:

5. California Law and a Child/Victim’s Right to Refuse to Testify and Cooperate in Investigations.  Under California law a child/victim must voluntarily cooperate with law enforcement.  Neither testimony nor an appearance in court can be mandated.  Therefore, an investigation without a cooperative victim or a percipient witness to establish the corpus for a crime is not prosecutable.  While it may seem strange that even if a person made an admission or a confession, under California law without a witness or other evidence to establish the corpus there is no case.  See CALJIC Instruction 2.72.

Besides Jordan's declaration Sneddon needed either a witness OR some other evidence. He had NEITHER.

Point 5 of the press-release cited the California law. It  explains that  in order to bring charges against MJ in addition to Jordan’s declaration Sneddon needed either a witness OR  other evidence. Sneddon never charged MJ. Therefore he had neither the witness, nor the evidence.

Let’s get over it once again, guys, as you surely didn’t get the point.

First let us see what conditions needed to be met for the California law to allow the prosecution to move forward with a complaint.

If a minor complains of an abuse in a ‘confession’ of his,  this is not enough for bringing charges against the accused person. The California law also requires a witness to testify OR other evidence to prove the case. Otherwise there will be no case.

Now let’s see what Sneddon did or didn’t have.

  • A confession from a complainant he did have - it was Jordan’s declaration made to Larry Feldman (or something similar obtained from Jordan by the police).
  • The witness Sneddon didn’t have as Jordan refused to testify (and twice too).
  • But even if the witness refused Sneddon still had one more chance to proceed with the case. All he needed for it was the evidence to prove the minor’s complaint.

This alternative was given to him by the California legislators sometime in 1995 when the law changed and allowed prosecutors to bring charges against the accused on the basis of evidence alone, even in case minors refused to testify. It was an exception to the Sixth Amendment I admire so much and was made specifically for children and for sex abuse cases only.

However Sneddon still did not bring any charges against Jackson and in his press-release practically declared to the whole world that he had nothing credible against him – and this dots all the i’s and crosses all the t’s in this incredible story of Jordan Chandler.

Tom Sneddon had not evidence against Michael Jackson though he said the opposite on almost every media forum.

CHILD PROTECTIVE AUTHORITIES DIDN’T HAVE ANYTHING EITHER

Sneddon’s press-release of February 6, 2003 has one more important point.

Point 4 mentions that there were certain documents made by the Child Protective authorities which were confidential and were therefore not subject to disclosure:

4. Welfare and Institutions Code section 300 investigations are within the purview of the Child Protective Service Division of the Department of Social Services.  By law those investigations are confidential and not subject to disclosure.

I practically see our mjlies boys grasping at a straw here – and what if these undisclosed documents have something terrible against Jackson?

To their disappointment the Department for Children and Family Services has made several statements to the effect and clearly stated that they had nothing against Jackson either.

Their recent May 5, 2011 information from the DCFS said the following:

  • The DCFS statement about Arvizos

    The DCFS statement about Arvizos in 2003 (click to enlarge)

    the Arvizos case had zero credibility (the DCFS 2003 statement about Arvizos was leaked to the press and Larry Feldman even threatened to sue the authorities for the damage the truth did to the poor family).

  • The 1993 similar statement from the DFCS is not available to us, but their information released in 2011 addresses both Arvizo and Chandler cases and says that in both cases Michael Jackson was cleared.
  • The DCFS says they investigated MJ on an on and off basis for at least 10 years and during all investigations Michael was fully cooperative with the authorities and held nothing back.
  • In the 1993 case an extensive investigation was carried out. Michael was subjected to a battery of tests and interviews and answered the hardest questions possible, and did it  for hours.  And all this in the absence of his lawyer.

Here is the article which broke the news that the DCFS investigated Michael Jackson in both cases and in all investigations they conducted he was fully cleared:

“With Katherine Jackson ratcheting up the debate about her son Michael Jackson’s relationship with children by saying he was no child molester, a well-placed government source tells RadarOnline she’s right.

The Los Angeles Department of Children and Family Services absolutely agrees with Katherine that her son never molested any child in cases the department investigated,” a source told RadarOnline.

Michael Jackson was investigated by DCFS on and off for at least 10 yearsThe department undertook a first extensive investigation of allegations made by an underage accuser in 1993.

“Michael was fully cooperative during all of his interactions with DCFS,” the source said.

“Michael was interviewed for hours without his lawyer. He held nothing back.

He couldn’t understand why these allegations were being made against him. DCFS cleared him on any wrongdoing in all investigations.

“Did Michael put himself in precarious situations that most normal people wouldn’t? Absolutely . . . The questioning was very, very hard on Michael, he just couldn’t fathom that anyone could accuse him of being a child molester.”

Another accuser, in 2005, “had absolutely no credibility,” the source said. “There were differing accounts of what happened from the accuser and his family members.”

http://www.radaronline.com/exclusives/2011/05/katherine-jackson-michael-jackson-today-show-child-molester-pedophile-los-angeles

If there are no more questions on this issue let me go over to the other two questions which arrived from the mjlies.

‘NUZZLING’ AND LISA-MARIE PRESLEY

One of the two questions was about MJ allegedly “nuzzling” Brett Barnes. I had to look up the word “nuzzle” and found it was something like “sniffing”.  I asked the people who asked the question for proof that this terrible crime was indeed committed by MJ and while they are looking have checked some sources myself.

Goodness gracious! What would they say if this were a boy? [MJ with his niece}

Goodness gracious! What would they say if this were a boy? [MJ with his niece Brandy Jackson]

What I found is indeed groundbreaking.

Not only something that looked like nuzzling was indeed found but open embraces were found too -  however not in respect of Brett Barnes or boys in general (with them it was mostly food fighting), but in respect of very many girls instead.

No words

No comment

In fact there are so many photos of Michael embracing and hugging girls that these photos are the best proof of the old saying that fathers always want sons born to them, but dote most on their daughers.

The way Michael looks it seems that he is simply dying of happiness and admiration for these little girls.

While I was coming across more and more photos of Michael admiring these little ones (the pictures posted here are just a fraction), one more question arrived and this one was about Lisa-Marie Presley:

Is this "nuzzling" or what? [with Sage Romero]

Is this “nuzzling” or what? [with Sage Romero]

QUESTION:

“I have a question on Lisa Marie. She said in one interview she was sure Michael was innocent, but at another around the same time she said she often worried he was guilty. And of course there was the ambiguous Oprah answer that “only Michael and the kid know.” Why can’t she seem to make up her mind? Better yet, how could she be so close to him for so long and not know if he was guilty or not? What do you think she really believes?”

Oh, so Lisa-Marie Presley “often worried that he was guilty”? Really?

This is news to me as I have never seen or heard Lisa-Marie Presley “worry about his guilt” and do it “often” at that. She did speak at length about their differences and sometimes called him an idiot and other bad names, but each time she thought it necessary to clarify that it concerned only their relationship as a man and woman, and it was not in any way connected with children.

Here is a typical sample of what she usually says (the sample is taken from an interview with the Playboy Magazine in 2003):

PLAYBOY: Did you and he ever have children join you in your bed?

LISA-MARIE PRESLEY: Never. Never, never, never, never. I never saw him sleep in bed with a child, ever.

PLAYBOY: Did you ever see him with photos of nude children?

PRESLEY: Never. Never.

PLAYBOY: Do you have any reason to think he’s a child molester?

PRESLEY: If I’d had any reason to suspect that, I would have had nothing to do with the guy. I had no reason to, other than the allegations themselves. The only two people who know are Michael and that kid in the room. I’ve never seen him behave inappropriately. He was great with my kids. He does have a connection with kids, babies. He’s a kid, and other kids sense that in him.

http://www.lisamarieonline.net/lisa/interviews/Playboy.php

Yes, sometimes Lisa-Marie does follow other people’s foolish ideas and repeats their usual mantra that “only that kid and Michael know what happened in that room”.

This silly statement is made by lots of people (including Aphrodite Jones, for example) thus showing to us that no amount of  facts proving anyone’s innocence is enough for these people. The only way they think they can know the truth is to “be in that room”. Otherwise they will be groping in the dark, poor things.

Let me say to these people that “being in one room” with a molested kid and the abuser is absolutely not the decisive point here. Child abusers are extremely inventive and a child may be molested in front of everyone without the people around them noticing it. How do I know it? I do and please don’t ask me how I came to know it. I was also a little child once but still remember it like yesterday.

A much surerer way to know the truth is learn the system of values of a person, his beliefs, thoughts and ideas he is bringing into this world. If the person talks about child molestation in each of his films and spreads ideas like “half the country does it” this will be reason enough to prick your ears and stand on the guard of your children.

But with Michael Jackson who at age 35 would blush at profanities or run from dirty jokes said in his presence? Every person who knew him more or less well noted that Michael had the purest heart anyone could ever imagine.

Michael Jackson with Lisa-Marie's children

Michael Jackson with Lisa-Marie’s children

If Lisa Marie keeps repeating that silly story about “not being there” I suggest that someone asks her to recall whether she ever left her children alone with Michael.

The answer she would give to herself will explain to her that if she had ever doubted Michael she would have never allowed her children to even come up close to him – whether alone or in her presence.

No, she never doubted him.   Actually I don’t even know what we are discussing here. Lisa-Marie already said that she had never had any doubts about Michael:

  • “If I’d had any reason to suspect that, I would have had nothing to do with the guy … He was great with my kids. He does have a connection with kids, babies.
  • He’s a kid, and other kids sense that in him.

DID THE INSURANCE COMPANY PAY?

As an extra bonus to those who want some answers let me explore one more question often discussed by fans and non-fans alike.

During the recent King Jordan’s blogtalk radio show Thomas Mesereau was asked whether there is evidence that the Chandlers were paid by the insurance company:

QUESTION:  “Was there any evidence that it was settled by an insurance company or paid by them?”

To this Thomas Mesereau said the following:

“My understanding was that the insurance company did not pay. Now the settlement agreement was written, and again, I was not involved in that settlement – you should ask Howard Weizman about that settlement, I was not involved, I didn’t even know Michael at the time, I got to know him eleven years later but my understanding was that the settlement agreement was written to permit the possibility that the insurance company would pay but I was also told that the insurance company did not pay. That’s my understanding. There are some people running around saying that an insurance company paid it and that’s why it was settled and my understanding is that it is not correct.”

Thomas Mesereau’s reply upset a lot of people.

To many it sounded like a complete disaster, though to me it absolutely didn’t. I really don’t care who paid what as I know the real reason for that settlement – it was simply because Michael could no longer stand the torture. He was so fed up with the whole thing that was ready to do anything to make it go away.

However to those who are super-sensitive about this issue let me say that I have found evidence that the insurance was indeed going to pay money in a settlement agreement and the dispute was actually not so much about the possibility of payment, but mostly about the sum they were ready to part with.

What the end result was I don’t know, but what I know for sure is that two weeks before the settlement the insurance company offered a certain sum to Michael’s team as a “one-time” offer only, but they didn’t accept it and three weeks after the initial offer their negotiations with the insurance company were still in progress.

All these details come from this article published in the New Sunday Times dated January 30, 1993:

Jackson ‘sought insurance help pay boy’

The New Sunday Times

January 30, 1993

London, Sat. – Michael Jackson asked his insurance company to the multimillion dollar payout to the teenager who filed a child molestation suit against the pop star, it was reported yesterday.

The newspaper Today said it has documents showing that the Illionois-based Transamerica Insurance Group was astounded by Jackson’s demand and told Jackson his personal liability policy didn’t cover sex allegations.

Despite the company’s position that Jackson wasn’t covered, Transamerica attorney Jordan Harriman made “a one-time only” offer to Jackson on January 13 to resolve the claim – but Jackson rejected it, according to the paper. Today said negotiations were continuing.

“Our client relationship precludes us from discussing it,” said Cheryl Friedling, spokeswoman for what is now known as TIG Holdings Inc. in the Los Angeles suburb of Woodland Hills.

Jackson’s lawyers announced an out-of-court settlement this week with a 14-year old who had filed a civil suit accusing the pop star of molesting him during a five-month campaign of seduction.

None of the lawyers involved would disclose financial terms of the settlement, but a source close to the case said that Jackson was paying US $15 million to the teenager.

The Insurance company made a "one-time" offer to Jackson to pay in the settlement case

The Insurance company made a “one-time” offer to Jackson to  contribute to his payment to the Chandlers. Jackson refused, but three weeks later the negotiations were still going on

To say that the insurance company insisted on payment to the Chandlers would be a grave overstatement of course, but it is also obvious that after Michael’s lawyers approached the insurers they agreed to do something about it and even made an offer to Michael, and Thomas Mesereau simply doesn’t know about it.

The further details of the case are as follows.

Michael’s insurance company was Transamerica Insurance Group Holdings Inc. based in Los Angeles. Instead of defending Michael in a civil trial his lawyers (Johnny Cochran and his team) started working with both Michael and the insurance persuading them that the settlement would be the best way out in the circumstances. To Michael they promised that the insurance company would agree to cover the cost and to the insurance they evidently said that they would lose more in case Michael was unable to go on working.

The insurance company wasn’t especially happy but still made an offer on January 13, two weeks before the settlement. This initial offer apparently convinced Michael that the agreement with the insurance company was well on the way and the only thing that remained to be done was agreeing on the sum.

And indeed, though the offer was said to be “one-time” only,  three weeks later on January 30  the negotiations were still going on.

The sum of the settlement with the Chandlers is named here as $15 million (just as we thought). The amount offered by the insurance company is unknown to us, but even if their offer was much lower it was surely not rejected as someting is still better than nothing, so at least some part of it was covered by the insurance policy.

This is why it turns out that in this insurance situation everyone is telling the truth – Michael’s lawyers who said that the insurance company paid some money, Michael himself who was promised by lawyers that payment would be eventually made and who even saw their first offer, and even Thomas Mesereau who says that it was his understanding that the company had not paid.

They most probably did pay, but the amount was evidently not big enough to cover the whole sum of the settlement.

None of it matters of course as Michael was innocent anyway.

* * *

Will there be any other questions, guys?


Filed under: FACT CHECKING Michael Jackson's HATERS, MICHAEL'S CRAZIEST FOES, RAY CHANDLER WAS SUBPOENAED to prove his "All that glitters" lies in court. Why did he fight it?, THE 1993 CASE Tagged: insurance, Jordan Chandler, Larry Feldman, Lisa Marie Presley, Michael Jackson, Ray Chandler, settlement, Thomas Mesereau, Tom Sneddon

Chandler Timeline

$
0
0

Originally posted on Turning the Table on the Chandler Allegations:

July 1966 - Evan and Raymond Charmatz are members of a band named The Fugitives who’s single “Your Girl’s A Woman”, co-written by Evan, breaks into the top 40. Evan spends 4 years in college followed by 4 years of dental school according to his brother Ray.

Image

September 19, 1972 –At 28 years old (born 1/25/1944) Evan registers his dental license with the New York Dental Board. It’s unknown what address he used in 1972 but his license is currently listed with the board at the address he committed suicide in. He meets June at NYU’s free clinic (Ray says ‘73 when finishing school)

1973- Evan Chandler moves to West Palm Beach to practice dentistry– changing his last name to Chandler. According to Mary Fischer’s source he felt Charmatz was too Jewish sounding. But feeling that Chandler might have changed his surname for a more sinister reason, I requested information…

View original 15,420 more words


Filed under: Uncategorized

MICHAEL’S “ADDICTION” or Who Needs Enemies With Friends Like These?

$
0
0

Five years after Michael Jackson’s death the most painful thing the media and public say about him is not even the allegations about ‘boys’ –  this will slowly fade away with every new book telling us what a big kid Michael himself was – but a lie that Michael was a drug-addict.

He was not. There was a time when he did get addicted to Demerol – in 1993 when he went to a rehab and in the 2000s when he relapsed due the bridge fall and other circumstances – but both times he managed to overcome the habit, and even though technically he could be called an addict he was definitely a recovered one.

However MJ’s drug-addiction is still propagated by too many people including his family and this is where it hurts most. The public is inclined to think that if the family holds to this opinion then who should know better than they do?

The Jacksons were indeed always ready to ‘save’ Michael from addiction, but their problem was that they had too little contact with Michael and the majority of them didn’t see him for years,  and as the AEG trial showed none of them actually knew what exactly Michael was to be saved from.

All of it was mostly rumors, gossip, hearsay and media spin. They seemed to be constantly under the impression that the Demerol thing was still going on and in the absence of true information were hanging on every wild story told by the media and “well-wishers”.

The recent book by Michael’s bodyguards (“Remembering the time: Protecting Michael Jackson in his final days”) says that Joe Jackson who hadn’t seen his son for several years greeted one of them with the words “You’re probably one of those putting needles in my son’s arm”.

And this was said at a time when Michael had just come from Ireland and was clean as a whistle! This episode alone tells us all we need to know about how little Joe and the family knew of the real Michael and how poor their opinion of him was. And even though their actions were prompted by genuine concern for his well-being there may be still little excuse for an ignorance like that.

But the most outrageous family spokesman trumpeting about Michael’s “addiction” is actually not a member of the family, but a certain Terry Harvey who presents himself as an insider and close family friend and who repeatedly makes his appearance in the media to tell horrendous stories about Michael.

TERRY HARVEY

His previous performance was in the Autopsy program made by the UK Channel 5 and recently rebroadcast in the US. Over there Terry Harvey starred together with Conrad Murray and Michael’s worst detractor James Desborough (the one who invented a series about fake FBI files).

And the most recent event (which triggered off this post) occurred only a couple of days ago when he again spoke on behalf of the family in an article about Prince Jackson. The boy looked very nice there, shared his plans for the future and said that they were still having a tough time without their father who was the best father anyone could have.

Of course it is very tough for them and of course Michael was the best.

The V-sign is amazingly the same

The V-sign is amazing

In the photo Prince looks slimmer and not in the least like Michael, but his two fingers in a V-sign strike you as the exact replica of Michael’s fingers held in the same gesture. This was actually the first thing I noticed and it was amazing.

In short everything would be fine about that article if only it didn’t introduce Terry Harvey as a close friend of the Jackson family and he didn’t go again into his old mantra about Michael being a drug addict.

Considering that Terry Harvey knows of Michael even less than the family as he met Michael just several times in the spring of 2009 it’s high time everyone understood that his repeated stories about Michael are fictional and are simply a chance to make loud publicity for himself.

If it were not for the aura of being a ‘Jacksons’ close friend’ no one would ever care about Terry Harvey and what this disgrace of a man thinks about MJ, but since he is evidently a friend of Joe Jackson he is making extensive use of his association  to speak about things he has absolutely no idea of.

Here is the article about Prince Jackson and Terry Harvey also finding his way into the story:

He was the best father anybody could have’ Prince Jackson opens up about dad Michael

"He was the best father anybody could have"

He was the best father anybody could have

IT’S been five years since Michael Jackson passed away, but his son Prince has admitted that it’s still tough for the famous family.

By: Kirsty McCormack

Published: Sun, June 22, 2014

The 17-year-old, who has entered the limelight since his father’s death, revealed it was still “tough” coping with the loss and told how the last thing he and Michael had planned was a trip to London.

Speaking to The Sun on Sunday, Prince said: “My dad always said he loved London.

“He really wanted to go there and show what he could do. He was looking forward to showing us around.”

The King of Pop was scheduled to play several dates at London’s O2 Arena, but sadly he died of a cardiac arrest on June 25, 2009 – three weeks before the tour was due to begin.

“It’s tough. This will be the fifth anniversary of his death. Yeah… yeah,” Prince added.

“He was the best father anybody could have. He raised us the right way and there is nothing anyone can do to make us forget about him.

“He was always concerned about humanity. He helped many charities. In his songs his message was simple — love. We will continue to spread his message.”

Prince’s life nowadays is worlds away from how he lived when his father was alive – especially as the superstar used to hide Prince’s face behind a mask, along with his other two children Paris and Prince Michael “Blanket” Jackson II.

The teenager has not only found work as a TV presenter but he’s also acted in US TV show ’90210′ and attends several celebrity events.Prince and Paris, pictured here as children, are still coping with their grief five years on [SPLASH]

Speaking at the after party of the US premiere of ‘True Blood’ in Los Angeles this week, he said: “I don’t expect to walk into roles because of who I am. I want to learn my craft.

“My plan is to work for TV companies, doing what I did for Entertainment Tonight,” he added.

“I had such great fun working for that show and doing interviews. I learned a lot. The feedback I got was really great, too. I want to get more experience.”

The youngster hopes to direct films one day, but is keen to do more acting before taking on that role.

“We all love movies and I would like to be a director one day. But to be a good director you have to know how an actor works and feels on set,” he explained.

“I want to learn my craft and experience being in TV shows and possibly movies before I even consider going behind the camera.

“It is not a job to be taken lightly. You need to put your time in to learning something properly before overseeing others.”

Meanwhile, his 16-year-old Paris isn’t looking for a job in the industry and is currently recovering following a suicide attempt.

Close family friend Terry Harvey — who worked alongside the Jacksons for many years — revealed to the newspaper that the family’s trauma is still very raw.

“Paris was her daddy’s princess,” he said. “They had a special relationship which was torn apart. She saw her father’s dead body — it still gives her nightmares.

“That is the type of trauma a young girl never recovers from. It is five years ago but to most of the family it still feels like it happened yesterday.”

Paris – who tried to take her own life last summer – has been attending a private boarding school in Utah after being admitted to hospital.

According to family friends, she has recovered well in recent months, but Terry says Michael’s physician, Conrad Murray, is to blame.

Conrad was convicted of involuntary man-slaughter in November 2011, but spent just two years in prison.

“Conrad Murray has a lot to answer for,” Terry stated. “He has wrecked so many lives and yet the family and I agree he has shown no remorse, only self-pity. That family has been through hell because of that man.

“He even tried to get Prince and Paris to testify for him in the criminal trial, thinking they supported him. What monster would do that?”

Terry added that he had tried to encourage Michael to go to rehab before his London shows.

“He needed rehab, not London shows, and a year getting healthier and off those crazy drugs,” he said.

His father Joe and I were telling people that Michael needed to go to rehab and not on tour. We were trying to save Michael Jackson.”

http://www.express.co.uk/news/showbiz/484095/Prince-Jackson-says-dad-Michael-was-the-best-father

Let me ask a question  - which “crazy drugs”? There was no Demerol or any other narcotics in Michael’s system and the only ones he had were Propofol which was never used by Michael outside performances and was given to him by a doctor, and Lorazepam, a benzodiazepine which was fed to Michael by Murray almost by force. He said it himself  that Michael didn’t like it because it was ineffective for his insomnia.

Propofol does not form an addiction and can be stopped at any minute without producing any consequences for the patient, while Lorazepam is addictive and according to some medical experts Michael did grow dependent on it, however Lorazepam was the drug of Murray’s choice and therefore any dependency on it should be his fault and none of Michael’s.

What else was found in Michael’s system? Nothing of importance – no narcotics for sure. However back in 2009 our friend Terry Harvey in cooperation with James Desborough who was working for the News of the World at that time came up with a totally crazy story about the reasons for Michael’s death and cited a ridiculous number of narcotics allegedly found in Michael’s home and in his body.

Remember how at the time of Michael’s death the media went absolutely wild with allegations about a whole assortment of narcotic drugs Michael allegedly died of? If you read Terry Harvey’s story you will know who was one of the first to trigger off that hysteria.

Most of the articles of that period are no longer available however I did find some (translated into other languages). The one below was Google translated into English from Vietnamese but originally it comes from a US source. The Google translation had its imperfections of course, and this is why the story was shortened, but the imperfection of text can be very well compensated for by the photos. Oh, these photos…

The story is attributed to Terry Harvey who gave an interview to the News of the World on July 19, 2009:

Terry Harvey: “Michael was poisoned “

Monday, 20/07/2009 11:14 AM (GMT +7)

According to the News of the World, the autopsy report shows that Michael was murdered.

Police told Michael’s family that their investigation will focus on one or several people who took care of Michael’s treatment in his final days. In the near future a criminal trial will be open to hear who is responsible for Michael’s death.

This means the doctor who was treating and caring for Michael will be included in the list for the investigation. Police are conducting an investigation in order to quickly find the guys who injected high doses of pain medication into Michael’s body.

Last week, La Toya Jackson – Michael’s sister said to the News of the World that she knows who killed her brother. And the amazing thing is yesterday, 19/7, Terry Harvey – a longtime friend of the Jackson family also gave an exclusive interview to the News of the World.

Terry said: “According to the survey results Michael died from an overdose of painkiller Diprivan and many other poisonous drugs. The investigators found very much of the drug in his stomach. The body of Michael had a lot of scars from injections “.

Terry Harvey

Terry Harvey with Joe Jackson

Terry Harvey with Joe Jackson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Google screen shot about drugs allegedly found in MJ's home 1“The authorities told the family that these drugs are the cause of Michael’s death. The police notified Michael’s family that they are coordinating their investigation with the Drug Enforcement Administration.”Google screen shot about drugs allegedly found in MJ's home 2

Terry said:  “I could see that Joe was prepared to file a lawsuit against anyone who is believed to have caused the death of his son.”

Terry added: “Michael was in the habit of taking drugs for a long time”

http://u.to/ibsgCA

For those who cannot read the text in the picture let me dechiper the top No. 5 section of it. It is preceded by a notice:

“These drugs were found at Jacko’s home. They are ranked by their potency – with 5 the strongest.

METHADONE. Synthetic morphine weans off junkies off heroin.

DEMEROL. Narcotic pain relief injected into Jackson.

PROPOROL. Anesthetic should only be used in hospital.

FENTANYL. Pain relief usually for terminal cancer patients.

OXYCONTIN. Branded “Hillibilly Heroin” after it killed 300 in US.

DILAUDID. Painkiller used after surgery and for cancer pain”.

Shall I remind those who missed the whole story that NONE of these drugs were found in Michael’s home (except Propofol of course)? There were no narcotics whatsoever – neither in his home, nor in his system.

Of course there is always a chance that the crazy drugs in the list were not named by Terry Harvey and were added to the story by the tabloids which are always ready to embellish the story.

However a month prior to that, immediately after Michael’s death crazy rumors about a huge assortment of narcotics in Michael’s home were circulating all over the media and this information was claimed to have also come from a close “friend” of the family.

One of the stories goes back to June 28, 2009 and says that a “close member” of the Jackson family said that Michael allegedly received a daily shot of Oxycontin and Demerol and that it was an injection of Demerol that sent him into a cardiac arrest which half an hour later led to his death.

The source was not named however Stacy Brown was mentioned in connection with the family “concerns about his use of painkillers, especially Demerol” of which he allegedly received “one injection per day always administered by a doctor”.

None of it was true of course.

Singer’s medical history a blur, says biographer

AGENCIES Jun 28, 2009, 03.40am IST

LOS ANGELES: Michael Jackson had a long and intricate history of health problems, say people who knew him but it has always been difficult to separate the rumours from his medical history.

”It’s always been a subject of confusion,” said J Randy Taraborrelli, a Jackson biographer who knew him for 40 years. ”His doctors have generally not betrayed him, so there is no way to be conclusive about this kind of information.”

Stacy Brown is another "friend" of the Jackson family

Stacy Brown is another “friend” of the Jackson family

A celebrity website citing an interview with an unidentified ”close member” of the Jackson family, reported the entertainer was injected with Demerol about half an hour before he went into cardiac arrest.

A senior law enforcement official told a news channel that Jackson was ”heavily addicted” to the painkiller Oxycontin and was injected daily with that medication, along with Demerol.

Stacy Brown, co-author of the 2005 book, ‘Michael Jackson: the Man Behind the Mask’, said the singer’s family had been very concerned recently about his use of painkillers, especially Demerol that had been one of the concerns for a long time. He said Jackson was receiving one injection per day, always administered by a doctor.

http://articles.timesofindia.indiatimes.com/2009-06-28/us/28159332_1_demerol-jackson-biographer-jackson-family

The fraudulent story about “Demerol injected half an hour before he went into cardiac arrest” was widely circulated in the press and the media claimed that it were some “Jackson’s aides” who allegedly told the story to the emergency room staff at the hospital:

Michael Jackson death caused by a Demerol shot?

June 26, 2009

New reports are in that say Michael Jackson may have died from a Demerol overdose. Many news agencies and websites are reporting that Michael Jackson died from receiving an overdose of Demerol. Toxicology results will take 4 to 6 weeks to confirm cause of death.

The Sun reports an Emergency Room source at UCLA hospital said Jackson aides told medics he had collapsed after an injection of potent Demerol. A Michael Jackson source said: “Shortly after taking the Demerol he started to experience slow shallow breathing. His breathing gradually got slower and slower until it stopped.”

The Jackson family also reportedly believes Michael may have died from Demerol. A close member of Michael Jackson’s family has told TMZ that Jackson received a daily injection of a synthetic narcotic similar to morphine, Demerol, and yesterday he received a shot at 11:30 AM. Shortly after the Demerol shot was given 911 was called.

Attempts were made by Michael Jackson’s personal Doctor, Dr.Conrad Murray, to save Jackson’s life before paramedics arrived. The paramedics tried to revive Jackson but were unsuccessful. Jackson was rushed to UCLA Medical Center where additional attempts were made to save his life. Michael Jackson never regained consciousness. He was pronounced dead at 2:26 on June 25th, 2009.

http://www.examiner.com/article/michael-jackson-death-caused-by-a-demerol-shot

.

6/26/2009 10:56 AM PDT BY TMZ STAFF

A close member of Michael Jackson’s family has told us Jackson received a daily injection of a synthetic narcotic similar to morphine – Demerol – and yesterday he received a shot at 11:30 AM.

Family members are saying the dosage was “too much” and that’s what caused his death.

http://www.tmz.com/2009/06/26/jackson-family-demerol-shot-caused-death/

Putting two and two together we realize that out of the two possible liars this particular lie was told by Stacy Brown. This doesn’t surprise us in the least as we have long known him to be an unscrupulous and cynical scoundrel – since the time he and Bob Jones wrote their fictional book about Michael.

However Terry Harvey is not any better. About a month after Michael’s death, on July 19, 2009 when James Desborough published his News of the World article admitting that the autopsy report revealed no narcotics in Michael’s system,  Terry Harvey named by the article a “close friend of the family” called Michael a “junkie who is no different to a drug addict living in a crack house”.

Considering that the autopsy showed no trace of narcotics the article was more restrained than the previous hysterical stuff but Terry Harvey nevertheless called Diprivan/Propofol a “a heavy-duty painkiller” (though it isn’t), Vistaril, an anti-allergic drug for treating rash and itching was called “a daily injection of a painkiller” and Prilosec prescribed for heartburn/stomach ulcers was included into a sinister “cocktail of pills” together with some anti-depressants.

Calling Michael a “junkie who is no different to a drug addict living in a crack house” on the basis of this is an unspeakable lie – none of these medicines are even remotely close to narcotics and all of them, except Propofol, may be found in the homes of any of us.

I doubt that Terry Harvey is unaware of the fact that there is nothing wrong with those pills, so the only other option is that his goal was to deliberately smear Michael’s name. This was done evidently in the hope that an average reader would be too lazy to look up the names of the pills and would believe the term “junkie” in respect of Michael without double checking.

Let me ask a question at this point – if Terry Harvey is really a “close friend” of the Jackson family who needs enemies with friends like these?

Here is the shortened variant of James Desborough/Terry Harvey’s story:

Michael Jackson’s death to lead to murder charges within days!

By James Deasborough

July 19th, 2009

News Of The World  WWW.NOTW.CO.UK

THE death of Michael Jackson is to become a MURDER investigation, the News of the World can reveal.

An autopsy on the superstar has shown he died from an injected overdose of heavy-duty painkiller Diprivan.

Police have told his family they will press charges against one or more people within DAYS and there will be a criminal TRIAL.

It could involve whoever administered the injection and anyone who made it available to the star.

Last week La Toya Jackson told the News of the World she knew who had murdered her brother.

Yesterday’s astonishing development was revealed by Terry Harvey, a long-time friend of the Jackson family, in an exclusive interview with us.

Terry said: “The autopsy shows that Michael died of a drug overdose with Diprivan and a range of pills in his stomach. He had needle marks on his neck and all over his body.

“The family are working with the DEA and Los Angeles Police Department to work out which doctor prescribed Michael these drugs and how far back this serious problem runs.

Respected music promoter Terry, currently working with girlband TLC, said:

“The family is speaking about whether there is enough evidence to take a private lawsuit against the promoters or the doctors involved.

“Once the criminal charges are announced, the family will file for a wrongful death lawsuit.

“Joe Jackson has made no secret of his efforts to step in to get Michael to rehab while he prepared for his London shows. The question is how much did the concert organisers know about his drug problems and who was feeding him the drugs?

“I can see Joe filing a lawsuit against anyone who is found to have caused fatal harm to his beloved son.

“He and the rest of the family are serious about getting to the bottom of his son’s death and insists it’s foul play. It’s no secret that AEG appointed a doctor to look after Michael’s welfare.”

Terry is also the first member of Jackson’s inner-circle to confirm the star’s horrendous, long-term addiction to prescription drugs.

He said Jacko died a JUNKIE thanks to daily injections of Diprivan (or Propofol) and another painkiller Vistaril, plus swallowing a cocktail of pills including anxiety drug Xanax, anti-depressants Prozac and Zoloft and anti-indigestion drug Prilosec.

Terry added: “Michael had a long-term drug habit. He was no different to a drug addict living in a crack house.What he wanted was served up to him. He didn’t go to the stores to get his fix, it was brought to him. He started in 1984 after he got burned filming that Pepsi advert. But in recent years it spiralled out of control and he was even self-injecting.

“By the end he knew how to administer these drugs himself as he had so much medical knowledge. Now he’s dead everyone is washing their hands of it. I don’t believe that Michael injected himself in the neck though.

“The jury is out on everyone in his inner circle. I believe some of them actually got him drugs. These people should be thrown into jail.”

Terry, who is friends with Joe Jackson and Michael’s brother Tito, got close to the star’s aides in his final days after agreeing to promote a one-off Jackson 5 reunion in 2010.And he is adamant that Michael needed to go to rehab before returning to the stage in London this month and begged 50-year-old Jacko’s associates to let him step in.

Terry, 49, said: “I toldthem Michael had a drug problem. I said we need to ‘get him off the junk’.

“They said my concerns were meritless and changed the subject. I didn’t hear a word afterwards.”

Terry told how Jacko’s dad tried to get Michael to go to rehab in March.

He said: “Joe wanted to get his son cleaned up as he was so keen to do the family show deal for 2010.

“He knew he wasn’t ready for these summer shows in London. Joe called him on the phone and said to Michael, ‘Let’s get it together. Let us help you and clean the house’. Michael said ‘OK’ to appease his dad but he didn’t even take his words in.

By that stage he was an addict.

“He still thought he was the biggest star in the world. He did what he wanted. He felt he wasn’t ready to go.

“Joe went to the house at least three times to intervene, but couldn’t get through to his son.”

Concerned Terry even offered to take care of Jacko. He said: “I begged Joe to get me into the house. I wanted to fight off all the enablers and keep them away.

“We had suspicions who was getting him prescription pills, but it was important to stop it first and deal with them later.

“MJ needed to be looked after one-on-one. Aside from the drugs Michael knew that these shows were too much for him.

He needed the money, but it was all too much too soon. I knew in his heart he didn’t want to and more importantly couldn’t do these shows.”

Terry told how Jacko called him after the O2 shows were announced.

He said: “Michael came on the phone and said, ‘I only signed up for 10 shows. I didn’t sign for 50. You are gonna have to rearrange the schedule to two shows a week.’ Michael could only do two shows a week due to the strain on his voice let alone the physical stress of doing two hours on stage.”

Two weeks ago AEG boss Randy Phillips told the News Of The World Jacko was lazy and had turned up for just two weeks of the four months of rehearsals.

But Terry said: “The TV has been showing clips of his rehearsals and from what I can see Michael wasn’t even singing live.

“He was struggling with his dance moves. I was told he had his vocals sequenced on stage so if he didn’t want to sing live they just switched on the tape.”

Days before his death Jackson postponed his 02 debut from July 8 to July 13 blaming the “size and scope” of the production.

Terry added: “Michael knew he had to do these shows as he was in so much debt.

“The concert company put a lot up front and wanted to get a return on their money. The shows and the pressure got bigger than he could handle. “Michael pushed himself to the edge as he didn’t want to let the fans down.”

http://rashmanly.com/2009/07/20/michael-jacksons-death-to-lead-to-murder-charges-within-days/

We thank Terry Harvey for a confirmation that Michael agreed to do only 10 shows and that 50 shows were an unexpected shock to him, but as to all the rest of it there will be some questions.

THE MATTER OF REHAB

None of the medicines enumerated by Terry Harvey needed to take Michael to a “rehab” as none of them are narcotic substances. All of them except Propofol are perfectly legitimate drugs which may be taken by any of us for our various health conditions (I for one am prescribed two of them).

Diprivan/Propofol is of course a highly unconventional drug to be given for sleep and in a home setting too, but even Propofol is not a narcotic and therefore does not require any rehabs, clean-ups or whatever. There is no craving for it the moment it is gone, it evaporates from the system five minutes after it stops dripping and absolutely nothing happens after that.

If Michael had been given an adequate treatment for insomnia the need for Propofol would have never arisen at all. When not under the pressure to perform Michael never used Propofol even if he scarcely slept. This we know from the bodyguards who saw him wandering from the studio to the kitchen deep in the night but who still didn’t see any doctors giving him any IV for almost three years they worked for him.

So the plan to place Michael in a “rehab” Terry Harvey is constantly speaking of could be a well-intentional one, but totally out of place and missing the whole point. Moreover any talk about it was extremely damaging to Michael.

Terry Harvey repeatedly boasts that he was trying to “save” Michael by telling Michael’s associates that Michael was a “drug-addict”, but let us remember that statements like these are actually a double-edged sword – if it was he who convinced AEG executives that Michael was missing rehearsals and lacked energy due to his “drug-addiction”, now Terry Harvey should please bear his share of responsibility for AEG’s vile harassment of Michael due to their belief that he was an addict.

Fortunately they never admitted that they considered Michael an addict and now it is too late to change the tune. But all of us still know that their story is a lie – they did consider him a “junkie” and this was exactly the reason why Randy Phillips allowed himself to treat Michael with no respect – slap him and throw him into a cold shower, declare a “straight jacket” and “tough love” for him, arrange “intervention meetings” and threaten to pull the plug if he didn’t do as he was told, and all of it finally came to a point when they were threatening to ruin Michael and even deprive him of his children if he didn’t attend one single day of their damned rehearsals.

All these AEG’s steps were not only harsh and brutal, but they were also wrong as they were overlooking Michael’s real health needs and were not addressing his real problem – his inability to sleep.

Sorry that I have to say it but Terry Harvey’s repeated stories about Michael being a “junkie” could have influenced AEG’s attitude towards Michael and therefore, though indirectly, could contribute to his death.

And the worst part of it is that Terry Harvey had absolutely no idea what was the matter with Michael Jackson and simply sprang to a conclusion that he was a “junkie”. Cynical characters like him seldom consider any opportunity other than the one that comes first to their minds and which they are accustomed to think about other people.

What difference would it have made if he or anyone had spoken of Michael’s insomnia instead!

SPOKESMAN FOR THE JACKSONS

After Michael’s death Terry Harvey reserved for himself the role of the main spokesman for the Jacksons.

In the September 13, 2009 article by Diane Dimond he managed to throw under the bus not only Michael Jackson but the whole of the Jackson family:

“When I got to Vegas, Joe Jackson met with me and said, ‘Get me a Prevost (a million-dollar tour bus), put $50,000 in cash in the glove box, and I’ll make sure the Jackson 8 come together.’ ” This effort is confirmed by others in the meeting. “I was right there,” Terry Harvey, a music promoter for Tito Jackson, told The Daily Beast. “I absolutely heard it.” Asked why Joe Jackson would get involved, Harvey responded: “Because they are a dysfunctional family if you want to know the truth. They all have their own agendas.”

http://www.thedailybeast.com/articles/2009/09/13/jackson-family-civil-war.html

On October 25, 2009 after a short piece of Michael’s rehearsal of June 23rd was released for TV he expressed his scepticism about Michael’s ability to sing:

Michael Jackson’s family claims that the late singer’s film This Is It features stand-ins, not the real star.

US concert promoter Terry Harvey said: “From what I can see, Michael wasn’t even singing live in a full segment. He was struggling. I was told he had his vocals sequenced on stage so if he didn’t want to sing live, they just switched on the tape.”

http://www.thaindian.com/newsportal/entertainment/this-is-it-features-stand-ins-not-mj-claims-family_100265333.html

On November 1, 2009 Terry Harvey called Michael a “zombie hampered by drugs”. This diagnosis was all wrong though the signs  of ill health displayed by Michael were quite real – he was not himself, was dragging his feet, was listless and lacking energy.

However the reason for it was not narcotics as Terry Harvey habitually assumed but one or several of a multitude of other reasons – a heavy depression or lack of sleep, or the burden of his financial problems, or the benzodiazepines fed to him by Murray and making Michael dull and sleepy in the daytime, or all of it taken together.

But by voicing only one version of the story and a wrong one at that and speaking on behalf of Michael’s family too Harvey was doing Michael irreparable harm  – his stories were looked upon as first-hand information from the Jacksons and were therefore readily believed by the public. Little did they know that the family was also in the dark as to what was going on with Michael and most probably also listened to this Oracle Terry Harvey in the same way the public did.

Here are the November 2009 views from Terry Harvey. The source was naturally the News of the World:

King of Pop Michael Jackson used golf cart to whisk him to and from his car during This Is It tour rehearsals, because he was so drugged and exhausted he could barely walk, it has been revealed.

In the new movie This Is It, the late singer is shown as a master at work as he leaps around the stage at Los Angeles Staples Center.

However, aides have revealed behind the scenes he was a wreck who could hardly stand.

“Everyone in the house knew Michael was not himself, and was clearly under the influence of drugs. I was amazed at how he looks on film, because in the flesh he was a shadow of himself. He was thin, almost anorexic, pale and didn’t seem to have enough energy to walk across the room, let alone dance,” News of the World quoted concert promoter and friend Terry Harvey as saying.

He had a sharp mind, but he was deluded, hampered by the drugs. He didn’t know what he was saying to people. To make his life easy he would just say ‘yes’.

“He was walking around in a daze like a zombie,” Harvey added.

Harvey also said: “To me that movie is all smoke and mirrors. Michael was struggling with his dance moves and schedule.

“Michael was not fit enough – he couldn’t pull off a tour if his life depended it. They took the best bits of the video and made it into this movie.

“The rehearsals were long days, and Michael was tired. He hadn’t been on stage for over 10 years and wasn’t used to the physical demands of long days. Some days he didn’t even turn up to rehearsals,” Harvey added.

A source close to the production said: “Michael was exhausted. Some days he barely said a word. He slumped down in a chair and would just get talked at. During one rehearsal he nodded off.”

One friend said: “The hard work needed was just too much for him, and his mood became very dark by the end. He was a gibbering wreck.

“He shouted out, ‘They are pushing me and I can’t take it anymore. They are gonna kill me’.” (ANI)

http://www.thaindian.com/newsportal/entertainment/drugged-exhausted-mj-could-barely-walk-during-this-is-it-rehearsals_100268540.html

The fact conveyed to us by this other friend is priceless. So in his frustration with AEG’s pressure on him Michael shouted: “They are pushing me and I can’t take it anymore. They are gonna kill me’!”

If Michael shouted it the amount of pressure he was under explains why he had to resort to Propofol even before the tour started. Due to those insulting demands to make his appearance and rehearse every day though rehearsals were never his obligation even by their contract, due to the disdain almost openly shown to him as a “drug-addict” and due to the neglect for his real health problems, Michael lost his sleep, the remaining stamina and all confidence in himself.

He was filled with anxiety and fear, and the constant “interventions” everyone was harassing him with were only adding to the insult of it all.

Michael didn’t need any “interventions” – he needed qualified help from a sleep specialist.  But most of all he needed peace and quiet for himself, and everyone leaving him alone, and letting him get ready for the show the way he saw fit.

 On August 22, 2010 Terry Harvey again collaborated with his favorite guy James Desborough. He continued to degrade Michael in the eyes of the public by calling him a “drug-addicted wreck”. The article suggested that this scumbag was making “research” for a book…

News of the World
By James Desborough, US Editor, 22/08/2010

PARANOID Michael Jackson believed he suffered heart attacks and had cancer and brain tumours in the six months before he died.

The hypochondriac King of Pop even thought he had HYPOTHERMIA and FROSTBITE – in sunny Los Angeles.

But his delusions were caused by his mind and body being ravaged by his addiction to prescription drugs and painkillers, according to aides.

One said: “He was a mental wreck and always felt he had a disease. He was terrified of the sun as it irritated his vitiligo (skin condition) prompting him to claim he had cancer and brain tumours.

“At other times he said he was freezing cold and might have frostbite. On reflection his body and mind were just wrecked by drug use.”

Murray’s defence will argue Jacko hid the full extent of his pill-popping from him. But today we can reveal family friend and prosecution witness Terry Harvey will challenge this.

Terry, who first told the world that Jacko’s death at 50 was from an overdose of painkiller Propofol, said: “I discovered Murray knew about Michael’s drug problems for a long time.

“Michael was a drug-addicted wreck and complained for months about being too ill to perform his shows.”

Terry, 50, who uncovered the revelations while researching a book about Jacko’s death, added: “I expect at Murray’s trial all those secret things I have discovered will come to the fore.”

http://www.newsoftheworld.co.uk/showbiz/915942/Jacko-terror.html

On May 13, 2013 (during the AEG trial) Terry Harvey’s fruitful cooperation with James Desborough continued. This time Terry Harvey shared with the public the news that the concert with AllGoodEntertainment which he was pushing on Michael for the summer of 2010 could only be held “on condition he went to a rehab”.

So in addition to all Michael’s troubles with AEG Terry Harvey was also setting him conditions!  We learn that “getting clean was part of their contract” and that Terry Harvey was ‘for months” telling Tohme, Dennis Hawk and Dileo about Michael’s addiction issues, only they “didn’t want to know”.

They did know it all right and this is why they saw their primary task in keeping Michael in full isolation from friends, fans and even lawyers (like Peter Lopez) whom they evidently considered to be Michael’s “enablers” and by doing so they only aggravated Michael’s acute feeling of loneliness, isolation, insecurity and helplessness. Remember how he asked Karen Faye to be always present during rehearsals so that he could always see her? This is how lonely he felt in that hostile environment of theirs.

And let Terry Harvey not imagine that he didn’t make his own contribution to Michael’s isolation and misery at the time. He did.

However by they year 2013 Terry Harvey’s story about how he was “saving” Michael Jackson acquired the notes of warm consideration and deep concern for his frail state. The story is naturally told by Terry’s twin brother James Desborough again:

By James Desborough, Christopher Bucktin

Long-term Jackson family friend Terry Harvey claims the singer had laid down vocals over several months to work as back-up material for shows.

And the promoter insists he made Jackson’s managers Dr Tohme Tohme, Frank DiLeo and contract lawyer Dennis Hawk aware of his dangerously frail state.

He says he warned Di Leo, who died in 2011: “You are going to kill Michael.”

Harvey, claims the singer recorded show vocals weeks before his rehearsals.

He said: “On This Is It there were moments where he wasn’t singing, his energy levels were down and anyone who worked with him in the past could tell Michael was a way off from 100 per cent. We found out Michael was in the studio recording tracks for the show and even new albums in his last months. You can put your voice in a sequencer and backing track for live shows, so if you don’t want to sing you mime and fans don’t realise.”

Harvey and partners AllGood Entertainment offered Jackson a Dallas 2009 comeback show, on the provision he went to rehab. But the singer chose AEG’s gigs in London.

It prompted a lawsuit with AllGood which they lost in 2010. But today Harvey claims AllGood plan to refile their £200million lawsuit against AEG for stealing the Thriller star from their grasp.

Harvey claims he spoke to Jackson in his last few weeks over the deal with AllGood.

He said: “It was part of the contract for Michael to get clean. His mother Katherine and father Joe knew that, and we made it clear to everyone close to him.

“For months we told Michael’s lawyer at the time Dennis Hawk, his managers Frank DiLeo and Dr Tohme Tohme he needed rehab.

“I told Frank, ‘He needs to get clean first’, but he didn’t want to know. It was an open secret in close circles that Michael had addiction issues.”

Harvey claims Jackson had agreed to do a one-off return gig in Dallas but was lured away by AEG execs.

Harvey, 53, who lives in Oklahoma, said: “Michael’s comeback was tailor-made for one show. He didn’t need to slug it out for 50 nights. The This Is It sales figures prove our formula – they made $200million from a rehearsal, so we would have made more – and Michael would have taken the lion’s share.

“There is a feeling that Michael’s death turned about to be a good business decision for AEG. It hurts me to say that, because people forget Michael was not just a commodity, but a troubled human being, with a lot still to offer, who was dedicated to his three kids. The only reason he did this was so that his kids could see him perform.”

AllGood, who have worked with stars such as Bon Jovi and Stevie Wonder, are set to refile their £200million law suit in the next few weeks.

“We feel there is a strong case,” said Harvey. “The company were not given access to the emails that have come up in this case.

“We have depositions from senior AEG executives, who insisted that Michael was healthy enough to do ‘100 shows’ in the days before the rehearsals. The emails in the Jackson case suggest they had knowledge of problems. People knew Michael had a long term drug condition.

“His employees saw him unable to walk after visiting doctors – it was even on the news, but no one stepped in. I think AEG will lose to Katherine Jackson.”

The Jackson family claim that as Jackson’s personal physician Dr Conrad Murray was responsible for administering the fatal anaesthetic, AEG should be held responsible as they were his employer. AEG deny responsibility.

Murray, paid £100,000 a month by Jackson, got four years jail for involuntary manslaughter.

http://www.mirror.co.uk/news/world-news/michael-jackson-could-not-sing-1886104

I fully agree with Terry Harvey that the AllGoodEntertainment proposition to Michael of one concert on a pay-per-view basis was a much better and lucrative option  than the AEG tour of 50 shows, however the ultimatums he set to Michael were completely groundless not to mention the continuous damaging effect his silly stories about MJ needing a clean up had on the general public.

In November 2013 (after the AEG trial) together with his inseparable friend James Desborough Terry Harvey made a TV appearance in the Autopsy program made by Channel 5 where he was featured in the following episodes:

Terry Harvey: He did things that no one else could do. He was untouchable.

Narrator: His personal doctor Conrad Murray assured them that apart from his insomnia Jackson was in good physical condition, but not everyone was so convinced. [the camera shows the gargantuan Terry Harvey with a cigar sitting in a car]

Terry Harvey: Ha-ha-ha.

Narrator: Terry Harvey is a music promoter with close links to the Jackson family.

Terry Harvey:  How fit would someone have to be to perform for two and a half hours in good shape? Do I think Michael didn’t have the energy and stamina for fifty nights? He didn’t have the stamina to do  thirty minutes!

Terry Harvey [smiling and making dance moves]:  … he was devious and the king of manipulation. He was the puppet master. He can tell you what you want to hear and look like it is real and guess what? You go – it’s okay, it’s all right, come on, let’s go.  He was on a path of destruction. When you walk often in that Devil’s Dalliance some of us make it out, some of us don’t.

Let me remind you that Terry Harvey allows himself to talk this way of Michael Jackson though the most he saw of him was a couple of times when they discussed their AllGoodEntertainment proposal. All he had was a visual observation of Michael – and Michael was evidently listless, tired and disinterested. No facts, no nothing. Just Harvey’s impression of him.

All the other talks were held in Michael’s absence – initially with Frank Dileo in the winter of 2008/09 when Patrick Allocco of AllGoodEntertainment thought that Frank Dileo was Michael’s manager,  and then with Joe Jackson and Leonard Rowe who met Michael just on one or two occasions trying to sign Leonard Rowe in as Michael’s manager.

This was all the “data” available to Harvey, except probably some stories from Joe Jackson who didn’t know anything of his son either.

However people like Terry Harvey are never abashed by the absence of small things like facts and are capable to make the most of the little they think they know and to the best advantage for themselves too. Indeed who would know Terry Harvey if it were not for his constant tales about Michael Jackson told in cooperation with his suspicious friend James Desborough? The tales everyone unfortunately believed and probably even the Jackson family in the first place too.

LITTLE SECRET

Since Terry Harvey is so desperate for the attention to his persona let me disclose Terry Harvey’s little secret.

From a lovely interview dated March 5, 2008 and titled “Talking with Grammy Winner Steve Pageot” we learn that as early as April-March 2008 Terry Harvey and Frank Dileo were passing themselves off as Michael Jackson’s “managers” and were even signing management deals with other performers by making use of Michael’s name. The deals included “being in talks with Michael” to bring those singers into one studio with him for a new album.

Still oblivious of the fraud Steve Pageot’s was telling the story in his March 2008 interview:

Question:  What artists are you currently listening to for your own pleasure?

Steve Pageot: Right now, Michael Jackson. I love listening to Michael, you know. Actually, I just signed a management deal with Michael Jackson’s managers, Frank DiLeo and Terry Harvey. So they’re managing me now, and we’re in talks to bring me into the studio for Michael Jackson’s next studio album.

http://makingthemogul.com/2008/03/talking-with-grammy-winner-steve-pageot/

No matter whether Michael intended or didn’t intend to record something with Steve Pageot, the two con artists were surely not Michael’s managers in 2008, so all their promises and management deals were a clear fraud.

Do I need to say that Michael never knew of the activity Terry Harvey and Frank Dileo were involved in behind his back? If he had known he would have never talked to any of them a year later when one approached him together with Joe and Leonard Rowe with a deal for AllGoodEntertainment and the other was proposed by AEG as a sort of a manager for him.

The next trick of the pair was evidently the concert to be arranged by AllGoodEntertainment. When Frank Dileo asked for a $150,000 down payment for enlisting Michael in the deal the money was promised to him but only after signing the contract. Frank Dileo could never guarantee that as he was a nobody for MJ then, so evidently Terry Harvey as another “manager” of Michael approached Leonard Rowe and this is how the new stage of negotiations started.

When Michael fired Tohme AEG made a smart counter-move by bringing Frank Dileo over to their side and this is probably how Terry Harvey and Dileo found themselves on the opposite sides of the barricades.

If you ask me what I think of all these games around Michael I will say that they look disgusting to me. At least for some of the participants in the game Michael was nothing but a prized toy or a valuable commodity. He was not even allowed to be his own master.

And how could he trust anyone in circumstances like these or understand who had his best interests at heart if most of these people were thinking only of themselves when dealing with him?

And please don’t tell me that Terry Harvey was genuinely concerned about Michael’s health. Michael’s parents and siblings were concerned – it simply couldn’t be anything different, but with people like Terry Harvey as a go-between them and Michael they didn’t have a single chance to ever understand what was really wrong with him.

I now live in hope that one day Michael’s family will publicly disavow any connection with this terrible guy Terry Harvey and this will put a stop to his incessant public trashing of Michael.

My other big dream is that the Jackson family will finally understand that when they relied on the opinion of scumbags like Terry Harvey and Stacy Brown about their son and brother whom they for sure dearly loved, they not only allowed themselves to be fundamentally deceived, but they also grossly let Michael down by sharing the views, opionions and mode of thinking of these cynical liars.


Filed under: BRIDGE To Understanding Michael, The MEDIA, The SOCIETY Tagged: Jacksons, James Desborough, Michael Jackson, Stacy Brown, Terry Harvey

Conrad Murray’s CNN Interview on the Fifth Anniversary of Michael Jackson’s Death

$
0
0

As you know on June 25th 2014, the fifth anniversary of Michael Jackson’s death, Don Lemon, a CNN anchor invited Conrad Murray, the doctor convicted for MJ’s manslaughter, for a friendly talk.

Below is the CNN transcript of their conversation with some of my comments. Murray promised to speak candidly and honestly, so see what has come of it and what else Conrad Murray is now up to. This will be the first part of the post as there is a lot to say about new Murray’s tricks.

THE RECORDING

DON LEMON, CNN ANCHOR:  This is CNN TONIGHT.  I’m Don Lemon.

It’s hard to believe that it was five years ago that Michael Jackson died.  His doctor, Conrad Murray, found guilty of involuntary manslaughter, spending two years behind bars, but that is not the end of the story.

Tonight, you’re going to hear from Dr. Conrad Murray.  There he is, live right here.  It is his first and only American interview since his release from prison, and he says he wants to set the record straight once and for all.

Doctor, many people were wondering why we should even give you a platform on the anniversary of Michael Jackson’s death, like Jo, who wrote on Twitter: “Why has Michael’s killer given airtime?” That’s what she said.  “Show some respect on our legend’s anniversary.”

I believe, if we played by those rules, we would never do an interview.  And I believe in transparency and having as much information as possible.  Dr. Murray agreed to do this interview knowing that no question is off limits, and he has promised to answer each of them candidly and honestly. Correct?

CONRAD MURRAY, FORMER PERSONAL PHYSICIAN OF MICHAEL JACKSON:  That’s correct.

LEMON:  Before we get started, I want to go back to the trial that sent you, Dr. Murray, to prison for your role in Michael Jackson’s death. Here is CNN’s Sara Sidner.

(BEGIN VIDEOTAPE) UNIDENTIFIED FEMALE:  We the jury in the above entitled action find the defendant, Conrad Robert Murray, guilty.

SARA SIDNER, CNN INTERNATIONAL CORRESPONDENT (voice-over):  Dr. Conrad Murray spent two years in prison, convicted of involuntary manslaughter for providing the king of pop an overdose of the powerful anesthetic Propofol.  It was supposed to help Michael Jackson sleep.  Instead, it killed him.  His family and fans were devastated.

Back in 2009, as Michael Jackson rehearsed for his upcoming This Is It world tour, he struggled with his pain and trouble sleeping.  Dr. Murray was his personal physician.  A month-and-a-half before Jackson died in his bedroom, the star’s voice was recorded on Murray’s cell phone.  It was entered into court evidence.

MICHAEL JACKSON, ENTERTAINER:  I want them to say he’s the greatest entertainer in the world.

SIDNER:  Prosecutors made the case that the drug-induced slurred speech was a clear sign that Jackson was out of control, and Dr. Murray should have known that he needed to be weaned off Propofol. Instead, prosecutors say the doctor ordered more.  But Murray has maintained he was trying to wean the star off the drug, and it was Jackson who self-administered the fatal dose.  But a jury blamed Dr. Murray for Jackson’s death, saying he was responsible.   Dr. Murray went to prison, his medical license revoked in Texas and suspended in California and Nevada.  Eight months ago, his time served, he walked out of prison.

MURRAY:  This is part of the untold story.

SIDNER:  Murray is vowing to get his medical license back.  He has even published his own video to reassert his claim that he was wrongfully convicted.  His attorney says he may appeal his case all the way to the Supreme Court.

VALERIE WASS, ATTORNEY FOR MURRAY:  He has been adamant about his innocence.  And after spending two years on the case, I truly believe in him.  And I believe he was wrongfully convicted also.

SIDNER:  Sara Sidner, CNN, Los Angeles. (END VIDEOTAPE)

As regards Conrad Murray’s video he indeed recently posted on the Internet two videos three hours long. The bad point about them is that all of it is a pseudo science based on a careful selection of data convenient to Murray and ignoring everything else not fitting his tale, and the good point about his speech is that it is so boring that hardly anyone will be able to make it past the first five minutes.

As to the recording made by Murray when Michael was falling asleep and reproduced in this interview, as usual it is not the full tape. That recording is very rarely played in full and as a result the public does not know what Michael Jackson said there except that he was the greatest entertainer in the world.

And he was saying that it hurt him to see sick children and that they are ill because of their depression. His hospital for children will have a movie-theatre and a game room, and it is God who wants him to do it. And he has no more hope in this generation of people because of their psychological degradation. So it will probably be the next generation that will save the planet. This is why he wrote those songs – “Heal the world”, “The Lost Children” and many others. He wrote them because he really hurt. And this is how he will be really remembered.

The tape is a really amazing opportunity to look into the deepest corners of Michael Jackson’s subconscious mind. When people are in a half-conscious state like that they cannot pretend and unwittingly reveal thoughts buried deepest in their souls.  And we are so used to people saying one thing and thinking another that find it totally incredible to discover that Michael Jackson was really thinking what he always said in public – in his interviews and songs.

Yes, he really meant what he said in “Heal the World”, “The lost children” and all the rest of his songs, and this becomes clear from the remaning part of the tape which Don Lemon did not have the decency to reproduce in full:

Jackson: I’m taking that money, a million children, children’s hospital, the biggest in the world, Michael Jackson’s Children’s Hospital.  Gonna have a movie theater, game room. Children are depressed. The –in those hospitals, no game room, no movie theater. They’re sick because they’re depressed.  Their mind is depressing them.  I want to give them that.  I care about them, them angels.  God wants me to do it.  God wants me to do it.  I’m gonna do it, Conrad.

Murray I know you would.

Jackson: Don’t have enough hope, no more hope.  That’s the next generation that’s gonna save out planet, starting with-we’ll talk about it.  United States, Europe, Prague, my babies.  They walk around with no mother.  They drop them off, they leave- a psychological degradation of that.  They reach out to me- please take me with you.

Murray: Mmmnh-mmnh

Jackson: I’m gonna do that for them.  That will be remembered more than my performances.  My performances will be up there helping my children and always be my dream.  I love them.  I love them, because I didn’t have a childhood.  I had no childhood.  I feel their pain. I feel their hurt.  I can deal with it.  “Heal the World,” “We are the World,” “Will You be There,” “The Lost Children.”  These are the songs I’ve written because I hurt, you know, I hurt.

Murray: You okay?

Jackson: I am asleep.

When Jane Velez-Mitchell heard the tape for the first time she couldn’t help exclaiming that they must have been wrong about Jackson all along. A very true spontaneous reaction and a correct conclusion too!

However let us continue with Murray’s interview.

HIS FAIRY TALE

LEMON:  So, joining me now exclusively to tell his side of the story is Dr. Conrad Murray. When I said what the person said in that tweet, murderer, you flinched.  Why?

MURRAY:  Well, I’m not.

LEMON:  Killer?

MURRAY:  Not.

LEMON:  Not.  Not.  So that bothers you. Before we get to the video, right, that talks about – Dr. Conrad Murray talks, it’s 7:00 p.m. on the West Coast, 10:00 on the East Coast.  Five years ago, what were you doing at this very moment?

MURRAY:  Oh, my gosh. At this time, it was just monumental grief, an unexpected, surreal situation.  I cannot believe the changes that happened within a couple of hours.  It was just impossible.  It was just unfathomable. I could not believe that, just hours ago, I was trying to muster all the strength I can to save the life of a friend and a patient, and here I am, on to the spotlight, all focus, fingers pointing as though I’m the one to blame.

LEMON:  Were you still at the hospital?  Because I know you went to the ambulance with him.  Right?

MURRAY:  I stayed in the hospital until near 6:00, maybe after 5:30.  I was…

LEMON:  Pacific time?

MURRAY:  Yes.

LEMON:  Right.  So at this time, were you back at his mansion?  Where were you?

MURRAY:  At this time, I would probably be at home.  I got home to the apartment.

LEMON:  Yes. Let’s – I want to – what do you remember about that day?  Because I have done several documentaries, and I start them by saying, on the morning, he did everything that he – you know, preparing for a show, that he loved, preparing for a show.  What do you remember about that day?

MURRAY:  Well, you know, what time of day?  You talk about the time he came home, which is the night before, around 1:00, just shortly after 1:00.  And he just was not able to sleep.

LEMON:  OK. Here is the timeline, just to refresh your memory.  So, 1:00 a.m., Murray summoned to Jackson’s home, right, 1:30 a.m., 10 milligram tablet of Valium, 2:00 a.m., two milligrams of lorazepam.

Lorazepam injected into him; 3:00 a.m., two milligrams of midazolam, right?  And then, 5:00 a.m., more lorazepam, two milligrams.  And then again, 7:30, two milligrams again of midazolam, and then Propofol diluted, 25 milligrams.             

MURRAY:  So you can just summarize.  Let’s make it simple. There were four milligrams of lorazepam given to him during that – all of the time you spoke about and four milligrams of midazolam.  They were just in divided doses.

LEMON:  So,why – were you ever worried about administering so many drugs to Michael Jackson?  Did you ever think like, you know, this person could die, but I’m giving him so many drugs?

MURRAY:  But, certainly, I do not think Michael Jackson would die from four milligrams of lorazepam or four milligrams of midazolam. We do that all the time in the hospital.  But, certainly, I was divided and I was very cautious as far as giving Michael Jackson that type of medication to sleep.  As you know, before that time, Michael Jackson was on Propofol.  And I had weaned him successfully off of Propofol up to three days prior to his death. He never received Propofol

LEMON:  But not successfully then, if you had – you said you had weaned him off.

MURRAY:  Yes.

LEMON:  But then why did he go back on?

MURRAY:  He did not go back on. Before that, I would treat Michael Jackson with an infusion.  It was continuous.   But the day he died, I did tell the police that I relented after all of the pressure and all of the changes that Michael was going through.  

Don Lemon faithfully repeats every word of Murray’s story as if it were the bible, but fails to ask two simple questions which would destroy Murray’s theory of “relenting” to MJ and giving him “only 25mg” of propofol that night once and forever. Here are these two simple questions:

1) If there was no infusion that night and Murray administered only 25mg of propofol as he said he did, how come there was so much propofol in MJ’s bladder and in the quantity equivalent to general anesthesia (2000mg) which is a fact recorded even in the autopsy report?

2) And why did the urine in the jug by MJ’s bedside also contain propofol?

The jug was filled by MJ at 7 o’clock in the morning as Murray said in his police interview, and you don’t have to be an Einstein to realize that in order to leave traces of propofol in your urine at 7am you should have received it for several hours before that.

And to be able to collect more propofol in the bladder several hours after 7am you should have had propofol afterwards too.

Judging by the amount of urine collected that night and the quantity of propofol found in it Michael Jackson received a huge amount of propofol and on a continuous basis too, both before and after 7 in the morning. This fact is undisputable and Murray can’t do anything about it, even if he delivers a hundred of his lectures.

This turns the rest of Murray’s explanations into simple science fiction, into a sort of parallel reality created by authors with talent and vivid imagination – like the world where Harry Porter and friends study in the Hogwarts School of Witchcraft or where the Avatar characters live on the Pandora planet and fly their tamed dragons.

It’s high time people like Don Lemon realized that Conrad Murray’s story is a fairy tale and it is only after accepting it as an axiom (“a premise so evident as to be accepted as true without controversy”) that any further listening to Murray is possible at all. Any other approach to Murray’s tales would be simply a waste of time.

So if you like the fantasy genre and want to assess Murray’s talent at it, we can proceed with his interview then.

 “I HAD NO IDEA OF DEMEROL”

MURRAY: But the day he died, I did tell the police that I relented after all of the pressure and all of the changes that Michael was going through.  Unbeknownst to me, it was because he was in withdrawal of another substance.

LEMON:  Which was?

MURRAY:  Demerol.

LEMON:  Demerol, which was brought about – which your lawyers asserted in trial that he was on Demerol.

MURRAY:  Well, he was on Demerol for years and decades.  And if you see the doses that were given, if you look back into the video, as I describe, from Dr. Arnold Klein, he made Michael Jackson a drug addict from Demerol.

LEMON:  What were the changes?  You said because the changes his body was going through.

MURRAY:  It was just like Michael was a hamster, could not sit down, could not rest, was restless. And he cried and craved sleep.

LEMON:  You said that actually in trial.  (Note: Murray never said anything in trial. He refused to testify). Let’s listen to when you said he was like on a hamster wheel.  In the video, you said it, in the video that you have out.  Dr. Conrad Murray talks.  Let’s watch this. (BEGIN VIDEO CLIP)

MURRAY:  So in Michael’s case, what he needed that night was not Demerol.  It was not Propofol, excuse me.  He needed to have Demerol.  But since his supply chain was cut from Beverly Hills, he was on his own. And he had never shared that with me.  So I had no idea why it was so impossible to see Michael like a hamster that night, couldn’t sit down, couldn’t – restless, looked as though he was out of the movie “Thriller.”

And I could not imagine that he was doing something like this.  Had I had any knowledge, his treatment would have been different.  He would have been taken to a hospital for acute withdrawal from opioids, and he would have been treated accordingly.  (END VIDEO CLIP)

LEMON:  The video that is posted on your Web site, that you go through all the evidence in the trial and you knock it down.  You refute what you think is wrong about the trial. You said you didn’t know that about him.  Shouldn’t you have known, though, as his physician?

MURRAY:  If I made any inquiries of Michael as far as drug use and he never give the information up, then how would I get it?

LEMON:  Yes. 

MURRAY:  I mean, I would have to depend on my patient to tell me the truth.  And I never got any information from Michael.  

Indeed, how could the poor doctor know about Demerol except that everyone around him was talking about it and he had every chance to take a sample of the patient’s urine and blood at any moment he liked? Especially if Frank Dileo directly asked him to take MJ’s blood sample to see “what he was doing”?

At Murray’s trial District Attorney Walgren asked the defense addiction expert Dr. Waldman how he would find out about Demerol. Dr. Waldman said that urine and blood tests were common practice:

Q. You may order urine testing to confirm what drugs are being used, correct?

A. I generally do comprehensive laboratory and urine evaluation.

Q. And this is a kind of a standard of care if you want to be confident when treating someone for addiction issues, is that right? It is to get laboratory work to confirm in that initial meeting?

A. I ask the patient, that’s the best answer.

Q. But you get urine results. Do you not believe them?

A. I do routine urine analysis. If I feel the need to do drug testing I do it, but again…

Q. When do you feel the need to do testing for drugs?

A. As part of my comprehensive evaluation I do routine laboratory testing. If I have reason to believe that the patient is being disingenuous then I speak to family, friends, other physicians of the patient gives me permission and if I feel the need I will drug test. I do not drug test everybody. When I treat patients in primary testing facilities, they are urine tested on entry.

Q. So you have that information right upfront?

A. In a few days.

Q. And otherwise, if it is outpatient and you feel the need you pursue urine testing for drugs?

A. Absolutely.

Considering that Murray did not have to even ask for Michael’s permission and could simply take a test of urine from MJ’s jug, there was no problem at all to learn what drug was given by Klein and in what quantities too. So the performance Murray now presents as an honest interview is actually a cheap and vulgar drama: “I could not imagine that he was doing something like this.  Had I had any knowledge…”

Murray couldn’t imagine it, poor thing. Actually that Demerol was the talk of the whole town, and the wrong one at that. Leonard Rowe working for Joe Jackson said that he “personally” informed Randy Phillips that Michael was taking drugs (not that he knew anything about it, but that’s another story).

Randy Phillips admitted that Arnold Klein was “scaring them to death”. Frank Dileo was asking Murray to make a blood test of MJ to see “what he was doing”. “Intervention” meetings were arranged for Michael three or four times in June alone. Even Karen Faye was sure that Michael had a problem with Demerol and John Branca was offering a good doctor who could handle this problem effectively.

In short whether true or not (it was not) the matter of narcotics was taken as a given and was not even disputed, so pretending now that all of it was “unbeknownst” to the poor doctor is kids’ talk and an insult to common sense.

Murray evidently forgot that Michael died of Propofol and shifts all the blame to Demerol now, claiming that Michael was a Demerol addict suffering from a withdrawal and this is why he couldn’t fall asleep on the night of June 25/26th.

To check up this statement we need to answer a question –  if someone indeed develops a dependency on Demerol within what time from the last intake of this drug will the withdrawal start?

The answer to it is eight to ten hours. Or one day at the most. However since the last time Michael visited Klein’s office on June 22 by the night of June 25/26 four days had passed.

And prior to that night Michael was definitely not suffering from any withdrawal symptoms. On the contrary, it was exactly in that period of time that he made two highly successful rehearsals.

And four days between visits to Klein were not an exception. Other breaks between his visits to Klein’s office in June 2009 were seven, nine and even ten days. And the peak dosages received by Michael were at the end of April only when Klein injected Botox into his armpits and groin. And beginning with May 2009 Demerol was steadily on a decrease, so that on June 22nd the dose administered by Klein was the smallest one.

And with real drug-addicts or people dependent on drugs all these processes should be the opposite ones. As their tolerance builds up their bodies require the drug to be constantly on the rise to be able to produce the same effect as before. However with Michael the dosages were steadily less and less, and with bigger intervals between them too.

And it is not only me who is saying all these things. It is Murray’s defense expert witness Dr. Waldman again who testified to these indisputable facts. This is what he had to admit at Murray’s trial:

DA Walgren: From June 3rd to June 10th how many days elapsed before the next injection?

A. From June 3rd to June 9th that was six days.

Q. Six days. And then from June 9th to June 16th how many days elapsed?

A. One week.

Q. And then from June 16th to June 22nd how many days elapsed?

A. Six.

Q. Mr. Chernoff asked you about the last Demerol injection being June 22nd, what period of time from that last injection (if Michael Jackson was addicted) would you expect to see the withdrawal symptoms?

Dr. Waldman:If Michael Jackson got Demerol – did you say on June 22nd?

Q. June 22nd.

A. Demerol has a short half-life. Three, four, six. Maybe, maybe eight hours. The metabolite accumulates, so that might have some effect as well. So I would expect that eight to ten hours after a Demerol dose he would probably not feel well.

Q. So you would expect to see withdrawal symptoms of some sort between eight to ten hours?

A. Possibly. And you are asking specifically about that date?

Q. Well, just disregard the date. I was just asking because it was the last date reflected in the records. Pick whatever date you want, whatever month you want. I’m asking you, when the Demerol injections stop, whatever day, when would you expect to see withdrawal symptoms?

A. Within a day.

Q. Would you diagnose Michael Jackson as addicted to Demerol based strictly on these documents?

A. I would diagnose him as physically dependent and because the initial doses were high, for somebody who may or may not have been opioid naïve, it raises the specter and question of prior opioid use.

Q. Let me try again, Dr. Waldman. Would you diagnose Michael Jackson as addicted to Demerol based strictly on these documents in my hand? Yes or no?

A. Probably not.

The above was a forced admission from the best Murray’s expert that if all that nasty gossip about Michael’s addiction spread by the media and his so-called friends was disregarded and the conclusion was to be made solely on the basis of documents (Klein’s medical records and invoice) he wouldn’t be able to call Michael an addict.

Indeed, Michael never asked for Demerol and it was the drug solely of Klein’s choice, and it was administered for a medical reason – to dull the pain from highly sensitive injections of Botox made by Klein under Michael eyes, armpits and in his groin.

And since we’ve started talking about it let me make my small admission too.

THE EMBARRASSING ISSUE

I have to admit that in this post which analyzed each and every injection given by Klein in the period of March-June 2009 I didn’t disclose one fact which I had learned about Botox.

It was a purely medical issue and I didn’t want to embarrass anyone, however since Conrad Murray has taken to repeatedly talking about it I think people should know of one more possible use of Botox and the reason why it could be administered to Michael, irrespective of whether Murray’s tale is true or not.

Botox fights not only perspiration. Botox is also an effective remedy against incontinence issues which our good old doctor Conrad Murray so readily mentions about his patient again and again.

Urinary incontinence — the loss of bladder control — is a common and often embarrassing problem. The severity of urinary incontinence ranges from occasionally leaking urine when you cough or sneeze to having an urge to urinate that’s so sudden and strong you don’t get to a toilet in time.

http://www.mayoclinic.org/diseases-conditions/urinary-incontinence/basics/definition/con-20037883

Initially the use of Botox for this purpose was off-label, but later it was approved by medical FDA authorities as a regular method for treating incontinence of males and females. The method involves making injections right into the bladder which must be so painful that the procedure sometimes requires general anesthesia.

Besides being a painful kind of treatment it also has a complication – after the injections the patients may face the opposite problem and experience difficulties with urinating and will sometimes need a catheter to relieve themselves.

Incidentally our great doctor Conrad Murray likes chatting about MJ having a difficulty to urinate too.

He speaks about it at almost every forum as if it were a dinner-table small talk. With doctors like these besides never having a moment of privacy in his lifetime Michael will be stripped of its last shreds in his death too.

This article says that a leaky bladder may be a consequence of an injury to the spinal cord and describes the process of its treatment by Botox:

Aug. 24, 2011 — Botox can now be used to treat a leaky bladder due to conditions such as multiple sclerosis and spinal cord injury, the FDA says.

Nerve damage from these and other conditions can make it difficult for patients to retain urine. Patients often need medications to relax the bladder, as well as catheters to empty the bladder.

Botox treatment involves injection of the drug into the bladder during cystoscopy. Cystoscopy is a medical procedure that lets a doctor see the inside the bladder. It sometimes requires general anesthesia.

The Botox treatment for leaky bladder lasts nine months. In two clinical trials that enrolled nearly 700 patients, Botox decreased the episodes of urinary leakage per week.

Botox helps urinary incontinence by relaxing the bladder, thus allowing it to store more urine.

The most common side effects of the Botox treatment were urinary tract infections and inability to urinate. Patients who retain urine may have to insert a catheter in order to empty their bladders.

In addition to its cosmetic uses, Botox is FDA approved for treating chronic migraines, various kinds of muscle stiffness and contraction, severe underarm sweating, eyelid twitching, and improper alignment of the eyes.

http://www.webmd.com/urinary-incontinence-oab/news/20110824/botox-approved-for-leaky-bladder-due-to-nerve-damage

Let us agree that every cloud has a silver lining. Despite looking embarrassing at first sight, if Murray’s story about MJ’s incontinence issues is true it may turn out very helpful for understanding why Demerol was used by Klein in so big dosages in the middle of April 2009.

In fact, these dosages perfectly coincide with the injections of Botox into Michael’s armpits (April 17th) and groin (April 21st).

Below is the chart of Michael’s visits to Klein’s office showing that the biggest amounts of Demerol were administered to Michael right after the Botox injections into those two most sensitive areas of his body.

Michael Jackson's visits to Klein's office in 2009

Michael Jackson’s visits to Klein’s office in 2009

The chart was made on the basis of Klein’s medical records and invoice, and both of them stated that the biggest dosage of Demerol was given to Michael the next day after the injections were made into his groin (April 21st).

In addition to all that Botox is actually a toxin which creates a whole series of grave complications ranging from flu-like symptoms and migraine to muscle aches and severe back pain. So not only did those Botox injections in the armpits and groin surely hurt during the procedures, but Michael must have been in much pain after them too.

And it is absolutely no accident that after those injections in the middle of April Michael was so over-sensitive to pain that on two visits following it he had to be given the highest doses of Demerol in the whole period of his treatment.

Another proof that the complications from those Botox injections were really severe is provided by Michael’s autopsy report. One of its pages states that a week after the injections, on June 25th Klein prescribed Michael Prednisone, a drug used for cooling the after-effects of Botox. The drug was to be taken in the enormous dosage of “6 tablets now and 4 tomorrow” thus speaking to the enormity of the problem.

See this page from the autopsy report:

When the April 17-25 crisis was over Michael’s visits to Klein continued, but not that often and with the amount of Demerol usage gradually decreasing. On May 6 the dose of the painkiller was cut in half and a couple of visits later it became a quarter of it.

Now that we know the possible reason why Klein injected Botox into MJ’s groin you will agree that it is an inexcusable crime to call Michael a “junkie” as the media and public (and some Jackson family “friends”) did.

For Michael it was a purely medical condition and it had nothing to do with recreative use of narcotics which Michael was heavily suspected of by those who didn’t know a thing about him and didn’t believe a single word Michael was saying.

Strange as it might seem, but considering the decreasing dynamics of Demerol administration it is even unlikely that Michael developed a dependency on it. The word itself suggests that a person is dependent on the drug and with every new day needs a bigger intake of it  - however by the end of Klein’s treatment the visits had bigger spans between them, the procedures were done under minimal sedation and at least one of the visits to Klein went without any sedation at all.

I hope you understand now why all that ignorant talk about the need of “interventions” for MJ made me furious. I do agree that in April 2009 Michael was given huge doses of a painkiller, but he had a good reason for it and any interventions were useless anyway as the need for treating his medical condition was still there.

Botox still had to be injected in the most sensitive parts of his body and without a painkiller it would have been a singular torture.

“I DIDN’T LEAVE HIM. HE LEFT ME”

In the meantime Murray goes on with his interview and his ridiculous story. You won’t believe it but now he claims that it wasn’t him who left Michael the night he died, but it was Michael who left him.

LEMON:  My question is, if you say that he was like a hamster up and down, why would you leave him alone for any amount of time?

MURRAY:  It was not that I was leaving Michael alone.  So many times, Michael left me alone.

LEMON:  But on that night, you did?

MURRAY:  Well, no, I never left him during that night.  He left me. 

I am – there are two suites, an exclusive bedroom, where I am not allowed.  His children sometimes were invited.  And the suite where I treated Michael, he was clearly able to wander off.  He has a saline bag with a drip on wheels.  There was a Foley catheter that’s attached to him, because he had some incontinence issues. And – but he would wander off and come back.

LEMON:  So you’re – what you’re asserting is that, on that evening, with all of those drugs, that he left where you were watching him and then went to another part of the bedroom? But in trial, you said that you left to use the restroom, and you left.  You were on – taking a phone call.

MURRAY:  That wasn’t until the next day.

LEMON:  Your attorney said that. The next day.

MURRAY:  That was still the next day, after around 11:20 in the morning, 11:20, 11:30.

LEMON:  When did you realize he was in trouble?

MURRAY:  Was what?

LEMON:  When did you realize he was in trouble?

MURRAY:  Michael?

LEMON:  Yes.

MURRAY:  When I came back into the room after I had gone away, called my office, made some calls.

The further we go the more entangled in his lies Murray is. He has just said that he never left Michael that night (“it was Michael who left him”), and a minute later he says the opposite – he returned to Michael’s room after being away and making some calls (lasting for no less than 45 minutes by the way). Some people would be ashamed of being that inconsistent, but not Conrad Murray.

Now he is claiming in full earnest that Michael left the room rolling behind him an IV stand with a saline bag on it and carrying a Foley catheter (and urine bag?) attached to him.

We are supposed to believe that in a state like that Michael went out of his bedroom, crossed the foyer (where his children could see him), opened the door to his other bedroom and some time later returned via the same route – and all this time with an IV stand in his hand and a catheter attached to him?

The master bedroom was on the other side of the foyer

The master bedroom was on the other side of the foyer

The real reason why Murray is telling this ridiculous story is because at the trial his defense team came up with a hypothesis that Michael took that huge dose of Propofol himself.

Since the tubing was fixed to a place below his knee where he couldn’t reach it the defense suggested that to be able to stand up and get extra propofol Michael didn’t disengage the tubing and simply rolled the IV stand behind him.  This way he allegedly got out of his bed, went outside to pick a bottle there, returned, cut the empty saline bag and put the bottle in it, pierced the bottle with a spike, connected it to his IV stand, adjusted the drip and then lay back on the bed and died.

All this was supposed to be done in Murray’s absence of course, which naturally clashes with Murray’s present story that he never left Michael’s bedside – at least not until 11:20am on June 26 (which in Murray’s terminology is called “the next day” for some reason).

If there is anyone here whose wild fantasy suggests that Michael could have indeed rolled that IV stand, picked up more propofol and administered it himself, these people should be reminded of the basic facts of the case – Michael’s fingerprints were NOT found on the saline bag, NOT found on the propofol bottle and NOT found on any syringes in the room.

And judging by the amount of propofol in his body Michael died not of one but of two propofol bottles 100ml each. So if he survived the first time he should have gone through that procedure twice.

And after all that this great theory should be also somehow adjusted to Murray’s story that he never left Michael’s bedside until 11:20 in the morning.

In short it is high time we stopped even discussing all this Murray’s craziness.

Michael didn’t die of Demerol – he died of a lethal amount of Propofol which he couldn’t self-administer even physically. So it must have been someone else who administered it to him.

And if Conrad Murray says that it wasn’t him let him please name the person who did it. Because if Murray is adamant that it was none of his doing, the only other option is that he is covering up for the real criminal.

So let him finally decide who it was – him or his accomplice – and let us end this ridiculous comedy at last.

 


Filed under: CONRAD MURRAY'S TRIAL, DOCUMENTS, TRANSRIPTS, VIDEOS, Murray's Trial, November 2011, The MEDIA Tagged: Botox, Conrad Murray, Demerol, Don Lemon, Dr. Arnold Klein, Dr. Waldman, propofol

Conrad Murray’s CNN interview on the Fifth Anniversary of Michael’s Death. Part 2. IS HE CRAZY?

$
0
0

This is part 2 of the post about Conrad Murray’s interview with Don Lemon of CNN who had the exceptional grace of giving the criminal doctor a platform to speak right on the fifth anniversary of his patient’s death.

We start where we left Murray talking about his phone calls (made at the time when Michael Jackson was dying).

WHAT MURRAY NEVER TALKS OF

MURRAY:  When I came back into the room after I had gone away, called my office, made some calls.  Whatever calls I was making was to make sure that my registration in England was complete, because I had to be his physician over there, and I didn’t want to go practice without having registration.

And it was just about getting that done, the time zone, the differences.  We were taking care of that.  So part of the telephone calls to my office were related to that situation.  I was away from him for – remember, it was 11:25, 11:30.  But that was way beyond any medicine that I give him would have had any effect at all.

Part of the calls was about registration in the UK? This subject was just a fraction of what kept Murray busy on the night Michael Jackson died.  The other, much bigger part was about something Murray never talks of.

On June 25th Murray did talk a little about the UK registration with his personal assistant Stacey Ruggles. According to Ruggles he “directed her to draft a letter to the London Medical Board indicating his pending arrival and what facilities may be available to him, if needed” (from Det. Myers’ testimony).

The conversation lasted for precious 8 and a half minutes at the crucial time of 10:34-10:43am when Michael’s breathing was already slowing down, however Conrad Murray was not in the least perturbed – according to his assistant “he did not appear to her to be distracted or tired”.

Murray's UK registration was discussed on Friday, June 19th

Murray’s UK registration was discussed with AEG lawyer Kathy Jorrie on Friday, June 19th [screenshot from Murray's trial]

The rest of the planning of Murray’s visit was done on Friday, June 19th when Kathie Jorrie, AEG’s attorney was taking care of his invitation to work in the UK called Certificate of Sponsorhip.

So on June 25th Conrad Murray had something totally different on his mind and no, it wasn’t the care for his patient Michael Jackson, of course.

The other two top urgent subjects were his patient Robert Russell who was threatening to file a lawsuit as Murray had dropped him without referring him to any doctor after an operation on his heart.

And the second matter was a cancellation insurance policy for AEG.

The time after 11:18am was evidently devoted to settling the matter of a possible lawsuit – Murray spoke for whole 32 minutes with his Las Vegas office and immediately thereafter sent a 3 minute voicemail to Robert Russell (by that moment Michael had already died).

And the time before 11:18am was spent on the insurance issue for AEG which Murray promised to facilitate by providing his MJ medical records to the insurer. Michael’s medical records for 5 years had always been the insurers’ requirement, and Murray indeed had some records for three years since December 2006 when he treated MJ for an occasional flu.

All previous day Murray had been receiving those records from his assistant Stacey Ruggles, but on the night of June 25th, innocent as those records were, Michael Jackson refused to release them. He was of the opinion that in spring that year the insurance policy had already been obtained and the matter should be left at that.

But in spring the number of shows was 10 and now it was 50, and the cost of production was higher and though AEG shifted all production expenses to Michael Jackson’s shoulders they also wanted a policy for the maximal sum offered to them by the insurers ($17,5 mln), and to get that the insurer set a new medical examination in London, and the medical records were also one of their  requirements and this is what Michael Jackson was now refusing to meet.

The insurance broker Bob Taylor was bombarding Murray with emails and all eyes of the AEG executives were on Murray as their last hope.

The previous night June 24th Paul Gongaware wrote to Bob Taylor at 19:08:

  • “Dr. Murray copied here. We need to do this at MJ’s house. Dr. Murray can comment on the availability of the records.”

At 20:32 the same evening Bob Taylor replied:

  • I await hearing from Dr. Murray” 

About six hours later at 1:54am, which was already past midnight of June 25th, Bob Taylor sent an urgent email to everyone involved including Conrad Murray:

  • “The consultation in London is critical”.

June 25th, 5:54am Re: Artist Insurance "Hi Conrad..."

June 25th, 5:54am Re: Artist Insurance “Hi Conrad” [screenshot from Murray's trial]

Four hours later, at 5.54am Bob Tarlor emailed Murray thanking him for calling him the previous evening (June 24) and reminding him that they were “dealing with the matter of great importance” and Murray’s “urgent attention will be greatly appreciated”

He expected Murray to send him the medical records the same night.

In none of his so-called candid and honest interviews Murray speaks of the mad urgency of those medical records and of his apprehension that his whole contract with AEG depended on how successfully he would fulfill this task.

After two months of keeping him on tenterhooks AEG made a contract with him at last but did not sign it yet, so the price of Michael’s consent to release the records actually amounted to the payment of $300,000 for the two months Murray had spent with MJ.

And now Michael was refusing him.

Given the strong feeling of all parties about that insurance it is a shame none of us ever paid attention to the fact that during that sleepless night of June 25 Murray was actually discussing business with Michael Jackson. 

And since the insurance subject wasn’t an easy one and the wills of Murray and Michael Jackson evidently clashed I wouldn’t be surprised if Michael Jackson couldn’t fall asleep because of that discussion too.

The conversation must have taken place in the period between Bob Taylor’s email at 5:54am and Murray’s text message about MJ’s refusal sent at 11:17am. The five hours between these two points were the time when Murray was making his arguments and Michael kept refusing him – most probably because he was afraid that the records about his toe nails or insomnia would eventually find their way into the media.

And you know what? When Murray says that at some point Michael left the room that night (without wheeling the IV stand of course) I think I can even believe him. To stop the discussion he didn’t want to hear any more Michael could indeed leave for another room in order to cool off.

The arrow marks the route Michael had to make if he wanted to leave for his other bedroom

The  route between the two bedrooms [screenshot from Murray's trial]

Whatever it was but the conversation between Murray and Michael did take place.

We know it for sure because at 11:17 that morning Murray sent a reply to the insurance broker about Michael’s refusal. The text is rather long and must have taken some time to type it:

Murray's message on June 25th, 11:17am  I spoke with Mr. Jackson, however, authorization was denied.

Murray’s message on June 25th, 11:17am “Authorization was denied.”

Date: Thu, 25 June 2009 11:17

Dear Bob

I’m in receipt of your email. I spoke with Mr. Jackson and requested his authorization for release of his medical records in order to assist you to procure a cancellation insurance policy for his show, however, authorization was denied. I therefore suggest that someone from AEG should consult kindly with Mr. Jackson as to it’s relevance for he is of the opinion that such a policy is already secured in the US.

As far as the statements of his health published by the press let me say they’re all fallacious to the best of my knowledge.

Sincerely Conrad Murray

Sent from my iPhone

There was so much telephone activity going in the morning of June 25th that I finally realized the need to visualize the amount of time Murray spent on issues other than his patient and the scraps of time left for Michael as a result.

To do so I marked Murray’s actions on a clock – of course only those we know of and can be fully certain of. This is why the time he left MJ to go to the bathroom is not marked as for all we know Murray could have spent the whole of his time away from Jackson.

On the picture below Murray’s correspondence with the insurance broker is marked red, the telephone conversations with his assistant, patients, etc. are marked gray and Murray’s information to the police that at around 7:30am MJ urinated and filled a jug (which later showed traces of propofol) is marked blue.

Since propofol was already in the urine and the collected amount was more than 700cc, it is clear that propofol had been administered to Michael for a long time before that and this is why I put an arrow pointing backwards to the time when the drip of propofol evidently started.

The last two dotted lines are not connected with Murray – they show when Alvarez, the bodyguard was finally asked to call 911 (at 12:22pm) and how soon the paramedics arrived (at 12:26pm).

When you see a clock like this it immediately strikes you how much precious time was wasted by Murray on outside acitivities and how little attention this so-called doctor was paying to a human life.

It also shows us how easy it was to save Michael if Murray had simply regularly checked up his vital signs or at least paid some attention to him. If the problem had been detected immediately, just four minutes later professional help would have arrived and Michael Jackson would be alive now.

Looking at this clock will anyone dare claim that it wasn’t the doctor’s guilt?

And then another thought suddenly struck me.

Was it for this type of care that Murray demanded $5000 per night?

 

This clock shows Conrad Murray’s telephone activity on the night Michael Jackson died

This clock shows Conrad Murray’s telephone activity on the night Michael Jackson died

What was happening to Michael Jackson at the time when Murray was busy with all of the above is described in the appellate court ruling which recently denied Murray’s appeal and summed up the possible scenario of Michael Jackson’s death as follows:

  • Under this scenario, appellant would start the infusion, by drip at about 9:00 a.m., and it would run until about 12:00 noon. Shafer explained that during the infusion, there would be an accumulation of Propofol  in the body.  Initially, the level of Propofol would rise quickly to a concentration that was high enough that the amount of drug that the liver was metabolizing would be about the same as the amount running into the patient. Thereafter the Propofol would begin to fill up in the organs. Between 9:00 a.m. and 10:00 a.m., he estimated that Mr. Jackson’s breathing would have slowed and from 11:00 to 11:45 a.m., Mr.Jackson’s breathing would have slowed to the point of apnea. Around 11:30 or 11:45 a.m., the flow of oxygen into Mr. Jackson’s lungs would stop and about 10 to 15 minutes later, Mr.Jackson’s heart would stop [11:40 -12:00]. Mr. Jackson would have died with the infusion running. As a result, the level of Propofol in the blood would be high, because there would be no opportunity for the rapid metabolism of Propofol.

The paramedics conclusions were even more pessimistic – from the signs they observed Michael had probably died earlier, in the period from 11:20 to 12:00. The appellate court ruling said about it:

  • Paramedics believed that appellant’s statement that Mr. Jackson had recently experienced cardiac arrest was inconsistent with their observations of Mr. Jackson’s appearance and condition. They never saw any sign of life in Mr. Jackson and estimated the time of the arrest was anywhere from 20 minutes to an hour before they had arrived.  http://ru.scribd.com/doc/202964566/Conrad-Murray-Criminal-Appeal-Ruling

For five years since Michael Jackson’s death the media has not made a single serious analysis of these facts pretending they don’t see any of them. Instead they prefer to discuss the idea that Michael was treated to propofol before. But why all this focus on propofol if this so-caller doctor simply neglected his patient?

What difference would it have made if it had been Murray’s favourite Lorazepam instead?  The breathing arrest can happen due to benzodiazepines too, so what does it matter which drug provoked it, if the real reason for Michael’s death was that Conrad Murray was simply not looking?

No matter which drug it was, Murray was so busy with his telephone calls that he wouldn’t have noticed it anyway.

“HE HAD BEEN USING PROPOFOL BEFORE ME”

LEMON:  So do you take any responsibility in Michael Jackson’s demise, in his death?

MURRAY:  You know, I am very remorseful that Michael has passed away. Michael was a friend. And he touched me in so many ways, that I felt like a father figure to Michael, though I wasn’t old enough to be his dad.  I felt as though I was protecting Michael all the time.  I did.

LEMON:  People say they don’t seem – that they don’t think that you have shown any remorse.  Do you – is there – would you like to apologize to anyone?  Would you – what would you like to say?  Because they – why – as a physician, as Michael’s physician, you were responsible for him while you were administering drugs.  You were responsible for the drugs that were brought into his home.  You were his personal physician.

MURRAY:  I think you ask a good question. First of all, I met Michael Jackson with a stash of Propofol.  And the investigation will also show that there are doctors who could have testified that he came to them with a sports medicine bag filled with Propofol, vials. The history of the civil trial shows that he had been using Propofol for decades, long before I came on the scene. I met Michael Jackson in 2006.

I repeat – whether Michael used or didn’t use Propofol is not the point. Even if Murray’s information was correct (which it is not) during those alleged decades when Michael was supposedly treated to it he was still alive. For decades he was alive, while it took just 2 months of Murray’s “care” for Michael to die.

This is why propofol per se is not even an issue. The issue is that Michael would be alive now if Murray hadn’t come on the scene. Propofol is a very safe drug and millions of people are given it during operations and minor procedures requiring light sedation. When administered carefully and professionally it can be given  even on a prolonged basis, for example to patients in intensive care units.

And it wasn’t propofol that killed Michael Jackson. It was the doctor who killed him – through his neglect, ignorance, greed and lack of skill. And incredible arrogance too.

“IT WASN’T FOR MONEY”

Now Murray says that it wasn’t for money that he agreed to the job. What a novel statement indeed. Why didn’t Don Lemon remind Murray of the initial sum he asked for his services – wasn’t it a modest sum of $5 million if my memory serves me right?

This made me recall a statement from a patient and friend of Conrad Murray who evidently knew his motives very well:

“The money was one of the main reasons Murray decided to go on tour with Jackson, says Rev. Floyd Williams, 80, who is Murray’s friend and patient.

Murray had developed a booming concierge business — he was jetting off to see patients in New York and Washington while building his practice in Las Vegas.

Three years ago, Murray joined the Freemasonry, the international fraternal society that dates back to the early 17th century. His friends say this new network galvanized his growing side business.”

http://www.foxnews.com/story/0,2933,530242,00.html#ixzz1tjDR1PNU

Conrad Murray, the freemason

Conrad Murray in the  freemasonry regalia

No matter what Murray expected of it, but his “freemasonry” wasn’t a real one as his branch of freemasons is not accepted by the regular freemasons (I’ve checked it).

However within that local community of freemasons some helpful connections to bigwigs with good money could indeed be made.  What’s much more important though is that Murray was choosing this concierge medical business over his regular work and was on a constant hunt for rich patients.

But in his interview with Don Lemon Murray presents to us a sweet and lovely version that he agreed to the job with Michael because, you won’t believe it, he could read books with Michael Jackson.

Isn’t it great to find that besides attending strip clubs Murray also likes reading books?

LEMON:  But you didn’t have to stay.  You didn’t have to take the job.

MURRAY:  You know, I did not have to take Michael’s job. And Michael convinced me that I was working so hard saving lives as an acute interventionalist in cardiology, saving lives daily, and working long hours.  He wanted me to take some time off and travel, read some books with him, and just meet a bunch of high-powered kings and queens around the world. But I give Michael a sense of confidence and protection that he never had.  And he was not about to lose that.

LEMON:  Are you saying you did it out – it wasn’t for the money that you were making?

MURRAY:  Oh, gosh, no…

LEMON:  It was out of the goodness of your heart?

MURRAY:  Not at all.

LEMON:  Not everybody is going to believe that.

MURRAY:  No. First of all, I have taken care of Michael Jackson for years, out of the goodness of my heart, by giving all of my services for him and his children basically free.

LEMON:  Were you ever paid?

MURRAY:  Michael Jackson refunded me for medicines, but I have never been paid for my services.

LEMON:  All right, stand by, Dr. Murray.  There’s lots more to talk about. When we come right back, we are going to talk about your trial and whether justice was served. We are going to take you inside this trial and show you information that you have never seen.

Indeed, there’s still a lot more to talk about – for example, the fact that in his testimony at the AEG trial Prince Jackson said that Michael was worried that AEG was not paying him, however Murray refused to take money from him, and Michael had to pass some rolls of banknotes through his children knowing that Murray would not be able to refuse them.

PLAYING THE AEG TUNE

LEMON:  This is the fifth anniversary of Michael Jackson’s death, and now the man who was convicted of his involuntary manslaughter, Dr. Conrad Murray, is back with me exclusively.  This is his first and only exclusive American interview since he got out of prison. He has agreed no question is off-limits and he is going to answer everything honestly 

So, I wanted to talk to you.  You talked a little bit about why you took the job and stayed on, even though you knew that Michael had some issues.  Did you identify with him?  What did you see in Michael Jackson that drew you to him and that someone, Michael, who was scared of his own pain, maybe?

MURRAY:  Like a fan, like somebody who got to know Michael Jackson. Michael Jackson lived a life of pain for so many years, decades, his entire life, his existence.  And after I learned about all of the pains that he had fathomed, I could not help but be sympathetic to this man.  I could not help but to be empathetic.  I could not help but to wear his shoe, and I could not help but to listen to him.

LEMON:  But do you think that cloud – you said as a fan.  Did that cloud your judgment, because, in the end, it seemed that you did him more harm than good, no?

“It seemed that you did him more harm than good?” What an understatement!

MURRAY:  Never, because I was hired to take – to make sure that Michael Jackson stayed healthy. But I was also – I agreed with AEG and the – those who were taking care of Michael’s finances that I would show up in about four weeks and wind my practice down gently, easily.  However, they – I was hustled to California because the show was off track.  It was going nowhere.

LEMON:  Because of – was this because of Michael Jackson’s health?

MURRAY:  Because of Michael’s performance.

LEMON:  Performance.

MURRAY:  He was not rehearsing.  He was not doing anything.

LEMON:  Because he couldn’t sleep?

MURRAY:  And AEG has already spent $40 million.

LEMON:  Why wasn’t he rehearsing or doing anything?

MURRAY:  I have no idea.

LEMON:  So they thought it was – had something to do with his health or medically?

MURRAY:  I’m not sure what AEG was thinking.

LEMON:  OK.

MURRAY:  But, clearly, they knew something.

First of all AEG didn’t spend $40 mln, second, Murray’s soap opera about how sympathetic and empathetic he was for Michael’s life of pain is simply disgusting, and third, Michael Jackson was rehearsing.

No comment on the first two lies but as regards rehearsals I can’t help reminding everyone of the basic facts.

Murray’s contract officially started on May 1, 2009 (in his appeal he even stated that it was in April), so he came on the scene when the rehearsals had not yet even begun. This alone turns Murray’s version that he was hustled to California because the “show was not going anywhere due to Michael’s not rehearsing” into an outrageous lie.

At the beginning of May the dancers’ casting was still under way and Kenny Ortega had just joined the team. When the dancers began learning the routine Michael was training at home with Travis Payne, working out with Lou Ferrigno and rehearsing at CentralStaging in Burbanks, only separately from the dancers.

According to the owner of the studios Michael was working very hard. Paul Gongaware said the same in his email of May 27, 2009:

  • The Kid is healthy and rehearsing every day. He was still there at dance rehearsals at 9pm last night when I left.

Travis Payne testified under oath that during the whole period of time Michael missed no more than 4 or 5 rehearsals.

Then why is Murray saying now that Michael didn’t rehearse and this is why the show was “off track”?

Because he is falling over himself to please his employer AEG by this statement. AEG needs a pretext to explain why their production was so slow and ineffective and why it started so terribly late – two and a half months before the beginning of the tour which was nothing for a project of that scale.

The real reason for the late start was most probably Kenny Ortega who was busy with another project and joined them only in May. However all of them prefer to present Michael as the guilty party and now Murray also joined them and is singing the same tune, which speaks volumes about where his real interests lie.

We remember that the conflict between Ortega/AEG and Michael Jackson indeed revolved around the fact that Michael was not willing to attend every rehearsal. He was sparing himself before the 50 concerts AEG involved him into and for the most part scheduled at a mad pace with only one day of rest between the shows.

However all talk whether MJ wanted or didn’t want to rehearse is irrelevant in principle as producers should be able to make a show using a double only, because the stars are under no obligation to rehearse. It is their show and they can simply sit and watch the process of building the performance as if it were a house. This is what Michael Jackson actually said to Ortega – please build the house first and I will come and paint the front door.

It is a universal rule not to require the stars to rehearse because the ultimate responsibility for the show is on their shoulders anyway. They decide for themselves whether they need rehearsals or it is better to spare their voice and body before the tour starts. Enrico Eglesias and Celine Dion didn’t rehearse and their directors were close to a heart attack, so what of it?

Randy Phillips: My problem with him he didn't work as hard as I thought he needed to work

Randy Phillips: My problem with him he didn’t work as hard as I thought he needed to work

Kenny Ortega and Randy Phillips were also hysterical. Randy Phillips did not even think it necessary to hide his thoughts that Michael wasn’t working hard enough.

And though they absolutely had no right to, they still drove Michael into a mad race of rehearsals for two months non-stop with only one day off per week. Those rehearsals were actually another tour made even before the tour started!

The above was just a reminder of what is well known to us, however now Murray’s interview reveals something novel and adds a totally new aspect to the whole story.

MURRAY’S ADMISSION

I hope you’ve noticed that Murray made a groundbreaking admission in his interview with Don Lemon.

For the first time ever Murray admitted that he was hired by AEG.

The fact is indisputable of course as even the suspicious jury at the AEG trial agreed that Murray had been hired by AEG, but the fact that Murray confirms it now is an added plus though what he says about the timing and circumstances of his hire is a big surprise.

And from what he says it follows that he agreed with AEG to start a month later than he did, but at the last minute AEG changed the arrangement and he had to comply:

I was hired to take – to make sure that Michael Jackson stayed healthy. But I was also – I agreed with AEG and the – those who were taking care of Michael’s finances that I would show up in about four weeks and wind my practice down gently, easily.  However, they – I was hustled to California because the show was off track.”

This is a totally new turn to Murray’s story as his previous tale had it that he was hired by MJ. AEG also insisted that Michael’s doctor was none of their business and they had nothing to do with his choice or hire.

Remember their mantra that “they were not responsible for what the star was doing in his free time of which they knew nothing” which was so heavily publicized by the press? Randy Phillips even claimed that he first heard of Murray in June 2009 only.

And now Murray says that from the very start of it he was in an agreement with AEG and a certain person who “took care of Michael’s finances”. This person could be only Tohme Tohme who worked for Michael until the end of March/beginning of April and this places the talks between Murray and AEG into that period of time too.

All this admirably fits in with Tohme’s own revelations in Randall Sullivan’s book where he described the AEG-Michael Jackson negotiations over Murray and his salary, and that after a long argument with MJ who was very firm on this issue, AEG finally agreed to cover the cost of Murray’s salary themselves.

Yes, the salary of $150,000 to Murray was to be paid by AEG and not by MJ as they are lying to us now.

And all of the above also fits in with Randy Phillips reckless revelation made only once  – in a CNN interview where he said that they had spent a lot of money to take Dr. Murray out of his practice.

Here is LunaJo’s video from which these screenshots were made: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W6aXrIVVOxs

At 3:55 Randy Phillips says:

  • “My problem with him is that he didn’t like to work as hard as I thought he needed to work”.

And at 10:40 he makes his ground-breaking revelation about Murray:

  • “We spent a lot of money to take Dr. Murray, Conrad Murray out of his practice”. 

You can even see the look of doubt on his face evidently betraying a passing thought “Is it okay to reveal it?”

At the time no one really paid attention to Randy Phillips’ statement as it went totally against the general AEG concept that they “knew nothing” about Murray, however Murray’s current revelations about his prior agreements with AEG are giving an added weight to Randy Phillips’ words and make them sound sensible enough.

However it is well-known that AEG didn’t pay Murray the $300,000 promised for the two months of his so-called work with Michael Jackson, so what big sum of money did Randy Phillips talk about then?

The possible answer to this question will take us to another fact never mentioned by Murray in his ‘candid’ interviews and it is Murray’s malpractice insurance which he obtained about a month before MJ’s death.

WHO PAID FOR MURRAY’S MALPRACTICE INSURANCE?

A series of articles published prior to Murray’s trial disclosed that the malpractice insurance was indeed purchased by Conrad Murray approximately at the end of May – beginning of June 2009:

The doctor has been fighting with his malpractice insurer, Medicus Insurance Co., in a Houston court since August 2010. Peckham [Murray's lawyer] said he still contends the policy, purchased a month before Jackson’s death, should cover Murray’s legal bills.

http://www.mjjcommunity.com/forum/threads/119939-Murray-Documentary-quot-Michael-Jackson-and-the-Doctor-quot/page59

The press stated that Murray wanted the insurance policy to cover his defense costs in the coming trial, however the Medicus Insurance Company argued that the policy didn’t cover general anesthesia cases and was effective for Texas only:

Medicus Insurance Co. argues that Dr. Conrad Murray’s medical malpractice policy doesn’t cover his defense costs because the cases stem from alleged criminal wrongdoing, according to documents filed Wednesday in state court in Houston. Murray’s policy, which was purchased roughly a month before Jackson’s death in June 2009, did not cover incidents involving general anesthesia, the company argues.

The company’s lawsuit states that Murray’s policy only covers the doctor’s actions in Texas. The company filed its case after Murray asked the insurer to pay for his defense in the California court cases and medical board hearings in other states, according to the complaint. Murray is due back in Los Angeles next week for a hearing in the criminal case, and prosecutors are expected to lay out some of their evidence against him during a preliminary hearing in January.

http://thegrio.com/2010/10/21/jackson-doctors-legal-bills-issue-in-texas-court/

The timing of purchase of the malpractice insurance a month prior to Michael’s death coincided very well with AEG’s then decision to “bring the doctor into the fold” and finally make a contract with him after a long period of “stalling” him (to which they confessed in one of their emails).

The AEG contract stated that obtaining the malpractice insurance was Murray’s obligation. AEG’s desire to protect themselves against any financial claims in case their employee Murray harmed his patient is no surprise for us of course, however it also suggests that they were not quite sure of Murray’s competence and skill.

But the real surprise of this insurance is where Murray found the money for it. The malpractice insurance is a very costly pleasure and even successful doctors do not always go for it:

Due to the increasing cost of Physician malpractice insurance and huge premium amounts, physicians hesitate to buy it.

http://www.malpracticelawyer.org/physician-malpractice-insurance.html

Since Murray’s malpractice insurance was obtained in Texas I looked up the approximate sum Murray was to pay there. It turned out that in the year 2004 the average medical insurance premium in Texas was more than $67,000. The average premium in California was almost half the sum , however despite all his debts Murray still preferred to pay more and this only added to the intrigue of it.

The average medical insurance insurance in Texas is more than $67,000 Source:http://www.docstoc.com/docs/27241006/Medical-Malpractice-Insurance-Premiums

The average medical insurance insurance in Texas is more than $67,000. http://www.docstoc.com/docs/27241006/Medical-Malpractice-Insurance-Premiums

But the biggest intrigue of it all is how Could Murray could afford that insurance at all. Murray faced extreme financial problems at the time which were well summed up by this Daily Telegraph article:

07 Nov 2011

When Michael Jackson offered him a lucrative dream job, Dr Conrad Murray was hundreds of thousands of dollars in debt and close to losing his home.

The cardiologist had clinics in Las Vegas and Houston but was facing court judgments over unpaid bills for medical equipment and office rent, as well as decades-old student loans and child maintenance for some of the seven children he had fathered by six women.

During his trial defence, lawyers had little trouble finding patients ready to praise him for going the extra mile to look after them, and numerous people described how he happily treated those too poor to pay. But, while his medical record had not a stain on it, the suave doctor’s private life was in a mess.

When not treating patients, he consorted with strippers, paid to put girlfriends up in Las Vegas hotel rooms, and left a string of illegitimate children and demands for payment in his wake.

By the time Jackson died, Murray was $100,000 behind on mortgage payments on his 5,268 sq ft home near the 18th hole of a Las Vegas golf course in Las Vegas.

He had bought it with a $1.66 million loan in 2004, and it was eventually repossessed and sold for just $800,000 earlier this year.

When he started work for Jackson, on a salary of $150,000 a month, Murray had also just been ordered to pay $363,000 for equipment at his Las Vegas clinic and two other lawsuits claiming he owed another $240,000 were pending.

He had also just been ordered to repay $71,000 in student loans dating back to the 1980s.

The doctor’s previous financial problems had included filing for bankruptcy in California in 1992, and racking up $44,000 in demands for unpaid tax in California and Arizona between 1993 and 2003. He also owed a former business partner $68,000 over an energy-drink distribution venture in Trinidad and Tobago.

In 1994 he was arrested over an allegation of domestic violence against a girlfriend in Arizona but was not convicted.

The twice-married doctor fathered his seventh child in March 2009 with actress Nicole Alvarez, 29, who he met in a Las Vegas club. She played the role of “Hot Chick” in a 2008 film called “Days of Wrath”.

Murray paid her $2,500 monthly rent on a flat in the seaside California city of Santa Monica and impressed her by taking her to meet Michael Jackson. He now shares the flat in Santa Monica with her.

Miss Alvarez was one of four women Murray was in phone contact with on the day Jackson died. He phoned her from the ambulance on the way to the hospital.

Earlier, at the moment he noticed his patient had stopped breathing, he was on the phone to Sade Anding, a cocktail waitress at a Houston steakhouse.

According to Miss Anding the first thing Murray said to her when they met was: “You are too beautiful to be waiting on people at a place like this.” She said Murray lied to her, telling her he was divorced with only two children.

A few hours before Jackson died Murray had also sent a text to a Las Vegas stripper, and during the day he received two phone calls from another Las Vegas stripper which he didn’t answer.

Full text: http://www.telegraph.co.uk/culture/music/michael-jackson/8867855/Dr-Conrad-Murray-profile.html

Let us put two and two together. Given Murray’s huge debts it is highly unlikely that Murray could pay the required $70,000 himself, and considering Randy Phillips’ revelation on how much they spent on Conrad Murray the probability that it was AEG who paid for his malpractice insurance as an advance against his salary is very high.

And this points to much stronger ties between Murray and AEG than their official stories tell us and Murray’s much dependence on them too. In fact the whole of their relations looks very much different now.

THE JOB THEY GAVE HIM

So Murray was in AEG’s employment from the very start of it and felt so subordinate to them that he dropped his office a month earlier than planned. If this story is true the real reason why they summoned him so early wasn’t the rehearsals of course, which had not even started yet, but the nasty gossip circulating right at that time that MJ was “taking drugs”.

Murray was evidently considered by AEG as a highly effective tool to fence MJ from any “enablers” as he was supposed to monitor Michael during the night.

So when Leonard Rowe who saw Michael just twice writes in his book that he approached Michael’s managers and personally Randy Phillips with his tales of Michael’s “drug taking” and urged for an “intervention” and they answered him that they had everything under control, they were not lying – they indeed kept everything under their control as during the daytime they had people to spy on Jackson and during the night it was Conrad Murray’s job to do the same.

In a way Michael’s and AEG’s goals coincided, though their intentions were the opposite ones – he wanted a doctor to take care of his sleep (and give him propofol in case of need) and they wanted a doctor to monitor him so that he didn’t take drugs. Since everyone was thinking of Demerol and other narcotics, and propofol is absolutely none of it, Murray was probably even not suffering from the qualms of conscience stemming from this contradiction.

In a situation like this it still remains to be seen which of the sides was more interested in hiring Conrad Murray.

If you come to think of it for AEG executives Murray was their only choice as he was the only one who had Michael’s medical records since the time he returned from Ireland, and from this point of view Murray had no rivals.

Michael Jackson, on the contrary, made several attempts to get rid of Murray or at least have a professional anesthesiologist in addition to him. He asked nurse Lee if she knew how to handle propofol, he invited Dr. Adams to join Murray and Dr. Adams was even willing, only Conrad Murray put a stop to it, and the last time Michael asked for a proper anesthesiologist was during his talk with Arnold Klein just two weeks before his death.

Previously these Michael’s attempts baffled us as they contradicted Murray’s story that he was hired by Michael as his favourite doctor and the best thing that ever happened in Michael’s life, however in view of these new findings it looks like Murray wasn’t Michael’s primary choice – he probably just mentioned Murray as the only doctor he had since his arrival from Ireland and this was enough for Tohme and AEG to grab him as they were after his medical records in the first place.

Besides being instrumental for the insurance Murray’s main job was to stand vigil on Michael on a nightly basis as during the daytime there were other people to do the spying. Tohme said it himself that he had built a wall around Michael, and when Tohme was fired AEG took over and placed Michael under so much control that they put their man to spy on him even in his dressing room.

Firing Grace Rwaramba was also part of the picture. She was dismissed not by Michael, but by Paul Gongaware of AEG. They evidently suspected her of being Michael’s “enabler” after listening to all those nasty stories about her from various “insiders” who were not at all helping, but only aggravating the situation.

And while all this crowd was catching some non-existing flies on the wall, they did not notice the elephant in the room – Michael Jackson’s real and huge problem with insomnia and the fact that all their clumsy efforts to “help” by building fences around him, isolating him from friends, playing tough love and putting him in a straight jacket were only exacerbating his anxiety and nervousness, and the insomnia resulting from it.

When Michael was not nervous he could sleep as his several weeks’ stay at the Cascios’ house in 2007 proves it.

This talk has distracted us from the original interview (so there will have to be part 3 of it, I am afraid), but there is still one more point which I am simply obliged to mention as while AEG put all their trust in their favorite guy Conrad Murray, it seems that this guy successfully cheated on them too.

And it isn’t propofol that I am talking about. It is a totally different matter which actually turns Murray’s tales fully upside down and forces us to step on a somewhat crazy territory. The story is indeed crazy but we still need to look into it.

THE CRAZY TERRITORY

You remember that sometime after Michael’s death there were rumors that Conrad Murray spent his time in a strip club on the night Michael Jackson died? He was allegedly there before midnight and the story was told by a stripper who also claimed that she had once been to Michael Jackson’s house and even saw Michael deep in his sleep.

Stripper Claims She was at MJ’s House with Murray

6/29/2010 5:00 AM PDT BY TMZ STAFF

TMZ has learned … Joe Jackson’s lawyer will interview a stripper who not only claims Dr. Conrad Murray was at a strip club hours before Michael Jackson died, but that she was at Michael Jackson’s house after being invited by the doctor.

The stripper — who claims she was working at Sam’s Hof Brau on June 24, 2009 — claims Dr. Murray was at the club drinking just before midnight.

Now we’ve learned Brian Oxman, who is repping Joe in his wrongful death lawsuit, has spoken with the stripper’s “rep” who has scheduled a meeting.  Among the topics — the stripper claims weeks before Jackson died, Dr. Murray invited her to Jackson’s home in Holmby Hills.  She claims she went late one night — after the club closed — and Jackson was there, however he was in a deep sleep.

In Oxman’s letter of intent to sue Dr. Murray, he accused the doc of drinking at Sam’s Hof Brau before treating MJ.

Dr. Murray’s reps have strongly denied he was at the club on June 24.  And, they say, Murray doesn’t drink.

http://www.tmz.com/2010/06/29/stripper-michael-jackson-dr-conrad-murray-strip-club-joe-jackson-house-drinking-death-died/

The story was naturally brushed aside as some lurid gossip and no one recalled the episode ever since. However during the AEG trial Brian Panish produced a very strange email from Randy Phillips and Phillips confirmed that it was indeed him who wrote it.

The email was sent out after Michael Jackson’s death to Amy Pascal, the Chairwoman for Sony Pictures with whom they were cooperating over the rehearsal footage. In the email Randy Phillips said that Dr. Murray is crazy and that a week before Michael’s death when they thought Murray was caring for Michael he was actually spending the nights away from him.

This is what he said to Brian Panish under oath on June 10, 2013:

Q.  Did you write to Amy Pascal about where Dr. Murray had been during the week before Michael’s death?
A. To Amy Pascal about where Dr. Murray had been? Yes, there is an email to an Amy Pascal who is the Chairwoman for Sony Pictures, yes.

Q. And you wrote to her and said Dr. Murray is crazy, right?
A. That is what I wrote.
Q. And you said that: “Remind me to tell you about where Conrad had been the nights and the week before Michael’s death when he was supposed to be caring for Michael.”  Correct?
A. When was that email written?
Q. Did you write that email, sir?
A. After Michael’s death, yes. After tons of news reports.
Q. Did you write that email?
A. Yes, I did.

Now after Randy Phillips said it I looked at it with different eyes.

First of all this email discloses that Randy Phillips expected Conrad Murray to stay with Michael every night and their stories that it was “none of their business what MJ was doing in his spare time” are complete fiction. It was very much their business as it was actually following their expectations or even instructions that Murray was supposed to be there at night.

Secondly, the email suggests that after Michael’s death AEG made some enquiries about Murray’s activity and found that for a week prior to his death Murray had been away from Michael’s home (at least for part of the night).

And thirdly, the place where Murray spent his time must have been something extraordinary as the context suggests that Amy Pascal will have a shock once she learns about it. This last point reminds us of the stripper and her story about the club Murray allegedly attended on the night Michael Jackson died and where he allegedly drank.

There is no reason to doubt Randy Phillips’s email, however the idea they Murray abandoned Michael when on duty still sounds crazy and impossible, so the only conclusion we can make is agree that we know nearly nothing of what really happened during those nights, and that all Murray’s stories are just stories and we can’t be sure of anything he says.

Can it be true that Murray was indeed absent from Michael as Randy Phillips claimed it, at least for part of his time?

Despite the fact that the idea looks absurd the very same thing was said by one more person and it was no other but Murray’s own lawyer – Matt Alford who is actually Ed Chernoff’s partner in the Houston law firm Stradley Chernoff & Alford, the man who was barely heard of during the trial.

Initially Matt Alford was also handling Murray’s case. Whether Murray told him one thing and Chernoff the other, but this is what Matt Alford said in one of his early interviews:

Ed Chernoff and Matt Alford are partners in a Houston law firm

Ed Chernoff and Matt Alford are partners in a Houston law firm

Murray stayed at his own place in Los Angeles on most nights.

But when asked, and only on occasion, he spent the night at Jackson’s rented Holmby Hills home, one of the doctor’s attorneys, Matt Alford, told FOXNews.com in an earlier interview.

On June 24, Jackson finished up a rehearsal at the  Staples  Center and asked Murray to stay the night. The next day around noon, Murray went to check on Jackson and found him lying on his bed unconscious, but with a weak pulse, the doctor’s attorneys say.

Murray performed CPR for about 30 minutes and tried to call 911, but could not call out on the landlines, which had been turned off for security reasons. He could not use his cell phone because, his attorneys have said, he did not know the exact address of the house. After performing CPR on Jackson, who lay on his bed, for approximately 30 minutes, and after yelling out for someone else in the home, he left the pop star to try to find someone who could call 911. He found a chef in another part of the house. The chef then found a bodyguard, Alberto Alvarez, and while Murray rushed back to Jackson’s room and continued CPR, Alvarez called 911. The time was 12:21 p.m.

http://www.foxnews.com/story/0,2933,530242,00.html#ixzz1tjDR1PNU

As you see the second part of Murray’s story is absolutely the same as we know it now, while the first one is absolutely not.

Besides Murray’s visits to Michael’s house at his request only, it also claims that on the night Michael died Murray went to check on him only around noon time (after leaving him for half the night on propofol?).

Actually Matt Alford’s account made me recall what I myself always wondered about – why did Michael have to call Murray and ask him to come for the night? If it was Murray’s obligation to be there every weekday except Sunday he should have simply arrived there by a special hour and that would be it.

And when you come to think of it people like Michael’s chef saw Murray only in the morning and simply assumed that he had stayed there at night. And at none of the trials we heard from any of the bodyguards who were on duty during those nights. And the video recordings which registered everyone’s movements around the house were also accidentally erased by some policeman. Not much to raise a row about it but still a little strange…

In August 2009 Matt Alford said that “Murray’s story never changed”:

“Dr. Murray told the truth from the very first interviews with the police,” said Matt Alford, one of Chernoff’s partners and a ranking member of the defense team. “His story has never changed.”

http://www.thedailybeast.com/articles/2009/08/19/jacksons-last-man-standing-dr-conrad-murray-dont-scapegoat-me.html

Since the time Matt Alford said it we have never heard of this lawyer again (as he didn’t take part in the trial), while Murray’s story has changed a hundred times and is still changing depending on the new ideas entering his crazy mind.

So as a very minimum let us agree that Randy Phillips did say that Murray was absent on some nights in the week prior to Michael’s death. And that Matt Alford also said that Murray was there only when Michael asked for it. And that he said that on June 25th Murray checked on Michael only around noon, which by the way perfectly fits in with the picture on our clock.

Let us also agree that Conrad Murray is so incredible a liar that there are simply no words to describe it. And considering the flexibility of his stories he is also probably a madman with a deep pathology to his personality. And that it is evidently due to his special knack for telling lies that he managed to deceive so many women and father so many children while all these women didn’t know of each other’s existence.

And let us also agree that if we, the public and the media go on listening to Conrad Murray’s crazy stories all of us are at a risk of going crazy too. So what’s the point of listening?


Filed under: CONRAD MURRAY'S TRIAL, Conrad Murray, the man who killed Michael Jackson, The MEDIA Tagged: AEG, Conrad Murray, Don Lemon, insurance, malpractice insurance, Matt Alford, Michael Jackson, Randy Phillips
Viewing all 230 articles
Browse latest View live